Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of Report (Date of Earliest Event Reported):
March 17, 2008
 
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   1-31950   16-1690064
         
(State or other jurisdiction   (Commission File Number)   (IRS Employer
of incorporation)       Identification No.)
         
1550 Utica Avenue South, Suite 100,        
Minneapolis, Minnesota       55416
         
(Address of principal executive offices)       (Zip Code)
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) :            952-591-3000
Not Applicable
 
Former name or former address, if changed since last report
 
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
o   Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
o   Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.
Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.
Item 5.01 Change in Control of Registrant.
Item 8.01. Other Events.
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-4.1: SECOND AMENDMENT TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT
EX-10.1: AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EX-10.2: FEE ARRANGEMENT LETTER
EX-10.3: FEE ARRANGEMENT LETTER
EX-10.4: AMENDED AND RESTATED FEE LETTER
EX-10.5: AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EX-99.1: PRESS RELEASE
EX-99.2: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS
EX-99.3: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS
EX-99.4: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS
EX-99.5: FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
EX-99.6: FORM OF EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
EX-99.7: FORM OF INDENTURE
EX-99.8: FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT


Table of Contents

Item 1.01.   Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
Purchase Agreement
     On March 17, 2008, MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), entered into an amended and restated purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Corporation and affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs”) (where THL and Goldman Sachs are referred to collectively as the “Investors”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Corporation agreed, subject to the satisfaction of applicable closing conditions, to sell to the Investors in private placements 495,000 shares of Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and 265,000 shares of Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the “Series B-1 Preferred Stock”) for an aggregate purchase price of $760,000,000 (the “Transaction”). The Purchase Agreement amends and restates that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2008, among the Corporation and the Investors, which agreement was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 12, 2008 (the “Prior Purchase Agreement”).
     The Series B Preferred Stock will be issuable to THL, and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock will be issuable to Goldman Sachs. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock will entitle holders to receive a quarterly cash dividend at a rate of 10% per annum. The dividends will be payable in cash or, at the option of the Corporation, may be accrued until the fifth anniversary of the initial funding date at a rate of 12.5% per annum. If the Corporation is unable to pay cash dividends after five years, the dividends will accumulate at a rate of 15%. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock will participate in dividends with the Common Stock of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”) on an as-converted basis. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation if, after five years from the closing date, the Common Stock trades above $15.00 for a period of thirty consecutive trading days, and the shares will be redeemable at the option of the Investors after ten years or upon a change in control. The liquidation preference of each share of Series B Preferred and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock will equal the per share purchase price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series B Preferred Stock will be convertible into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $2.50, and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock will be convertible into shares of Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the “Series D Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock will automatically convert into one share of Series B Preferred Stock upon transfer to any holder other than Goldman Sachs.
     The Series B Preferred Stock will vote as a class with the Common Stock and the holders will have a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable if all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock were converted plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable if all outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock were converted into Series B Preferred Stock and subsequently converted into Common Stock. After the Voting Date (as defined below), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock will have approximately 79% of the voting power of the Corporation. The Series B-1 Preferred Stock will be nonvoting stock. “Voting Date” means the earlier of (i) such date as all applicable state regulatory approvals for the acquisition by THL of control of the Corporation have been obtained, or (ii) such other date

 


Table of Contents

requested in writing by THL on or after June 15, 2008; provided, however, that if a record date for a stockholder vote (or action by written consent) on any matter is required by law to occur prior to the Voting Date as described above, the Voting Date shall occur immediately prior to such record date unless THL notifies the Corporation to the contrary.
     The Series D Preferred Stock is a common stock equivalent security that will be convertible into Common Stock. From and after the Voting Date, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock will vote with the Common Stock on an as-converted basis, except that any such shares beneficially owned by Goldman Sachs will not be entitled to any voting rights. After such period, the Series D Preferred Stock will have full voting rights, unless held by Goldman Sachs. The Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights (the “Certificate of Designations”) of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are filed as Exhibits 99.2, 99.3 and 99.4 hereto, and are incorporated herein by reference.
     Prior to the closing date, the Corporation may actively solicit alternative proposals and enter into negotiations with respect to alternative proposals. If the Corporation receives an alternative proposal that the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) concludes in good faith is a Superior Proposal (as defined below), the Board may terminate the Purchase Agreement to enter into the Superior Proposal. Prior to such termination, the Corporation must first provide the Investors with 48 hours’ notice and negotiate with the Investors to give them the opportunity to adjust the terms of the Purchase Agreement to make it more favorable than the alternative proposal. A “Superior Proposal” means a bona fide written alternative proposal that the Board in good faith determines would, if consummated, result in a transaction that is more favorable to the Corporation and its existing stockholders than the Transaction.
     In connection with the entry into the Purchase Agreement, the Corporation has paid the Investors the following fees and expenses: $22,500,000 to THL and Goldman Sachs in respect of nonrefundable commitment fees and $10,250,000 (including regulatory filing fees) in the aggregate in respect of the Investors’ expenses. Furthermore, the Corporation had previously paid THL a fee of $5,000,000 in consideration for entering into exclusive negotiations with the Corporation. The Corporation is obligated to pay the Investors for expenses incurred by them between the signing of the Purchase Agreement and the closing of the Transaction. The Corporation also paid a nonrefundable fee of $15,000,000 in connection with the entry into the Note Purchase Agreement described below. Furthermore, subject to approval by the Board, the Corporation has agreed to pay to Goldman, Sachs & Co. or as directed by Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the Investors, a $7,500,000 investment banking advisory fee in connection with the Transaction, on terms and conditions and in the form of consideration to be agreed upon by the parties. In addition, the Purchase Agreement provides that, if the Corporation were to terminate the Purchase Agreement and subsequently enter into a Superior Proposal, the Corporation is required to pay the Investors a termination fee in the amount of $15,000,000, exclusive of the fees and expenses described above. The fee arrangement letters entered into with THL and Goldman Sachs are filed as Exhibits 10.2 and 10.3 hereto, respectively, and the fee agreement relating to the Note Purchase Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.4 hereto, and each such exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.

 


Table of Contents

     The Purchase Agreement contains customary public company representations and warranties by the Corporation to the Investors and customary representations and warranties from the Investors to the Corporation.
     Consummation of the Purchase Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions to closing, including but not limited to the following: (i) receipt of United States and German antitrust approval (both of which have been received); (ii) no law or injunction prohibiting the closing, or restricting the Investors from owning, voting and converting the securities, and no lawsuit having been commenced by a governmental entity seeking the foregoing; (iii) the receipt of the full proceeds from the sale by the Corporation of certain portfolio securities; (iv) entry into an amendment to the Corporation’s Existing Credit Agreement (as defined below) for $350,000,000 in debt and receipt of an additional $250,000,000 under the amended credit agreement on the terms specified in an agreed-upon form agreement as defined and described below; (v) entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, as defined and described below, relating to the sale of $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior secured second lien notes pursuant to the Indenture (as defined below), including entry into the Indenture and receipt of $500,000,000 (net of fees and expenses) in proceeds from the issuance of the second lien notes on the terms specified in an agreed-upon form agreement as defined and described below; (vi) no incurrence of, or obligation by the Corporation to incur, fees of more than $5,375,000 plus certain annual administrative fees relating to the transactions described in clause (iv) above; (vii) the applicable margin on the Corporation’s term B facility described below not having been increased by more than 1.625% per annum; (viii) no change or event having occurred which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) from September 30, 2008, or a Termination Development (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) from the date of the Purchase Agreement on the Corporation; (ix) (A) no notice from any state to the effect that the Corporation can no longer conduct its money transfer business, (B) receipt by the Investors of such assurances as they may deem necessary in their sole discretion from the states in which the Corporation is licensed to conduct money transfer or payment services business to the effect that such states will not revoke the Corporation’s license or impose adverse conditions or fines; and (C) a determination that, after giving effect to the recapitalization, the Corporation will have all licenses required to conduct its business and will be in compliance with all financial ratio and similar requirements imposed by the states; (x) the Corporation having (on a pro forma basis) at least $150,000,000 in unrestricted assets (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and $100,000,000 undrawn borrowing availability under its revolving credit line; (xi) the Corporation having received an unqualified opinion from its external auditor in connection with its fiscal year 2007 consolidated financial statements and the filing of its 2007 fiscal year Form 10-K immediately after the Corporation’s receipt of the proceeds from the closing (or after the Investors’ payment of such proceeds into an escrow account); (xii) no restatement (or contemplated restatement) of the Corporation’s prior financial statements; (xiii) resolution of all outstanding comments (including having taken any requested corrective action) received by the Corporation from the SEC; (xiv) each Investor, in its sole discretion, being satisfied with the Corporation’s books and records, internal controls, procedures, and disclosures; (xv) the receipt of resignation from all but four of the directors of the Corporation; (xvi) the NYSE shall not have withdrawn its confirmation that the Corporation may rely on the exception to the NYSE Shareholder Approval (as described below); (xvii) the Corporation shall have purchased D&O

 


Table of Contents

and run-off insurance in previously agreed upon amounts; (xviii) delivery of unaudited interim financial statements for the month ended January 31, 2008, and for the month ended February 29, 2008; and (xix) confirmation from Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., that the current money services agreement (as amended) among the Corporation and Wal-Mart will be in full force and effect following the Transaction and that the Transaction does not give Wal-Mart the right to terminate such agreement.
     Although the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) generally require shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities that are convertible into more than 20% of the outstanding shares of a listed company, the Corporation will rely on an exception to the NYSE’s Shareholder Approval Policy that is available where the delay involved in securing shareholder approval would seriously jeopardize the financial viability of the issuer. In accordance with the NYSE’s rule providing for this exception, the Audit Committee of the Board expressly approved, and the full Board unanimously concurred with, the Corporation’s reliance on the exception, and on March 15, 2008, the Corporation mailed a letter to its shareholders alerting them of the Corporation’s intended reliance on the exception. The NYSE has confirmed the availability of the exception to the Corporation.
     The Corporation expects the Transaction to close on March 25, 2008, upon the conclusion of a shareholder notice period required by the NYSE when utilizing the exception described above. No assurances can be given that the closing conditions will be satisfied or that the Transaction will be consummated.
     The foregoing description of the Purchase Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Purchase Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The Purchase Agreement has been attached to provide information regarding its terms. It is not intended to provide any other factual information about the Corporation. In particular, the assertions embodied in the representations and warranties contained in the Purchase Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement are made solely for the benefit of the parties and are qualified by information in a confidential disclosure schedule provided by the Corporation to the Investors (and Purchasers) in connection with the signing of the Purchase Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement. This disclosure schedule contains information that modifies, qualifies and creates exceptions to the representations and warranties set forth in the Purchase Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement. Moreover, certain representations and warranties in the Purchase Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement were made as of a specified date, may be subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from what might be viewed as material to shareholders, or were used for the purpose of allocating risk between the Corporation, on the one hand, and the Investors (or the Purchasers), on the other hand, rather than establishing matters as fact. Accordingly, the representations and warranties in the Purchase Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement should not be relied upon by any persons as indicative of the actual state of facts about the Corporation or the Investors. In addition, the information concerning the subject matter of the representations and warranties may change after the date of the Purchase Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in the Corporation’s public disclosures.

 


Table of Contents

Governance Matters
     The Investors have been provided with certain rights with respect to representation on and observation of the Board and committees of the Board, which will result in a change to the composition of the majority of the Board. The Purchase Agreement provides that immediately following the closing, the Investors will be entitled (1) to designate two individuals to the Board (“Board Representatives”), subject to satisfaction of all legal and governance requirements regarding service as directors of the Corporation and (2) to appoint two non voting observers to the Board. Additionally, upon the earlier of written notification by THL and the Voting Date, the Investors will become entitled to cause the Corporation to appoint such additional Board Representatives to the Board as will provide the Investors with a number of directors that is proportionate to the Investors’ Common Stock ownership, calculated on a fully-converted basis (assuming all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock were converted into Series B Preferred Stock and all Series B Preferred Stock was converted into Common Stock). For so long as the Investors are entitled to appoint a Board Representative, the Investors shall also be entitled to representation on all committees of the Board, with a minimum of one Board Representative serving on each committee of the Board, subject to certain exceptions and applicable laws and regulations.
     The Purchase Agreement also provides that as promptly as practicable following the closing, the Corporation will hold a meeting of its stockholders to seek approval of amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate”), which will provide that as long as the Investors shall have a right to designate Board Representatives, Goldman Sachs will have the right to designate one such Board Representative, which will have one vote, and THL (or its permitted successors or assigns) will have the right to designate two to four Board Representatives, which will have such number of votes equal to the number of directors that the Investors would be entitled to designate in the absence of the Certificate amendment, minus the one vote of the Board Representative designated by Goldman Sachs. The proposed Certificate amendment will also provide that each member of the Board shall be elected annually for a one year term, and will increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to 1,300,000,000 shares.
     The Purchase Agreement provides that following the closing, for so long as shareholders who are unaffiliated with the Investors beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis, there shall be at least three independent directors serving on the Board. An “Independent Director” means a director who has been nominated or approved by directors who are unaffiliated with the Investors and were members of the Board prior to the closing, and who satisfies all standards for independence promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange, the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and any other applicable laws. The Corporation may not engage in any Affiliated Transaction (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) with the Investors, or take certain other specified actions, without approval by the Independent Directors.
Note Purchase Agreement
     In connection with the Purchase Agreement, a wholly owned subsidiary of the

 


Table of Contents

Corporation entered into an amended and restated note purchase agreement (the “Amended Note Purchase Agreement”) dated as of March 17, 2008, with MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Worldwide”), GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Onshore”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“GSMP Offshore”), GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, (together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “Initial Purchasers”) and THL Credit Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with the Initial Purchasers, the “Purchasers”). The Amended Note Purchase Agreement replaces in its entirety the note purchase agreement dated as of February 11, 2008, by and among the Corporation, Worldwide and the Initial Purchasers.
     In connection with the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, Worldwide, subject to satisfaction of the applicable closing conditions, will issue $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 13.25% senior secured second lien notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”), by and among the Corporation, Worldwide, the other guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee and collateral agent (the “Trustee”), a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 99.7 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. If the conditions to closing under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement are met and the Indenture is executed by the parties thereto, the Indenture will provide for the rights and obligations set forth below.
     The Notes will be senior secured second lien obligations of Worldwide. The Notes will mature in 2018 on the tenth anniversary of their issuance.
     Worldwide will have the option to pay in kind all but 0.50% per annum of interest on the Notes prior to the third anniversary of the issuance of the Notes. Interest on the Notes paid in cash will accrue at a rate of 13.25% per annum. If interest is paid in kind, interest will accrue at a rate of 15.25% per annum, with 0.50% of that amount paid in cash. The issuance of the Notes will be subject to certain conditions precedent, including the conditions similar to those set forth in the Purchase Agreement, a requirement that the Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Indenture, of Worldwide and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis not exceed thresholds set forth in the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, and threshold requirements for monthly transaction volumes and monthly net revenue generated by certain of the Corporation’s business segments, as set forth in the Amended Note Purchase Agreement. The Corporation, Worldwide and its subsidiaries will be required to pledge certain collateral on a second priority basis as security for the Notes. The Notes will be guaranteed by the Corporation and by certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries. The guarantees will be senior secured second lien obligations of the guarantors.
     Worldwide is entitled to redeem some or all of the Notes at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the closing, at specified premiums set forth in the Indenture. In addition, prior to the fifth anniversary of the closing, Worldwide may redeem some or all of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a premium equal to the greater of one percent or an amount calculated by discounting to the redemption date the sum of (i) the redemption payment that would be due upon the fifth anniversary of the closing date plus (ii) all required interest payments due through such fifth anniversary, using a treasury rate plus 50 basis points. Upon a change of control, Worldwide is required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price equal to 101 percent of the principal amount plus accrued and

 


Table of Contents

unpaid interest. Worldwide is also required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes with proceeds of certain asset sales that have not been reinvested in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or have not been used to repay certain debt. The foregoing description of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
     The Indenture also contains covenants that, among other things, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions, restrict the activities of the Corporation to holding company activities and limit the ability of Worldwide and its subsidiaries to: (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends or make other restricted payments; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) create or incur certain liens; sell assets or subsidiary stock; (v) transfer all or substantially all of their assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions; and (vi) enter into transactions with affiliates. The covenants in the Indenture also restrict the investment of assets of Worldwide and its subsidiaries that are subject to restrictions under law, contract or otherwise for the payment of payment services obligations (the “Restricted Investment Portfolio”) and include a requirement that Worldwide and its subsidiaries maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of the fair value of the Restricted Investment Portfolio to payment services obligations of Worldwide and its subsidiaries. The foregoing description of the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Indenture, which is filed as Exhibit 99.7 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
Equity Registration Rights Agreement
     The Corporation and the Investors also agreed to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement that would be effective on the closing date of the Transaction (the “Equity Registration Rights Agreement”), with respect to the preferred stock and the Common Stock owned by the Investors and their affiliates (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). Under the terms of the Equity Registration Rights Agreement, the Corporation is required, after a specified holding period, to use its reasonable best efforts to promptly file with the SEC a shelf registration statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities. The Corporation is obligated to keep such shelf registration statement continuously effective under the Securities Act of 1933 until the earlier of (1) the date as of which all of the Registrable Securities have been sold, (2) the date as of which each of the holders of the Registrable Securities is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 and (3) fifteen years. The holders of the Registrable Securities are also entitled to five demand registrations and unlimited piggyback registrations during the term of the Equity Registration Rights Agreement. The Form of Equity Registration Rights Agreement is filed as Exhibit 99.5 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Equity Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibit.
Notes Registration Rights Agreement
     Also in connection with the issuance of the Notes pursuant to the Amended Note

 


Table of Contents

Purchase Agreement, the Corporation, Worldwide, the other guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers will enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Notes Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Corporation and the other guarantors party thereto have agreed, upon the occurrence of certain events, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register the resale of the Notes by certain holders thereof. A copy of the form of Notes Registration Rights Agreement that Worldwide, the Corporation, the other guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers will execute at the time of issuance of the Notes is filed as Exhibit 99.6 hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Notes Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibit.
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
     As a condition to the consummation of the Purchase Agreement, Worldwide, the Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries are required to enter into an amendment to the amended and restated credit agreement (the “Existing Credit Agreement”) dated as of June 29, 2005, as amended, among the Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually and as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions signatory thereto. As such, the Corporation has agreed to cause one or more financial institutions to provide senior secured financing (the “Senior Facility”) to Worldwide pursuant to a second amended and restated credit agreement (the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”), among the Corporation, Worldwide as the borrower, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually and as letter of credit issuer, swing line lender, administrative agent and collateral agent. Such Senior Facility, in addition to replacing the existing $350,000,000 loan under the Existing Credit Agreement, will include an additional $250,000,000 for a total facility size of $600,000,000. The Senior Facility will include $350,000,000 in two term loan tranches and a $250,000,000 revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility includes subfacilities for letters of credit and a swing line loan commitment of $25,000,000. The Senior Facility will have a maturity date five years after its closing date (effectively extending the maturity under the Existing Credit Agreement by approximately three years). Additionally, the Corporation and certain of its domestic subsidiaries other than Worldwide will act as guarantors of the obligations set forth in the Second Amended Credit Agreement.
     The Senior Facility will require Worldwide to pay the term A loan tranche (consisting of $100,000,000 in principal amount) in full at maturity and, with respect to the term B loan tranche (consisting of $250,000,000 in principal amount), to make quarterly amortization payments equal to 0.25% of the outstanding principal amount of such term loan commencing June 30, 2008, with the outstanding principal balance payable at maturity. The Senior Facility will modify certain mandatory prepayments from the Existing Credit Agreement and will require that the term B loan tranche be prepaid in an amount equal to: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of indebtedness by the Corporation and its domestic subsidiaries, subject to customary exceptions; (2) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and dispositions by the Corporation and its domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights; and (3) 50%, subject to reduction to a lower percentage based on our leverage ratio, of excess cash flow for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2009 and thereafter. There will be a prepayment penalty imposed in the event that the B term loan tranche is prepaid during the first two years of the facility, except from the proceeds of sales of certain portfolio securities.

 


Table of Contents

     If the conditions to closing under the Purchase Agreement and Amended Note Purchase Agreement are met and the Second Amended Credit Agreement is executed by the parties thereto, the Senior Facility, in addition to the aforementioned, will require Worldwide to pledge certain collateral as security for the indebtedness in accordance with the terms and conditions of the collateral agreements described below (the “Collateral Agreements”). The Collateral Agreements, which, to the extent relating to the Existing Credit Agreement, amend and restate the collateral agreements entered into in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement, will include: (1) an amended first lien pledge agreement and a second lien pledge agreement which provide that all of the Corporation’s, Worldwide’s and the guarantors’ obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, are secured by perfected first and second priority, as applicable, liens on and security interests in substantially all of the capital stock of Worldwide and each of its domestic and foreign subsidiaries now owned or after-acquired by each pledgor signatory thereto (subject to certain limitations), any stock rights related to the capital stock, any certificates of such capital stock, and any proceeds of certificates of such capital stock; (2) an amended first lien security agreement and a second lien security agreement that provide that all of the Corporation’s, Worldwide’s and the guarantors’ obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, are secured by a perfected first and second priority, as applicable, lien on and security interest in the grantors’ right, title, and interest in certain of their respective assets other than non-financial assets; (3) an amended first lien trademark security agreement and a second lien trademark security agreement that provide that all of the Corporation’s and Worldwide’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, are secured by a perfected first and second, as applicable, priority lien on and security interest in the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in its now owned and after-acquired trademarks and good will; and (4) an amended first lien patent security agreement and a second lien patent security agreement that provide that all of the Corporation’s and Worldwide’s obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, are secured by a perfected first and second priority, as applicable, lien on and security interest in the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ right, title and interest in its now owned and after-acquired patents, along with any proceeds related to such patents.
     The Senior Facility will also contain certain conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Senior Facility, including, without limitation: (1) the termination of the Corporation’s $150,000,000 364-Day Credit Agreement with the lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as sole lead arranger and sole book runner; (2) (A) the Corporation’s receipt of gross cash proceeds of at least $760,000,000 from the issuance by the Corporation of common and preferred stock pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement and (B) Worldwide’s receipt of gross cash proceeds of at least $500,000,000 from the issuance of the Notes by Worldwide, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, and in each case as such amounts may be reduced in accordance with the Purchase Agreement; and (3) the non-existence of certain material adverse changes since September 30, 2007.
     Further, the Senior Facility documentation will contain customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations and exceptions, and customary covenants restricting the Corporation’s, Worldwide’s, and certain of Worldwide’s subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things and subject to various exceptions: (1) dispose of assets; (2) incur additional indebtedness; (3) incur liens or grant negative pledges; (4) make and loans investments and enter into acquisitions; (5) declare dividends, make distributions or redeem, or repurchase capital stock; (6) prepay, redeem, or repurchase other debt; (7) conduct transactions with affiliates; or (8) alter the nature of its businesses. Worldwide and its subsidiaries would also be required to comply with specified financial covenants (consisting of a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio, in each case commencing as of March 31, 2009) and certain affirmative covenants. The Senior

 


Table of Contents

Facility will be subject to customary events of default, including, but not limited to: (1) Worldwide’s failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts under the Second Amended Credit Agreement when due (taking into account any applicable grace period); (2) any representation or warranty proving to have been materially incorrect when made; (3) covenant defaults subject, with respect to certain covenants, to a grace period; (4) bankruptcy events; (5) a cross-default to certain other debt; (6) certain undischarged judgments (not paid within an applicable grace period); (7) a change of control; (8) certain ERISA-related defaults; (9) failure of any guarantor to fulfill its obligations under the applicable guaranty; and (10) the invalidity or impairment of specified security interests. The foregoing description of the Second Amended Credit Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit 99.8 to this report and is incorporated herein by reference.
     In addition, the Corporation will enter into an intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”), with Worldwide, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as collateral agent for the holders of the first priority obligations, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee and collateral agent for the holders of the second priority obligations and the other guarantors party thereto. The Intercreditor Agreement will set forth, among other things, the relative lien priorities and rights of the holders of the first priority obligations and the holders of the second priority obligations.
Item 3.02.   Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.
     The information set forth in Item 1.01 hereof is incorporated herein by reference.
     The issuance and sale of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. Each of the Investors has represented to the Corporation that it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D and that the preferred stock is being acquired for investment. The Corporation has not engaged in general solicitation or advertising with regard to the issuance and sale of the preferred stock and has not offered securities to the public in connection with this issuance and sale.
Item 3.03.   Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.
Amendment to Rights Agreement
     On March 17, 2008, in connection with entering into the Purchase Agreement, the Corporation entered into the Second Amendment (“Amendment No. 2”) to the Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004 (the “Rights Agreement”), by and between the Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent (the “Rights Agent”). Amendment No. 2 replaces Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement and supplements and adds certain definitions in the Rights Agreement and provides, among other things, that no Investor or any of its Affiliates or Associates shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person and that no Distribution Date or Shares Acquisition Date (as each such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) shall be

 


Table of Contents

deemed to occur, in each case, solely by virtue of the approval, execution or delivery of the Purchase Agreement or the Transaction. The Rights Agreement is filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 13, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference. Amendment No. 2 is filed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing descriptions of the Rights Agreement and Amendment No. 2 do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such exhibits.
Item 5.01   Change in Control of Registrant.
     The information set forth above in Item 1.01 of this Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference. The closing of the Transaction pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will result in a change in control of the Corporation.
Item 8.01.   Other Events.
     The Corporation completed the sales of certain portfolio assets required to be sold under the terms of the Prior Purchase Agreement with the Investors at a total loss of approximately $1.6 billion. As a result of these portfolio sales, the Corporation has determined that it is no longer in compliance with the minimum net worth requirements of the states in which it is licensed to conduct its money transfer and other payment services businesses and certain other requirements of one state. This failure to meet minimum net worth requirements may result in the states imposing certain fines and other penalties on the Corporation. No state has taken any action or informed the Corporation of its intention to take any action at this time. Immediately after the closing of the transaction, the Corporation anticipates it will be in compliance with the minimum net worth requirements. The closing conditions of the Transaction include, among other things, a condition related to the receipt by the Investors of assurances that the states will not take certain actions (as described in Item 1.01 above).
     The Corporation and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. have entered into an agreement re- confirming the previously announced amendment which extends the term of their money services agreement to 2013, effective upon the closing of the recapitalization transaction.
     On March 17, 2008, the Corporation issued a press release announcing, among other things, that it had entered into the Purchase Agreement with the Investors. The press release is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9.01.   Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(d) Exhibits.
         
Exhibit No.   Description
       
 
  4.1    
Second Amendment, dated as of March 17, 2008, to the Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent.

 


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.   Description
       
 
  10.1    
Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc. and the several Investor parties named therein.
       
 
  10.2    
Fee Arrangement Letter, dated as of March 17, 2008, between THL Managers VI, LLC and MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  10.3    
Fee Arrangement Letter, dated as of March 17, 2008, between Goldman, Sachs & Co. and MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  10.4    
Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., and THL Managers VI, LLC.
       
 
  10.5    
Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., MoneyGram International, Inc. and GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. and THL Credit Partners, L.P.
       
 
  99.1    
Press Release of MoneyGram International, Inc., dated March 17, 2008.
       
 
  99.2    
Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.3    
Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.4    
Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.5    
Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the several Investor parties named therein and MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.6    
Form of Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement by and among Moneygram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore

 


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.   Description
       
 
       
US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.
       
 
  99.7    
Form of Indenture, by and among the Corporation, Moneygram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee and collateral agent.
       
 
  99.8    
Form of Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually and as letter of credit issuer, swing line lender, administrative agent and collateral agent.

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
         
  MoneyGram International, Inc.
 
 
March 18, 2008  By:   /s/ Teresa H. Johnson    
    Name:   Teresa H. Johnson   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   

 


Table of Contents

         
EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit No.   Description
       
 
  4.1    
Second Amendment, dated as of March 17, 2008, to the Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004, by and between MoneyGram International, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Rights Agent.
       
 
  10.1    
Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram International, Inc. and the several Investor parties named therein.
       
 
  10.2    
Fee Arrangement Letter, dated as of March 17, 2008, between THL Managers VI, LLC and MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  10.3    
Fee Arrangement Letter, dated as of March 17, 2008, between Goldman, Sachs & Co. and MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  10.4    
Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., and THL Managers VI, LLC.
       
 
  10.5    
Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., MoneyGram International, Inc. and GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. and THL Credit Partners, L.P.
       
 
  99.1    
Press Release of MoneyGram International, Inc., dated March 17, 2008.
       
 
  99.2    
Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.3    
Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.4    
Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.5    
Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the several Investor parties named therein and MoneyGram International, Inc.
       
 
  99.6    
Form of Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement by and among Moneygram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.
       
 
  99.7    
Form of Indenture, by and among the Corporation, Moneygram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., the other guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee and collateral agent.
       
 
  99.8    
Form of Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, among MoneyGram International, Inc., MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually and as letter of credit issuer, swing line lender, administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

SECOND AMENDMENT TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This SECOND AMENDMENT TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of March 17, 2008, between MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , the Company and the Rights Agent are parties to that certain Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2004 (the “Rights Agreement”); and
      WHEREAS , the Company and the Rights Agent entered into the First Amendment to Rights Agreement on February 11, 2008, (the “First Amendment”) in connection with the Purchase Agreement (as defined below); and
      WHEREAS , the several investors listed on Schedule A hereto and the Company contemplate entering into the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement (as defined below) that provides for, among other things, the purchase by the Investors of shares of a new series of convertible preferred stock of the Company, the Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and shares of a new series of convertible preferred stock of the Company, the Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; and
      WHEREAS , Section 27 of the Rights Agreement permits the Company, from time to time and at any time prior to such time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person, to supplement or amend the Rights Agreement without the approval of any holders of the Rights Certificates; and
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to modify the terms of the Rights Agreement to exempt the Purchase (as defined below), the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement and all of the transactions contemplated thereby from the application of the Rights Agreement, and in connection therewith the Company is entering into this Amendment and directing the Rights Agent to enter into this Amendment; and
      WHEREAS , all acts and things necessary to make this Amendment a valid agreement, enforceable according to its terms have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Company and the Rights Agent have been in all respects duly authorized by the Company and the Rights Agent.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree that First Amendment shall have no further effect and shall be replaced with the following:
     A.  Amendment of Section 1 . Section 1 of the Rights Agreement is supplemented to add the following definitions in the appropriate locations:

 


 

(i) “Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, by and between the Company and the Investors as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
(ii) “Excluded Securities” shall mean (A) shares of Series B Preferred Stock, (B) shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, (C) Common Shares issued upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, (D) shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, (E) Common Shares issued upon conversion of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and (F) Common Shares (and options, warrants or other rights to acquire Common Shares, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Shares) (1) issued as a dividend or distribution on any shares referred to in (A) through (E) of this definition or (2) acquired by an Investor in connection with such Investor’s exercise of rights under Section 4.7 of the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement.
(iii) “Investors” shall mean the several investors listed on Schedule A hereto (together with their respective successors and assigns and transferees of Excluded Securities; in each case, who are Affiliates or Associates of any such Investors or who are Affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. ) (and each, an “Investor”).
(iv) “Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2008, by and between the Company and the Investors listed on Schedule A hereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
(v) “Purchase” shall mean all of the transactions contemplated by the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement.
(vi) “Series B Preferred Stock” shall mean the shares of Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, issuable pursuant to the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement and the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock.
(vii) “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” shall mean the shares of Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, issuable pursuant to the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement.
(viii) “Series D Preferred Stock” shall mean the shares of Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, issuable pursuant to the conversion of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and issuable pursuant to the conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
     B.  Amendment of the definition of “Acquiring Person” . The definition of “Acquiring Person” in Section 1(a) of the Rights Agreement is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

2


 

     “Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Investor nor any of its Affiliates or Associates shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person and no Distribution Date or Shares Acquisition Date shall be deemed to occur, in each case, solely by virtue of (i) the approval, execution or delivery of the Purchase Agreement or the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, (ii) the consummation of the Purchase or (iii) the consummation of any other transaction contemplated in the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement or by the respective Certificates of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, acquisition by the Investors of beneficial ownership of Excluded Securities.”
     C.  Amendment of Section 3 . Section 3 of the Rights Agreement is amended to add the following sentence at the end thereof as Section 3(d):
     “(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any holder of the Rights or any other Person any legal or equitable rights, remedies or claims under this Agreement by virtue of the approval, execution or delivery of the Purchase Agreement or the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement or by virtue of any of the transactions provided for by the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, the consummation thereof, the conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Shares, conversion of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock into shares of Series B Preferred Stock, conversion of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock into shares of Series D Preferred Stock, conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and conversion of shares of Series D Preferred Stock into Common Shares;”
     D.  Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of the date first written above, as if executed on such date. To the extent that the terms and provisions of the Rights Agreement do not conflict with the terms and provisions of this Amendment, then such terms and provisions shall remain in full force and legal effect. To the extent that there is a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Rights Agreement and this Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern for purposes of the subject matter of this Amendment only.
     E.  Miscellaneous . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. This Amendment shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such state applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such state. If any provision, covenant or restriction of this Amendment is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be effected, impaired or invalidated. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, or unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Rights Agreement. The Rights Agent and the Company hereby waive any notice requirement under the Rights Agreement pertaining to the matters covered by this Amendment.

3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.
                     
Attest:   MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL,
    INC.
 
                   
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Teresa H. Johnson       By:   /s/ Philip W. Milne    
 
                   
 
  Name:  Teresa H. Johnson           Name:  Philip W. Milne    
 
  Title:    Executive Vice President,
            General Counsel & Secretary
          Title:    Chairman, President and
             Chief Executive Officer
   
 
                   
Attest:   WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
 
                   
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Christine A. Garrick       By:   /s/ John D. Baker    
 
                   
 
  Name:  Christine A. Garrick           Name:  John D. Baker    
 
  Title:    Assistant Vice President           Title:    Vice President    

4


 

SCHEDULE A
Investors
THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND VI, L.P.
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL FUND VI, L.P.
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL (DT) FUND VI, L.P.
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI OFFSHORE FUND, L.P.
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI GmbH & Co. KG
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.

5

 

Exhibit 10.1

 
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated as of March 17, 2008
among
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
and
THE SEVERAL INVESTORS PARTY HERETO
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
Recitals     1  
ARTICLE I
  Purchase; Closings     2  
1.1
  Purchase     2  
1.2
  Closing     2  
ARTICLE II
  Representations and Warranties     8  
2.1
  Disclosure     8  
2.2
  Representations and Warranties of the Company     9  
2.3
  Representations and Warranties of the Investors     22  
ARTICLE III
  Covenants     24  
3.1
  Filings; Other Actions     24  
3.2
  Access, Information and Confidentiality     25  
3.3
  Certain Additional Covenants of the Company     26  
ARTICLE IV
  Additional Agreements     28  
4.1
  Governance Matters     28  
4.2
  Legend     33  
4.3
  Reservation for Issuance     33  
4.4
  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates     34  
4.5
  Restrictions on Transfers     34  
4.6
  Withholding     35  
4.7
  Anti-Dilution Rights     35  
4.8
  Indemnity     39  
4.9
  Go-Shop Period     40  
4.10
  Share Listing     42  
4.11
  Filing of Certificates of Designation     42  
4.12
  Public Announcements     42  
4.13
  Right to Use Trademarks     42  
ARTICLE V
  Termination     43  
5.1
  Termination     43  
5.2
  Termination Fee     44  
5.3
  Expenses     44  

 


 

             
        Page
5.4
  Effects of Termination     44  
ARTICLE VI
  Miscellaneous     45  
6.1
  Survival of Representations, Warranties, Agreements, Etc.     45  
6.2
  Amendment     45  
6.3
  Waiver     45  
6.4
  Counterparts and Facsimile     45  
6.5
  Governing Law; Jurisdiction     45  
6.6
  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL     45  
6.7
  Notices     45  
6.8
  Entire Agreement, Etc     47  
6.9
  Certain Defined Terms     47  
6.10
  Captions     49  
6.11
  Severability     49  
6.12
  No Third Party Beneficiaries     49  
6.13
  Specific Performance     49  
6.14
  Several, Not Joint, Liability     50  
6.15
  Sole Discretion     50  

 


 

         
LIST OF EXHIBITS        
Form of Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations
    1  
Form of Series B-1 Participating Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations
    2  
Form of Series D Convertible Participating Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations
    3  
Form of Registration Rights Agreement
    4  
Form of Rights Plan Amendment
    5  
Form of Management Rights Letter
    6  
LIST OF SCHEDULES
     
Investors
  A
Sale Portfolio Securities
  B
Portfolio Securities Sold
  B-1
Valuation of Residual Portfolio Securities
  C
Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
  D
Unrestricted Assets Definition and Calculation
  E
Payment of Proceeds
  F
Investment Policy
  G
Payment of Termination Fees
  H
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
     
    Location of
Term   Definition
Affiliate
  6.9(b)
Affiliated Transaction
  4.1(h)(ii)
Agreement
  Preamble
Anti-Dilution Right Entity
  4.7(a)
Applicable Threshold
  4.5(b)
beneficial ownership
  2.2(b)(i)
Benefit Plan
  2.2(l)(i)
Board Observers
  4.1(a)
Board of Directors
  1.2(c)(xx)
Board Representative
  4.1(a)
Bylaws
  2.2(a)
Certificate Amendment
  4.1(g)
Certificate of Incorporation
  2.2(a)
Certificates of Designations
  Recitals
Closing
  1.2(a)
Closing Certificate
  1.2(d)
Closing Date
  1.2(a)
Code
  2.2(f)(i)
Common Stock
  1.2(c)(i)
Company
  Preamble

 


 

     
    Location of
Term   Definition
Company Disclosure Schedule
  2.1(a)
Company Intellectual Property
  2.2(n)(iii)
Company Subsidiary/Company Subsidiaries
  2.2(b)(i)
Company Transaction Proposal
  4.9(f)(i)
Confidentiality Agreements
  3.2(b)
Continuing Directors
  4.1(h)(iii)
Contract
  2.2(d)(ii)
control
  6.9(b)
D&T Deliverables
  6.9(h)
Disclosed Contracts
  2.2(h)(ii)
Environmental Claims
  2.2(m)
Environmental Law
  2.2(m)
ERISA
  2.2(l)(ii)
Exchange Act
  2.2(b)(i)
Exclusivity Agreement
  5.2
Existing Credit Facilities
  1.2(a)(iv)
Fairness Opinions
  2.2(s)
Filed SEC Documents
  2.1(c)
Final 10-K
  6.9(i)
Foreign Plans
  2.2(l)(vii)
GAAP
  2.2(e)(i)
German Antitrust Act
  1.2(c)(i)
Go-Shop Period
  4.9(a)
Governmental Entities
  2.1(b)
GS
  Preamble
GSCP
  Preamble
GSMP
  Preamble
Hazardous Materials
  2.2(m)
HSR Act
  1.2(c)(i)
Indemnified Party/Indemnified Parties
  4.8(a)
Indenture
  1.2(b)(iv)
Independent Director(s)
  4.1(h)(i)
Information
  3.2(b)
Infringe
  2.2(n)(ii)
Initial Cost
  3.2(a)
Intellectual Property
  2.2(n)(i)
Investment
  Recitals
Investment Policy
  3.3(f)
Investors
  Preamble
IRS
  3.1
knowledge
  6.9(c)
Law(s)
  6.9(e)
Licensee
  3.3(b)
Losses
  4.8(a)
Material Adverse Effect
  2.1(b)
MPSI
  1.2(c)(vi)

 


 

     
    Location of
Term   Definition
Multiemployer Plan
  2.2(l)(iii)
New Security
  4.7(a)
Nominating Committee
  4.1(c)
Note Purchase Agreement
  1.2(c)(iv)
Notice Period
  4.9(b)(i)
Originally Previously Disclosed
  6.9(j)
Permits
  2.1(k)(i)
Permitted Liens
  2.2(b)(iii)
person
  6.9(d)
Preferred Stock/Preferred Share
  Recitals
Previously Disclosed
  2.1(c)
Prior Agreement
  Recitals
Private Placement
  4.7(b)(ii)
Purchase
  1.1
Purchase Price
  1.1
Qualifying Ownership Interest
  4.1(a)
Regulatory Approval
  3.3(b)
Release
  2.2(m)
Representatives
  4.9(a)
Satisfactory Audit Opinion
  6.9(g)
SEC
  2.1(c)
SEC Documents
  2.2(e)(i)
Second Lien Notes
  1.2(c)(iv)
Securities
  Recitals
Securities Act
  2.2(e)(i)
Series B Certificate
  1.2(b)(ii)
Series B Preferred Stock/Series B Preferred Shares
  Recitals
Series B-1 Preferred Stock/Series B-1 Preferred Shares
  Recitals
Series B-1 Certificate
  1.2(b)(ii)
Series D Preferred Stock/Series D Preferred Shares
  Recitals
State
  3.3(b)
subsidiary
  6.9(a)
Superior Proposal
  4.9(f)(ii)
Taxes
  2.2(f)(ii)
Tax Return
  2.2(f)(ii)
Termination Development
  6.9(f)
Termination Fee
  5.2
THL
  Preamble
THL VI
  4.1(a)
Transaction Documents
  Recitals
transfer
  4.5(c)
Unaffiliated Shareholders
  4.1(h)(vi)
Voting Date
  3.3(a)

 


 

      AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AGREEMENT , dated as of March 17, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), among MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the parties set forth on Schedule A attached hereto under the heading THL (collectively, “ THL ”), the parties set forth on Schedule A attached hereto under the heading Goldman Sachs Capital Partners (collectively, “ GSCP ”), and the parties set forth on Schedule A attached hereto under the heading Goldman Sachs Mezzanine Partners (collectively, “ GSMP, ” and together with GSCP, “ GS, ” and GS together with THL, the “ Investors ”).
RECITALS:
     A.  Prior Agreement . The Company and the Investors are party to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2008, as amended March 8, 2008 and March 10, 2008 (as so amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”), and the parties now desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, as more fully set forth below.
     B.  The Investment . The Company intends to sell to the Investors, and each of THL, GSMP and GSCP intends to purchase from the Company, as an investment in the Company, the securities as described herein (the “ Investment ”). The securities to be purchased are, with respect to THL, Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ” or the “ Series B Preferred Shares ”), and with respect to GS, Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” or the “ Series B-1 Preferred Shares ”), in each case, on the Closing Date, as defined below, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and the Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ” or “ Series D Preferred Shares ”), are referred to collectively herein as the “ Preferred Stock ” or “ Preferred Shares ”. The Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and the Series D Preferred Stock will have the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations set forth in the certificates of designations substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 1 , Exhibit 2 , and Exhibit 3 , respectively (the “ Certificates of Designations ”).
     C.  The Securities . The term “ Securities ” refers collectively to (1) the Preferred Stock purchased under this Agreement, (2) any securities into which any of the foregoing shares are converted or exercised in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Agreement, and (3) any securities into which any of the securities referred to in clause (2) are converted or exercised in accordance with the terms thereof.
     D.  Transaction Documents . The term “ Transaction Documents ” refers collectively to this Agreement, the Certificates of Designations and the Registration Rights Agreement in the form contained in Exhibits 1 , 2 , 3 , and 4 , respectively.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree, and the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in full, as follows:

1


 

ARTICLE I
Purchase; Closings
     1.1 Purchase . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each of the Investors will purchase from the Company, and the Company will sell to each of the respective Investors, at the Closing (as defined below) the number of Series B Preferred Shares or Series B-1 Preferred Shares, as applicable, set forth across from such Investor’s name on Schedule A , representing a total Liquidation Preference (as defined in the Series B Certificate or Series B-1 Certificate, as applicable), of the amount set forth across from such Investor’s name on Schedule A , for a total purchase price with respect to such Investor of the amount set forth across from such Investor’s name on Schedule A and a total purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) with respect to all Investors of $760,000,000 (the “ Purchase ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the THL Investors may, in their sole discretion, reallocate among the respective THL Investors the total THL Purchase Price and corresponding amounts set forth on Schedule A , the GS Investors may, in their sole discretion, reallocate among the respective GS Investors the total GS Purchase Price and corresponding amounts set forth on Schedule A , and all references to Schedule A herein shall be references to Schedule A as revised to reflect such reallocations.
     1.2 Closing .
     (a) Subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 1.2(c) , the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”), will take place at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, located at 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York, commencing at 10 a.m. local time, on March 25, 2008, or at such other date or time as mutually agreed by the parties. The date of the Closing is referred to as the “ Closing Date .”
     (b) At the Closing,
     (i) each Investor shall deliver by wire transfer of immediately available United States funds to the Company the Purchase Price of the Securities in the amount set forth across from such Investor’s name on Schedule A ;
     (ii) the Company shall deliver to the Investors certificates representing the number of Series B Preferred Shares or Series B-1 Preferred Shares, as applicable, set forth across from such Investor’s name on Schedule A , representing a total initial Liquidation Preference (as defined in the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, (the “ Series B Certificate ” or “ Series B-1 Certificate ,” as applicable)) of the amount set forth across from such Investor’s name on Schedule A ;
     (iii) the Company and each of the respective Investors shall execute the Registration Rights Agreement in the form of Exhibit 4 attached hereto;
     (iv) the Company shall deliver to each of the Investors certified copies of Certificates of Designations for the Preferred Stock, in the form attached as

2


 

      Exhibits 1 , 2 , and 3 , hereto as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and
     (v) the Company shall deliver to each of Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P. and GS Mezzanine Partners V Institutional, L.P. a Management Rights Letter, in the form attached as Exhibit 6 hereto.
     (c) Closing Conditions . The respective obligation of each of the respective Investors and the Company to consummate the Closing is subject to (x) the fulfillment, or written waiver by all of the Investors and the Company, at the Closing of the following conditions set forth in Sections 1.2(c)(i) , (ii) , (xv) and (xvi) and (y) the fulfillment, or written waiver by all of the Investors, at the Closing of all of the other following conditions:
     (i) expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ HSR Act ”) and any applicable waiting period under the German Act Against Restraints of Competition ( Gesetz gegen Wettbewerbsbeschrankungen ) (the “ German Antitrust Act ”), in each case, required to consummate the Investment and the Closing and for the Investors to own, and fully vote and convert into Common Stock, all of the Securities;
     (ii) no provision of any applicable Law or regulation and no judgment, injunction, order or decree shall prohibit the Closing or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or shall prohibit or restrict any Investor or its Affiliates from owning, or fully voting and converting, the Securities to be acquired by such Investor pursuant to the terms of such respective Securities, and no lawsuit shall have been commenced by a Governmental Entity seeking to effect any of the foregoing;
     (iii) prior to the Closing the Company shall have received full proceeds from the sale of the securities listed on Schedule B-1 hereto in the amounts set forth on Schedule B-1 hereto;
     (iv) the Company shall have (A) amended its existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, in accordance with the form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement attached hereto as Schedule D ; (B) received an additional $250,000,000 of term loans (less any original issue discount otherwise permitted under this Agreement) under its existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement following such amendment described in clause (A) above; (C) never borrowed any funds under, and shall have terminated, its existing 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended (together with the credit facility referenced in clause (A), the “ Existing Credit Facilities ”); (D) (i) entered into and not amended the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Note Purchase

3


 

Agreement ”) with the purchasers set forth therein, relating to the sale to such purchasers of up to $500,000,000 principal amount of Senior Secured Second Lien Notes (the “ Second Lien Notes ”) pursuant to the indenture referred to in the Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Indenture ”) and (ii) entered into and not amended the Indenture; and (E) received $500,000,000 in proceeds (net of any closing payment referred to in the Note Purchase Agreement) from the issuance of the Second Lien Notes pursuant to the Indenture;
     (v) except as Previously Disclosed, (A) since September 30, 2007, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, and (B) each of THL, GSMP and GSCP in its respective sole judgment and discretion shall have determined that since the date hereof, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which constitute, or would reasonably be expected to constitute, individually or in the aggregate, a Termination Development. With respect to matters which have been Previously Disclosed, in determining whether this condition is satisfied, any circumstance, event or condition occurring after the date hereof shall be taken into account, including any deterioration, worsening or adverse consequence of such Previously Disclosed matters occurring after the date hereof;
     (vi) (A) neither the Company nor MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“ MPSI ”), shall have received written or oral notice from any State to the effect that such State has determined that the Company or MPSI can no longer conduct its money transfer or payment systems businesses in such State or has revoked, or intends to revoke, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State, or imposed, or intends to impose, conditions on, or material fines with respect to, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State (which conditions are adverse to the Company or MPSI and are not generally applicable to other persons conducting money transfer or payments systems businesses in such State); (B) the Company or MPSI shall have received assurances, in a form acceptable to each of THL, GSMP and GSCP in its respective sole judgment and discretion, from each State from which any of THL, GSMP or GSCP in its respective sole judgment and discretion determines is necessary, that such State will not (x) determine that the Company or MPSI may not conduct its money transfer or payment systems businesses in such State, (y) revoke the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State, or (z) impose conditions on, or material fines with respect to, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State (which conditions are adverse to the Company or MPSI and are not generally applicable to other persons conducting money transfer or payments systems businesses in such State); (C) prior to and immediately following the Closing, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall have all licenses required under applicable money transmitter, official check or similar Laws to conduct the Company’s and its Subsidiaries business as presently conducted; and (D) immediately following the Closing, the Company

4


 

and each of its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with all applicable money transmitter, official check or similar Laws applicable to the Company’s or its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, all net worth, tangible net worth, unrestricted assets and other financial ratios requirements applicable to Company or its Subsidiaries;
     (vii) after giving effect to the transactions and the payment of expenses payable by the Company at the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by clause (iv) of this Section 1.2(c) , the expenses contemplated by Section 5.3 hereof and the Exclusivity Agreement (as defined below), and the fees and expenses of the Company’s advisors, on a pro forma basis, the Company shall have at least $150,000,000 in Unrestricted Assets (as defined on Schedule E ) and $100,000,000 undrawn borrowing availability under the Company’s revolving credit facility (which availability for the purposes of this Section 1.2(c)(vii) shall take into account all letters of credit outstanding either through the Existing Credit Facilities or otherwise);
     (viii) (A) (i) the Company’s receipt from Deloitte & Touche LLP of the D&T Deliverables, which shall be delivered if the amounts set forth on Schedule F hereto shall have been placed into an escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably acceptable to each of THL, GSMP, GSCP, the Company, Deloitte & Touche LLP, the parties to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement with irrevocable instructions to be released to the Company on the Closing Date upon the Company’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, or (ii) if the amounts set forth on Schedule F hereto shall not have been placed into an escrow account with irrevocable instructions to be released to the Company on the Closing Date upon the Company’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, then the Company shall have committed to the Investors on the Closing Date that, after both the Company and Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have verified that the amounts set forth on Schedule F hereto have been credited to the bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F hereto, the Company will receive from Deloitte & Touche LLP the D&T Deliverables and (B) the Company’s financial printer Bowne shall have notified the Investors (on the Closing Date) that the Company has delivered the Final 10-K to Bowne with the irrevocable instruction that Bowne file the Final 10-K on behalf of the Company, and that Bowne is prepared to file and will file the Final 10-K with the SEC, in each case, immediately upon notification from the Company that the amounts set forth on Schedule F hereto have been successfully credited to the Company bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F hereto.
     (ix) each of THL, GSMP and GSCP shall have had a full and complete opportunity to review the Company’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, and to interview current and former Company personnel as determined to be necessary by each of THL, GSMP and GSCP, and each shall

5


 

have determined that the Company’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, as well as the Company’s prior disclosures, are acceptable to each of THL, GSMP and GSCP in its respective sole judgment and discretion; and it is understood and agreed that such determination by each of THL, GSMP and GSCP shall be based on, among other things, but not limited to, the subjective view of each of THL, GSMP and GSCP of the Company’s potential exposure, if any, to claims and investigations related to the Company’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, and prior disclosures;
     (x) neither Deloitte & Touche LLP nor any other accounting firm shall have issued to the Company any opinion regarding the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 which is not a Satisfactory Audit Opinion;
     (xi) there shall not have been a restatement (nor shall any restatement be under consideration by the Company, its external auditors or, to the knowledge of the Company, the SEC) of any prior period financial statements of the Company;
     (xii) the Company shall have resolved to the satisfaction of the SEC (including having taken any and all corrective action requested by the Staff of the SEC, if any) all comments received by the Company from the SEC on the SEC Documents;
     (xiii) the Company shall not have incurred (or become obligated to incur) fees of more than $5,375,000 relating to the transactions described in Section 1.2(c)(iv) (other than clauses (D) and (E)) of this Agreement plus annual administrative agency fees in an amount not exceeding $150,000 per annum payable quarterly;
     (xiv) the Applicable Margin (as defined in Schedule D ) on the Term B Loans (as defined in Schedule D ) shall not have been increased by more than 1.625% per annum (all of which may take the form of original issue discount over a four-year life to maturity (i.e. 6.5% or $16,250,000)); provided that any increase shall have been necessary in the reasonable discretion of the Lead Arranger (as defined in Schedule D ) to place the Term B Loans and the Lead Arranger shall first consider (in consultation with the Company and the Investors) using increases in the margin prior to imposing original issue discount;
     (xv) the Company shall have received confirmation from the New York Stock Exchange, and such confirmation shall not have been withdrawn, that the issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents are in compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s shareholder approval policy and that the Company has properly, and without condition, obtained an exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual to issue the

6


 

Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares without obtaining approval of the stockholders of the Company;
     (xvi) the Company shall have properly provided notice to the stockholders of the Company that the Company will issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares without obtaining stockholder approval as required by, and in compliance with, Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, and the ten (10) day notice period set forth in Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual shall have passed after such notice has been properly provided;
     (xvii) Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. shall have confirmed in writing to the Company (A) that the Money Services Agreement by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (as amended through that certain Amendment 3 to Money Services Agreement dated as of February 11, 2008 but not amended by any subsequent amendments other than, if necessary, to make effective the extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) will be in full force and effect after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (which shall include an effective extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) and (B) that the Prior Agreement and this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby do not give Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. the right to terminate the Money Services Agreement;
     (xviii) the Company shall have purchased, at its expense (A) directors and officers liability insurance, from reputable carriers to be agreed upon prior to Closing by the Company and Investors and in at least the amounts as set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) hereto (or in a lesser amount agreed upon by the Investors and the Company) on behalf of and covering the individuals who at any time on or after the Closing Date are or become directors of the Company, against expenses, liabilities or losses asserted against or incurred by such individual in such capacity or arising out of such individual’s status as such, subject to customary exclusions and (B) a fully-paid six-year “tail” insurance policy or policies with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (including excess A-side difference-in-conditions coverage and fiduciary liability coverage) of an amount no less, and with terms and conditions no less favorable, than those of the policies maintained by the Company as of the date hereof;
     (xix) the Investors shall have received at least three business days prior to the Closing Date, the Company’s consolidated unaudited interim financial statements as of and for the one-month period ended January 31, 2008 and the one-month period ended February 29, 2008, including (i) the unaudited balance sheet as January 31, 2008 and February 29, 2008 and (ii) related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and detailed trial balances for the period from January 1, 2008 to January 31, 2008 and for the period from February 1, 2008 to February 29, 2008, in each case satisfactory in

7


 

form and substance to each of THL, GSMP and GSCP in its respective sole discretion;
     (xx) the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) shall have received sufficient resignations from members of the Board of Directors, or the number of members of the Board of Directors shall have otherwise been reduced in compliance with Law and the Company’s charter and other governing documents, such that immediately following the filing of the Final 10-K with the SEC and immediately preceding the election of Board Representatives pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof, the Board of Directors shall have four (4) directors in office, three (3) of whom shall be Independent Directors and Continuing Directors and one (1) of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and
     (xxi) the Closing Certificate (as defined in Section 1.2(d) ) shall have been delivered by the Company.
     (d) Closing Certificate . On the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to each of the Investors a certificate (the “ Closing Certificate ”) signed on behalf of the Company by an executive officer of the Company confirming that each of the conditions set forth in Section 1.2(c) (other than Section 1.2(c)(v)(B) , Section 1.2(c)(viii)(B) , Section 1.2(c)(xix) and Section 1.2(c)(xx) ) have been satisfied.
ARTICLE II
Representations and Warranties
          2.1 Disclosure .
     (a) On or prior to the date hereof, the Company delivered to the Investors a schedule (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”) setting forth, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate either in response to an express disclosure requirement contained in a provision hereof or as an exception to one or more of the Company’s representations or warranties contained in Section 2.2 .
     (b) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means, (x) with respect to the Company, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate: (1) is material and adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (2) would materially impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that Material Adverse Effect, under clause (1) shall be deemed not to include the impact of (A) changes in general economic, financial market, credit market, regulatory or political conditions (whether resulting from acts of war or terrorism, an escalation of hostilities or otherwise) generally affecting the U.S. economy, foreign economies or the industries in which the Company or the Company Subsidiaries operate, (B) changes in generally accepted accounting principles, (C)

8


 

changes in laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by any United States or foreign governmental or regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity or authority (each a “ Governmental Entity ,” and together “ Governmental Entities ”), (D) any change in the Company’s stock price or trading volume, in and of itself, or any failure, in and of itself, by the Company to meet revenue or earnings guidance published or otherwise provided to the Investor ( provided that any fact, condition, circumstance, event, change, development or effect underlying any such failure or change, other than any of the foregoing that is otherwise excluded pursuant to clauses (A) through (H) hereof, may be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur), (E) losses resulting from any change in the valuations of the Company’s portfolio of securities or sales of such securities, (F) actions or omissions of either party taken as required by this Agreement or with the prior written consent of the other party in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (G) public announcement, in and of itself, by a third party not affiliated with the Company of any proposal to acquire the outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and (H) the public announcement of the Prior Agreement, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby ( provided that this clause (H) shall not apply with respect to Sections 1.2(c)(v) , 2.2(d) , 2.2(h) and 2.2(k) ); provided further, however, that Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed not to include the impact of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), in each case only insofar and to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in such clauses do not have a disproportionate effect on the Company and the Company Subsidiaries (exclusive of its payments systems business) relative to other participants in the industry, and (y) with respect to the Investors, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially impair the ability of the Investors to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     (c) “ Previously Disclosed ” means information (i) set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the provision of this Agreement to which such information relates ( provided that any disclosure with respect to a particular paragraph or section of the Agreement or the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for other paragraphs and sections of the Agreement or the Company Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent to a reader of such disclosure) or (ii) otherwise disclosed on a SEC Document filed or furnished, and publicly available on the EDGAR system of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), prior to the date of this Agreement (excluding any risk factor disclosures contained in such documents and any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or other statements that are similarly non-specific, predictive or forward-looking in nature) (“ Filed SEC Documents ”).
          2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company . Except as Previously Disclosed, the Company represents and warrants to each of the Investors that:
     (a) Organization and Authority . The Company is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate, company or partnership power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted.

9


 

The Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to the Investors prior to the execution of this Agreement a true and complete copy of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and the bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”), in each case as in effect on the date of this Agreement.
     (b) Company Subsidiaries .
     (i) The Company has Previously Disclosed a complete and correct list of all of its subsidiaries, and all shares of the outstanding capital stock of each of which are owned directly or indirectly by the Company. The subsidiaries of the Company are referred to herein individually as a “ Company Subsidiary ” and collectively as the “ Company Subsidiaries . ” All of such shares so owned by the Company (or its subsidiaries) are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by it free and clear of any lien, claim, charge, option, encumbrance or agreement with respect thereto, except for Permitted Liens. Other than the Previously Disclosed Company Subsidiaries or as otherwise Previously Disclosed, the Company does not own beneficially (the concept of “ beneficial ownership ” having the meaning assigned thereto in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations thereunder), directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any class of equity securities or similar interests of any corporation or other entity, and is not, directly or indirectly, a partner in any partnership or party to any joint venture.
     (ii) Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate, company or partnership power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted. Each Company Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (iii) “ Permitted Liens ” means (A) liens for Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which, to the extent applicable, reserves have been established on the Company’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP; (B) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’ and other statutory liens, or other liens or security interests that secure a liquidated amount that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (except in the case of landlord’s liens); (C) leases, subleases and licenses and other agreements pursuant to which the Company or a Company Subsidiary is a lessor, sublessor or licensor; or grants

10


 

rights to use or occupy property or assets of the Company or a Company Subsidiary; (D) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers’ compensation Laws or similar legislation or to secure public or statutory obligations; (E) pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a similar nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business; (F) easements, encroachments, declarations, covenants, conditions, reservations, limitations and rights of way (unrecorded and of record) and other similar restrictions or encumbrances of record, zoning, building and other similar ordinances, regulations, variances and restrictions, and all defects or irregularities in title; and (G) as to leased real estate, all liens and encumbrances and other liens of whatsoever nature created or incurred by any owner, landlord, sublandlord or other person in title, which, in each case set forth in clauses (C) through (G) above, have not had and that would not, individually, or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the use or benefit to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries of the assets or property owned, leased, used or held for use by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries to which they specifically relate.
     (c) Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 2,000,000 shares of which have been designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock,” and of which no shares were outstanding as of the time of execution of this Agreement, and (ii) 250,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 82,598,034 shares were outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. There are outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of not more than 4,071,039 shares of Common Stock, all of which options are outstanding under the Benefit Plans. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of Preferred Stock to be issued at the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or in respect of or upon conversion of such Preferred Stock (or upon the conversion of Preferred Stock received upon conversion of Preferred Stock to be issued at the Closing) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the respective Certificate of Designations, upon such issuance or conversion, as the case may be, will be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable and not trigger any pre-emptive or similar rights of any other person. Except (A) as described above or Previously Disclosed, (B) for the rights granted pursuant to the Transaction Documents, or (C) under or pursuant to the Previously Disclosed Benefit Plans, there are no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls, preemptive rights or other rights obligating the Company or any Company Subsidiary to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any Company Subsidiary. The Company has Previously Disclosed all shares of Company capital stock that have been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Company Subsidiary since December 31, 2006 and all dividends or other distributions that have been declared, set aside, made or paid to stockholders of the Company since that date.
     (d) Authorization; No Default .
     (i) The Company has the power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution,

11


 

delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors. The Transaction Documents are valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms. No stockholder vote of the Company is required to authorize, approve or consummate any of the transactions contemplated hereby. The issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will be in compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s shareholder approval policy and the exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.
     (ii) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents and any documents ancillary thereto, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor compliance by the Company with any of the provisions thereof, will (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary under, any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of (1) its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or substantially equivalent governing documents or (2) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation (each, a “ Contract ”) to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary may be subject, or (B) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations and votes referred to in the next paragraph, violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets; except, in the case of clauses (A)(2) and (B), as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
     (iii) Other than (A) the filing of the Certificates of Designations with the Delaware Secretary of State, (B) in connection or in compliance with the HSR Act, (C) in connection or in compliance with the German Antitrust Act, (D) the passage of the applicable ten (10) day notice period in compliance with Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange’s Listed Company Manual and (E) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity or any other person (nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting periods) is necessary prior to the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
     (e) SEC Documents .

12


 

     (i) Except as Previously Disclosed, the Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents with the SEC required to be filed by the Company or furnished by the Company since December 31, 2005 (including any items incorporated by reference or attached as Exhibits thereto) (the “ SEC Documents ”). No Company Subsidiary is required to make any filings of SEC Documents. As of their respective dates of filing, the SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable thereto, and none of the SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. There are no outstanding comments from the SEC with respect to any SEC Document. The audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited quarterly financial statements (including, in each case, the notes thereto) of the Company included in the SEC Documents when filed complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) (except, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC or other rules and regulations of the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, to normal year-end adjustments). Except as specifically reflected or reserved against in the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at September 30, 2007 included in the Filed SEC Documents, neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries have any liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise) of any nature that would be required under GAAP, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company (including the notes thereto), except liabilities and obligations that (A) were incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since September 30, 2007 or (B) have not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (ii) The Company (A) has implemented and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company by others within those entities, and (B) has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the date hereof, to the Company’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors (1) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. As of the date of this

13


 

Agreement, the Company has no knowledge of any reason that its outside auditors and its chief executive officer and chief financial officer will not be able to give the certifications and attestations required pursuant to the rules and regulations adopted pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, without qualification, when next due. Since December 31, 2005, (x) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, auditor, accountant or representative of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or their respective internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company or any Company Subsidiary has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices, and (y) no attorney representing the Company or any Company Subsidiary, whether or not employed by the Company or any such subsidiary, has reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents to the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of the Company.
     (f) Taxes .
     (i) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company and each of the Company Subsidiaries have prepared and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file) all Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them and all such filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate, (B) the Company and each of the Company Subsidiaries have paid all Taxes that are required to be paid by any of them, (C) as of the date of this Agreement, there are no audits, examinations, investigations, actions, suits, claims or other proceedings in respect of Taxes pending or threatened in writing nor has any deficiency for any Tax been assessed by any Governmental Entity in writing against the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, and (D) all Taxes required to be withheld by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have been withheld and paid over to the appropriate Tax authority (except, in the case of this clause (D) or clause (A) or (B) above, with respect to matters contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established on the Company’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP). The Company has not been a “controlled corporation” or a “distributing corporation” in any distribution occurring during the two-year period ending on the date of this Agreement that was intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has entered into any “listed transaction” as defined under Section 1.6011-4(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.
     (ii) As used in this Agreement, (A) “ Taxes ” means any and all domestic or foreign, federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any Governmental Entity, including taxes on or with respect to income, franchises, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, property, sales, use, capital stock, payroll,

14


 

employment, unemployment, social security, workers’ compensation or net worth, and taxes in the nature of excise, withholding, ad valorem or value added, and including any liability in respect of any items described above as a transferee or successor, pursuant to Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or as an indemnitor, guarantor, surety or in a similar capacity under any contract, arrangement, agreement, understanding or commitment (whether oral or written) and (B) “ Tax Return ” means any return, report or similar filing (including the attached schedules) filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (and any amendments thereto), including any information return, claim for refund or declaration of estimated Taxes.
     (g) Ordinary Course . Except as Previously Disclosed, since September 30, 2007, the Company and each of the Company Subsidiary has conducted its respective businesses in all material respects in the ordinary course of business, consistent with prior practice (and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has taken any action referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 3.3 hereof, assuming said Section had been in effect at all times since September 30, 2007).
     (h) Commitments and Contracts .
     (i) Except for the Benefit Plans, the Contracts filed as exhibits or incorporated by reference in or to the SEC Documents, and the Contracts Previously Disclosed, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Contract that: (A) is a “material contract” (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act) to be performed in full or in part after the date of this Agreement; (B) creates any material partnership, limited liability company agreement, joint venture or similar agreement entered into with any third party; (C) is a voting agreement or registration rights agreement; (D) relates to any indebtedness, or interest rate or currency hedging agreements, having an outstanding principal or notional amount in excess of $50,000,000, or any guarantees thereof, or the sale, securitization or servicing of loans or loan portfolios, in each case in connection with which the aggregate actual or contingent obligations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries under such contract are greater than $50,000,000; (E) relates to the acquisition or disposition of any material assets other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, where such contract contains continuing material obligations or contains continuing indemnity obligations of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries; or (F) is a commitment or agreement to enter into any of the foregoing. Except as set forth on Section 2.2(h)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Contract (X) that contains provisions that purport to limit the ability of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, or any Affiliate, stockholder or director of the Company in their capacities as such, to compete in any line of business or with any person or which involve any restriction of the geographical area in which, or method by which or with whom, the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries may carry on any business or (Y) is a commitment or agreement to enter into any such Contract.

15


 

     (ii) The Contracts set forth in this Section 2.2(h) (together with any and all amendments, disclosure schedules and side letters thereto) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Disclosed Contracts .” Except as has not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in breach, default or violation of the terms of any Disclosed Contract, no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default thereunder by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, and the Company has no knowledge of (and has not received notice of) any breach, default or violation (or any condition which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would cause such a breach, default or violation) by any party under any Disclosed Contract; and (B) each Disclosed Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Company (or the Subsidiaries of the Company party thereto), is in full force and effect and is enforceable against the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, the other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, except that (1) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to creditors’ rights generally and (2) equitable remedies of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     (i) Litigation and Other Proceedings . There is no claim, suit, action, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company or any Company Subsidiary that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is the Company or any Company Subsidiary subject to any order, judgment or decree that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (j) Insurance . The Company and each Company Subsidiary are presently insured, and during each of the past five calendar years (or during such lesser period of time as the Company has owned such Company Subsidiary) has been insured, for reasonable amounts with financially sound and reputable insurance companies against such risks as companies engaged in a similar business would, in accordance with good business practice, customarily be insured.
     (k) Compliance with Laws .
     (i) The Company and each Company Subsidiary have all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities (collectively, the “ Permits ”) that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and assets and to carry on their business as presently conducted and that are material to the business of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and all such Permits are in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Company, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is threatened, and all such filings, applications and registrations are current. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, (i) the conduct by the Company and each Company

16


 

Subsidiary of their business and the condition and use of their properties does not violate or Infringe any applicable domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign Law, statute, ordinance, license or regulation, (ii) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is in default under any order, license, regulation, demand, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity, and (iii) the Company and the Company Subsidiaries currently are complying with all, and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of them is under investigation with respect to or has been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any material violation of any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign Law, statute, regulation, rule, license, judgment, injunction or decree.
     (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have acted in conformity with all applicable Laws and regulations pertaining to export controls, economic sanctions, national security controls, and similar regulations of international commerce, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, 15 C.F.R. pt. 730 et seq., the U.S. antiboycott rules, 15 C.F.R. pt. 760 et seq. and 26 U.S.C. § 908 & 999, the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, 31 C.F.R. pt. 500 et seq., U.S. anti-money laundering Laws (e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956-57, 18 U.S.C. § 1960 and 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-32), and all non-U.S. counterparts or equivalents of the foregoing, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Also, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company, each of its Subsidiaries, and each of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ employees and agents have acted in conformity with all applicable Laws and regulations pertaining to corrupt, illegal or unauthorized payments, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq., except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.
     (l) Benefit Plans .
     (i) The Company has Previously Disclosed or has previously filed as an exhibit to the SEC Document or made available to the Investor or its representative each of the following to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or subject: any plan, contract or understanding providing for any bonus, pension, option, deferred compensation, retirement payment, profit sharing welfare, severance, change in control, or fringe benefits or other compensation with respect to any present or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (each, other than a Multiemployer Plan, a “ Benefit Plan ”), in each case, requiring aggregate annual payments or contributions by the Company and any of the Company Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000 or which has aggregate unfunded liabilities in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually provided that the aggregate unfunded liabilities of the Benefit Plans not Previously Disclosed or filed as an SEC Document do not exceed $3,000,000. Section 2.2(l) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of the Benefit Plans.
     (ii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) with respect to each Benefit Plan, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have complied, and are now in compliance with, all

17


 

provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), the Code and all Laws and regulations applicable to such Benefit Plans and each Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that such Benefit Plan is so qualified and exempt from federal income taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, and such determination letter has not been revoked and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification; (B) each Benefit Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms including all requirements to make contributions; (C) there is not now, nor do any circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to any requirement for the posting of security with respect to a Benefit Plan or the imposition of any material liability or material lien on the assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary under ERISA or the Code in respect of any Benefit Plan, and no liability (other than for premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412 or 4971 of the Code has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by the Company or any Company Subsidiary; (D) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course), lawsuits or arbitrations which have been asserted or instituted against the Benefit Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Benefit Plans; (E) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no pending or threatened claims against any fiduciary of any of the Benefit Plans with respect to their duties to the Benefit Plans; (F) to the Company’s knowledge, no set of circumstances exists which may reasonably give rise to a claim or lawsuit, against the Benefit Plans, any fiduciaries thereof with respect to their duties to the Benefit Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Benefit Plans; and (G) the Company and each Company Subsidiary have reserved the right to amend, terminate or modify at any time all plans or arrangements providing for retiree health or life insurance coverage, and there have been no communications to employees or former employees which could reasonably be interpreted to promise or guarantee such employees or former employees any retiree health or life insurance or other retiree death benefits on a permanent basis, other than those retirement benefits provided for under the Company’s collective bargaining agreements.
     (iii) None of the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any other person or entity under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participates in, or is required to contribute to, any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”).
     (iv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each individual who performs services for the Company or any Company Subsidiary (other than through a contract with an entity other than the Company or any Company Subsidiary) and who is not treated as an employee of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has been properly characterized as not being an employee for such purposes.
     (v) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (alone or in conjunction with any termination of employment or other event) will (A) result in any material payment (including, without

18


 

limitation, severance or “excess parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), or forgiveness of indebtedness) or other material obligation becoming due to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any Company Subsidiary under any Benefit Plan or otherwise, (B) limit or restrict the right of the Company or any Company Subsidiary to merge, amend or terminate any of the Benefit Plans, or (C) materially increase or accelerate or require the funding of any benefits otherwise payable under any Benefit Plan.
     (vi) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) no work stoppage involving the Company or any Company Subsidiary is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened; (B) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is involved in, or threatened with or affected by, any labor dispute, arbitration, lawsuit or administrative proceeding that could affect the business of the Company or such Company Subsidiary; and (C) employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries are not represented by any labor union nor are any collective bargaining agreements otherwise in effect with respect to such employees.
     (vii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each Benefit Plan that is maintained substantially for employees who are situated outside the United States (the “ Foreign Plans ”), (i) each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; and (ii) all Foreign Plans that are required to be funded are funded in accordance with applicable Laws, and with respect to all other Foreign Plans, adequate reserves therefor have been established on the accounting statements of the applicable Company or Company Subsidiary.
     (m) Environmental Liability . Except for those matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any written communication alleging that the Company is in violation of, or has any liability under, any Environmental Law, (ii) each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries validly possesses and is in compliance with all Permits required under Environmental Laws to conduct its business as presently conducted, and all such Permits are valid and in good standing, (iii) there are no Environmental Claims pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries and (iv) none of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries has Released any Hazardous Materials in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in an Environmental Claim against the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries. As used in this Agreement, (1) the term “ Environmental Claims ” means any administrative or judicial actions, suits, orders, claims, proceedings or written notices of noncompliance by or from any person alleging liability arising out of the Release of Hazardous Materials or the failure to comply with Environmental Law; (2) the term “ Environmental Law ” means any Law relating to pollution, the environment or natural resources; (3) the term “ Hazardous Materials ” means (x) petroleum and petroleum by-products, asbestos that is friable, radioactive materials, medical or infectious

19


 

wastes or polychlorinated biphenyls and (y) any other material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by Environmental Law because of its hazardous, toxic or deleterious properties or characteristics; and (4) the term “ Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating into or through the environment in derogation of Environmental Law.
     (n) Intellectual Property .
     (i) As used in this Agreement, “ Intellectual Property ” means the following and all rights pertaining thereto: (A) patents, patent applications, provisional patent applications and statutory invention registrations (including all utility models and other patent rights under the Laws of all countries), (B) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, service names, corporate names, domain names and other brand identifiers, registrations and applications for registration thereof, (C) copyrights, proprietary designs, computer software, mask works, databases, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (D) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets, know-how and show-how, and (E) all similar rights, however denominated, throughout the world.
     (ii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company and the Company Subsidiaries own, free of all encumbrances except Permitted Liens, or have the valid right to use all the Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and (B) the conduct of the business of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not infringe upon, misappropriate or violate (“ Infringe ”) any Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no claim or demand has been given in writing to the Company or any Company Subsidiary to the effect that the conduct of the business of the Company or such Company Subsidiary Infringes upon the Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries use the Intellectual Property of third parties only pursuant to valid, effective written license agreements. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of the Company, no third parties are infringing the Intellectual Property rights of the Company.
     (iii) All registered trademarks and registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications and, to the knowledge of the Company, all patents and patent applications, currently owned by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries that are material to the business of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted (the “ Company Intellectual Property ”) have been duly registered or application filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or applicable foreign governmental authority. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) none of the Company Intellectual Property has been adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part and (B) there are no actual or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened opposition proceedings, cancellation

20


 

proceedings, interference proceedings or other similar action challenging the validity, existence or ownership of any Company Intellectual Property.
     (o) Anti-takeover Provisions Not Applicable . The provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law as they relate to the Company do not and will not apply to the Investors’ acquisition of Securities pursuant to the Transaction Documents or to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The acquisition of Securities by the Investors pursuant to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, the dividends required or contemplated by the respective Certificates of Designations of the respective series of Preferred Stock and the redemptions required or contemplated by the respective Certificates of Designations of the respective series of Preferred Stock, have been approved by the Continuing Directors (as defined in Article IX of the Certificate of Incorporation). The Board of Directors has adopted the Rights Plan Amendment in the form set forth in Exhibit 5 hereto and the same has been duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto.
     (p) Board Approvals . The transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including without limitation the issuance of the Preferred Stock and the compliance with the terms thereof and the compliance with the terms of this Agreement, have been approved unanimously by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has unanimously adopted, approved and declared advisable all of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has unanimously and expressly approved, and the Board of Directors has unanimously concurred with, the Company’s reliance on the exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual to issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares.
     (q) Brokers and Finders . Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees has incurred any liability for any financial advisory fees, brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, other than JPMorgan Chase & Co., the fees and expenses of which will be paid by the Company. The Company has provided the Investors a copy of the documentation pursuant to which JPMorgan Chase & Co. may receive a fee in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
     (r) Exemption from Registration . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the Investors in Section 2.3(c) of this Agreement, the offer and issuance by the Company of the Securities is exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
     (s) Opinions of Financial Advisors . The Board of Directors of the Company has received the opinions of JPMorgan Chase & Co., dated as of February 11, 2008, and March 10, 2008, which such March 10, 2008 opinion shall be updated as of the date hereof, and the opinions of Duff & Phelps, LLC, dated as of February 11, 2008, and March 10, 2008, which such March 10, 2008 opinion shall be updated as of the date hereof, each to the effect that, as of such dates, and subject to the various assumptions and qualifications set forth

21


 

therein, the consideration to be received by the Company pursuant to this Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to the Company (the “ Fairness Opinions ”). Correct and complete copies of the Fairness Opinions have been delivered to the Investors.
     (t) CAG, Inc. At THL’s written request, the Company has formed MoneyGram Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and has merged CAG, Inc. into MoneyGram Investments, LLC, which will be treated as a disregarded entity for Tax purposes.
     (u) Prior Agreement Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties set forth in the Prior Agreement were true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case such representations and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of the February 11, 2008; provided , that any such representations and warranties that are subject to matters “Previously Disclosed” are limited to matters Originally Previously Disclosed.
     (v) No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.2 , each of the Investors severally and not jointly acknowledge that neither the Company nor any person on behalf of the Company makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other information provided to the Investor in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreements.
          2.3 Representations and Warranties of the Investors . Each of THL (jointly and severally among the THL Investors), GSMP (jointly and severally among the GSMP Investors), and GSCP (jointly and severally among the GSCP Investors) severally but not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
     (a) Organization and Authority . Such Investor is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, as applicable, duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite partnership, company or corporate, as applicable, power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted. Such Investor is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Investor.
     (b) Authorization .
     (i) Such Investor has the partnership, company or corporate, as applicable, power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by such Investor and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by such Investor and no further approval or authorization by such Investor is required. The Transaction Documents are valid and binding obligations of such Investor enforceable against such Investor in accordance with their respective terms.
     (ii) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by such Investor of the Transaction Documents, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor compliance by such Investor with any of the provisions thereof, will (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or

22


 

an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of such Investor under any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of (1) its certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as applicable, or (2) any material note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which such Investor is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which such Investor or any of the properties or assets of such Investor may be subject, or (B) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in the next paragraph, materially violate any statute, rule or regulation or, to the knowledge of any Investor, any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to such Investor or any of its properties or assets, except in the case of clauses (A)(2) and (B) for such violations, conflicts and breaches as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Investor.
     (iii) Other than (A) in connection or in compliance with the HSR Act, (B) in connection or in compliance with the German Antitrust Act, (C) Regulatory Approvals, and (D) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on such Investor, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity or any other person (nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting periods) is necessary for the consummation by such Investor of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
     (c) Purchase for Investment . Such Investor acknowledges that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder or under any state securities Laws and that there is no public or other market for the Preferred Shares. Such Investor (i) is acquiring the Securities for its own account pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act solely for investment and not with a view to distribution in violation of the securities Laws, (ii) will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Securities, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities Laws, (iii) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Securities and of making an informed investment decision and (iv) is an Accredited Investor (as that term is defined by Rule 501 of the Securities Act).
     (d) Financial Capability . Such Investor has available funds to make the Purchase on the terms and conditions contemplated by this Agreement.
     (e) Brokers and Finders . Neither such Investor nor its Affiliates nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees has incurred any liability for any financial advisory fees, brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

23


 

     (f) No Exclusivity . Neither any Investor nor any of its Affiliates is a beneficiary of or is subject to any exclusivity or similar arrangement or agreement with respect to any debt or equity related to any potential investment in the Company.
     (g) No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.3 , the Company acknowledges that neither the Investors nor any other person on behalf of the Investors makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to any Investor or with respect to any other information provided to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
Covenants
          3.1 Filings; Other Actions .
     (a) Each of the Investors and the Company will cooperate and consult with the others and use best efforts to prepare and file all necessary documentation, to effect all necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings and other documents, and to obtain all necessary permits, consents, orders, approvals, clearances and authorizations of, or any exemption by, all Governmental Entities (and in the case of the Company, also third parties) necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In particular, each of the Investors and the Company will use their best efforts to obtain, and will use their best efforts to help the others obtain, as promptly as practicable, all approvals, authorizations, consents, clearances, expirations or terminations of waiting periods or exemptions required from all necessary Governmental Entities for the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including, but not limited to, filings and notifications with respect to, and expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, under the HSR Act and any other applicable competition or merger control laws, and all notices to, filings and registrations with, and approvals, authorizations, consents, clearances or exemptions from, all Governmental Entities referred to on Section 3.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Goldman, Sachs & Co. nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to use efforts to seek or obtain Regulatory Approvals. Each of the Investors and the Company will have the right to review in advance, and to the extent practicable each will consult with the others, in each case subject to applicable Laws relating to the exchange of information, with respect to all the information relating to the other parties, and any of their respective subsidiaries, which appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third party or any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In exercising the foregoing right, each of the parties hereto agrees to act reasonably and as promptly as practicable. Each party hereto agrees to keep the other parties apprised of the status of matters relating to completion of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Investors and the Company shall promptly furnish each other with copies of written communications received by them or their subsidiaries from, or delivered by any of the foregoing to, any Governmental Entity in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by the other Transaction Documents, other than any communications received by an Investor from, or delivered by an Investor to, the Internal

24


 

Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) (and other than in respect of information filed or otherwise submitted confidentially to any such Governmental Entity and other than in respect of routine audits or ordinary course communications which could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company). Each party shall execute and deliver both before and after the Closing such further certificates, agreements and other documents and take such other actions as the other party may reasonably request to consummate or implement such transactions or to evidence such events or matters. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither any Investor nor its Affiliates shall be obligated to make (or offer to make) any divestiture of, or otherwise limit (or offer to limit) Investor’s or its Affiliates’ freedom of action with respect to, Investor’s or its Affiliates’ assets or businesses presently owned or hereafter acquired.
     (b) Immediately following the Closing on the Closing Date, the Company shall verify whether or not the amounts set forth on Schedule F hereto have been successfully credited to the Company bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F hereto, and when successfully credited, the Final 10-K shall be filed with the SEC immediately following such verification.
          3.2 Access, Information and Confidentiality .
     (a) With respect to each respective Investor, (i) from the date hereof until the Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement and (ii) if applicable, from the Closing Date until the date when such Investor and its Affiliates cease to own in the aggregate Securities representing, directly or indirectly, an initial Purchase Price under this Agreement (irrespective of the then current value of such Securities) (“ Initial Cost ”) that is at least 10% of the aggregate Initial Cost of the Securities acquired by such Investor and its Affiliates at the Closing, the Company will ensure that upon reasonable notice, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries (1) will afford to such Investor and such Investor’s representatives (including, without limitation, officers and employees of such Investor, and counsel, accountants and other professionals retained by such Investor) such access during normal business hours to its books, records (including, without limitation, Tax Returns and appropriate work papers of independent auditors under normal professional courtesy), properties, personnel, accountants and other professional retained by the Company and to such other information as such Investor may reasonably request; (2) will furnish such Investor with such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and properties of the Company as the Company prepares and compiles for members of its Board of Directors in the ordinary course and as such Investor may from time to time reasonably request; and (3) permit such Investor to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company, and to furnish advice with respect thereto, with the principal officers of the Company within thirty days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company. All requests for access and information shall be coordinated through senior corporate officers of the Company.
     (b) Each party to this Agreement will hold, and will cause its respective subsidiaries and their directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the advice of its counsel, by other requirement of Law or the applicable requirements of any

25


 

regulatory agency or relevant stock exchange, all non-public records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) concerning the other party furnished to it by such other party or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (1) previously known by such party on a non-confidential basis, (2) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (3) later lawfully acquired from other sources by the party to which it was furnished), and neither party shall release or disclose such Information to any other person, except its to auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, and other consultants and advisors. Subject to the foregoing, any party compelled to disclose Information pursuant to this Section 3.2(b) shall (x) as promptly as practicable, provide the other parties with notice of such request to disclose Information so that the parties may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy (and the other parties shall cooperate in connection therewith), and (y) may furnish , that portion (and only that portion) of the Information that, on the advice of its counsel, such party is legally compelled or is otherwise required to disclose. In addition, all information furnished to the Investors and their respective representatives and all analyses, compilations, data, studies or other documents prepared by any Investor or its representatives containing or based in whole or in part on any such furnished information or reflecting such Investor’s review of, or interest in, the Company shall be used solely as set forth and permitted by the confidentiality agreement, dated as of November 28, 2007, between the Company and THL and the confidentiality agreement, dated as of December 11, 2007 (and the side letter thereto dated January 2, 2008) between the Company and GS (the “ Confidentiality Agreements ”); provided , however , that each Investor may provide Information to potential permitted transferees of Securities so long as the recipient enters into a confidentiality agreement (as to which the Company is a third party beneficiary and may enforce the agreement) with disclosure terms at least as restrictive as the disclosure terms in the Confidentiality Agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a syndication to co-investors as permitted by Section 4.5 , any Investor shall be permitted to provide Information to a potential syndicate member subject to customary confidentiality protections enforceable by the Company.
          3.3 Certain Additional Covenants of the Company .
     (a) Except as otherwise expressly permitted or required by the Transaction Documents, permitted by Section 4.9 , or as set forth on Section 3.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, during the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1 , the Company shall conduct its business, and shall cause its subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses, in all material respects in the ordinary course, including, without limitation, paying its obligations, including customer signing bonuses, capital expenditures, taxes and other accounts payable, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Until the Voting Date as defined in the Series B Certificate and the Series B-1 Certificate (the “ Voting Date ”), except as expressly permitted or required by the Transaction Documents and as set forth on Schedule 3.3(a) , neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall, without the prior approval of the Investors (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) take any action that (i) would require a separate series vote of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock under Section 9(c) of Series B Certificate if the Series B Preferred Stock was

26


 

outstanding at such time, or (ii) would result in an adjustment to be made under Section 7(c) of the Series B Certificate if Series B Preferred Stock was outstanding at such time.
     (b) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any securities of the Company on or prior to the Closing. If, prior to the Closing, the Company shall take any action that would require any adjustment to be made under Section 7(c) of the Series B Certificate as if shares of Series B Preferred Stock were issued on the date of this Agreement, the Company must make appropriate and equitable adjustments with respect to the Investors such that the Investors will receive the benefit of such transaction as if (x) all of the Securities to be acquired by the Investor had been outstanding as of the date of such action and (y) all required Regulatory Approvals had been obtained. “ Regulatory Approval ” means confirmation by a State, reasonably satisfactory to the Company and each of THL, GSMP and GSCP, that the Licensee and/or the Investors have complied with applicable prior notice or prior approval procedures for change of control under such State’s laws or regulations applicable to entities engaged in the money transfer or payment systems business or the parties to be deemed to control such parties. “ Licensee ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. “ State ” means any of the jurisdictions listed on Section 3.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.
     (c) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to satisfy the closing conditions set forth in Section 1.2(c) of this Agreement in a timely manner. Each of the Investors will cooperate reasonably with the Company in the Company’s efforts to satisfy the conditions set forth in Sections 1.2(c)(i) , and (ii) .
     (d) The parties shall not treat any of the Series B Preferred Shares, the Series B-1 Preferred Shares, or the Series D Preferred Stock as “preferred stock” for purposes of Section 305 of the Code, unless required to do so by a change in applicable Tax Laws (or the interpretation thereof) or a good faith resolution of a Tax contest.
     (e) Without the prior written consent of all of the Investors, neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly use any proceeds from the Investment, the Existing Credit Facilities or the Second Lien Notes to acquire any obligations the interest on which is exempt from taxes imposed by subtitle A of the Code.
     (f) Without the prior written consent of all of the Investors, the Company shall not and shall not permit the Company Subsidiaries to (i) make investments in a manner that is in contravention of the investment policy as set forth on Schedule G hereto (the “ Investment Policy ”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any securities held or sold by the Company set forth on Schedule B or Schedule C hereto shall not be considered to be held or sold in contravention of the Investment Policy, or (ii) sell, unwind, assign, abandon or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the securities listed on Schedule B (other than those securities sold or otherwise transferred in accordance with Schedule B-1 through March 7, 2008) or Schedule C .
     (g) The Company shall not take or permit to occur any stockholder vote (or action by written consent) on any matter with a record date prior to the Voting Date, except to

27


 

the extent required by Law or by Section 9(b) , (c) or (d) of the Series B Certificate or Section 9(b) of the Series B-1 Certificate.
ARTICLE IV
Additional Agreements
     4.1 Governance Matters .
     (a) From the Closing Date until the Voting Date, the Investors, together with their Affiliates, shall be entitled to nominate and cause the Company to appoint two individuals to the Board of Directors to serve as directors (each, a “ Board Representative ”) to terms expiring at the 2010 annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, subject to satisfaction of all legal and governance requirements regarding service as directors of the Company (and subject to satisfaction of any applicable requirements in the Certificate relating to allocation of directors amongst the classes of directors), which Board Representatives are reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors, and which Board Representatives the Company will be required to recommend to its stockholders for election to the Board of Directors at the Company’s stockholder meetings. The Board of Directors has deemed individuals listed on Schedule 4.1(a) hereto to be reasonably acceptable for these purposes. For as long as the Investors and their respective Affiliates, as a whole, own in the aggregate Securities representing, directly or indirectly, an Initial Cost of not less than $75,000,000 (a “ Qualifying Ownership Interest ”), the Investors shall be entitled, in such capacity, to nominate and cause the Company to appoint replacements for its Board Representatives. From the Closing Date until the Voting Date, the Investors, together with their Affiliates, shall also be entitled to appoint two observers to the Board of Directors (the “ Board Observers ”), which Board Observers are reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors. The Board Observers shall be entitled to participate fully in all meetings of the Board of Directors, but shall not have the authority to vote thereat. At any time that the Investors, together with their Affiliates, have a right to nominate one or more Board Representatives, Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P. (“ THL VI ”) shall have the right to select the individual or individuals who the Investors will nominate to be at least one of such Board Representatives so long as THL VI and its Affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate Securities representing, directly or indirectly, an Initial Cost that is not less than 10% of the aggregate Initial Cost of the Securities acquired by THL VI and its Affiliates at the Closing.
     (b) After the Closing Date, upon the earlier of (x) written notification by the THL Investors, in the THL Investors’ sole discretion, and (y) the Voting Date, the Investors shall lose their right to have the Board Observers attend meetings of the Board (except that prior to the Certificate Amendment (as defined below), the Investors shall have a right to have one (1) Board Observer, which Board Observer shall be a representative of GS) and shall instead be entitled to nominate and cause the Company to appoint such additional Board Representatives to the Board as shall, when aggregated with the Board Representatives already designated by the Investors pursuant to Section 4.1(a) , provide the Investors with that number of directors as is proportionate to Investors’ Common Stock ownership, calculated on a fully-converted basis (assuming all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock were converted into Series B Preferred Stock and all Series B Preferred Stock was converted into Common Stock),

28


 

where the Board of Directors shall elect to (i) increase the size of the Board of Directors (subject to Section 4.1(f) ), (ii) fill any vacancies resulting from resignations, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii) to accomplish such proportionate representation of the Investors on the Board of Directors. These Board Representatives shall satisfy all legal and governance requirements regarding service as a director of the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors and the Company shall be required to recommend to its stockholders the election of such Board Representatives to the Board of Directors at the Company’s stockholder meetings. The Investors shall also be entitled to nominate and cause the Company to appoint individuals to fill any vacancies in such directorships at any time, up to a number of directors as is proportionate to the Investors’ Common Stock ownership, calculated on a fully-converted basis (as described above). In addition, the Company agrees that the Board Representatives shall be entitled to the same rights, privileges and compensation as the other members of the Board of Directors in their capacity as such, including with respect to insurance coverage and reimbursement for Board of Directors participation and related expenses. The Company agrees that the Board Observers shall be entitled to reimbursement for the Board Observers’ participation and related expenses. The Board Representatives shall be spread as even as practicable among the classes of directors. From and after the Closing Date (it being understood that this may be purchased prior to the Closing Date), the Company shall purchase and maintain, at its own expense, (A) directors and officers liability insurance, from reputable carriers to be agreed upon prior to Closing by the Company and Investors and at least in the amounts set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) hereto (or in a lesser amount agreed upon by the Investors and the Company), on behalf of and covering the individuals who at any time on or after the Closing Date are or become directors of the Company, against expenses, liabilities or losses asserted against or incurred by such individual in such capacity or arising out of such individual’s status as such, subject to customary exclusions and (B) a fully-paid six-year “tail” insurance policy or policies with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (including excess A-side difference-in-conditions coverage and fiduciary liability coverage) of an amount no less, and with terms and conditions no less favorable, than those of the policies maintained by the Company as of the date hereof.
     (c) Subject to the further provisions of this Section 4.1 , the Company’s Governance and Nominating Committee (or any other committee exercising a similar function) (the “ Nominating Committee ”) shall recommend to the Board of Directors that such persons designated by the Investors to be Board Representatives pursuant to Sections 4.1(a) and (b) (or any successor designated by the Investors and reasonably acceptable to the Company) be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board of Directors to stockholders for election as directors at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company at which such person’s term expires. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to have the Board Representatives elected as directors of the Company and the Company shall solicit proxies for them to the same extent as it does for any of its other nominees to the Board of Directors. Other than as specifically contemplated by this Section 4.1 , the Company shall not fill any vacancies on the Board of Directors.
     (d) Subject to applicable Law and any rules and regulations promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange, for so long as the Investors are entitled to appoint a Board Representative pursuant to Section 4.1 , the Investors shall also be entitled to representation proportionate to Investors’ aggregate Common Stock ownership, calculated on a fully-

29


 

converted basis (as described above), on all committees of the Board of Directors, provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investors shall be entitled to have a minimum of one Board Representative serving on each committee of the Board of Directors (except where a Board Representative is in a conflict position, such Board Representative may not serve on a special committee of the Board of Directors, and where an Investor is in a conflict position, none of the such Investor’s Board Representatives may serve on the relevant special committee of the Board of Directors). If applicable Law or New York Stock Exchange rules and regulations prevent any Board Representative from serving on a committee, the Investors shall be entitled to appoint a Board Observer to such committee, so long as any such Board Observer meets any applicable independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
     (e) At any time the Investors have a right to nominate and appoint one or more individuals to the Board of Directors to serve as a director, if any Board Representative shall cease to serve as a director for any reason, the Company and its Board of Directors will use its reasonable best efforts to take all action required to fill the vacancy resulting therefrom with a person designated by the Investors and reasonably acceptable to the Company, subject to satisfaction of all legal and governance requirements regarding service as a director of the Company.
     (f) Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, for so long as the Investors have the right to nominate directors under this Section 4.1 , the maximum size of the Board of Directors shall be capped at 13 directors or such larger number determined by the Investors in their sole judgment and discretion, and, at any time after the Closing, at the direction of all of THL, GSMP and GSCP acting together, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors below 11 members or above 13 members, as applicable, as reasonably directed by the Investors (but the total number of votes shall not be below 11).
     (g) As promptly as practicable following the Closing, the Company shall call and hold a meeting of its stockholders with a record date after the Voting Date to seek approval of the Certificate Amendment, shall file with the SEC a proxy statement and use its best efforts to solicit proxies in favor of the Certificate Amendment, and shall use its best efforts to respond to any comments of the SEC or its staff and to cause a definitive proxy statement related to such stockholders’ meeting to be mailed to the Company’s stockholders. The Board of Directors shall recommend the Certificate Amendment and such recommendation shall be included in the proxy statement filed with the SEC and disseminated to Company stockholders in connection with such stockholders meeting. The “ Certificate Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that (i) will provide that as long as the Investors shall have a right to designate Board Representatives pursuant to Section 4.1(b) , GS (or GS’ permitted successors or assigns) shall have the right to designate one (1) such Board Representative, which such Board Representative shall have one (1) vote, and THL (or THL’s permitted successors or assigns) shall have the right to designate two (2) to four (4) Board Representatives, which such Board Representatives shall be authorized to vote (with each such Board Representative having equal votes) on all matters occasioning action by the Board of Directors such number of votes equal to the number of directors that the Investors would be entitled to designate pursuant to Section 4.1(b) in the absence of the Certificate Amendment, minus the one (1) vote of the Board Representative

30


 

designated by GS, (ii) will provide that each member of the Board of Directors shall be elected annually for a one (1) year term, and (iii) will increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to one billion three hundred million (1,300,000,000).
     (h) If the Investors and their Affiliates at any time cease, as a whole, to beneficially own in the aggregate a Qualifying Ownership Interest, the Investors will have no further rights under Sections 4.1(a) through (f) and, if so requested by the Company, shall promptly cause to resign, and take all other action reasonably necessary, or reasonably requested by the Company, to cause the prompt removal of, the Board Representative.
     (i) Following the Closing and so long as Unaffiliated Shareholders (as defined below) beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding Common Stock, on a fully-diluted basis:
     (i) there shall be at least three (3) Independent Directors, where “ Independent Director ” means a director who has been nominated or approved by the Continuing Directors and satisfies all standards for independence promulgated by (A) the New York Stock Exchange, (B) the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, as amended November 15, 2007, as available on the Company’s website, and (C) any other applicable Laws;
     (ii) the Company shall not engage in any Affiliated Transaction that is not approved by the Independent Directors. In no event shall the Investors charge the Company any ongoing monitoring or other similar fee. “ Affiliated Transaction ” means any transaction or series of related transactions, directly or indirectly between the Company, any Company Subsidiary, or another other controlled Affiliates of the Company or any Company Subsidiary on the one hand, and any Investor or any Affiliate of an Investor or any Associated Person of any Investor (except for, in the case of Affiliates and Associated Persons (as defined in the Exchange Act), the Company or any Company Subsidiary), on the other hand, that have a fair market value in excess of $2,000,000; provided that none of the following shall constitute an Affiliated Transaction:
     (A) acquisitions of securities, or payments, transactions, Board of Directors rights, access rights, anti-dilution rights, registration rights and all other matters, contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, the respective Certificates of Designations for the Preferred Shares (including the respective dividends, and exercising and consummating the respective conversion rights and redemption rights, contemplated by such Certificates of Designations);
     (B) customary compensation arrangements (whether in the form of cash or equity awards), expense reimbursement, D&O insurance coverage, and indemnification arrangements (and related advancement of expenses) in each case for Board of Directors designees and Board Observers, or any use by such persons, for Company business purposes, of aircraft, vehicles, property, equipment or other assets owned or provided by the Company or Company Subsidiaries;

31


 

     (C) transactions and arrangements (i) after the Closing Date if the same is in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and does not involve payments by the Company in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate for any transaction or series of related transactions and is on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company in any material respect than those available with non-Affiliates for comparable transactions or arrangements or (ii) pursuant to agreements in effect as of the Closing Date;
     (D) acquisition of Common Stock or other securities pursuant to any stock split, stock dividend, pro rata rights offering, or the like;
     (E) any amendment or termination of the Company’s Rights Agreement, or any redemption of rights outstanding under the Rights Agreement; or
     (F) sale of investment securities in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.
     (iii) the members of the Board of Directors who are unaffiliated with the Investors and were members of the Board of Directors prior to the Closing (or persons specifically approved by such directors or their successors as successors for these purposes) (the “ Continuing Directors ”) shall have the right to select the persons that will be nominated by the Company as the three (3) Independent Directors contemplated by Section 4.1(h)(i) , which such Independent Directors must, prior to their first election to the Board of Directors, be reasonably acceptable to a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not Continuing Directors, and any vacancies in the Board which must be filled with an Independent Director in order for there to be at least (3) Independent Directors in accordance with Section 4.1(i)(i) hereof shall be filled by the Company in accordance with this Section 4.1(i)(iii) ;
     (iv) upon a resolution of the committee of Independent Directors, the Company shall exercise its right to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock at any time that such right is exercisable in each case, pursuant to the respective Certificates of Designations therefor;
     (v) any action proposed to be taken under Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law by the Company involving the Investors or their Affiliates must be approved by a resolution of the committee of Independent Directors; and
     (vi) holders of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by persons not affiliated with the Investors (“ Unaffiliated Shareholders ”) shall be third party beneficiaries to this Section 4.1(h) .
     (j) The Company shall keep the Investors informed, on a current basis, of any events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any Tax (other than ordinary course communications which could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company), criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than routine audits or ordinary course communications which could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company), and shall reasonably cooperate with the Investors, their members and their respective Affiliates in an effort to avoid or mitigate any cost or

32


 

regulatory consequences to them that might arise from such investigation or action (including by reviewing written submissions in advance, attending meetings with authorities and coordinating and providing assistance in meeting with regulators).
     4.2 Legend .
     (a) Each of the Investors agrees that all certificates or other instruments representing the Securities subject to this Agreement will bear a legend substantially to the following effect:
     “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 17, 2008 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND THE OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT SETTING FORTH SUCH RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER.
     (b) Upon request of an Investor, upon receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the first sentence of such legend is no longer required under the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly cause the first sentence of such legend to be removed from any certificate for any Securities so to be Transferred. Upon request of an Investor, the remainder of the legend shall be removed upon the expiration of the applicable transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement. Each Investor acknowledges that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or under any state securities Laws and agrees that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Securities, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities Laws.
     4.3 Reservation for Issuance . The Company will reserve that number of (a) shares of Common Stock sufficient for issuance upon conversion of Series B Preferred Shares, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock owned at any time by the Investors (up to the number of shares of Common Stock authorized in the Certificate of Incorporation), and (b) Series D Preferred Shares sufficient for issuance upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Shares (and, as applicable, the Series B Preferred Shares) owned at any time by the Investors without regard to any limitation on such conversion. In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the rights contained in this Agreement or in the Certificates of Designations, (i) the Company shall at the written request of any of THL, GSMP or GSCP, use its best efforts to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Common Stock for issuance

33


 

upon exercise of such rights and (ii) the Company shall, at an Investor’s request, exchange all or any portion of such Investor’s Common Stock for non-voting securities of the Company with equivalent economic rights.
     4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . If from and after the Closing, any certificate for shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue, in exchange and in substitution the mutilated certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent amount and kind of shares. If reasonably required by the Company in connection with replacing a share certificate as aforesaid, the applicable record holder of such shares shall furnish the Company with an indemnity on customary terms for such situations, reasonably sufficient to protect the Company from any out-of-pocket loss which it may suffer from replacing such certificate.
     4.5 Restrictions on Transfers .
     (a) No Investors shall be permitted to sell or otherwise transfer the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock or the Common Stock or other securities issued upon conversion thereof prior to January 1, 2009, except (x) to an Affiliate, and/or with respect to THL, to any coinvestor who is an Affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., that agrees to become bound by the terms of this Agreement including the transfer restrictions set forth in this Section 4.5(a) , (y) pursuant to a sale, merger or consolidation of the Company, or (z) pursuant to a syndication arrangement (A) under which such Investor syndicates a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable constituting no more than 50% of the Securities purchased at the Closing; (B) pursuant to which the Investors retain voting and dispositive control over the transferred securities and the transferred securities remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and (C) which shall be completed within 180 days from the date hereof. After January 1, 2009, the Investors shall be permitted to sell all Company securities except that each Investor will agree not to sell in a private sale any Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities received in the Investment to any person listed on Schedule 4.5 hereto or any such person’s Affiliates (unless such sale is pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Company).
     (b) If any Investor desires to transfer in a private transaction any securities to any person, who, to the Investors’ knowledge, after giving effect to such transfer, would beneficially own more than 9.9% or such other threshold as may be applicable as a result of applicable state regulations concerning money transfers (the “ Applicable Threshold ”) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, such Investor shall notify the Company prior to effecting such transfer, and the Company will cooperate with such Investor so that such Investor may, as soon as practicable but in any event within two (2) business days of such notification, to the extent the amount of securities to be transferred is in excess of the Applicable Threshold and any applicable approvals have not yet been received, transfer non-voting securities to such person (in lieu of voting securities) such that prior notice and/or approval under the laws relating to money transmission or the sale of check of any State would not be required to effect such transfer.

34


 

     (c) For purposes of this Section 4.5 , “ transfer ” shall mean any sale, transfer, pledge, assignment or other disposition. The Investors shall not transfer any Securities in violation of Law.
     4.6 Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from amounts payable to an Investor or any of its Affiliate funds in respect of the Securities such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold under applicable Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by the Company, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to such Investor or any such Affiliate fund in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by the Company. Prior to an Investor or any of its Affiliate funds receiving any Securities, the Investor shall, and shall cause such Affiliate fund to, deliver to the Company a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or the appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable, and such other IRS forms as may reasonably requested by the Company from time to time. Each Investor shall, and cause such Affiliate fund to, update all such IRS Forms, as appropriate, from time to time.
     4.7 Anti-Dilution Rights .
     (a) Sale of New Stock . From and after the Closing, so long as the Investors and their Affiliates own (in the aggregate) a Qualifying Ownership Interest (before giving effect to any issuances triggering this Section), (i) each of the respective Investors shall have the right, or shall at any time and from time to time have the right to appoint an Affiliate of such Investor that agrees in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the terms of this Agreement (any such Affiliate shall be included in the term “Investors” for purposes of this Section) to exercise, the anti-dilution rights set forth in this Section (the Investors or such Affiliate, an “ Anti-Dilution Right Entity ”); and (ii) if at any time after the Closing, the Company at any time or from time to time makes any public or non-public offering of any equity (including Common Stock, preferred stock or restricted stock), or any securities, options or debt that are convertible or exchangeable into equity or that include an equity component (such as an “equity” kicker) (including any hybrid security) (any such security, a “ New Security ”) (other than (1) pursuant to the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other stock incentives pursuant to the Company’s stock incentive plans or the issuance of stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan, in each case in the ordinary course of equity compensation awards, or (2) issuances for the purposes of consideration to fund acquisition transactions), the Anti-Dilution Right Entity shall be afforded the opportunity to acquire from the Company for the same price (net of any underwriting discounts or sales commissions) and on the same terms (except that, to the extent permitted by Law and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the Anti-Dilution Right Entity may elect to receive such securities in nonvoting form, convertible into voting securities upon certain transfers to non-Affiliates or upon a widely dispersed offering) as such securities are proposed to be offered to others, up to the amount of New Securities in the aggregate required to enable the Investors and their controlled Affiliates to maintain their aggregate proportionate Common Stock-equivalent interest in the Company. The amount of New Securities that the Anti-Dilution Right Entity shall be entitled to purchase in the aggregate shall be determined by multiplying (x) the total number of such offered shares of New Securities by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Investors held at such time by the Investors (assuming the

35


 

Voting Date has occurred), and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. If and to the extent the issuance of New Securities to a Anti-Dilution Right Entity would cause such Anti-Dilution Right Entity to hold more New Securities than applicable money transmitter or similar Laws allow such Anti-Dilution Right Entity to hold, the Company shall reduce the number of New Securities issuable to the Anti-Dilution Right Entity to the extent necessary to comply with applicable money transmitter or similar Laws and shall instead issue such Anti-Dilution Right Entity the number of Series D Preferred Stock or other applicable securities of the Company with equivalent economic rights.
     (b) Notice . At any time at which the anti-dilution rights contemplated by this Section 4.7 apply:
     (i) In the event the Company proposes to offer New Securities in an underwritten public offering or a private offering made to financial institutions for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, no later than five (5) business days after the initial filing of a registration statement with respect to such underwritten offering or the commencement of such Rule 144A offering, it shall give the Anti-Dilution Right Entity written notice of its intention (including, in the case of a registered public offering and to the extent possible, a copy of the prospectus included in the registration statement filed with respect to such offering) describing, to the extent possible, the price (or range of prices), anticipated amount of securities, timing and other terms of such offering. The Anti-Dilution Right Entity shall have five (5) business days from the date of receipt of such a notice to notify the Company in writing that it intends to exercise such anti-dilution purchase rights and as to the amount of New Securities the Anti-Dilution Right Entity desires to purchase, up to the maximum amount calculated pursuant to Section 4.7(a) . Such notice shall constitute a non-binding indication of interest of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity to purchase the amount of New Securities so specified at the price and other terms set forth in the Company’s notice to it. The failure of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity’s rights under this Section 4.7 only with respect to the offering described in the applicable notice and a notice purporting to exercise anti-dilution rights for more than the maximum amount contemplated by this Section 4.7 shall be deemed to be an election to acquire the maximum amount.
     (ii) If the Company proposes to offer New Securities in a transaction that is not an underwritten public offering or Rule 144A offering (a “ Private Placement ”), the Company shall (A) give the Investors written notice of its intention, describing the anticipated amount of securities, price and other terms upon which the Company proposes to offer the same and (B) promptly provide the Investors with an updated notice reflecting any changes to such anticipated amount of securities, price or other material terms. Each Investor shall have ten (10) business days from the date of receipt of the last notice required by the immediately preceding sentence to notify the Company in writing that it intends to exercise such anti-dilution purchase rights and as to the amount of New Securities the Anti-Dilution Right Entity desires to purchase, up to the maximum amount calculated pursuant to Section 4.7(a) . Such notice shall constitute a non-binding indication of interest of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity to purchase the amount of New Securities so specified at the price and other terms set forth in the Company’s notice to it;

36


 

provided that the closing of the Private Placement with respect to which such rights has been exercised takes place within fifteen (15) calendar days after the giving of notice of such exercise by the Anti-Dilution Right Entity. The failure of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity to respond within such ten (10) business day period referred to in the second preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a waiver of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity’s rights under this Section 4.7 only with respect to the offering described in the applicable notice and a notice purporting to exercise anti-dilution rights for more than the maximum amount contemplated by this Section 4.7 shall be deemed to be as election to acquire the maximum amount.
     (c) Purchase Mechanism .
     (i) Private Placement . If the Anti-Dilution Right Entity exercises its anti-dilution purchase rights provided in Section 4.7(b)(ii) above, the closing of the purchase of the New Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall be conditioned on the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to the Private Placement with respect to such right has been exercised and shall take place within ten (10) business days after the closing of the Private Placement; provided , that such time period shall be extended for a maximum of 95 days in order to comply with applicable Laws and regulations; provided , further that the actual amount of securities to be sold to the Anti-Dilution Right Entity pursuant to its exercise of anti-dilution rights hereunder shall be proportionally reduced if the aggregate amount of New Securities sold in the Private Placement is reduced and, at the option of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity, shall be increased if such aggregate amount of New Securities sold in the Private Placement is increased. Each of the Company and the Anti-Dilution Right Entity agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to secure any regulatory or stockholder approvals or other consents, and to comply with any Law or regulation necessary in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of, such New Securities.
     (ii) Underwritten Public Offering or Rule 144A Offering . If the Anti-Dilution Right Entity exercises its anti-dilution purchase rights provided in Section 4.7(b)(i) above, the Company shall offer the Anti-Dilution Right Entity the amount of New Securities determined in accordance with Section 4.7(b)(i) (as adjusted to reflect the actual size of such offering when priced) on the same terms as the New Securities are offered to the underwriters. The Anti-Dilution Right Entity shall further enter into an agreement to purchase the New Securities to be acquired contemporaneously with the execution of any underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into between the Company and the underwriters or initial purchasers of such underwritten public offering or Rule 144A offering, and the failure to enter into such an agreement at or prior to such time shall constitute a waiver of the anti-dilution rights in respect of such offering. Any offers and sales pursuant to this Section 4.7 in the context of a registered public offering shall be conditioned upon reasonably acceptable representations and warranties of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity regarding its status as the type of offeree to whom a private sale can be made concurrently with a registered public offering in compliance with applicable securities laws.

37


 

     (d) Failure of Purchase . In the event the Anti-Dilution Right Entity fails to exercise its anti-dilution purchase rights provided in this Section 4.7 within the applicable period or, if so exercised, the Anti-Dilution Right Entity is unable to consummate such purchase within the time period specified in Section 4.7(c) above because of its failure to obtain any required regulatory or stockholder consent or approval or because of the failure to purchase any or all of the New Securities contemplated to be purchase by the election notice, the Company shall thereafter be entitled during the period of 120 days following the conclusion of the applicable period to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of the New Securities covered thereby shall be consummated, if at all, within 30 days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities not elected to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.7 or which the Anti-Dilution Right Entity is unable to purchase because of such failure to obtain any such consent or approval or otherwise fails to purchase, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers of such securities in the Private Placement, the underwritten public offering or Rule 144A offering, as the case may be, than were specified in the Company’s notice to the Anti-Dilution Right Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such sale is subject to the receipt of any regulatory or stockholder approval or consent or the expiration of any waiting period, the time period during which such sale may be consummated shall be extended until the expiration of five (5) business days after all such approvals or consents have been obtained or waiting periods expired, but in no event shall such time period exceed 180 days from the date of the applicable agreement with respect to such sale. In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities or entered into an agreement to sell the New Securities within said 120-day period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within thirty (30) days from the date of said agreement (as such period may be extended in the manner described above for a period not to exceed 180 days from the date of said agreement)), the Company shall not thereafter offer, issue or sell such New Securities without first offering such securities to the Anti-Dilution Right Entity in the manner provided above.
     (e) The Anti-Dilution Right Entity shall not have any rights to participate in the negotiations of the proposed terms of any Private Placement, underwritten public offering, or Rule 144A offering. Subject to any restrictions contained herein, the Anti-Dilution Right Entity shall receive the same rights (including, without limitation, anti-dilution rights, rights relating to closing conditions and indemnification rights, if any) as other purchasers in the Private Placement.
     (f) The Company and the Investors shall cooperate in good faith to facilitate the exercise of the Anti-Dilution Right Entity’s anti-dilution rights hereunder in a manner that does not jeopardize the timing, marketing, pricing or execution of any offering of the Company’s securities, including securing any required approvals or consents.
     (g) In the case of the offering of securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however , that such fair value as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the securities being offered as of the date the Board of Directors authorizes the offering of such securities.

38


 

     4.8 Indemnity .
     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and its Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees and agents, and each person who controls such Investor within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (the “ Indemnified Parties ” and each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all actions, suits, claims, proceedings, costs, losses, liabilities, damages, expenses (including reasonable and documented fees of counsel), amounts paid in settlement and other costs (collectively, “ Losses ”) relating to the Company’s and/or the Investors’ authorization, execution, delivery, performance or termination of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document (other than any Losses attributable to the acts, errors or omissions on the part of the Investor in violation of this Agreement).
     (b) An Indemnified Party shall give written notice to the Company of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification promptly after the discovery by such Indemnified Party of any matters giving rise to a claim for indemnification; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Company of its obligations under this Section 4.8 unless and to the extent that the Company shall have been actually prejudiced by the failure of such Indemnified Party to so notify such party. Such notice shall describe in reasonable detail such claim. In case any such action, suit, claim or proceeding is brought against an Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to hire, at its own expense, separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof; provided , however , that the Company shall be entitled to assume and conduct the defense, unless the Company determines otherwise and following such determination the Indemnified Party assumes responsibility for conducting the defense (in which case the Company shall be liable for any legal fees and expenses of one law firm and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with assuming and conducting the defense). If the Company assumes the defense of any claim, all Indemnified Parties shall thereafter deliver to the Company copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party relating to the claim, and any Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution of such claim. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the Company’s request) the provision to the Company of records and information that are reasonably relevant to such claim, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any action, suit, claim or proceeding effected without its written consent; provided , however , that the Company shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent. The Company further agrees that it will not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, settle or compromise any claim or consent to entry of any judgment in respect thereof in any pending or threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding in respect of which indemnification has been sought hereunder unless such settlement or compromise includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such action, suit, claim or proceeding.
     (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 4.8 shall survive the transfer, redemption or conversion of the Securities issued pursuant to this Agreement, or the closing or termination of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document. The

39


 

agreements contained in this Section 4.8 shall be in addition to any other rights of the Indemnified Party against the Company or others, at common law or otherwise.
     (d) The amount the Company shall pay to the Indemnified Party with respect to a claim made pursuant to this Section 4.8 shall be an amount equal to the Loss incurred by the Indemnified Party on receipt of any indemnification hereunder with respect to such claim, after giving effect to any Taxes payable by the Indemnified Party on receipt of any indemnification hereunder with respect to such claim and any Tax benefit actually realized (including deductions) by the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim for tax purposes; provided , however , that unless required to do otherwise by Law, the Company, the Indemnified Parties and their respective Affiliates shall treat any and all indemnification payments pursuant to this Section 4.8 as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes.
     4.9 Go-Shop Period .
     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, during the period (the “ Go-Shop Period ”) beginning on February 11, 2008 and continuing until 11:59 p.m. (EST) on the day prior to the Closing, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents, advisors, affiliates and other representatives (“ Representatives ”) shall have the right to directly or indirectly: (i) initiate, solicit and encourage Company Transaction Proposals (as hereinafter defined), including by way of providing access to non-public information pursuant to one or more customary confidentiality agreements and eliminating any existing standstill clause of which the Company is a beneficiary, or any other burden or restriction that would prohibit or inhibit any person actually or potentially interested in making an offer to the Company from pursuing such offer; provided that the Company shall promptly provide to each of the Investors any material non-public information concerning the Company or any Company Subsidiary that is provided to any person given such access that was not previously provided to the Investors; and (ii) enter into and maintain discussions or negotiations with respect to Company Transaction Proposals or otherwise cooperate with or assist or participate in, or facilitate any such inquiries, proposals, discussions or negotiations.
     (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if, at any time prior to the Closing, the Company receives a Company Transaction Proposal which the Board of Directors of the Company concludes in good faith constitutes a Superior Proposal, the Board of Directors of the Company may terminate this Agreement prior to the Closing to contemporaneously enter into a definitive agreement implementing such Superior Proposal; provided , however , that the Company shall not terminate this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing, and any purported termination pursuant to the foregoing shall be void and of no force or effect, unless prior to or concurrently with such termination the Company transmits the Termination Fee payable pursuant to Section 5.2 ; and provided , further , that the Board of Directors may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to the foregoing unless:
     (i) the Company shall have provided prior written notice to the Investors, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance (the “ Notice Period ”), of its intention to terminate this Agreement to enter into a definitive agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal, which notice shall (A) specify the material terms and conditions of any such Superior

40


 

Proposal (including the identity of the party making such Superior Proposal and reasonably complete copies of all forms of agreements with respect to such Superior Proposal) and (B) provide a brief summary of the reasons why such Company Transaction Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal, which such summary shall only be required to provide sufficient specificity necessary to enable a reasonable person to understand why the proposal is a Superior Proposal; and
     (ii) prior to terminating this Agreement to enter into a definitive agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal, the Company shall, and shall cause its financial and legal advisors to, during the Notice Period, negotiate with Investors in good faith (to the extent the Investors also seek so to negotiate) to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and, after making any such adjustments, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents do not result in a transaction that is more favorable to the Company than any Company Transaction Proposal that is deemed to constitute a Superior Proposal.
          In the event of any material revisions to the Superior Proposal, the Company shall be required to promptly update the Investors as to such revisions.
     (c) [Intentionally omitted.]
     (d) [Intentionally omitted.]
     (e) The Company agrees that any violations of the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.9 by any Representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to be a breach of this Section 4.9 by the Company.
     (f) As used in this Agreement, the terms:
     (i) “ Company Transaction Proposal ” means any inquiry, proposal or offer from any person or group of persons other than Investors or their respective Affiliates (it being understood that lending affiliates of GS shall not be considered Affiliates of GS for purposes of this Section 4.9 ) relating to any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase of a business that constitutes 15% or more of the net revenues, net income or assets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or 15% or more of any class or series of securities of the Company, any tender offer or exchange offer that if consummated would result in any person or group of persons beneficially owning 15% or more of the voting rights of any class or series of capital stock of the Company, or any merger, reorganization, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, equity infusion or similar transaction involving the Company (or any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company whose business constitutes 15% or more of the net revenues, net income or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole); and
     (ii) “ Superior Proposal ” means a bona fide written Company Transaction Proposal that the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith determines, would, if consummated, result in a transaction that is more favorable to the Company and its existing stockholders than the transactions contemplated hereby, which determination is

41


 

made, (x) after receiving the advice of a financial advisor (who shall be a nationally recognized investment banking firm), (y) after taking into account the likelihood (and likely timing) of consummation of such transaction on the terms set forth therein (as compared to the terms herein) and (z) after taking into account all appropriate legal (with the advice of outside counsel), financial (including the financing terms of any such proposal), regulatory or other aspects of such proposal and any other relevant factors permitted by applicable Law, including, without limitation, the likelihood that the Superior Proposal will satisfy applicable financial ratios and tests under the Company’s applicable commercial contracts and Laws applicable to entities engaged in the money transfer or payment systems business.
     (g) Nothing contained in this Section 4.9 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall prohibit the Board of Directors of the Company from (i) complying with its disclosure obligations under U.S. federal or state Law with respect to a Company Transaction Proposal, including taking and disclosing to its stockholders a position contemplated by Rule 14d-9 and 14e-2(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any other similar communication to stockholders), or (ii) making any “stop, look and listen” communication or similar communication of the type contemplated by Rule 14d-9(f) under the Exchange Act.
     4.10 Share Listing . The Company shall as promptly as practicable use its reasonable best efforts to cause the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock to be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance and, to the extent that the Company does not have sufficient authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders and Board of Directors to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock.
     4.11 Filing of Certificates of Designation . Prior to the Closing, the Company shall file the Certificates of Designations of the Preferred Stock in the form attached as and Exhibits 1 , 2 , and 3 hereto with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with all applicable provisions of Law and the Certificate of Incorporation.
     4.12 Public Announcements . Subject to each party’s disclosure obligations imposed by applicable Law, each of the parties hereto will cooperate with each other in the development and distribution of all news releases and other public information disclosures with respect to this Agreement and any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no party hereto will make any such news release or public disclosure without first consulting with the other parties hereto and receiving their consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and each party shall coordinate with the others with respect to any such news release or public disclosure.
     4.13 Right to Use Trademarks . The Company hereby grants to each Investor the right to use the Company’s name and logo in such Investor’s marketing materials for the purpose of indicating an ownership interest in the Company by the Investor; provided , however , that such Investor shall include a trademark attribution notice giving notice of the Company’s ownership of its trademarks in any such marketing materials in which the Company’s name and/or logo appear. The Company reserves the right to require any Investor to cease using the Company’s name or logo in any manner in which the Company, in its sole discretion, desires, and the

42


 

Investor shall cease any such action as soon as reasonably practicable upon the Company’s request.
     4.14 Investors’ Consent to Certain Actions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or contained in the Series B Certificate, the Investors hereby consent to the Company taking the actions with respect to the hiring, termination or changes in compensation of the executive officers of the Company set forth on Schedule 4.14(i) hereto.
ARTICLE V
Termination
     5.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:
     (a) by mutual written agreement of the parties;
     (b) by either the Company or any Investor, if (i) the Closing has not occurred by 2:00 p.m. CDT on March 25, 2008 ( provided , however, if all of the debt proceeds referenced in Section 1.2(c)(iv) and all of the Purchase Price amounts set forth on Schedule A have been transferred by the respective lenders and Investors, as applicable, to the escrow account referenced in Section 1.2(c)(viii) , and the Closing does not take place on March 25, 2008 solely because the escrow agent is unable to transfer such amounts to the Company on March 25, 2008 with sufficient time remaining in the Business Day for the Company to verify receipt of funds from the escrow account and to file the Final 10-K as required by Section 1.2(c)(viii) hereof, such date shall be March 26, 2008) or (ii) in the event of any determination described in Section 6.11 hereof ( provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under clause (b)(i) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the primary cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date);
     (c) by either the Company or any Investor, if any Governmental Entity shall have issued a non-appealable final judgment, injunction, order or decree that shall prohibit the Closing or shall prohibit or restrict an Investors or its Affiliates from owning, and exercising in full all conversion and voting rights of the Securities contemplated to be exercisable by the Investors (it being understood that failure to receive Regulatory Approval prior to the Closing, and any regulatory requirement that GS hold a non-voting stock, shall be deemed not to be such a judgment, injunction, order or decree) ( provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under this clause (c) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the primary cause of such non-appealable final judgment, injunction, order or decree);
     (d) by any Investor if the Board of Directors of the Company shall have approved or recommended to the stockholders of the Company a Superior Proposal, or shall have resolved to effect the foregoing; and
     (e) by the Company at any time prior to the Closing, in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 4.9(b) .

43


 

     5.2 Termination Fee . In the event that (i) this Agreement is terminated (A) by the Company pursuant to Section 5.1(e) or (B) by an Investor pursuant to Section 5.1(d) or (ii) this Agreement is terminated for any reason (other than primarily as a result of the Investors’ breach of their obligations under this Agreement which resulted in the failure to satisfy conditions set forth in Section 1.2(c) ) and the Company enters into a definitive agreement with respect to, or consummates, a transaction contemplated by any Company Transaction Proposal (other than a transaction entered into or consummated following a voluntary or involuntary petition by the Company or any Company Subsidiary under the federal bankruptcy code) within nine (9) months of the date this Agreement is terminated, then the Company shall pay the Termination Fee to the accounts specified on Schedule H hereto, at or prior to the time of termination in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5.1(e) , as promptly as possible (but in any event within two (2) Business Days) following termination of this Agreement in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 5.1(d) , or on the earlier of entering into a definitive agreement with respect to or consummating a Company Transaction Proposal. The “ Termination Fee ” means the sum of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) all fees and expenses of THL not previously paid or reimbursed to THL to date pursuant to the terms of the Exclusivity Agreement between the Company and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., dated as of January 3, 2008 (the “ Exclusivity Agreement ”), all expenses of GS and THL not previously paid or reimbursed to GS or THL, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Prior Agreement, and all expenses of GS and THL not previously paid or reimbursed to GS or THL, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof.
     5.3 Expenses . This Section 5.3 shall replace and supersede the fee and expense provisions in the Exclusivity Agreement and the Prior Agreement with respect to all fees and expenses not reimbursed prior to the date hereof. Following the date hereof, on demand by the applicable Investor, the Company shall reimburse the Investors for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by, and not previously reimbursed to, the Investors in connection with or arising out of due diligence, the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, performance, consummation or termination of the Transaction Documents, the Note Purchase Agreement and the Financing Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) and undertaking of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, in connection with obtaining Regulatory Approvals), the Note Purchase Agreement and the Financing Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). The Company will bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents, the Note Purchase Agreement and the Financing Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) including fees and expenses of its own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants and counsel.
     5.4 Effects of Termination . In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 5.1 , this Agreement (other than Section 4.8 , Section 5.2 , Section 5.3 , this Section 5.4 and Article VI , which shall remain in full force and effect) shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force and effect. Termination pursuant to Section 5.1 shall not, under any circumstance, eliminate or otherwise alter either party’s liability to the other party for such party’s breach of this Agreement.

44


 

ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous
     6.1 Survival of Representations, Warranties, Agreements, Etc . Each of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement (or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto) shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing but only for a period of 12 months following the Closing Date and thereafter shall expire and have no further force and effect (except with respect to claims made before the expiration of such period); provided that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.2(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) and (p) , and corresponding representations and warranties in any certificate, shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing indefinitely. Except as otherwise provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive for the duration of any statutes of limitations applicable thereto or until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.
     6.2 Amendment . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective with respect to any party unless made in writing and signed by an officer of a duly authorized representative of such party.
     6.3 Waiver . The conditions to each party’s obligation to consummate the Purchase are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable Law. No waiver will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver.
     6.4 Counterparts and Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties hereto, this Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. Executed signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile and such facsimiles will be deemed as sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered.
     6.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Chancery Court for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
     6.6 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     6.7 Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally or by telecopy or facsimile, upon

45


 

confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the third business day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.
     (a) If to THL:
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal Street, 35th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Fax No.: (617) 227-3514
Attn: Thomas M. Hagerty
         Seth W. Lawry
         Scott L. Jaeckel
     with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
100 Federal Street, 34th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Fax No.: (617) 772-8333
Attn: James Westra, Esq.
          Steven Peck, Esq.
     (b) If to GS:
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:  Edward Pallesen
  Bradley Gross
Fax: (212) 357-5505
     with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
Attention:  Robert Schwenkel, Esq.
  David Shaw, Esq.
Fax: (212) 859-4000
     (c) If to the Company:
MoneyGram International Inc.
1500 Utica Avenue South, MS 8020

46


 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55416
Fax No.: (952) 591-3859
Attn: Teresa H. Johnson, Esq.
     with a copy to:
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52 nd St.
New York, NY 10019
Fax No.: 212.403.2000
Attn: David M. Silk, Esq.
     6.8 Entire Agreement, Etc . (a) This Agreement (including the Schedules, Exhibits and Disclosure Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof (and, for the absence of doubt, including the Prior Agreement), and (b) no party may directly or indirectly assign any or all of its rights or delegate any or all of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each other party to this Agreement (any attempted assignment in contravention hereof being null and void), except following the Closing as set forth in Section 4.5 hereof.
     6.9 Certain Defined Terms .
     (a) When a reference is made in this Agreement to a subsidiary of a person, the term “ subsidiary ” means those corporations and other entities of which such person owns or controls more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities either directly or through an unbroken chain of entities as to each of which more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities is owned directly or indirectly by its parent; provided, however, that there shall not be included any such entity to the extent that the equity securities of such entity were acquired in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted in good faith or are owned or controlled in a bona fide fiduciary capacity.
     (b) The term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     (c) The term “ knowledge ” or any similar formulation of knowledge shall mean, (i) in the case of the Company, the actual knowledge after due inquiry of an executive officer of the Company (which, for the purposes of this definition shall include, without limitation, Philip Milne, Teresa Johnson, David Parrin, Anthony Ryan, Jean Benson, Dan Collins and Thomas Haider) (which due inquiry shall include reasonable inquiry of the direct reports to such executive officer and appropriate senior executives of the Company Subsidiaries) and (ii) in the case of an Investor, the actual knowledge after due inquiry of a managing director of the entity that manages such Investor.

47


 

     (d) The term “ person ” or shall mean an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).
     (e) The term “ Law ” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, code, order, injunction, arbitration award, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity.
     (f) The term “ Termination Development ” shall mean (i) any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, prospects, assets or liabilities of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries as determined in the sole discretion of any of THL, GSMP and GSCP, (ii) any negative development related to the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ agents, official check customers, clearing banks or regulators as determined in the sole discretion of any of THL, GSMP and GSCP, and (iii) any of THL, GSMP and GSCP becoming aware after the date hereof of any matter in clauses (i) or (ii) above that occurred prior to the date hereof.
     (g) The term “ Satisfactory Audit Opinion ” shall mean either combined or separate unqualified reports on the audit of the Company, and its subsidiaries, financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 as illustrated within paragraphs 87 and 88 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Bylaws and Rules, Auditing Standard No. 5, “An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting That Is Integrated with An Audit of Financial Statements,” prepared in accordance with GAAP (neither the Deloitte & Touche LLP financial statement opinion as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 nor to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements attached to the audited financial statements, nor Items 1 through 15 of the Company’s December 31, 2007 Annual report on Form 10-K, shall include any reference to the Company’s ability to operate as a going concern).
     (h) The term “ D&T Deliverables ” shall mean the Satisfactory Audit Opinion and Deloitte & Touche LLP’s consent to file the Satisfactory Audit Opinion in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     (i) The term “ Final 10-K ” shall mean the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, in a form identical to a form that shall have been provided to each of THL, GSMP and GSCP not less than one day prior to the Closing Date, which shall be in a form acceptable to each of THL, GSMP and GSCP in its respective sole judgment and discretion, in compliance with all applicable rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, excluding any rules related to filing deadlines, which such Final 10-K does not disclose or identify any material weakness in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data.
     (j) The Term “ Originally Previously Disclosed ” means information: (i) set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule (defined for purposes of this definition only as set forth in the Prior Agreement), dated as of the February 11, 2008, corresponding to the provision of the Prior Agreement to which such information relates (provided that any disclosure with respect to a particular paragraph or section of this Agreement or the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for other paragraphs and sections of the Prior Agreement or the Company Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent to a reader of such disclosure); or (ii) otherwise disclosed on a Filed SEC Document, prior to the February 11, 2008 (excluding any risk factor disclosures contained in such documents and any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or other statements that are similarly non-specific, predictive or forward-looking in nature).
     (k) The words “including,” “includes,” “included” and “include” are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

48


 

     6.10 Captions . The Article, Section and paragraph captions herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and will not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.
     6.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person (including, without limitation, the officers and directors of an Investor and the Company) or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, will remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.
     6.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing contained in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the parties hereto or permitted transferees of an Investor, any benefit right or remedies, except that the provisions of Sections 4.1(h) and 4.8 shall inure to the benefit of the persons referred to in that Section.
     6.13 Specific Performance . The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are unique. Accordingly, the Company and each of the respective Investors, severally and not jointly, acknowledge and agree that, in addition to all other remedies to which it may be entitled, each of the parties hereto is entitled to seek a decree of specific performance, provided that such party hereto is not in material default hereunder. The parties hereto agree that, if for any reason a party shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement, then the party seeking to enforce this Agreement against such nonperforming party shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief, and the parties further agree to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. This provision is without prejudice to any other rights that any party may have against another party for any failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement including the right to seek damages for a material breach of any provision of this Agreement, and all rights, powers and remedies available (at law or in equity) to a party in respect hereof by the other party shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by a party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other rights, powers or remedies by such party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (i) in no event shall any Investor’s aggregate liability under this Agreement if the Closing does not occur exceed an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Price, such Investor may be obligated to pay pursuant to Section 1.2 and (ii) in no event shall any Investor be liable for any consequential, incidental, punitive or special damages, including loss of future revenue, income or profits, diminution of value or loss of business opportunity ( provided that the limitation in this sentence shall not limit the Company’s rights to recover contract damages from an Investor (subject to the limitations in clause (i) of this sentence) in connection with a failure by such Investor to close on the Purchase in violation of this Agreement). Nothing in this Section 6.13 shall be deemed to limit or vitiate the exercise by any Investor of discretion or judgment to the extent that the performance hereunder by such Investor is expressly subject to discretion or judgment.

49


 

     6.14 Several, Not Joint, Liability . The obligations of THL under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of GS, and THL shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of GS under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of THL shall be joint and several among the THL Investors. The obligations of GS under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of THL, and GS shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of THL under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations of GSMP shall be joint and several among the GSMP Investors and the obligations of GSCP shall be joint and several among the GSCP Investors. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by any Investor pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Investors as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Investors are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents. The obligations of an Investor under this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or causes of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to such obligations may only be made against, such Investor and its successors and assigns, and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any Investor shall have any liability for any obligations of an Investor under this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
     6.15 Sole Discretion . The Company agrees that it shall not challenge or dispute any action or decision taken by any of THL, GSMP or GSCP that, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any of THL, GSMP or GSCP is entitled to take in its sole discretion.
[The rest of this page intentionally left blank.]

50


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the parties hereto as of the date first herein above written.
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Philip W. Milne
    Name:   Philip W. Milne  
    Title:   Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer  
 
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND VI, L.P.

By: THL EQUITY ADVISORS VI, LLC,
        its general partner

By: THOMAS H. LEE PARTNERS, L.P.,
        its sole member

By: THOMAS H. LEE ADVISORS, LLC,
        its general partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Jaeckel  
    Name:  Scott Jaeckel  
    Title:  Managing Director  
 
 
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL FUND VI, L.P.

By: THL EQUITY ADVISORS VI, LLC
        its general partner

By: THOMAS H. LEE PARTNERS, L.P.,
        its sole member

By: THOMAS H. LEE ADVISORS, LLC,
        its general partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Jaeckel  
    Name:  Scott Jaeckel  
    Title:  Managing Director  
 
 
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL (DT) FUND VI, L.P.

By: THL EQUITY ADVISORS VI, LLC
        its general partner

By: THOMAS H. LEE PARTNERS, L.P.,
        its sole member

By: THOMAS H. LEE ADVISORS, LLC,
        its general partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Jaeckel  
    Name:  Scott Jaeckel  
    Title:  Managing Director  
 
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym  
    Name:  Oliver Thym  
    Title:  Managing Director and Vice President  
 
 
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI OFFSHORE FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Offshore Advisors, L.L.C., its General Partner

 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym  
    Name:  Oliver Thym  
    Title:  Managing Director and Vice President  
 
 
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI GmbH & Co. KG

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C., its Managing Limited Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym  
    Name:  Oliver Thym  
    Title:  Managing Director and Vice President  
 
 
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym  
    Name:  Oliver Thym  
    Title:  Managing Director and Vice President  
 
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
 
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym  
    Name:  Oliver Thym  
    Title:  Managing Director and Vice President  
 
 
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym  
    Name:  Oliver Thym  
    Title:  Managing Director and Vice President  
 
 
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym  
    Name:  Oliver Thym  
    Title:  Managing Director and Vice President  
 
[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement]

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

[MoneyGram Letterhead]
March 17, 2008
THL Managers VI, LLC
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Reference is hereby made to that certain Equity Fee Arrangement Letter (the “ Prior Fee Letter ”), by and between THL Managers VI, LLC (“ THL Managers ”) and MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), dated as of February 11, 2008, which the parties hereby amend and restate in full, as more fully set forth below:
          Reference is hereby made to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, as may be amended, by and among, the Company and the Investors party thereto (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which amended and restated the purchase agreement dated as of February 11, 2008 (the “ Original Purchase Agreement ”). All terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.
          In connection with the THL Investors entering into the Original Purchase Agreement, and undertaking the obligations therein, and in consideration of the services provided by THL Managers, an affiliate of the THL Investors, with respect thereto, the Company paid to THL Managers on February 11, 2008 $15,000,000 (the “ Arrangement Fee ”).
          In consideration of the THL Investors entering into the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything the contrary in the Prior Fee Letter or the Original Purchase Agreement, in no event shall any of the Arrangement Fee be refunded to the Company.
          This letter agreement shall be deemed to be made in, and in all respects shall be interpreted, construed and governed by and in accordance with the internal laws of, the State of Delaware. This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which together be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
**Remainder of this page intentionally left blank**

 


 

 ] 
         
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Philip W. Milne  
  Name:  Philip W. Milne  
  Title:  Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer  
 
Accepted and agreed as of
the date first written above:
     
THL MANAGERS VI, LLC
By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.,
its managing member
 
   
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC,
its general partner
 
   
By:
  /s/ Scott Jaeckel
 
   
Name:
  Scott Jaeckel
Title:
  Managing Director
[ Signature Page to Amended and Restated THL Arrangement Fee Letter ]

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

[MoneyGram Letterhead]
March 17, 2008
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Reference is hereby made to that certain Equity Fee Arrangement Letter, by and between Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“ GS&Co ”) and MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), dated as of February 11, 2008, which the parties hereby amend and restate in full, as more fully set forth below:
          Reference is hereby made to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008, as may be amended, by and among, the Company and the Investors party thereto (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which amended and restated the purchase agreement dated as of February 11, 2008 (the “ Original Purchase Agreement ”). All terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.
          In connection with the GS Investors entering into the Original Purchase Agreement and undertaking the obligations therein, and in consideration of the services provided by GS&Co, an affiliate of the GS Investors, with respect thereto, the Company paid to GS&Co on February 11, 2008 $7,500,000 (the “ Arrangement Fee ”).
          In consideration of the GS Investors entering into the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Prior Fee Letter or the Original Purchase Agreement, in no event shall any of the Arrangement Fee be refunded to the Company.
          This letter agreement shall be deemed to be made in, and in all respects shall be interpreted, construed and governed by and in accordance with the internal laws of, the State of Delaware. This letter agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which together be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
**Remainder of this page intentionally left blank**

 


 

MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
      
By:                                                               
Name:
Title:

 


 

Accepted and agreed as of
the date first written above:
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
      
By:                                                               
Name:
Title:

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

March 17, 2008
THL Managers VI, LLC
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal Street, 35th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Fax No.: (617) 227-3514
Attn: Thomas M. Hagerty
MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc.
MoneyGram International Inc.
1500 Utica Avenue South, MS 8020
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55416
Fax No.: (952) 591-3859
Attn: Teresa H. Johnson, Esq.
GSMP/GSCP
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Edward Pallesen
Amended and Restated Fee Letter
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is hereby made to that certain Contingent Fee Letter, by and between THL MANAGERS VI, LLC (“ THL Managers ”), GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP V Onshore ”), GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP V Offshore ”), and GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional and, together with GSMP V Onshore and GSMP V Offshore, “ GSMP ”), GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P., GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI OFFSHORE FUND, L.P., GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI GmbH & Co. KG, and GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P., and MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), dated as of February 11, 2008 (the “ Original Contingent Fee Letter ”), which the parties hereby amend and restate in full, as more fully set forth below:
     Reference is made to (a) that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of March 17, 2008, by and between MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ HoldCo ”), the Company, GSMP and THL Credit Partners, L.P., which amended and restated the Note Purchase Agreement as of February 11, 2008 (the “ Original Note Purchase Agreement ”) dated and (b) that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement (the “ Equity Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of March 17, 2008, as may be amended, by and between Holdco, GSMP, the parties set forth on Schedule A attached thereto under the heading THL (collectively, “ THL ”) and the parties set forth on Schedule A attached hereto under the heading Goldman Sachs Capital Partners (collectively, “ GSCP ” and, together with THL and GSMP, the “ Investors ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings given in the Note Purchase Agreement or Equity Purchase Agreement, as applicable.

 


 

  1.   Fee . In connection with the execution of the Original Note Purchase Agreement, the Company deposited into the escrow (the “ Escrow ”) established pursuant to that certain escrow agreement (the “ Original Escrow Agreement ”), dated as of February 11, 2008, among the Company, THL Managers VI, LLC (“ THL Managers ”), GSCP, GSMP and Fried, Frank Harris Shriver & Jacobson, LLP as escrow agent, a deposit with respect to a contingent break-up fee equal to $15,000,000, representing 3.00% of the maximum principal amount of the Notes to be purchased by GSMP pursuant to the Original Note Purchase Agreement (such amount, together with all investment earnings thereon, the “ Fee ”). On March 14, 2008 the Original Escrow Agreement was amended and restated (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the Bank of New York, or any successor thereto, shall act as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”) as of March 14, 2008.
 
  2.   Payment of Fee . In consideration for amending the Note Purchase Agreement and other consideration (the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the other parties hereto), the parties hereto hereby agree (i) that the Fee shall be disbursed and paid by the Escrow Agent to GSMP on the date hereof and (ii) that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Original Contingent Fee Letter or the Original Note Purchase Agreement or any other document or agreement, in no event shall all or any portion of the Fee be refunded or otherwise repaid to the Company, and the Company shall have no interest therein or claim thereto.
 
  3.   Subsequent Transaction . If the Equity Purchase Agreement is terminated for any reason and (x) the Company enters into a definitive agreement with respect to, or consummates, any transaction contemplated by a Company Transaction Proposal (other than a transaction entered into or consummated following any voluntary or involuntary petition by Holdco, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under the federal bankruptcy code (a “ Subsequent Transaction ”) within nine (9) months of the date of termination of the Equity Purchase Agreement and (y) GSMP provides or commits to provide second lien or subordinated debt financing with respect to the Subsequent Transaction, then, the Fee shall be paid (or retained by GSMP) as follows: (a) if such financing is consummated, GSMP shall pay (or retain, as applicable) the Fee (net of any withholding tax paid by GSMP as a result of its receipt of the Fee) (i) 80 percent to THL Managers and (ii) 20 percent to GSCP and GSMP, pro rata among GSCP and GSMP, in accordance with the aggregate relative purchase price committed to be paid by each of them pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement (such allocation, the “ 80/20 Allocation ”), in each case, as promptly as possible, but in any event on the date of the consummation of such Subsequent Transaction and (b) if such financing is not consummated, GSMP shall also pay (or retain, as applicable) the portion of the Fee, if any, equal to any fees paid to and retained by GSMP in connection with such financing (net of any withholding tax paid by GSMP as a result of its receipt of the Fee) to THL, GSCP and GSMP in accordance with the 80/20 Allocation, which such amounts shall be paid on the first date on which GSMP is not subject to any obligation to return or otherwise disgorge such fees.
 
  4.   Further Agreements . The parties agree to jointly and irrevocably instruct the Escrow Agent, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, to effect payment of the Fee on the date hereof, by wire transfer in immediately available funds, in accordance with the terms of Section 2 above. Any earnings on the funds deposited in Escrow will be paid to GSMP. To effectuate the foregoing, the Company, THL, GSCP and GSMP have jointly and irrevocably instructed the Escrow Agent as provided in the certificate attached hereto as Exhibit A.
 
  5.   GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING IN RESPECT TO THIS LETTER OR OUR COMMITMENT WILL BE TRIED EXCLUSIVELY

2


 

      (SUBJECT TO THE PROVISO BELOW) IN THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK OR, IF THAT COURT DOES NOT HAVE SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, IN ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, AND YOU AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF, AND TO VENUE IN, SUCH COURT. THIS LETTER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPALS OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
 
  6.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH OR AS A RESULT OF EITHER OUR COMMITMENT OR ANY MATTER REFERRED TO IN THIS LETTER IS HEREBY WAIVED BY THE PARTIES HERETO.
 
  7.   Counterparts . This letter may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to constitute an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this letter by facsimile, e-mail or similar transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

3


 

     If the foregoing terms and conditions are acceptable to you, please so indicate by signing both of the enclosed copies of this letter where indicated and returning one to the undersigned, whereupon this letter shall become a binding agreement between us.
         
  Very truly yours,

MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Philip W. Milne    
  Name:   Philip W. Milne   
  Title:   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

 


 

Goldman Sachs Mezzanine Partners
         
  GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 

 


 

Goldman Sachs Capital Partners
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI OFFSHORE FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Offshore Advisors, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI GmbH & Co. KG

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C., its Managing Limited Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 

 


 

THL
         
  THL MANAGERS VI, LLC

By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its managing member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Jaeckel    
  Name:   Scott Jaeckel   
  Title:   Managing Director   
 

 


 

Escrow Amount Release Certificate
     This certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 4 of the Amended and Restated Escrow Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2008 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), by and between the Escrow Parties and The Bank of New York, as escrow agent (“ Escrow Agent ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings specified in the Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Parties hereby jointly certify to the Escrow Agent and direct the Escrow Agent through the undersigned officer as follows:
     The Escrow Agent shall release the Escrow Amount (including any accrued interest) held in the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement and the Amended and Restated Contingent Fee Letter, dated as of March 17, 2008, by and between the Escrow Parties (the “ Contingent Fee Letter ”), by wire transfer, as follows:
[Only one payment to be checked]
o To GSMP in accordance with Section 2 of the Contingent Fee Letter.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


 

Goldman Sachs Mezzanine Partners
         
  GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 

 


 

Goldman Sachs Capital Partners
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI OFFSHORE FUND, L.P.

By: GSCP VI Offshore Advisors, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI GmbH & Co. KG

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C., its Managing Limited Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 
         
  GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.

By: GS Advisors VI, L.L.C., its General Partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Oliver Thym    
  Name:   Oliver Thym   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 

 


 

THL
         
  THL MANAGERS VI, LLC

By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its managing member
By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
 
 
  By:   /s/ Scott Jaeckel    
  Name:   Scott Jaeckel   
  Title:   Managing Director and Vice President   
 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5
 
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
And
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
THL CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.
Dated as of March 17, 2008
Relating to:
$500,000,000
13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes Due 2018
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
 
           
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS     2  
 
           
1.1.
  Definitions.     2  
1.2.
  Computation of Time Periods.     11  
1.3.
  Terms Generally.     11  
 
           
SECTION 2. AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF NOTES     12  
 
           
2.1.
  Authorization of Issue.     12  
2.2.
  Sale and Purchase of the Notes.     12  
2.3.
  Closing.     12  
2.4.
  Effective Date Certificate.     13  
 
           
SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING     13  
 
           
3.1.
  No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, Etc.     14  
3.2.
  Indebtedness.     14  
3.3.
  Material Adverse Change.     14  
3.4.
  Regulatory.     15  
3.5.
  Fees and Expenses.     15  
3.6.
  Holdco Audit/10-K/Absence of Restatement.     15  
3.7.
  Representations and Warranties.     16  
3.8.
  Performance; No Default.     16  
3.9.
  Equity Contribution.     16  
3.10.
  [Reserved].     17  
3.11.
  Compliance Certificates.     17  
3.12.
  Opinion of Counsel.     17  
3.13.
  Financial Information.     17  
3.14.
  Transaction Documents.     18  
3.15.
  Execution and Authentication of Indenture and Notes.     18  
3.16.
  Security Documents and Collateral.     18  
3.17.
  Bank Clearing Arrangements.     19  
3.18.
  Company Credit Facilities.     19  
3.19.
  New York Stock Exchange.     19  
3.20.
  Notice to Stockholders.     19  
3.21.
  Wal-Mart.     20  
3.22.
  Insurance.     20  
3.23.
  Financial Statements.     20  
3.24.
  Closing Certificate.     20  
 
           
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     20  
 
           
4.1.
  Disclosure.     21  
4.2.
  Organization and Authority.     21  
4.3.
  Holdco Subsidiaries.     21  

i


 

             
        Page  
 
           
4.4.
  Capitalization.     21  
4.5.
  Authorization; No Default.     22  
4.6.
  SEC Documents.     23  
4.7.
  Taxes.     24  
4.8.
  Ordinary Course.     24  
4.9.
  Commitments and Contracts.     24  
4.10.
  Litigation and Other Proceedings.     25  
4.11.
  Insurance.     25  
4.12.
  Compliance with Laws.     26  
4.13.
  Benefit Plans.     26  
4.14.
  Environmental Liability.     28  
4.15.
  Intellectual Property.     28  
4.16.
  Board Approvals.     29  
4.17.
  Brokers and Finders.     29  
4.18.
  Collateral.     29  
4.19.
  [Reserved].     29  
4.20.
  [Reserved].     29  
4.21.
  Disclosure.     29  
4.22.
  [Reserved].     30  
4.23.
  Properties.     30  
4.24.
  Solvency.     30  
4.25.
  No Registration Required.     30  
4.26.
  No Integration of Offerings or General Solicitation.     30  
4.27.
  Eligibility for Resale under Rule 144A.     31  
4.28.
  Margin Regulations.     31  
4.29.
  Investment Company Act.     31  
4.30.
  Opinions of Financial Advisors.     31  
4.31.
  CAG, Inc.     31  
4.32.
  Signing Date Representations and Warranties.     31  
 
           
SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF PURCHASERS     32  
 
           
5.1.
  Representation and Warranties.     32  
5.2.
  Notice of Transfers of the Notes.     33  
 
           
SECTION 6. PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS     33  
 
           
6.1.
  Access.     33  
6.2.
  Investment Policy.     34  
6.3.
  Ordinary Course.     34  
 
           
SECTION 7. POST-CLOSING AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS     34  
 
           
7.1.
  Future Reports to Purchasers.     34  
7.2.
  Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering.     36  
7.3.
  U.S. Economic Sanctions.     37  
7.4.
  FCPA and Anti-Bribery Limitations.     37  
7.5.
  Export Control Limitations.     38  
7.6.
  Customs and Trade Remedy Laws.     38  

ii


 

             
        Page  
 
           
7.7.
  Anti-Boycott Laws.     38  
7.8.
  Cross-Border Investment Restrictions.     39  
7.9.
  Information Related to Alternative Transactions.     39  
7.10.
  Board Observer Rights.     39  
7.11.
  Changes to Investment Policy.     40  
 
           
SECTION 8. PROVISIONS RELATING TO RESALES OF NOTES     40  
 
           
8.1.
  Private Offerings.     40  
8.2.
  Procedures and Management Cooperation in Private Offerings.     42  
8.3.
  No Integration.     43  
 
           
SECTION 9. EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION     43  
 
           
9.1.
  Expenses.     43  
9.2.
  Indemnification.     43  
9.3.
  Waiver of Punitive Damages.     43  
9.4.
  Survival.     44  
9.5.
  Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments.     44  
 
           
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS     44  
 
           
10.1.
  Notices.     44  
10.2.
  Benefit of Agreement and Assignments.     44  
10.3.
  No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.     45  
10.4.
  Amendments, Waivers and Consents.     45  
10.5.
  Counterparts.     46  
10.6.
  Reproduction.     46  
10.7.
  Headings.     46  
10.8.
  Survival of Covenants and Indemnities; Representations.     46  
10.9.
  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue.     46  
10.10.
  Severability.     47  
10.11.
  Entirety.     47  
10.12.
  Construction.     47  
10.13.
  Incorporation.     47  
10.14.
  Confidentiality.     48  
10.15.
  Termination; Survival.     48  
10.16.
  Maximum Rate.     48  
10.17.
  Patriot Act.     49  
10.18.
  Currency.     49  
10.19.
  Further Assurances.     49  
10.20.
  Sole Discretion.     49  
EXHIBITS:
     
Exhibit A
  Form of Indenture
Exhibit B
  Form of Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit 2.4
  Form of Effective Date Certificate
Exhibit 3.11(a)
  Form of Secretary’s Certificate

iii


 

     
Exhibit 3.11(b)
  Form of Officer’s Certificate
Exhibit 3.11(c)
  Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit 3.16(a)
  Form of Second Priority Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(b)
  Form of Second Priority Pledge Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(c)
  Form of Second Priority Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(d)
  Form of Second Priority Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(e)
  Form of Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(f)
  Form of Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit 3.16(g)
  Form of Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit 4
  Financial information
SCHEDULES:
     
Schedule I
  Holdco Disclosure Schedules
Schedule 2.2
  Information Relating to the Purchasers

iv


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 17, 2008, among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“ Holdco ”), GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Onshore ”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”) GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Institutional ” and together with GSMP Onshore and GSMP Offshore, the “ Initial Purchasers ”) and THL Credit Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ THL Purchaser ” and together with the Initial Purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the Company, Holdco and the Initial Purchasers entered into that certain note purchase agreement, dated as of the Signing Date (the “ Original Note Purchase Agreement ”).
     WHEREAS, on March 8, 2008, Holdco acknowledged that certain of the closing conditions of that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Signing Date (as in effect on the Signing Date, the " Original Equity Purchase Agreement ”) related to capital of Holdco, including but not limited to Section 1.2(c)(iii) and Section 1.2(c)(vii) of the Original Equity Purchase Agreement, had not been satisfied and would not be satisfied.
     WHEREAS, certain of the closing conditions of the Original Note Purchase Agreement related to capital of Holdco, including but not limited to Section 3.1(d), 3.9 and 3.13(b) of the Original Note Purchase Agreement, have not been satisfied and will not be satisfied and accordingly, the Initial Purchasers were not required to purchase the Notes under the terms of the Original Note Purchase Agreement.
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.4 of the Original Note Purchase Agreement the parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Note Purchase Agreement in its entirety as provided herein.
     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Signing Date, as amended on March 17, 2008 (such agreement, together with all of the exhibits and schedules thereto, in each case, as in effect on the Effective Date, the “ Equity Purchase Agreement ”), between Holdco and the parties named as “Investors” therein (the “ Equity Investors ”), Holdco has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to issue and sell to the Equity Investors, as applicable, on the Closing Date, for an aggregate cash purchase price as determined in the Equity Purchase Agreement (the “ Equity Contribution ”), the Series D participating convertible preferred stock of Holdco (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”), Series B participating convertible preferred stock of Holdco (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”) and shares of Series B-1 participating convertible preferred stock of Holdco (“ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ”), each as set forth in the Equity Purchase Agreement. The Equity Investors include investment funds affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. (the “ Lead Sponsor ”) and investment funds affiliated with GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. (“ GSCP ” and, together with the Lead Sponsor, the “ Sponsors ”) and also include the Initial Purchasers.
     WHEREAS, the consummation of the Equity Contribution in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement is subject to the consummation of certain concurrent transactions (such transactions, together with the Equity Contribution, the “ Transactions ”), including:

1


 

(a) that the Company shall have amended and restated the existing $350 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, of Holdco, as amended through the Effective Date, in accordance with the form attached to the Equity Purchase Agreement as Schedule D, to provide the Company with amended and restated senior credit facilities consisting of $350 million (less any original issue discount otherwise permitted under this Agreement) of term loans , of which $100 million has been previously funded and $250 million (less any original issue discount otherwise permitted under this Agreement) of which shall be new term loans to be funded on the Closing Date contemplated hereby, and a $250 million revolving credit facility (of which no more than $150 million will be drawn on the Closing Date) (collectively, the “ Company Credit Facilities ”);
(b) that Holdco shall have received full proceeds from the sale of the securities listed on Schedule B-1 to the Equity Purchase Agreement in the amounts set forth on Schedule B-1 thereto; and
(c) that the Company shall have received the proceeds of the issuance of its 13.25% senior secured second lien notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the indenture substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Indenture ”).
     WHEREAS, the proceeds from the purchase of the Notes will be used by the Company and its Subsidiaries for investments in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture to supplement the Company’s unrestricted assets, to repay existing indebtedness and to pay related transaction costs and expenses.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
     1.1. Definitions .
     As used herein, defined terms which are defined in the Indenture shall have, except where otherwise expressly set forth herein, the same respective meanings as such defined terms have in the Indenture, and, in addition, the following terms shall have the meanings specified herein unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):
     “ Agreement ” is defined in Section 10.4.
     “ AML Laws ” means any anti-money laundering law or regulation applicable to Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary.
     “ Anti-boycott Laws ” means the Export Administration Act and the Internal Revenue Code and any other applicable law regarding boycotts issued by a foreign government and not endorsed by the United States.
      “Bank Secrecy Act” means the Currency and Foreign Transactions Report Act, as amended.

2


 

      “Benefit Plan” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.13(a).
     “ Board of Directors ” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.5(a).
     “ Board Observer ” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.10.
     “ Board Papers ” is defined in Section 7.10.
     “ Certificate of Designations ” has the definition given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Closing ” is defined in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Closing Certificate ” is defined in Section 3.24.
     “ Closing Date ” is defined in Section 2.3(a).
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Section references to the Code are to the Code as in effect at the date of this Agreement, and any subsequent provisions of the Code, amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
     “ Collateral ” means the collateral described in the Security Documents.
     “ Collateral Agent ” means the Trustee in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Indenture and under the Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity.
     “ Company Credit Facilities ” is defined in the recitals.
      “Contract” has the meaning given to it in Section 4.5(b).
     “ Credit Documents ” means the Company Credit Facilities and all agreements, guarantees, collateral documents, certificates, instruments, and other documents made or delivered in connection therewith.
     “ D&T Deliverables ” means the Satisfactory Audit Opinion and Deloitte & Touche LLP’s consent to file the Satisfactory Audit Opinion in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     “ Default ” has the meaning given to it in the Indenture.
     “ DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.
     “ DTC Agreement ” means a letter of representations between the Company and DTC.
     “ Effective Date ” means March 17, 2008.
     “ Effective Date Certificate ” is defined in Section 2.4.
     “ Environmental Claims ” means any administrative or judicial actions, suits, orders, claims, proceedings or written notices of noncompliance by or from any person alleging liability arising out of the Release of Hazardous Materials or the failure to comply with Environmental Law.
     “ Environmental Law ” means any Law relating to pollution, the environment or natural resources.

3


 

     “ Equity Contribution ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Equity Documents ” means the Equity Purchase Agreement and all agreements, certificates, instruments, and other documents made or delivered in connection therewith.
     “ Equity Interest ” is defined in the Indenture.
     “ Equity Investors ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Equity Purchase Agreement ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Section references to ERISA are to ERISA as in effect at the date of this Agreement and any subsequent provisions of ERISA amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefore.
      “ERISA Event ” means (a) an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations thereunder with respect to any Benefit Plan, other than any event as to which the thirty day notice period has been waived; or (b) the failure of any Benefit Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard required for any plan year or part thereof under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA or a waiver of such standard or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under Section 412 of the Code or Section 303 or 304 of ERISA.
     “ Event of Default ” means “Event of Default”, as such term is defined in the Indenture.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Export Administration Act ” means The Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, and the executive orders, rules and regulations pursuant to the President’s invocation of emergency powers under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act.
     “ Fairness Opinions ” is defined in Section 4.30.
     “ Fee Letter ” means that certain Contingent Fee Letter dated as of the Signing Date by and between the Sponsors, the Initial Purchasers, Holdco and the Company.
     “ Final 10-K ” means Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, in a form identical to a form that shall have been provided to the Initial Purchasers not less than one day prior to the Closing Date, which shall be in a form acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, in compliance with all applicable rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, excluding any rules related to filing deadlines, which such Final 10-K does not disclose or identify any material weakness in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect Holdco’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data.
     “ Financing Documents ” means collectively, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreements, the Fee Letter, the Management Rights Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and all certificates, instruments, and other documents made or delivered in connection herewith and therewith.

4


 

     “ Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
      “GAAP” is defined in Section 4.6.
     “ German Antitrust Act ” means the German Act Against Restraints of Competition (Gesetz gegen Wettbewerbsbeschrankungen).
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
     “ Governmental Entity ” means any United States or foreign governmental or regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity or authority.
     “ GSCP ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Guarantors ” has the definition given to it in the Indenture.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means (x) petroleum and petroleum by-products, asbestos that is friable, radioactive materials, medical or infectious wastes or polychlorinated biphenyls and (y) any other material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by Environmental Law because of its hazardous, toxic or deleterious properties or characteristics.
     “ Holdco Disclosure Schedule ” means a schedule attached hereto as Schedule I setting forth, among other things, items the disclosure of which is necessary or appropriate either in response to an express disclosure requirement contained in a provision hereof or as an exception to one or more of Holdco’s or the Company’s representations or warranties contained in Section 4.
     “ Holdco Intellectual Property ” means all patents and patent applications currently owned by Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries that are material to the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted.
      “Holdco Subsidiary” is defined in Section 4.3.
     “ HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Infringe ” means, in relation to Intellectual Property, infringing upon, misappropriating or violating the rights of any third party.
      “Indemnitee” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.2.
     “ Indenture ” has meaning given to it in the recitals.
     “ Initial Equity Securities ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Initial Purchasers ” is defined in the preamble.

5


 

     “ Intellectual Property ” means the following and all rights pertaining thereto: (A) patents, patent applications, provisional patent applications and statutory invention registrations (including all utility models and other patent rights under the Laws of all countries), (B) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, service names, corporate names, domain names and other brand identifiers, registrations and applications for registration thereof, (C) copyrights, proprietary designs, computer software, mask works, databases, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (D) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets, know-how and show-how, and (E) all similar rights, however denominated, throughout the world.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as First Priority Collateral Agent, Collateral Agent, the Company and the Guarantors, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(g).
     “ Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 as from time to time in effect and any successor act to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Investment Policy ” is defined in Section 6.2.
     “ Investors ” has the definition given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
      “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States of America.
     “ Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, code, order, injunction, arbitration award, writ, decree, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity.
     “ Lead Sponsor ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Management Rights Agreement ” means the management rights agreement dated as of the Closing Date among Holdco, the Company and GS Mezzanine Partners V Institutional, L.P. (the indirect owner of GSMP Institutional).
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means: (1) for any purpose under this Agreement other than Section 7, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, (a) is material and adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) would materially impair the ability of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, (c) would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Purchasers under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, taken as a whole, or (d) would materially impair the ability of Holdco to perform its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement or otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Purchase (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) and the other transactions contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement; provided, however, that the impact of the following matters shall be disregarded: (i) changes in general economic, financial market, credit market, regulatory or political conditions (whether resulting from acts of war or terrorism, an escalation of hostilities or otherwise) generally affecting the U.S. economy, foreign economies or the industries in which Holdco or its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) changes in generally accepted accounting principles, (iii) changes in laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Authority, (iv) any change in Holdco’s stock price or trading volume, in and of itself, or any failure, in and of itself, by Holdco to meet revenue or earnings guidance published or otherwise provided to the Purchaser (provided that any fact, condition, circumstance, event, change, development or effect underlying any such failure or change, other than any of the foregoing that is otherwise excluded pursuant

6


 

to clauses (i) through (viii) hereof, may be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur), (v) losses resulting from any change in the valuations of Holdco’s portfolio of securities or sales of such securities and any effect resulting from such changes or sales, (vi) actions or omissions of Holdco or the Sponsors taken as required by the Equity Purchase Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Purchaser, (vii) public announcement, in and of itself, by a third party not affiliated with Holdco of any proposal to acquire the outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the assets of Holdco and (viii) the public announcement of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (provided that this clause (viii) shall not apply with respect to Sections 1.2(c)(v), 2.2(d), 2.2(h) and 2.2(k) of the Equity Purchase Agreement); provided further, however, that Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed not to include the impact of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in each case only insofar and to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in such clauses do not have a disproportionate effect on Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries (exclusive of its payments systems business) relative to other participants in the industry; and (2) for any purpose under Section 7 of this Agreement, any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, (a) is material and adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) would materially impair the ability of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, or (c) would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Purchasers under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents, taken as a whole.
      “MSPI” means MoneyGram Payment Systems Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” is defined in Section 4.13(e).
     “ Notes ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Treasury Department.
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” is defined in Section 3.11(b).
     “ Original Equity Purchase Agreement ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Originally Previously Disclosed ” means information: (i) set forth in the Holdco Disclosure Schedule (defined for purposes of this definition only as set forth in the Original Note Purchase Agreement), dated as of the Signing Date, corresponding to the provision of the Original Note Purchase Agreement to which such information relates (provided that any disclosure with respect to a particular paragraph or section of this Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for other paragraphs and sections of the Original Note Purchase Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent to a reader of such disclosure); or (ii) otherwise disclosed on a SEC Document, prior to the Signing Date (excluding any risk factor disclosures contained in such documents and any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or other statements that are similarly non-specific, predictive or forward-looking in nature).
     “ Outside Receipt Date ” is defined in Section 3.6 (c).
     “ Patriot Act ” is defined in Section 10.17.
     “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock.

7


 

     “ Previously Disclosed ” means information: (i) set forth in the Holdco Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the provision of this Agreement to which such information relates (provided that any disclosure with respect to a particular paragraph or section of this Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for other paragraphs and sections of this Agreement or the Holdco Disclosure Schedule to the extent that the relevance of such disclosure would be reasonably apparent to a reader of such disclosure); or (ii) otherwise disclosed on a SEC Document, prior to the Effective Date (excluding any risk factor disclosures contained in such documents and any disclosure of risks included in any “forward-looking statements” disclaimer or other statements that are similarly non-specific, predictive or forward-looking in nature) (“ Filed SEC Documents ”).
     “ Private Offering ” means any offer and/or sale by one or more of the Purchasers of some or all of the Notes without registration under the Securities Act but in compliance with Rule 144A, Rule 144, Regulation S, Section 4(1) or any other applicable rule or provision under the Securities Act.
     “ Purchase Price ” is defined in Section 2.2(b).
     “ Purchasers ” is defined in the Preamble.
     “ Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person that is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A.
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, Holdco and each Purchaser, to be dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Regulation T ” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.
     “ Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating into or through the environment in derogation of Environmental Law.
     “ Responsible Officer ” means the chairman, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, the chief operating officer, the chief accounting officer or the treasurer.
     “ Rule 144 ” has the meaning given to it in the Indenture.
     “ Rule 144A ” has the meaning given to it in the Indenture.
     “ Rule 502 ” means Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act as from time to time in effect and any successor regulation to all or a portion thereof.

8


 

      “Satisfactory Audit Opinion” means either combined or separate unqualified reports on the audit of Holdco, and its Subsidiaries, financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 as illustrated within paragraphs 87 and 88 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Bylaws and Rules, Auditing Standard No. 5, “An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting That Is Integrated with An Audit of Financial Statements,” prepared in accordance with GAAP (neither the Deloitte & Touche LLP financial statement opinion as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 nor to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements attached to the audited financial statements, nor Items 1 through 15 of the Company’s December 31, 2007 Annual report on Form 10-K, shall include any reference to Holdco’s ability to operate as a going concern).
      “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ SEC Documents ” is defined in Section 4.6(a).
     “ Securities ” has the meaning given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Security Documents ” means: (i) that certain Second Priority Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(a), (ii) that certain Second Priority Pledge Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(b), (iii) that certain Second Priority Patent Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdco and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(c), (iv) that certain Second Priority Patent Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among MPSI and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(d), (v) that certain Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdco and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(e), (vi) that certain Second Priority Trademark Security Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, among PropertyBridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the Collateral Agent, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(f) and (vii) collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by the Indenture, which will be identical to the agreements for the First Priority Liens Obligations, but on a second priority lien basis.
     “ Series B Preferred Stock ” is defined in the recitals.
      “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” is defined in the recitals .
     “ Series D Preferred Stock ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Signing Date ” means February 11, 2008.
     “ Signing Date Certificate ” is defined in Section 2.4.
     “ Solvency Certificate ” is defined in Section 3.11(c).
     “ Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, that (a) the sum of such Person’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Person’s present assets; (b) such Person’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated; and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts including current obligations beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise). For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed by

9


 

Holdco and the Company as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that such Person reasonably expects to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under GAAP).
     “ Sponsors ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ State ” means any of the jurisdictions listed on Section 3.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement).
     “ Subsequent Purchaser ” means a purchaser of any Note who acquired such Note in a Private Offering in accordance with Section 8.1.
     “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any and all domestic or foreign, federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any Governmental Entity, including taxes on or with respect to income, franchises, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, property, sales, use, capital stock, payroll, employment, unemployment, social security, workers’ compensation or net worth, and taxes in the nature of excise, withholding, ad valorem or value added, and including any liability in respect of any items described above as a transferee or successor, pursuant to Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulations (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), or as an indemnitor, guarantor, surety or in a similar capacity under any contract, arrangement, agreement, understanding or commitment (whether oral or written).
     “ Tax Return ” means any return, report or similar filing, (including attached schedules) filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (and any amendments thereto), including any information return, claim for refund or declaration of estimated Taxes.
     “ Termination Date ” is defined in Section 2.2(e).
     “ Termination Development ” means (i) any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, prospects, assets or liabilities of Holdco or its Subsidiaries as determined in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers, (ii) any negative development related to Holdco’s or its Subsidiaries’ agents, official check customers, clearing banks or regulators as determined in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers, and (iii) the Initial Purchasers becoming aware after the Effective Date of any matter in clauses (i) or (ii) above that occurred prior to the date hereof.
     “ THL Purchaser ” is defined in the preamble.
     “ Total First Lien Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, funded Total Indebtedness that in each case is secured by First Priority Liens on property or assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries.
      “Total Loss” has the meaning given to it in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Transaction Documents ” means the Credit Documents, the Equity Documents and the Financing Documents.
     “ Transactions ” is defined in the recitals.
     “ Trustee ” means Deutche Bank Trust Company Americas.

10


 

     “ Unrestricted Assets ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule E to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ U.S. Economic Sanction ” means any economic sanction imposed by any rule, regulation or statute of the United States, including without limitation, those administered by OFAC and any other applicable laws imposing economic sanctions.
      “U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” is defined in Section 4.12(b)
     1.2. Computation of Time Periods .
     For purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”
     1.3. Terms Generally .
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) “or” is not exclusive;
     (3) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it, and shall be construed, in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (4) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (5) the word “including” means “including without limitation”;
     (6) any reference to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns;
     (7) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein);
     (8) for purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and
     (9) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

11


 

SECTION 2.
AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF NOTES
     2.1. Authorization of Issue .
     On or prior to the Closing, the Company will authorize the issuance and sale of the Notes. The Notes shall be substantially in the form specified in the Indenture.
     2.2. Sale and Purchase of the Notes .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on or prior to the Termination Date, the Company will issue and sell to each of the Purchasers and each of the Purchasers will purchase from the Company, at the Closing provided for in Section 2.3, the Notes in the principal amounts and for the portion of the Purchase Price as set forth in Schedule 2.2 hereto.
     (b) The aggregate cash purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for the Notes shall be equal to the principal face amount of the Notes being so purchased.
     (c) The parties agree to report the sale and purchase of the Notes for all federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes in a manner consistent with the foregoing and agree to take no position inconsistent with the foregoing, except as required by applicable law.
     (d) The obligations hereunder of the Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Notes are several and not joint and no Purchaser will have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance by any other Purchaser.
     (e) The obligation of the Purchasers to purchase the Notes and the obligation of the Company to sell and issue the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall terminate on the date of the termination of the Equity Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms (the “ Termination Date ”).
     2.3. Closing .
     (a) Subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the sale and purchase of the Notes shall occur at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz located at 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York, commencing at 10 a.m. local time, at a closing (the “ Closing ”), but in any event the Closing shall be no later than March 25, 2008, or at such other date or time as mutually agreed by the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The date and time of the Closing is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”.
     (b) At the Closing, the Company will deliver to each Purchaser purchasing Notes, in such denominations as such Purchaser may request (subject to the terms of the Indenture), representing in the aggregate the full principal amount of Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser on the Closing Date, each such Note dated the Closing Date and registered in such Purchaser’s name, against payment by such Purchaser to the Company of the amount of the applicable portion of the Purchase Price (as provided in Section 2.2), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank account or accounts as the Company may request in writing at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date.
     (c) If at the Closing the Company shall fail to deliver to the Purchasers the Notes as provided in Section 2.3(b), or any of the conditions specified in Section 3 shall not have been fulfilled to the Initial

12


 

Purchasers’ reasonable satisfaction or waived, then each Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement.
     2.4. Effective Date Certificate .
     On the Signing Date, Holdco delivered to the Initial Purchasers the certificate (the “ Signing Date Certificate ”) as provided in Section 2.4 of the Original Note Purchase Agreement. On the Effective Date, Holdco shall deliver to the Purchasers a certificate (the “ Effective Date Certificate ”), substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.4 to this Agreement, from Holdco, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Holdco, certifying: (i) that each of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 4.1 through 4.17, 4.23 and 4.29 through 4.31 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case such representations and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) on or as of the Effective Date as if made on and as of the Effective Date (unless expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case each of such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date), (ii) to the knowledge of the applicable officer: (x) that none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Purchasers on or before the Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained, when furnished, any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of such certificate, such factual information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature, and (y) that the projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (ii)(x) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Purchasers that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results, (iii) that the financial information, data and performance information listed on Exhibit 4 hereto furnished by or on behalf of Holdco or the Company to the Purchasers on or before the Effective Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement was true, complete and accurate as and when furnished to the Purchasers, and (iv) all of the certifications set forth in the Signing Date Certificate are true and correct in all respects.
     2.5 Fees .
     On the Signing Date, Holdco paid the fees set forth, and otherwise satisfied the other terms and conditions set forth in, the Fee Letter. The effectiveness of this Agreement shall be subject to the receipt by the Initial Purchasers of the Fee (as defined in that certain Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated the Effective Date).
SECTION 3.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
     Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing is subject to the reasonable satisfaction or waiver by the Initial Purchasers, prior to or at the Closing Date, of each of the conditions specified below in this Section 3:

13


 

     3.1. No Violation; No Legal Constraints; Consents, Authorizations and Filings, Etc.
     (a) The expiration or termination of: (i) any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act and (ii) any applicable waiting period under the German Antitrust Act in each case, required to consummate the purchase from Holdco at the Closing, of the Securities as contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement and for the Investors to own, and fully vote and convert into common stock, all of the Securities;
     (b) no provision of any applicable Law or regulation and no judgment, injunction, order or decree shall prohibit the Closing or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or shall prohibit or restrict any Investor or its Affiliates from owning, or fully voting and converting, the Securities to be acquired by such Investor pursuant to the terms of such respective Securities, and no lawsuit shall have been commenced by a Governmental Entity seeking to effect any of the foregoing;
     (c) each Purchaser’s purchase of the Notes shall be permitted by all applicable laws of each jurisdiction to which it is subject; and
     (d) prior to the Closing, Holdco shall have received full proceeds from the sale of the securities listed on Schedule B-1 to the Equity Purchase Agreement in the amounts set forth on Schedule B-1 thereto.
     3.2. Indebtedness .
     On the Closing Date, the Company and Holdco shall have (i) (A) amended Holdco’s existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, in accordance with the form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement attached to the Equity Purchase Agreement as Schedule D, (B) received an additional $250 million of term loans (less any original issue discount otherwise permitted under this Agreement) under its existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement following such amendment described in clause (A) above; (C) never borrowed any funds under, and shall have terminated, its existing 364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended; and (ii) no Indebtedness (as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) shall remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to the Transaction other than: (x) the loans under the Company Credit Facilities and (y) the Notes and (z) indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed, individually or in the aggregate, $5 million. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, there shall not exist ( pro forma for such transactions and the financing thereof) any Default or Event of Default under the Indenture or the Notes.
     3.3. Material Adverse Change .
     Except as Previously Disclosed, (A) since September 30, 2007, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Holdco or the Company, and (B) each of the Initial Purchasers in its respective sole judgment and discretion shall have determined that since the Effective Date, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which constitute, or would reasonably be expected to constitute, individually or in the aggregate, a Termination Development. With respect to matters which have been Previously Disclosed, in determining whether this condition is satisfied, any circumstance, event or condition occurring after the Effective Date shall be taken into account, including any deterioration, worsening or adverse consequence of such Previously Disclosed matters occurring after the Effective Date.

14


 

     3.4. Regulatory .
     (A) None of Holdco, the Company or MPSI, shall have received written or oral notice from any State to the effect that such State has determined that Holdco, the Company or MPSI can no longer conduct its money transfer or payment systems businesses in such State or has revoked, or intends to revoke, Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State, or imposed, or intends to impose, conditions on, or material fines with respect to, Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State (which conditions are adverse to Holdco, the Company or MPSI and are not generally applicable to other persons conducting money transfer or payments systems businesses in such State); (B) Holdco, the Company or MPSI shall have received assurances, in a form acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, from each State from which the Initial Purchasers determines is necessary, that such State will not (x) determine that Holdco, the Company or MPSI may not conduct its money transfer or payment systems businesses in such State, (y) revoke Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State, or (z) impose conditions on, or material fines with respect to, Holdco’s, the Company’s or MPSI’s license to conduct such businesses in such State (which conditions are adverse to Holdco, the Company or MPSI and are not generally applicable to other persons conducting money transfer or payments systems businesses in such State); (C) prior to and immediately following the Closing, Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries shall have all licenses required under applicable money transmitter, official check or similar Laws to conduct Holdco’s and its Subsidiaries’ business as presently conducted; and (D) immediately following the Closing, Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with all applicable money transmitter, official check or similar Laws applicable to Holdco or its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, all net worth, tangible net worth, unrestricted assets and other financial ratios requirements applicable to Holdco or its Subsidiaries.
     3.5. Fees and Expenses .
     (a) All the fees and expenses payable by Holdco and the Company to the Purchasers pursuant to the Transaction Documents, including without limitation, the fees and expenses of each Purchaser and counsel for the Purchasers for which invoices have been presented (including the fees of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel to the Initial Purchasers), shall have been paid in full.
     3.6. Holdco Audit/10-K/Absence of Restatement .
     (a) (A) (i) Holdco’s receipt from Deloitte & Touche LLP of the D&T Deliverables, which shall be delivered if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall have been placed into an escrow account pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Closing Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, or (ii) if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall not have been placed into an escrow account with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Closing Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, then Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have committed to the Initial Purchasers on the Closing Date that, after both Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have verified that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been credited to the bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement, Holdco will receive from Deloitte & Touche, the D&T Deliverables and (B) Holdco’s financial printer Bowne shall have notified the Initial Purchasers (on the Closing Date) that Holdco has delivered the Final 10-K to Bowne with the irrevocable instruction that Bowne file the Final 10-K on behalf of Holdco, and that Bowne is prepared to file and will file the Final 10-K with the SEC, in each case, immediately upon notification from Holdco that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been

15


 

successfully credited to the Holdco bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement;
     (b) each of the Initial Purchasers shall have had a full and complete opportunity to review Holdco’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, and to interview current and former Holdco personnel as determined to be necessary by each of the Initial Purchasers, and will have determined that Holdco’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, as well as Holdco’s prior disclosures, are acceptable to each Initial Purchaser in its respective sole judgment and discretion; and it is understood and agreed that such determination by each of the Initial Purchasers shall be based on, among other things, but not limited to, the subjective view of each of the Initial Purchasers of Holdco’s potential exposure, if any, to claims and investigations related in any to Holdco’s books and records, internal controls and procedures, and prior disclosures;
     (c) neither Deloitte & Touche LLP nor any other accounting firm shall have issued to Holdco any opinion regarding the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 which is not a Satisfactory Audit Opinion;
     (d) there shall not have been a restatement (nor shall any restatement be under consideration by Holdco, its external auditors or, to the knowledge of Holdco, the SEC) of any prior period financial statements of Holdco; and
     (e) Holdco shall have resolved to the satisfaction of the SEC (including having taken any and all corrective action requested by the Staff of the SEC, if any) all comments received by Holdco from the SEC on the SEC Documents.
     3.7. Representations and Warranties .
     Each of the representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) on or as of the Closing Date (unless expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case each of such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date), in each case after giving pro forma effect to the consummation on the Closing Date of the Transactions, the issuance of the Notes to be issued on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof.
     3.8. Performance; No Default .
     The Company and Holdco shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants contained herein and therein required to be performed or complied with by them prior to or at the Closing (or such compliance shall have been waived on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers) and, after giving effect to the Transactions, the issuance of the Notes and the application of the proceeds thereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
     3.9. Equity Contribution .
     At the Closing, the Equity Contribution shall have been made to Holdco in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement, and Holdco shall have received the Equity Contribution. All conditions precedent set forth in the Equity Documents shall have been satisfied or waived (with the prior consent of

16


 

the Initial Purchasers if the Initial Purchasers reasonably determine such waiver is adverse to the Initial Purchasers).
     3.10. [Reserved] .
     3.11. Compliance Certificates .
     (a)  Secretary’s Certificate . The Company and each Guarantor shall have delivered to the Purchasers a Secretary’s Certificate, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Secretary’s Certificate ”), in the form of Exhibit 3.11(a) hereto, certifying, among other things, as to (i) the Company’s and the Guarantors’ certificate or articles of incorporation or deed of incorporation (or, if an unlimited liability company, limited liability company or limited partnership, certificate of formation) and bylaws or articles of association (or, if an unlimited liability company or limited liability company, unlimited or limited liability company agreement, or, if a limited partnership, limited partnership agreement), (ii) the incumbency and signatures of certain officers of the Company and the Guarantors and (iii) the corporate proceedings of the Company and the Guarantors (including a Board consent in a form reasonably agreed to by the Initial Purchasers) relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes, this Agreement and the other Financing Documents to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party.
     (b)  Officer’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers an Officer’s Certificate, each dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”), in the form of Exhibit 3.11(b) hereto, certifying, on and as of the Closing Date, as to (i) the representations and warranties of the Company, (ii) the performance and compliance in all material respects with all agreements and covenants contained herein, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture or the Notes.
     (c)  Solvency Certificate and Solvency Opinion . On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Purchasers a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Solvency Certificate ”), in the form of Exhibit 3.11(c), and (if and to the extent delivered under the Company Credit Facilities) letters from a nationally recognized appraisal firm or valuation consultant satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, in each case certifying or attesting, as applicable, that the Company on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the issuance and sale of the Notes and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of Notes, will be Solvent.
     3.12. Opinion of Counsel .
     On the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall have received an opinion from Kirkland & Ellis LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, or another counsel for the Company acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers.
     3.13. Financial Information .
     (a) The Purchasers shall have received: (a) as soon as monthly and quarterly financial statements are available to Holdco and its Subsidiaries, unaudited consolidated financial statements for any interim period or periods of Holdco and its Subsidiaries ended after the date of the most recent audited financial statements; and (b) customary pro forma consolidated financial statements. The most recent financial statements will show on a pro forma basis on the Closing Date: (i) funded Total Indebtedness of no more than $1,000 million plus indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed, individually or in the aggregate, $5 million; (ii) Total First Lien Indebtedness of no more than $500 million; (iii) the Leverage Ratio (but excluding for purposes of the calculation thereof

17


 

from the definition of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Indenture) any gains or losses associated with the sale of securities held in Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries investment portfolio listed on Schedule B-1 to the Equity Purchase Agreement for Holdco and its Subsidiaries, as at the Closing Date, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, for the last twelve-month period ended February, 2008, is not greater than: 3.85:1.00 and (iv)(A) the transaction volumes generated from the “Money Transfer” business segment shall be no less than $3,170,700 for the month ended January, 2008 and $3,238,200 for the month ended February, 2008, and (B) the net revenue generated from the “Money Transfer” and the “Express Payment” business segments on a combined basis shall be no less than $35,063,244 for the month ended January, 2008 and no less than $35,737,927 for the month ended February, 2008. For purposes of clause (iv)(A) and (iv)(B) of this Section 3.13, the internal monthly financial statements for the months ended January, 2008 and February, 2008 shall be prepared on the same basis in all material respects to the monthly budgets for January, 2008 and February, 2008 and the historical monthly results previously provided to the Purchasers and included on Exhibit 4 to this Agreement.
     (b) After giving effect to the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses payable by Holdco at the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by clause (iv) of Section 1.2(c) of the Equity Purchase Agreement, the expenses contemplated by Section 5.3 of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the Exclusivity Agreement (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), the fees and expenses of Holdco’s advisors, and the fees and expenses of each Purchaser and counsel for the Purchasers, on a pro forma basis, Holdco shall have (x) at least $[150] million in Unrestricted Assets and no more than $150 million will be drawn on the Closing Date, under Holdco’s revolving credit facility (which availability, for the purposes of this Section 3.13(b) shall take into account all letters of credit outstanding either through such facility or otherwise).
     3.14. Transaction Documents .
     On the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall have received true and correct copies of all Transaction Documents (including without limitation, the Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement, the other Financing Documents and (in respect of the Initial Purchasers only) the Management Rights Agreement, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers) and such documents (i) shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by parties thereto; and (ii) shall be valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Purchasers shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents required to be delivered on the Closing Date.
     3.15. Execution and Authentication of Indenture and Notes .
     On the Closing Date, the Trustee shall have executed the Indenture and authenticated the Notes to be purchased by the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement.
     3.16. Security Documents and Collateral .
     The Collateral Agent shall have received all Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit 3.16(a) through Exhibit 3.16(g), duly executed by all parties thereto and the provisions of the Security Documents shall create legal, valid and continuing second-priority Liens (subject only to Permitted Liens) on all the Collateral described therein

18


 

in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Purchasers securing the Obligations (as defined in the Security Documents), enforceable against Holdco, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, which Security Documents and Collateral shall be substantially similar to the Security Documents (as defined in the Company Credit Facilities) and Collateral (as defined in the Company Credit Facilities) provided to the Lenders (as defined in the Company Credit Facilities) under the Company Credit Facilities and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers in their reasonable discretion.
     3.17. Bank Clearing Arrangements .
     The Company and Holdco shall have demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Initial Purchasers that adequate bank clearing arrangements are in effect on the Closing Date.
     3.18. Company Credit Facilities .
     (a) Holdco shall not have incurred (or become obligated to incur) fees of more than $5,375,000 relating to the transactions described in Section 1.2(c)(iv) of the Equity Purchase Agreement (other than clauses (D) and (E)) of the Equity Purchase Agreement plus annual administrative agency fees in an amount not exceeding $150,000 per annum payable quarterly; and
     (b) the Applicable Margin (as defined in Schedule D to the Equity Purchase Agreement) on the Term B Loans (as defined in Schedule D to the Equity Purchase Agreement) shall not have been increased by more than 1.625% per annum (all of which may take the form of original issue discount over a four-year life to maturity (i.e. 6.5% or $16,250,000)); provided that any increase shall have been necessary in the reasonable discretion of the Lead Arranger (as defined in Schedule D to the Equity Purchase Agreement) to place the Term B Loans and the Lead Arranger shall first consider (in consultation with Holdco and the Investors) using increases in the margin prior to imposing original issue discount.
     3.19. New York Stock Exchange .
     Holdco shall have received confirmation from the New York Stock Exchange, and such confirmation shall not have been withdrawn, that the issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents are in compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s shareholder approval policy and that Holdco has properly, and without condition, obtained an exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual to issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares without obtaining approval of the stockholders of Holdco.
     3.20. Notice to Stockholders .
     Holdco shall have properly provided notice to the stockholders of Holdco that Holdco will issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares without obtaining stockholder approval as required by, and in compliance with, Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual, and the ten (10) day notice period set forth in Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual shall have passed after such notice has been properly provided.

19


 

     3.21. Wal-Mart .
     Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. shall have confirmed in writing to Holdco (A) that the Money Services Agreement by and among MPSI and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (as amended through that certain Amendment 3 to Money Services Agreement dated as of the Signing Date but not amended by any subsequent amendments other than, if necessary, to make effective the extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) will be in full force and effect after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (which shall include an effective extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) and (B) that the Original Equity Purchase Agreement, the Equity Purchase Agreement and this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby do not give Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. the right to terminate the Money Services Agreement.
     3.22. Insurance .
     Holdco shall have purchased, at its expense (A) directors and officers liability insurance, from reputable carriers to be agreed upon prior to Closing by Holdco and the Initial Purchasers and in at least the amounts as set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) to the Equity Purchase Agreement (or in a lesser amount agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and Holdco) on behalf of and covering the individuals who at any time on or after the Closing Date are or become directors of Holdco, against expenses, liabilities or losses asserted against or incurred by such individual in such capacity or arising out of such individual’s status as such, subject to customary exclusions and (B) a fully-paid six-year “tail” insurance policy or policies with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (including excess A-side difference-in-conditions coverage and fiduciary liability coverage) of an amount no less, and with terms and conditions no less favorable, than those of the policies maintained by Holdco as of the Effective Date.
     3.23. Financial Statements .
     The Initial Purchasers shall have received at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Holdco’s consolidated unaudited interim financial statements as of and for the one-month period ended January 31, 2008 and the one-month period ended February 29, 2008, including (i) the unaudited balance sheet as January 31, 2008 and February 29, 2008 and (ii) related unaudited consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and detailed trial balances for the period from January 1, 2008 to January 31, 2008 and for the period from February 1, 2008 to February 29, 2008, in each case satisfactory in form and substance to the Initial Purchasers.
     3.24. Closing Certificate .
     On the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to each of the Initial Purchasers a certificate (the “ Closing Certificate ”) signed on behalf of the Company by an executive officer of the Company confirming that each of the conditions set forth in this Section 3 has been satisfied.
SECTION 4.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Except as Previously Disclosed (but only with respect to Sections 4.2 through and including 4.17), each of Holdco and the Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers on and as of the Effective Date (after giving “ pro forma” effect to the consummation on the Closing Date of the Transactions, the issuance of the Notes to be issued on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof) and on the Closing Date, except as set forth in this Section 4, that:

20


 

     4.1. Disclosure .
     On or prior to the Effective Date, Holdco delivered to the Purchasers the Holdco Disclosure Schedules.
     4.2. Organization and Authority .
     Each of Holdco and the Company is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate, company or partnership power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted. Each of Holdco and the Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of Holdco and the Company has made available to the Purchasers prior to the execution of this Agreement, (i) a true and complete copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and the bylaws of the Company, in each case as in effect on the Effective Date and (ii) a complete copy of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Holdco and the bylaws of Holdco, in each case as in effect on the Effective Date.
     4.3. Holdco Subsidiaries .
     (a) Holdco has Previously Disclosed a complete and correct list of all of its subsidiaries, and all shares of the outstanding capital stock of each of which are owned directly or indirectly by Holdco. The subsidiaries of Holdco are referred to herein individually as a “Holdco Subsidiary” and collectively as the “Holdco Subsidiaries . ” All of such shares so owned by Holdco (or its subsidiaries) are fully paid and non assessable and are owned by it free and clear of any lien, claim, charge, option, encumbrance or agreement with respect thereto, except for Permitted Liens. Other than as Previously Disclosed, none of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary beneficially owns (the concept of “beneficial ownership” having the meaning assigned thereto in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any class of equity securities or similar interests of any corporation or other entity, and none is, directly or indirectly, a partner in any partnership or party to any joint venture.
     (b) Each Holdco Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate, company or partnership power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted. Each Holdco Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing (where such concept is recognized under applicable Law) in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.4. Capitalization .
     The authorized capital stock of Holdco consists of (i) 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 2,000,000 shares of which have been designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock”, and of which no shares were outstanding as of the time of execution of the Equity Purchase Agreement, and (ii) 250,000,000 shares of common Stock, of which 82,598,034 shares were outstanding as of the date of the Equity Purchase Agreement. There are outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of not more than 4,071,039 shares of common Stock, all of which options are outstanding under the Benefit Plans. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Holdco have been duly and validly authorized and issued and

21


 

are fully paid and non assessable. The shares of Preferred Stock to be issued at the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement or in respect of or upon conversion of such Preferred Stock (or upon the conversion of Preferred Stock received upon conversion of Preferred Stock to be issued at Closing) in accordance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the respective Certificate of Designations, upon such issuance or conversion, as the case may be, will be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and non assessable and not trigger any pre-emptive or similar rights of any other person. Except (A) as described above or Previously Disclosed, (B) for the rights granted pursuant to the Transaction Documents, or (C) under or pursuant to the Previously Disclosed Benefit Plans, there are no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls, preemptive rights or other rights obligating Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary. Each of Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary has Previously Disclosed all shares of Holdco capital stock that have been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary since December 31, 2006 and all dividends or other distributions that have been declared, set aside, made or paid to stockholders of Holdco since that date.
     4.5. Authorization; No Default .
     (a) Each of Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary has the power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the board of directors of each of Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary (the “ Board of Directors ”). The Transaction Documents to which Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary are a party are valid and binding obligations of Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary enforceable against Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary in accordance with their respective terms. No stockholder vote of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is required to authorize, approve or consummate any of the transactions contemplated hereby. The issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will be in compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s shareholder approval policy and the exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.
     (b) Neither the execution, delivery and performance by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and any documents ancillary thereto, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor compliance by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary with any of the provisions thereof, will (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of, any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary under any of the material terms, conditions or provisions of (1) its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or substantially equivalent governing documents or (2) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation (each a “ Contract ”) to which Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary may be subject (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents), or (B) subject to compliance with the statutes, and regulations and votes referred to in the next paragraph, violate any statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets; except, in the case of clauses (A)(2) and (B), as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

22


 

     (c) Other than (A) the filing of the Certificates of Designations with the Delaware Secretary of State, (B) the filings in connection or in compliance with the HSR Act, (C) the filings in connection or in compliance with the German Antitrust Act, (D) any actions described in the Security Documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted pursuant thereto, (E) the passage of the applicable ten (10) day notice period in compliance with Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange’s Listed Company Manual and (F) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations, filings and notices the failure of which to be obtained or made would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity or any other person (nor expiration nor termination of any statutory waiting periods) is necessary prior to the consummation by Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
     4.6. SEC Documents .
     (a) Except as Previously Disclosed, each of Holdco and the Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents with the SEC required to be filed by Holdco or the Company or furnished by Holdco or the Company since December 31, 2005 (including any items incorporated by reference or attached as Exhibits thereto) (the “ SEC Documents ”). No Holdco Subsidiary is required to make any filings of SEC Documents. As of their respective dates of filing, the SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable thereto, and none of the SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. There are no outstanding comments from the SEC with respect to any SEC Document. The audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited quarterly financial statements (including, in each case, the notes thereto) of Holdco included in the SEC Documents when filed complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) (except, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC or other rules and regulations of the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited quarterly statements, to normal year-end adjustments). Except as specifically reflected or reserved against in the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdco as at September 30, 2007 included in the Filed SEC Documents, neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary has any liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise) of any nature that would be required under GAAP, as in effect on the Effective Date, to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdco (including the notes thereto), except liabilities and obligations that (A) were incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since September 30, 2007 or (B) have not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) Holdco (A) has implemented and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) to ensure that material information relating to Holdco, including its consolidated Subsidiaries, is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of Holdco by others within those entities, and (B) has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the Effective Date, to Holdco’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors (1) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act, Rule 13a-15(f)) that are reasonably likely

23


 

to adversely affect Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in Holdco or each Holdco Subsidiary’s internal controls over financial reporting. As of the date of this Agreement, Holdco has no knowledge of any reason that its outside auditors and its chief executive officer and chief financial officer will not be able to give the certifications and attestations required pursuant to the rules and regulations adopted pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, without qualification, when next due. Since December 31, 2005, (x) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of Holdco, any director, officer, employee, auditor, accountant or representative of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary, has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary or their respective internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices, and (y) no attorney representing Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary, whether or not employed by Holdco or any such subsidiary, has reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by Holdco or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents to the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary.
     4.7. Taxes .
     Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) Holdco and each of Holdco’s Subsidiaries have prepared and timely filed (taking into account any extension of time within which to file) all Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them and all such filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate, (B) Holdco and each of Holdco’s Subsidiaries have paid all Taxes that are required to be paid by any of them, (C) as of the Effective Date, there are no audits, examinations, investigations, actions, suits, claims or other proceedings in respect of Taxes pending or threatened in writing nor has any deficiency for any Tax been assessed by any Governmental Entity in writing against Holdco or any of Holdco’s Subsidiaries, and (D) all Taxes required to be withheld by Holdco and Holdco’s Subsidiaries have been withheld and paid over to the appropriate Tax authority (except, in the case of this clause (D) or clause (A) or (B) above, with respect to matters contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established on Holdco’s financial statements in accordance with GAAP). Holdco has not been a “controlled corporation” or a “distributing corporation” in any distribution occurring during the two-year period ending on the date of this Agreement that was intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code. Neither Holdco nor any Holdco’s Subsidiary has entered into any “listed transaction” as defined under Section 1.6011-4(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.
     4.8. Ordinary Course .
     Except as Previously Disclosed since September 30, 2007, Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary has conducted its respective businesses in all material respects in the ordinary course of business, consistent with prior practice (and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary has taken any action referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 3.3 of the Equity Purchase Agreement, assuming the said Section had been in effect at all times since September 30, 2007).
     4.9. Commitments and Contracts .
     (i) Except for the Benefit Plans, the Contracts filed as exhibits or incorporated by reference in or to the SEC Documents, and the Contracts Previously Disclosed, neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Contract that: (A) is a “material contract” (as such term is

24


 

defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act) to be performed in full or in part after the Effective Date; (B) creates any material partnership, limited liability company agreement, joint venture or similar agreement entered into with any third party; (C) is a voting agreement or registration rights agreement; (D) relates to any indebtedness, or interest rate or currency hedging agreements, having an outstanding principal or notional amount in excess of $50,000,000, or any guarantees thereof, or the sale, securitization or servicing of loans or loan portfolios, in each case in connection with which the aggregate actual or contingent obligations of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries under such contract are greater than $50,000,000; (E) relates to the acquisition or disposition of any material assets other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, where such contract contains continuing material obligations or contains continuing indemnity obligations of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries; or (F) is a commitment or agreement to enter into any of the foregoing. Except as set forth on Section 4.9 of the Holdco Disclosure Schedule, neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Contract (x) that contains provisions that purport to limit the ability of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries, or any Affiliate, stockholder or director of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary in their capacities as such, to compete in any line of business or with any person or which involve any restriction of the geographical area in which, or method by which or with whom, Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries may carry on any business or (y) is a commitment or agreement to enter into any such Contract.
     (ii) The Contracts set forth in this Section 4.9(ii) (together with any and all amendments, disclosure schedules and side letters thereto) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Disclosed Contracts. ” Except as has not had and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is in breach, default or violation of the terms of any Disclosed Contract, no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default thereunder by Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries, and Holdco has no knowledge of (and has not received notice of) any breach, default or violation (or any condition which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would cause such a breach, default or violation) by any party under any Disclosed Contract; and (B) each Disclosed Contract is a valid and binding obligation of Holdco (or the Subsidiaries of Holdco party thereto), is in full force and effect and is enforceable against Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Holdco, the other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, except that (1) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to creditors’ rights generally and (2) equitable remedies of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
     4.10. Litigation and Other Proceedings .
     There is no claim, suit, action, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco, threatened, against Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor is Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary subject to any order, judgment or decree that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.11. Insurance .
     Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary are presently insured, and during each of the past five calendar years (or during such lesser period of time as Holdco has owned such Holdco Subsidiary) has been insured, for reasonable amounts with financially sound and reputable insurance companies against such risks as companies engaged in a similar business would, in accordance with good business practice, customarily be insured.

25


 

     4.12. Compliance with Laws .
     (a) Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary have all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities (collectively, the “ Permits ”) that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and assets and to carry on their business as presently conducted and that are material to the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and all such Permits are in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of Holdco, no suspension or cancellation of any of them is threatened, and all such filings, applications and registrations are current. Except as would not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the conduct by Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary of their business and the condition and use of their properties does not violate or Infringe any applicable domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign Law, statute, ordinance, license or regulation, (ii) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is in default under any order, license, regulation, demand, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity, and (iii) Holdco currently is complying with all, and, to the knowledge of the Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries, none of them is under investigation with respect to or has been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any material violation of any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign Law, statute, regulation, rule, license, judgment, injunction or decree.
     (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdco and each of the Holdco Subsidiaries have acted in conformity with all applicable Laws and regulations pertaining to export controls, economic sanctions, national security controls, and similar regulations of international commerce, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, 15 C.F.R. pt. 730 et seq., the U.S. antiboycott rules, 15 C.F.R. pt. 760 et seq. and 26 U.S.C. § 908 & 999, the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, 31 C.F.R. pt. 500 et seq., U.S. anti-money laundering Laws (e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 1956-57, 18 U.S.C. § 1960 and 31 U.S.C. §§5311-32), and all non-U.S. counterparts or equivalents of the foregoing, in each case, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Also, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company, each of its Subsidiaries, and each of Holdco’s and its Subsidiaries’ employees and agents have acted in conformity with all applicable Laws and regulations pertaining to corrupt, illegal or unauthorized payments, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq., in each case, except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.13. Benefit Plans .
     (a) Holdco has Previously Disclosed or has previously filed as an exhibit to an SEC Document or made available to the Purchasers or its representative each of the following to which Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is a party or subject: any plan, contract or understanding providing for any bonus, pension, option, deferred compensation, retirement payment, profit sharing welfare, severance, change in control, or fringe benefits or other compensation with respect to any present or former officer, director, employee or consultant of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary (each, other than a Multiemployer Plan, a “ Benefit Plan ”), in each case, requiring aggregate annual payments or contributions by Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000 or which has aggregate unfunded liabilities in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 individually provided that the aggregate unfunded liabilities of the Benefit Plans not Previously Disclosed or filed as an SEC Document do not exceed $3,000,000. Section 4.13 of the Holdco Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of the Benefit Plans.
     (b) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) with respect to each Benefit Plan, Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary have

26


 

complied, and are now in compliance with ERISA, the Code and all Laws and regulations applicable to such Benefit Plans and each Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that such Benefit Plan is so qualified and exempt from federal income taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, and such determination letter has not been revoked and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification; (B) each Benefit Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms including all requirements to make contributions; (C) there is not now, nor do any circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to any requirement for the posting of security with respect to a Benefit Plan or the imposition of any material liability or material lien on the assets of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary under ERISA or the Code in respect of any Benefit Plan, and no liability (other than for premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412 or 4971 of the Code has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary; (D) there are no pending or, to Holdco’s knowledge, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course), lawsuits or arbitrations which have been asserted or instituted against the Benefit Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Benefit Plans; (E) to Holdco’s knowledge, there are no pending or threatened claims against any fiduciary of any of the Benefit Plans with respect to their duties to the Benefit Plans; (F) to Holdco’s knowledge, no set of circumstances exists which may reasonably give rise to a claim or lawsuit, against the Benefit Plans, any fiduciaries thereof with respect to their duties to the Benefit Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Benefit Plans; (G) Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary has reserved the right to amend, terminate or modify at any time all plans or arrangements providing for retiree health or life insurance coverage, and there have been no communications to employees or former employees which could reasonably be interpreted to promise or guarantee such employees or former employees any retiree health or life insurance or other retiree death benefits on a permanent basis, other than those retirement benefits provided for under Holdco and any Holdco Subsidiary’s collective bargaining agreement;
     (c) None of Holdco, or any Holdco Subsidiary or any other person or entity under common control with Holdco within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participates in, or is required to contribute to, any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”).
     (d) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each individual who performs services for Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary (other than through a contract with an entity other than Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary) and who is not treated as an employee of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary has been properly characterized as not being an employee for such purposes.
     (e) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (alone or in conjunction with any termination of employment or other event) will (A) result in any material payment (including, without limitation, severance or “excess parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), or forgiveness of indebtedness) or other material obligation becoming due to any current or former employee, officer or director of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary under any Benefit Plan or otherwise, (B) limit or restrict the right of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary to merge, amend or terminate any of the Benefit Plans, or (C) materially increase or accelerate or require the funding of any benefits otherwise payable under any Benefit Plan.
     (f) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) no work stoppage involving Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco threatened; (B) neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary is involved in, or threatened with or affected by, any labor dispute, arbitration, lawsuit or administrative proceeding that

27


 

could affect the business of Holdco or such Holdco Subsidiary; and (C) employees of Holdco and Holdco’s Subsidiaries are not represented by any labor union nor are any collective bargaining agreements otherwise in effect with respect to such employees.
     (g) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each Foreign Plan, (i) each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; and (ii) all Foreign Plans that are required to be funded are funded in accordance with applicable Laws, and with respect to all other Foreign Plans, adequate reserves therefore have been established on the accounting statements of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary.
     4.14. Environmental Liability .
     Except for those matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and neither Holdco nor any Holdco Subsidiary has received any written communication alleging that Holdco is in violation of, or has any liability under, any Environmental Law, (ii) each of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries validly possesses and is in compliance with all Permits required under Environmental Laws to conduct its business as presently conducted, and all such Permits are valid and in good standing, (iii) there are no Environmental Claims pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco, threatened against Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries and (iv) none of Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries has Released any Hazardous Materials in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in an Environmental Claim against Holdco or any of the Holdco Subsidiaries.
     4.15. Intellectual Property .
     (a) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries own, free of all encumbrances except Permitted Liens, or have the valid right to use all the Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries and (B) the conduct of the business of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not Infringe any Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no claim or demand has been given in writing to Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary to the effect that the conduct of the business of Holdco or such Holdco Subsidiary Infringes upon the Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries use the Intellectual Property of third parties only pursuant to valid, effective written license agreements . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of Holdco and the Company, no third parties are infringing the Intellectual Property rights of Holdco or the Company.
     (b) All registered trademarks and registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications and, to the knowledge of Holdco, all Holdco Intellectual Property has been duly registered or application filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or applicable foreign governmental authority. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) none of the Holdco Intellectual Property has been adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part and (B) there are no actual or, to the knowledge of Holdco or the Company, threatened opposition proceedings, cancellation proceedings, interference proceedings or other similar action challenging the validity, existence or ownership of any Holdco Intellectual Property.

28


 

     4.16. Board Approvals .
     The transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including without limitation the issuance of the Securities and the compliance with the terms thereof and the compliance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the other Financing Documents have been approved unanimously by the board of directors of each of Holdco, the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable. Each board of directors of Holdco and the Company have unanimously adopted, approved and declared advisable all of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has unanimously and expressly approved, and the Board of Directors has unanimously concurred with, Holdco’s reliance on the exception under Para. 312.05 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual to issue the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B-1 Preferred Shares.
     4.17. Brokers and Finders .
     Neither Holdco, the Company nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees has incurred any liability for any financial advisory fees, brokerage fees, commissions or finder’s fees in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, other than JPMorgan Chase & Co., the fees and expenses of which will be paid by Holdco. Holdco has provided the Purchasers with a copy of the documentation pursuant to which JPMorgan Chase & Co. may receive a fee in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
     4.18. Collateral .
     As of the Closing Date, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, the Security Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of and for the ratable benefit of the applicable Holders of the Notes, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. When the actions specified in each Security Document have been duly taken, the security interests granted pursuant thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in all right, title and interest of each pledgor party thereto in the Collateral described therein with respect to such pledgor if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
     4.19. [Reserved].
     4.20. [Reserved].
     4.21. Disclosure .
     (a) To the knowledge of the Company, none of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Purchasers on or before the Closing Date for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement contained, when furnished, any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 4.21(a), such factual

29


 

information and data shall not include projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and/or any other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.
     (b) The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in clause (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Purchasers that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
     4.22. [ Reserved ].
     4.23. Properties .
     Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to or leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Permitted Liens), except where the failure to have such good title has not or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     4.24. Solvency .
     As of the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the issuance and sale of the Notes and the consummation of the Transactions, and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of Notes and the Company Credit Facilities, Holdco and the Company on a consolidated basis with their Subsidiaries will be Solvent.
     4.25. No Registration Required .
     As of the Closing Date, subject to compliance by the Purchasers with the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4 and with the procedures set forth in Section 8 hereof, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes to the Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Financing Documents, (i) to register the Notes under the Securities Act or pursuant to any of the laws of the States or the United States, or (ii) to qualify the Indenture under the TIA.
     4.26. No Integration of Offerings or General Solicitation .
     As of the Closing Date, none of Holdco, its Affiliates, or any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) within the six-month period immediately prior to the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, solicited any offer to buy or offered to sell, sold, or issued and will not, for six months immediately following the Effective Date, directly or indirectly, solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell, sell, or issue in the United States or to any United States citizen or resident, any security which is or would be integrated with the sale of the Notes in a manner that would require the Notes to be registered under the Securities Act.
     As of the Closing Date, none of Holdco, its Affiliates, or any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has engaged or will engage, in connection with the offering of the Notes, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 under the Securities Act.

30


 

     As of the Closing Date, with respect to those Notes sold in reliance upon Regulation S, (i) none of Holdco, its respective Affiliates, or any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S and (ii) each of the Company and its Affiliates and any person acting on any of their behalf (other than the Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no representation or warranty) has complied and will comply with the offering restrictions set forth in Regulation S.
     4.27. Eligibility for Resale under Rule 144A .
     As of the Closing Date, the Notes will be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and will not be of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system.
     4.28. Margin Regulations .
     As of the Closing Date, neither the issuance and sale of the Notes nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X.
     4.29. Investment Company Act .
     None of Holdco, the Company and the Guarantors is an “investment company” within the meaning of, and subject to registration under, the Investment Company Act or controlled by such a company.
     4.30. Opinions of Financial Advisors .
     The Board of Directors of Holdco has received the opinions of JPMorgan Chase & Co., dated as of the Signing Date, and March 10, 2008, which such March 10, 2008 opinion shall be updated as of the Effective Date, and the opinions of Duff & Phelps, LLC, dated as of the Signing Date, and March 10, 2008, which such March 10, 2008 opinion shall be updated as of the Effective Date, each to the effect that, as of such dates, and subject to the various assumptions and qualifications set forth therein, the consideration to be received by the Company and Holdco pursuant to this Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to the Company and Holdco (the “ Fairness Opinions ”). Correct and complete copies of the Fairness Opinions have been delivered to the Purchasers.
     4.31. CAG, Inc .
     At the Lead Sponsor’s written request, Holdco has formed MoneyGram Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco, and has merged CAG, Inc. into MoneyGram Investments, LLC, which will be treated as a disregarded entity for Tax purposes.
     4.32. Signing Date Representations and Warranties .
     All of the representations and warranties set forth in the Original Note Purchase Agreement were true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar references to materiality, in which case the representation and warranties must be true and correct in all respects) as of the Signing Date; provided , that any such representations and warranties that are subject to matters “Previously Disclosed” are limited to matters Originally Previously Disclosed.

31


 

SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF PURCHASERS
     5.1. Representation and Warranties .
     Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company as of the Effective Date as follows:
     (a)  Purchase .
     (i) Such Purchaser is acquiring the Notes for its own account, for investment and not with a view to any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     (ii) Such Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been and, except as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, when issued, will not be registered under the Securities Act or any state or other securities law, that the Notes will be issued by the Company in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, that it must hold the Notes indefinitely and not offer or sell the Notes except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act and in compliance with applicable state laws and in compliance with Section 8.
     (iii) Such Purchaser further understands that the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to such Purchaser) promulgated under the Securities Act depends on the satisfaction of various conditions, and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may afford the basis for sales only in limited amounts.
     (iv) Such Purchaser is a Qualified Institutional Buyer or an “institutional accredited investor” (within the meaning of Regulation D).
     (v) Except as otherwise disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company, such Purchaser did not employ any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and no fees or commissions are payable to the Purchasers except as otherwise provided for in the Agreement.
     (vi) Such Purchaser has been furnished with or has had access to the information it has requested from the Company and its Subsidiaries and has had an opportunity to discuss with the management of the Company and its Subsidiaries the business and financial affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and has generally such knowledge and experience in business and financial matters and with respect to investments in securities of privately held companies so as to enable it to understand and evaluate the risks of such investment and form an investment decision with respect thereto.
     (b)  Due Organization; Power and Authority .
     Each Purchaser is an: exempted company with limited liability, corporation, limited liability company or partnership, as the case may be, duly incorporated or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, other than any failures to so qualify or to be in good standing which has not or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

32


 

     (c)  Power; Authorization; Enforceability .
     The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents to which such Purchaser is a party are within its corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership, as the case may be, power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary action of such Purchaser, and constitute legal, valid and binding agreements of such Purchaser enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity and except that no representation or warranty made with respect to any matter related to indemnification and contribution or exculpation contained herein.
     (d)  No Actions or Proceedings .
     There are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to any Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting such Purchaser, or any of their respective properties or assets which, if adversely determined, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the ability of such Purchaser to consummate any of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Documents.
     (e)  No Violation .
     Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Purchaser of the Financing Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material Law, or (b) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Purchaser or any contract to which such Purchaser is a party except in each case as has not or is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on such Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
     5.2. Notice of Transfers of the Notes .
     The Initial Purchasers hereby covenant and agree to provide prompt written notice to the Company upon consummation of any transaction pursuant to which the Initial Purchasers cease to constitute the Required Holders.
SECTION 6.
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
     6.1. Access .
     From and after the Signing Date until the Closing Date, Holdco and the Company have, will, and will cause their Subsidiaries to:
     (a) (i) provide the Purchasers, as soon as available, with (x) monthly and quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, audited consolidated annual financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries and an annual budget of Holdco and its Subsidiaries; and (y) updates and “flash reports” of the same type and in the same frequency of delivery in all material respects as had been delivered to the Initial Purchasers by Holdco immediately prior to the Signing Date; (ii) permit access to, and make available to the Initial Purchasers’ representatives and their accounting and legal advisors for inspection and review, the properties, books, records, accounts and documents of or

33


 

relating to Holdco and its Subsidiaries, and (b) make available at reasonable times and to a reasonable extent officers and employees of Holdco and its Subsidiaries to discuss with the Initial Purchasers and their accounting and legal advisors the business and affairs of Holdco and its Subsidiaries. In addition, Holdco and its Subsidiaries shall provide the Purchasers with substantially the same information as shall be provided to the lead arranger, the administrative agent and/or the lenders in respect of the Company Credit Facilities. Subject to Section 10.14, the Purchasers may share the foregoing information with their respective lenders and their respective consultants and advisors (including rating agencies), so long as such lenders or other parties have entered into a customary confidentiality agreement with the Purchasers.
     (b) subject to compliance with applicable laws and confidentiality obligations to third parties, promptly provide true and correct copies of all documents, reports, financial data, and such additional financial and other information with respect to Holdco, the Company and their Subsidiaries as each Purchaser (and any parent company of a Purchaser that is a venture capital operating company) may from time to time reasonably request.
     6.2. Investment Policy .
     Without the prior written consent of all of the Initial Purchasers, prior to the Closing, Holdco shall not and shall not permit the Holdco Subsidiaries to (i) make investments in a manner that is in contravention of the investment policy as set forth on Schedule H to the Equity Purchase Agreement (the “ Investment Policy ”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any securities held or sold by Holdco set forth on Schedule B-1 or Schedule C to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall not be considered to be held or sold in contravention of the Investment Policy, or (ii) sell, unwind, assign, abandon or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the securities listed on Schedule B-1 (other than those securities sold or otherwise transferred in accordance with Schedule B-1 to the Equity Purchase Agreement through March 7, 2008) or Schedule C to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     6.3. Ordinary Course .
     Except as otherwise expressly permitted or required by the Transaction Documents, permitted by Section 4.9 of the Equity Purchase Agreement or as set forth on Section 3.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), during the period from the Signing Date until the earlier of the Closing Date and the Termination Date, Holdco has and shall conduct its business, and has and shall cause its subsidiaries to conduct their respective businesses, in all material respects in the ordinary course, including, without limitation, paying its obligations, including customer signing bonuses, capital expenditures, taxes and other accounts payable, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Holdco shall not declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any securities of Holdco on or prior to the Closing.
SECTION 7.
POST-CLOSING AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     The Company covenants and agrees with each Purchaser that so long as such Purchaser holds any Notes and until the principal amount of (and premium, if any, on) such Notes, and all interest, and other obligations hereunder in respect thereof (other than indemnity obligations that have not yet become due and payable), shall have been paid in full:
     7.1. Future Reports to Purchasers .
     The Company will deliver (x) to each Purchaser copies of all financial statements, reports certificates and notices that are provided to the lead arranger, the administrative agent, or the Lenders (as

34


 

defined in the Company Credit Facilities) under the Company Credit Facilities concurrently with the delivery thereof under the Company Credit Facilities and (y) to each Purchaser (unless such Purchaser no longer holds any Notes) and any Holder that is an Affiliate of the Purchasers:
     (a)  Financial Statements . As soon as available, but in any event not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter of Holdco, a company-prepared consolidated balance sheet of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and related company-prepared statements of income in a form customarily prepared by management for each of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (such form having previously been provided to the Initial Purchasers) for such monthly period, to fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and to be prepared in reasonable detail, and such financial statements, shall be accompanied by a compliance certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer or other senior executive officer setting forth in reasonable details the calculations evidencing compliance with the Minimum Liquidity Ratio set forth in Section 4.27 of the Indenture.
     (b)  Adjusted EBITDA calculation . As soon as it is available, but in any event not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, and within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of Holdco and the Holdco Subsidiaries and the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.
     (c)  Budget . Within 60 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of each of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008), a budget of Holdco and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year in the form approved by the Board of Directors of Holdco.
     (d)  Auditors’ Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all final written reports submitted to Holdco, the Company or to any of their Subsidiaries by independent certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the books of Holdco, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries made by such accountants.
     (e)  Other Information . Promptly, copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports that Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries will send to the holders of any publicly issued debt or equity of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries as a group and, with reasonable promptness, such other non-confidential relevant information (financial or otherwise) as any Purchaser may reasonably request in writing from time to time.
     (f)  Inspection . Upon the reasonable request of the Required Holders, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at the Company’s reasonable expense, permit any Holder to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants (provided that such Company may, if it so chooses, be present and participate in any such discussion), in each case upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested.
     (g)  Notices . The Company will promptly furnish to the Purchasers written notice of the following (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days) after any Responsible Officer of the Company becomes aware thereof:

35


 

     (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, any contract of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, or any violation of, or non-compliance with, any Law, which has or is reasonably likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, including a description of such breach, non-performance, default, violation or non-compliance and the steps, if any, such Person has taken, is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof, or the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority or in arbitration, against Holdco any of its Subsidiaries which has or is reasonably likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
     (ii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred and are continuing, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (iii) (A) the receipt by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any written notice of violation of or potential liability or similar notice under Environmental Law, (B)(x) unpermitted releases, (y) the existence of any condition that could reasonably be expected to result in violations of or liabilities under, any Environmental Law or (z) the commencement of, or any material change to, any action, investigation, suit, proceeding, audit, claim, demand, dispute alleging a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, that, for each of clauses (x), (y) and (z) above (and, in the case of clause (z), if adversely determined), in the aggregate for each such clause, could reasonably be expected to result in liabilities in excess of $10,000,000, and (C) the receipt by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of notification that any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority securing, in whole or in part, any liabilities from Environmental Matters;
     (iv) any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption against or involving Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries if the same has or is reasonably likely to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
     (v) the creation, establishment or acquisition of any Subsidiary or the issuance by or to Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interest; and
     (vi) any other development that results in, or has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          Each notice delivered under this Section 7.1(g) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice (including a description with particularity of any and all clauses or provisions of this Agreement or any Financing Document that have been breached or violated) and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
     7.2. Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering .
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with the Patriot Act and all applicable regulations and executive orders issued thereto and any other applicable AML Laws,

36


 

     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the Patriot Act and all applicable regulations and executive orders issued thereto or any other applicable AML Laws, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will:
     (i) establish and adhere to a program to ensure the filing of all required reports under the AML Laws, and
     (ii) establish and adhere to a program and all other requirements to perform due diligence as required by the Bank Secrecy Act,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.3. U.S. Economic Sanctions.
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with any U.S. Economic Sanction imposed by any rule, regulation or statute of the United States, including, without limitation, those administered by OFAC and any other applicable laws imposing economic sanctions,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of U.S. Economic Sanctions, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not approve, facilitate, or fund, directly or indirectly, any business activities with, or for the benefit of, a government, national, resident or legal entity of any country with respect to which U.S. persons, as defined in U.S. Economic Sanctions, are prohibited by U.S. Economic Sanctions from doing business, except to the extent otherwise permitted by the relevant Governmental Authority,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.4. FCPA and Anti-Bribery Limitations.
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and all other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries, will offer, promise to pay, or authorize the payment of any money, or will offer, give, promise to give, or authorize the giving of anything of value, to any officer, employee or any other person acting in an official capacity for any Governmental Entity, to any Governmental Official or to any person under circumstances where such Affiliate knows or is aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value will be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any Government Official, for the purpose of:

37


 

     (i) influencing any act or decision of such Government Official in his official capacity,
     (ii) inducing such Government Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of his lawful duty,
     (iii) securing any improper advantage,
     (iv) inducing such Government Official to influence or affect any act or decision of any Governmental Entity, or
     (v) in order to assist Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to any company or a Subsidiary thereof,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.5. Export Control Limitations.
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with the export controls administered by the United States Department of Commerce, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the United States Department of State and any other laws imposing export controls, and
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the export controls imposed by the United States Department of Commerce, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations administered by the United States Department of State or any other applicable laws imposing export controls,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.6. Customs and Trade Remedy Laws.
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:
     (a) will comply with Title 19 of the United States Code and with any other applicable customs and trade remedy law,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of Title 19 of the United States Code or any other applicable customs or trade remedies law, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will pay all tariffs and penalties lawfully imposed by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency, U.S. Department of Commerce, or any other government agency on the importation of goods and will not import or attempt to import any goods prohibited by any applicable customs law,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.7. Anti-Boycott Laws.
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries:

38


 

     (a) will comply with the Export Administration Act and the Code and with any other applicable Anti-boycott Laws,
     (b) will refrain from taking any action that would result in a violation by the Purchasers of the Export Administration Act and the Code or any other applicable law regarding boycotts issued by a foreign government and not endorsed by the United States, and
     (c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not refuse or agree to refuse to do business with Israel or any other nation or company subject to a boycott not endorsed by the United States, agree to discriminate or discriminate against any person on the basis of race, religion, sex, national origin, or nationality, nor implement letters of credit containing terms or conditions prohibited by the Anti-boycott Laws,
in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.8. Cross-Border Investment Restrictions.
     Holdco and its Subsidiaries will comply with any and all conditions imposed on Holdco and its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority as a result of obtaining the approval of or licensing from such Authority in order for the Transactions and this Agreement to have full legal effect under all applicable laws, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.9. Information Related to Alternative Transactions .
     Until the expiration of the Go-Shop Period (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) and prior to the Termination Date, Holdco and the Company shall provide promptly to the Purchasers any bonafide bid which may replace or supplement the Transactions, subject to any ordinary or customary confidentiality obligations.
     7.10. Board Observer Rights .
     So long as the Initial Purchasers constitute the Required Holders, Holdco agrees to insure that the Initial Purchasers shall receive copies of all notices, reports, written presentations, board papers, minutes of meetings of the board of directors (or comparable policy-making bodies) and other written information distributed to members of the board of directors (or comparable policy-making bodies) of Holdco or to the members of the executive or similar committee of the board of Holdco (collectively, “ Board Papers ”) at the same time as such Board Papers are made available to the board for purposes of regular board meetings or to the members of the executive or similar committee of the board for purposes of such committee meetings. So long as the Initial Purchasers constitute the Required Holders, the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to designate a person to attend, and participate and furnish advice in, all meetings of the board of directors (or comparable policy-making bodies) of Holdco and the executive or similar committee of the board of Holdco in person or telephonically as a non-voting observer (the “ Board Observer ”), and such person shall be entitled to participate in discussions and consult with, and make proposals and furnish advice to, such board (or comparable policy-making bodies) and such committee without voting, it being understood that the Initial Purchasers may from time to time change the identity of such observer. The observer attending board or committee meetings shall be entitled to reimbursement from Holdco for reasonable and documented travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such board and committee meetings (plus VAT or the overseas equivalent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board Observer may be excluded from any such meeting (or portion of such meeting) or may not receive all or a portion of Board Papers relating to any such meeting where, in the good faith discretion of the board exercised on a case by case basis after consideration of all

39


 

relevant factors, it would not be appropriate because of a conflict of interest for such Board Observer (as a representative of the Initial Purchasers) to participate in such meeting (or portion thereof) or to receive the Board Papers relating to any such meeting (or portion thereof).
     7.11. Changes to Investment Policy .
     So long as the Initial Purchasers constitute the Required Holders, the Initial Purchasers agree to consider in good faith such changes to the Investment Policy relating to Holdco’s and the Holdco Subsidiaries’ investment portfolio (and the related definitions of “Highly Rated Investments” contained in the Indenture) as Holdco and the Lead Sponsor may reasonably request, taking into account, without limitation, the objective of preservation of capital, risk mitigation and liquidity, as well as the composition of and risks related to Holdco’s and its Subsidiaries’ liabilities (and, with due regard to the opinions of such third party experts the Initial Purchasers may consult with regarding the same); provided that any decision by the Initial Purchasers to accept any changes proposed by Holdco or the Lead Sponsor to the Investment Policy shall be made in the sole discretion of the Initial Purchasers.
SECTION 8.
PROVISIONS RELATING TO RESALES OF NOTES
     8.1. Private Offerings .
     At any time after the Closing Date, the Notes may be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred in Private Offerings (in addition to resales under a registration statement which are registered under the Securities Act), provided that the following provisions shall apply:
     (a)  Offers and Sales . Offers and sales of the Notes will be made only by the Purchasers or Affiliates thereof who are qualified to do so in the jurisdictions in which such offers or sales are made. To the extent an offer or sale is intended to be made in compliance with Rule 144A, each such offer or sale shall only be made to persons who are Qualified Institutional Buyers and only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act. To the extent an offer or sale is intended to be made in accordance with Regulation S, the offer or sale shall be made to a “non-U.S. Person” and otherwise in compliance with Regulation S. Offers and sales of the Notes may also be made in accordance with any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act.
     (b)  No General Solicitation . To the extent an offer or sale is intended to be made in accordance with Rule 144A, no general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Rule 502(c)) will be used in the United States and to the extent an offering is intended to be made in accordance with Regulation S, no directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S) will be made outside the United States in connection with the offering of the Notes.
     (c)  Purchases by Non-Bank Fiduciaries . In the case of a non-bank Subsequent Purchaser acting as a fiduciary for one or more third parties, in connection with an offer and sale to such purchaser pursuant to this Section 8.1, which is intended to be made in compliance with Rule 144A, such third parties shall be a Qualified Institutional Buyer, or a non- U.S. person outside the United States.
     (d)  Restrictive Legend . Upon original issuance by the Company, and until such time as the same is no longer required under the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Notes (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear such legends as are required under the Indenture and the Purchasers shall obtain such opinions or certificates required by the legend thereof in any sale or pledge or other transfer of the Notes.

40


 

     (e)  Restrictions on Sale/Confidentiality . Each Subsequent Purchaser must agree to be bound, and cause their transferees to be bound, by Sections 8, 10.2(c) and 10.14 of this Agreement as if it was a Purchaser hereunder.
     (f)  Subsequent Purchaser . Each Subsequent Purchaser who does not purchase in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall be informed that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act are being sold to them on an unregistered basis under Rule 144A or another applicable exemption from registration and may only be sold in a registered offering pursuant to Rule 144 or Regulation S, or pursuant to any other available exemption.
     (g)  Rule 144A Information . The Company agrees that, in order to render the Notes eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, while any of the Notes remain outstanding, and to the extent constitute registrable securities under the Registration Rights Agreement, it will make available, upon request, to any holder of Notes or prospective purchasers of Notes the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4), unless the Company or Holdco is subject to the filing requirements of, and is in compliance with, Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     (h)  Rule 144 Information . The Company agrees that, in order to render the Notes eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, while any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will make available “current public information” in a manner such that clause (c) of Rule 144 will be satisfied; provided such obligation does not require Holdco to file its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 during any specific time frame and for so long as Holdco is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is guarantor of the Notes this covenant shall be deemed satisfied by Holdco making current public information available.
     (i) [Reserved].
     (j)  European Economic Area . In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “ Relevant Member State ”), each Purchaser represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “ Relevant Implementation Date ”) it has not made and will not make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
     (i) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
     (ii) to any legal entity which has two or more of (A) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (B) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (C) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; and
     (iii) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

41


 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Notes to the public” in relation to any Notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
     (k) Each Purchaser represents and agrees that:
     (i) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (the “ FSMA ”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company;
     (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and
     (iii) none of it and its Affiliates have entered nor will enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution of the Notes except with the prior written consent of the Company.
     8.2. Procedures and Management Cooperation in Private Offerings .
     The Company agrees that, at the request of the Purchasers, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Notes to (i) be registered in book-entry form in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC pursuant to a customary form DTC Agreement, and (ii) be eligible for the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. PORTAL market. At the request of the Purchasers, management of Holdco will in connection with a transfer of the Notes, use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Holders in any effort by the Holders to sell the Notes, including meeting with potential purchasers and providing due diligence information to potential purchasers; provided that (1) such efforts shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (2) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to provide any assistance at any time a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is effective and not suspended; (3) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to provide any assistance at any time any event or development which would permit them to suspend a Shelf Registration Statement has occurred; (4) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to provide assistance more often than once in each 12 month period or more than three times during the term of the Notes; (5) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to incur any expense or cost other than those associated with attending meetings in its offices and producing diligence materials at such location; (6) so long as Holdco or the Company is subject to or complying with the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, any private placement memorandum provided by the Company and Subsidiaries shall not be more extensive than that customarily provided by such reporting companies in a private placement; (7) other than as required by Law or as the Company may otherwise agree, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no indemnity obligations to the Purchasers or potential purchasers; and (8) each potential purchaser shall agree to be bound to confidentiality arrangements similar to those set for in Section 10.14 of this Agreement.

42


 

     8.3. No Integration .
     The Company will not, and will not permit its Affiliates to, make any offer or sale of securities of any class if, as a result of the doctrine of “integration” referred to in Rule 502, such offer or sale would render invalid, for the purpose of (i) the sale of the Notes by the Company to the Purchasers or (ii) the resale of Notes, as the case may be, by the Purchasers to Subsequent Purchasers or (iii) the resale of Notes by any such Subsequent Purchaser to others any applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof or by Rule 144A thereunder or otherwise.
SECTION 9.
EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION
     9.1. Expenses .
     The Company will (whether or not the Closing occurs) reimburse the Purchasers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements of one firm of outside counsel and any local counsel, if necessary) incurred by the Purchasers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Financing Documents and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in enforcing, defending or declaring (or determining whether or how to enforce, defend or declare) any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Financing Documents or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement, or the other Financing Documents, including in connection with any insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby, by the Financing Documents or by the Notes.
     9.2. Indemnification .
     The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasers and each of their respective Affiliates, partners, stockholders, members, officers, directors, agents, employees and controlling persons (each. an “ Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all actual losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any such Indemnitee in connection with or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Financing Document or the performance by the parties to the Financing Documents of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) the issuance of Notes or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any liability with respect to Environmental Claims or (iv) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity will not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
     9.3. Waiver of Punitive Damages .
     To the extent permitted by applicable law, none of the parties hereto shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against the other parties (including their respective Affiliates, partners, stockholders, members, officers, directors, agents, employees and controlling persons), on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out

43


 

of, in connection with, or as a result of, the Transactions, this Agreement, the other Financing Documents, the Notes or the use of proceeds thereof.
     9.4. Survival .
     The obligations of the Company under this Section 9 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement.
     9.5. Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments .
     Any indemnification payment pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for all Tax purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
SECTION 10.
MISCELLANEOUS
     10.1. Notices .
     Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications shall have been duly given and shall be effective (a) when delivered, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out below if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (c) the day following the day (except if not a Business Day then the next Business Day) on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight air courier service or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid; in each case to the respective parties at the address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice to the other parties hereto:
     (i) if to an Initial Purchaser, to it at the address specified on Schedule 2.2 ; with a copy to Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: F. William Reindel, Esq., or at such other address as the Initial Purchaser or its nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing;
     (ii) if to the THL Purchaser, to it at the address specified on Schedule 2.2 ; or at such other address as the THL Purchaser or its nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing;
     (iii) if to the Company or any Guarantor, to it at the address: 1550 Utica Avenue South, Suite 100, Minneapolis MN 55416, Attention: General Counsel and Chief Financial Officer; with a copy to: Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Citigroup Center, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Ashley Gregory, Esq or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the Purchasers in writing.
     10.2. Benefit of Agreement and Assignments .
     (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants, agreements and other provisions contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note); provided, however , (i) that the Company may not assign and transfer any of its rights or obligations without the prior written consent of the Required Purchasers; (ii) for purposes of clarity, any assignee of a Purchaser who is not an affiliate of such Purchaser shall not be

44


 

entitled to the benefits of the covenants contained in Sections 6.1, 7, the last sentence of Section 8.2, or 9 herein; and (iii) any assignee of a Purchaser who acquires Notes in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be entitled to the benefit of the covenants in this Agreement.
     (b) Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Financing Document, express or implied, shall give to any Person other than the parties hereto or thereto and their permitted successors and assigns any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.
     (c) Prior to the Closing, no Purchaser may assign its rights hereunder provided the Purchasers may assign the rights to purchase all or any portion of the Notes allocated to such Purchaser pursuant to Schedule 2.2 to any, direct or indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of such Purchaser or any Affiliate of such Purchaser, subject to such subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, making the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5, and each such Person shall be entitled to the full benefit and be subject to the obligations of this Agreement as if such Person were a Purchaser hereunder.
     (d) The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that that upon execution of a counterpart signature page hereto, each Purchaser to whom the rights hereunder have been assigned shall become party to this Agreement for all purposes hereof.
     (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Purchaser may assign any right to purchase all or any portion of the Notes or any Notes to any direct competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliate of such competitor.
     10.3. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .
     No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto or any Purchaser in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Notes and no course of dealing between the Company and any other party or Purchaser shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under the Notes preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies provided herein and in the Notes are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that the parties or Purchasers would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the other parties hereto or the Purchasers to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.
     10.4. Amendments, Waivers and Consents .
     Subject to the second sentence of this Section 10.4, this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company, provided, however , that no such amendment or waiver may, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes held by the Purchasers, as applicable, amend or waive the provisions of which the Purchasers are beneficiaries. No amendment or waiver of this Agreement will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant or agreement not expressly amended or waived or thereby impair any right consequent thereon.
     As used herein, the term “ Agreement ” and references thereto means this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or modified.

45


 

     10.5. Counterparts .
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto. For the purposes of the Closing, signatures transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) will be accepted as original signatures.
     10.6. Reproduction .
     This Agreement, the other Financing Documents and all documents relating hereto and thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by the Purchasers at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished in connection herewith, may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and any original document so reproduced may be destroyed. Each of the Purchasers and the Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 10.6 shall not prohibit the Company, any other party hereto or any Purchaser from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.
     10.7. Headings .
     The headings of the sections and subsections hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
     10.8. Survival of Covenants and Indemnities; Representations .
     (a) All covenants and indemnities set forth herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein with respect to covenants, the payment of principal of the Notes and any other obligations hereunder.
     (b) All representations and warranties made by Holdco and the Company herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance and transfer of all or any portion of the Notes, and the payment of principal of the Notes and the issuance and delivery of the Notes, and any other obligations hereunder, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of the Purchasers.
     10.9. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue .
     (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCLUDING CHOICE-OF-LAW PRINCIPLES OF THE LAW OF SUCH STATE THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN SUCH STATE.
     (b) If any action, proceeding or litigation shall be brought by any party hereto in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement or any of the Notes, such party hereby consents and

46


 

will submit, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to submit, to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting within the area comprising the Southern District of New York on the date of this Agreement. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which they may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action, proceeding or litigation in such jurisdiction.
     (c) Each party hereto irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action, proceeding or litigation by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party at its address set forth in Section 10.1, such service to become effective thirty (30) days after such mailing.
     (d) Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the other party in any other jurisdiction. If service of process is made on a designated agent it should be made by either personal delivery or mailing a copy of summons and complaint to the agent via registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.
     (e) THE COMPANY, EACH PURCHASER HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE NOTES.
     10.10. Severability .
     If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed without giving effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision.
     10.11. Entirety .
     This Agreement together with the other Financing Documents represents the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, relating to the Financing Documents or the transactions contemplated herein or therein.
     10.12. Construction .
     Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.
     10.13. Incorporation .
     All Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto or referred to herein are incorporated as part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

47


 

     10.14. Confidentiality .
     (a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 10.14, each Purchaser agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of the Company (other than to its employees, auditors, investors, partners, creditors, lenders, rating agencies, advisors or counsel, in each case, to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes and such person has entered into a customary confidentiality agreement obligating such person to keep such information confidential or is otherwise bound by an appropriate confidentiality obligation) any nonpublic information which has been furnished to such Purchaser in connection with its administration of the investment in the Notes or is now or in the future furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any other Financing Document (including Section 8.1 hereof); provided that any Purchaser may disclose any such information (i) as has become generally available to the public other than by virtue of a breach of this Section 10.14(a) by such Purchaser or any other Person to whom such Purchaser has provided such information as permitted by this Section 10.14(a), (ii) as may be required in any report, statement or testimony required to be submitted to any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser or to the SEC or similar organizations (whether in the United States of America or elsewhere), (iii) as may be required or appropriate in respect of any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, (iv) in order to comply with any applicable law and (v) to any prospective or actual Subsequent Purchaser in connection with any contemplated transfer of any of the Notes by such Purchaser; provided that any prospective Subsequent Purchaser expressly agrees in writing with or for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the confidentiality provisions contained in this Section 10.14 or a substantially similar confidentiality obligation. Each Purchaser agrees that in the event it intends to disclose confidential information in accordance with clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, it shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, provide the Company notice of such requirement prior to making any disclosure so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or confidential treatment of the information being disclosed.
     (b) For the purposes set forth in Section 10.14(a), the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that each Purchaser may share with any of its Affiliates, and such Affiliates may share with such Purchaser any information related to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any nonpublic information regarding the creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries); provided such Persons shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.14 to the same extent as such Purchaser.
     10.15. Termination; Survival .
     The obligations and representations of the parties hereto shall automatically terminate upon the Termination Date; provided , however, that Sections 9, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.9, 10.10, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14, 10.15, 10.18, 10.19 shall survive and shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
     10.16. Maximum Rate .
     In no event shall any interest or fee to be paid hereunder or under a Note exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. In the event any such interest rate or fee exceeds such maximum rate, such rate shall be adjusted downward to the highest rate (expressed as a percentage “ per annum” ) or fee that the parties could validly have agreed to by contract on the Effective Date under applicable law.

48


 

     10.17. Patriot Act .
     The Purchasers hereby notify the Company that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), the Purchasers may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company and its Subsidiaries, including their respective names and addresses other information that will allow the Purchasers to identify the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the Patriot Act.
     10.18. Currency .
     All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are in lawful money of the United States.
     10.19. Further Assurances.
     Each of the parties hereto shall, upon reasonable request of any other party hereto, do, make and execute all such documents, act, matters and things as may be reasonably required in order to give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
     10.20. Sole Discretion .
     Holdco and the Company agree that they shall not challenge or dispute any action or decision taken by any of the Purchasers that, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any of the Purchasers is entitled to take in its sole discretion.
[ SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW ]

49


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
             
    MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE,
    INC.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Philip Milne    
 
           
 
      Name:   Philip Milne    
 
      Title:     Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
 
           
    MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Philip Milne    
 
           
 
      Name:   Philip Milne    
 
      Title:     Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
             
    GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Bradley Gross    
 
           
 
      Name: Bradley Gross    
 
      Title: Managing Director and Vice President    
 
           
 
           
    GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Bradley Gross    
 
           
 
      Name: Bradley Gross    
 
      Title: Managing Director and Vice President    
 
           
 
           
    GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Bradley Gross    
 
           
 
      Name: Bradley Gross    
 
      Title: Managing Director and Vice President    

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
             
    THL Credit Partners, L.P.,
 
           
    By: THL Credit Partners GP, L.P., its general partner,
 
           
    By: THL Credit Group GP, LLC, its general partner,
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Sam Tillinghast    
 
           
 
      Name: Sam Tillinghast    
 
      Title: Vice President    

 

 

Exhibit 99.1
MoneyGram Enters Into Amended Definitive Agreement with Investor Group
Led By Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Goldman Sachs
MINNEAPOLIS March 17, 2008 — MoneyGram International, Inc. (NYSE:MGI) today announced that it has entered into an amended definitive agreement with an investment group (the Investors) led by Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (THL) and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (Goldman Sachs), concerning a comprehensive recapitalization of the Company. The transaction, which was previously announced on March 10, is expected to close on March 25.
Components of the recapitalization include the following:
    The Investors, which include affiliates of THL and affiliates of Goldman Sachs, will purchase $760 million of Series B and Series B-1 Preferred Stock, which will initially be convertible, at a price of $2.50 per share, into approximately 79% of the common equity of the Company.
 
    The Company has also entered into an agreement with affiliates of Goldman Sachs to provide $500 million in debt financing.
 
    The Company is expected to obtain an additional $250 million in senior debt financing prior to the close of the transaction.
 
    The Company also expects to have $350 million outstanding or available under its existing credit agreement, and is seeking amendments from its existing lenders to modify certain terms and to permit those amounts to remain outstanding or available.
At its meeting on March 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of MoneyGram unanimously approved the Company’s entry into the amended purchase agreement with the Investors and the amended note purchase agreement with affiliates of Goldman Sachs. The Board retained J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Duff & Phelps LLC as financial advisors, each of whom confirmed their previously delivered fairness opinions. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. also acted as placement agent to MoneyGram on the transaction.
Upon closing of the transaction, the Investors will receive both voting and nonvoting preferred stock. The convertible preferred stock will pay a cash dividend of 10%, which the Company may elect to accrue at a rate of 12.5% during the first five years in lieu of paying in cash. After five years, the dividends will accrue at a rate of 15% if the Company is unable to pay dividends in cash. The Company expects it is likely that dividends will accrue for at least 5 years. The convertible preferred stock will be convertible into shares of common stock or non-voting common equivalents of the Company at a price of $2.50 per common share. The committed debt from affiliates of Goldman Sachs provides for 13.25% senior second lien notes with a 10-year term, and is not callable by the Company for 5 years. The interest rate on the $250 million of additional senior debt is expected to be no more than LIBOR plus 5.00% and may be sold at a discount.

 


 

     
Confidential Draft   Page 2 of 5
The transaction is structured as a purchase of convertible preferred stock in a one-step transaction, as opposed to a two-step transaction under the original terms. While the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) generally require shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities that are convertible into more than 20% of the outstanding shares of a listed company, the Company is relying on an exception to the NYSE’s Shareholder Approval Policy available where the delay involved in securing shareholder approval would seriously jeopardize the financial viability of the Company. In accordance with the NYSE’s rule providing for this exception, the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors has expressly approved, and the full Board of Directors has unanimously concurred with, the Company’s reliance of the exception. The NYSE has also confirmed the availability of the exception to the Company. The Company currently expects the amended transaction to close on March 25, 2008 upon the conclusion of a shareholder notice period required by the NYSE when utilizing this exception.
The definitive agreement does not prevent the Company from soliciting or receiving superior proposals prior to the close of the transaction. MoneyGram has agreed that the fees paid to the Investors and to Goldman Sachs in respect of the equity financing and $500 million of debt financing upon signing of the original transaction shall not be refunded to the Company if the amended transaction fails to close for any reason.
After the closing of the transaction, the Investors will appoint two representatives and two observers to the Company’s Board of Directors and will, at their discretion, have the ability to take control of the full Board at any time after the closing. Concurrent with the closing, the Company will reduce the size of its Board of Directors such that it includes three independent directors and the chief executive officer, in addition to the members appointed by the Investors.
Investment Portfolio Update
The Company completed the sales of certain portfolio assets required to be sold under the terms of the previous agreement with the Investors at a total loss of approximately $1.6 billion. As a result of these portfolio sales, the Company has determined that it is no longer in compliance with the minimum net worth requirements of the states in which it is licensed to conduct its money transfer and other payment services businesses. This failure to meet minimum net worth requirements may result in the states imposing certain fines and other penalties on the Company. No state has taken any action or informed the Company of its intention to take any action at this time. Immediately after the closing of the transaction, the Company anticipates it will be in compliance with the minimum net worth requirements.
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and Money Transfer Update
The Company and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. have entered into an agreement re-confirming the previously announced amendment which extends the term of their money services agreement to 2013, effective upon the closing of the recapitalization transaction. The Company has reached a new milestone of 150,000 global money transfer agent locations and transaction growth continues to exceed 20%.

2


 

     
Confidential Draft   Page 3 of 5
Closing Conditions
Closing of the recapitalization transaction is conditioned upon, among other conditions:
    The additional $250 million in debt financing and amendment of its $350 million credit agreement discussed above;
 
    There being no law or injunction prohibiting the closing;
 
    No notice from any state to the effect that the Company can no longer conduct its money transfer business; receipt by the Investors of such assurances as they may deem necessary in their sole discretion from the states in which the company is licensed to conduct money transfer or payment services business to the effect that such states will not revoke the Company’s license or impose adverse conditions or fines; and a determination that, after giving effect to the recapitalization, the Company will have all licenses required to conduct its business and will be in compliance with all financial ratio and similar requirements imposed by the states;
 
    Investors being satisfied that the Company will have (on a pro forma basis) at least $150,000,000 in “Unrestricted Assets” and $100,000,000 in undrawn borrowing availability under the its revolving credit line;
 
    No material adverse change having occurred in the business of the Company or its customers (from September 30, 2007 except as previously disclosed to the Investors), as determined in the sole discretion of the Investors; in addition no “Termination Development” shall have occurred from the date of the revised agreement, which includes any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, prospects, assets or liabilities of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries and any negative development related to the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ agents, official check customers, clearing banks or regulators, each as determined in the sole discretion of any of the Investors
 
    Upon receipt of funds into escrow at the Closing, delivery to the Company of an unqualified opinion from its auditor on the 2007 financials;
 
    Investors being satisfied with the Company’s internal controls and procedures;
 
    Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. having confirmed to the Company in writing that as of the closing date its money services agreement with the Company will be in full force and effect and that the transaction does not give Wal-Mart the right to terminate the money services agreement;
 
    The Company having purchased D&O and run-off insurance in previously agreed upon amounts;
 
    The Company delivering unaudited interim financial statements for the one-month period ended January 31, 2008 and for the one-month period ended February 29, 2008 in a form satisfactory to the Investors.
Although the company believes that it has made substantial progress in fulfilling the conditions, there can be no assurances that the conditions will be satisfied and the transaction will close.

3


 

     
Confidential Draft   Page 4 of 5
Abou t MoneyGram International, Inc.
MoneyGram International, Inc. is a leading global payment services company. The company’s major products and services include global money transfers, money orders and payment processing solutions for financial institutions and retail customers. MoneyGram is a New York Stock Exchange listed company with approximately 150,000 global money transfer agent locations in 180 countries and territories. For more information, visit the company’s website at www.moneygram.com .
Forward Looking Statements
The statements contained in this press release regarding MoneyGram International, Inc. that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements and are made under the Safe Harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to: (a) the Company’s ability to satisfy the conditions to consummation of the recapitalization transaction, including without limitation the amendment of the Company’s existing credit facilities and the raising of an additional $250 million of senior indebtedness at an interest rate no higher than LIBOR plus 6.625% and other terms contemplated by the purchase agreement; (b) the Company’s retention of clearing banks, money transfer agents and other customers during the pendency of or in the absence of a transaction; (c) additional costs and expenses, including possible state fines or penalties incurred as a result of the reduction in the company’s net worth arising from the securities sales, any recapitalization and related matters; (d) loss of one or more key customers or the inability to maintain the Company’s network in our Global Funds Transfer segment; (e) the Company’s ability to continue to effectively operate the Payments Systems segment pending the receipt of additional long-term capital and in light of changes implemented or to be implemented as a result of the previously disclosed strategic review of that business, the transaction and the additional indebtedness expected to be incurred; (f) the Company’s ability to maintain sufficient liquidity, capital and assets; (g) the Company’s ability to maintain all required state and international licenses required to operate the Company’s business; (h) the risk that states in which the Company is licensed to do business will determine that the Company can no longer conduct business in such state, will revoke the Company’s licenses to do business in such state, or will impose material fines or other penalties on the Company for failure to be in compliance with such states minimum net worth and other financial requirements; (i) risks of shareholder or other litigation or government investigations of the Company or its agents that could result in material settlements, fines or penalties risks (j) risk of further downgrade in the Company’s credit ratings which could affect the Company’s cost of funds; (k) any material changes in the market value of securities we hold and/or permanent impairments of portfolio securities; (l) Company’s ability to manage credit risk related to its investment portfolio and its use of derivatives; (m) unexpected liquidity or capital needs including those arising from the exit of customer banks and requirements of clearing banks, and the Company’s ability to secure additional sources of capital; (n) ability to successfully develop and timely introduce new and enhanced products and services; (o) ability to protect and defend the intellectual property rights related to the Company’s existing and any new or enhanced products and services; (p) our ability to

4


 

     
Confidential Draft   Page 5 of 5
continue to compete effectively; (q) The Company’s and its agents’ ability to comply with U.S. and international licensing and regulatory requirements; (r) conducting money transfer transactions through agents in regions that are politically volatile and/or in a limited number of cases, subject to certain OFAC restrictions; (s) ability to manage security risks related to the Company’s electronic processing and transmission of confidential customer information; (t) ability to process and settle transactions accurately and the efficient and uninterrupted operation of the Company’s computer network systems and data centers; (u) ability to manage credit and fraud risks from the Company’s retail agents; (v) ability to manage reputational damage to the Company’s brand due to the events leading to the recapitalization as well as fraudulent or other unintended use of its services; (w) fluctuations in interest rates; (x) ability to manage risks related to opening of new retail locations and acquisition of businesses; (y) material slow down or complete disruption in international migration patterns; (z) ability for us and our agents to maintain adequate banking relationships, including relationships with clearing banks; (aa) ability to manage risks associated with the Company’s international sales and operations; (bb) ability to maintain effective internal controls; and (cc) other factors more fully discussed in MoneyGram’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Actual results may differ materially from historical and anticipated results. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made, and MoneyGram undertakes no obligation to update such statements to reflect events or circumstances arising after such date.
Contacts
For MoneyGram:
Don Duffy (Investors) 203-682-8215
Michael Fox (Media) 203-682-8218

5

 

Exhibit 99.2
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES B PARTICIPATING CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Pursuant to Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
     The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify that, pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), by the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has by resolution duly provided for the issuance of and created a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), and in order to fix the designation and amount and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of Preferred Stock, has duly adopted resolutions setting forth such rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of a series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Certificate ”).
     Each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall rank equally in all respects and shall be subject to the following provisions:
      1. Number of Shares and Designation . 760,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall constitute a series of Preferred Stock designated as Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”). The number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be increased (to the extent of the Corporation’s authorized and unissued Preferred Stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding plus the maximum number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable pursuant to the conversion contemplated by the Series B-1 Certificate) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the filing of a certificate of increase or decrease, as the case may be, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
      2. Rank . The Series B Preferred Stock shall, with respect to payment of dividends, redemption payments and rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (i) rank senior and prior to the Common Stock, the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share, the Series D Preferred Stock, and each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or issued in the future, that by its terms ranks junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends or rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (all of such equity securities, including the Common Stock, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Junior Securities ”), (ii) rank on a parity with the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or issued in the future without violation of this

 


 

Certificate, that does not by its terms expressly provide that it ranks senior to or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends or rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (all of such equity securities, other than Junior Securities, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parity Securities ”), and (iii) rank junior to each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or issued in the future without violation of this Certificate, that by its terms ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends or rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (all of such equity securities are collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Securities ”). The respective definitions of Junior Securities, Parity Securities and Senior Securities shall also include any securities, rights or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any of the Junior Securities, Parity Securities or Senior Securities, as the case may be. At the time of the initial issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock there will be no Parity Securities (other than the Series B-1 Preferred Stock) or Senior Securities outstanding.
      3. Dividends .
     (a) The holders of record of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends, dividends on the terms described below:
     (i) Holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate equally and ratably with the holders of shares of Common Stock in all dividends and distributions paid (whether in the form of cash, stock, other assets, or otherwise, and including, without limitation, any dividend or distribution of shares of stock or other equity of any Person other than the Corporation, or evidences of indebtedness, of any Person, including, without limitation, the Corporation or any Subsidiary) on the shares of Common Stock as if immediately prior to each Common Stock Dividend Record Date (as defined below), shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding were converted into shares of Common Stock (in the manner described in Section 7 hereof without regard to any limitations contained therein); provided , however , that the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend or distribution to the extent that an adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be required with respect to such dividend or distribution pursuant to Section 7(c) . Dividends or distributions payable pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i) shall be payable on the same date that such dividends or distributions are payable to holders of shares of Common Stock (a “ Common Stock Dividend Payment Date ”).
     (ii) In addition to any dividends pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) hereof, in respect of each three-month period beginning with the three-month period ending on the 90th day following the Initial Funding Date, the Corporation shall pay, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of assets legally available therefor, a quarterly dividend on each share of Series B Preferred Stock at the annual rate per share of 10% of the sum of (x) the Liquidation Preference and (y) all accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, whether or not declared, from the Initial Funding Date to the applicable Dividend Payment Date (as defined below), excluding any dividends accruing during the then-current Dividend Period

2


 

(such rate, the “ Dividend Rate ”); provided , however , that if at any time the Corporation shall have for any reason failed to pay dividends in cash in a timely manner as required by this Certificate or the Series B-1 Certificate or failed to redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock for cash in a timely manner as required by this Certificate or the Series B-1 Certificate, in each case without giving effect to Section 11(c) or any prohibition on such payment under applicable law (related to the impairment of capital or otherwise), then immediately following such failure the percentage set forth above shall be 15.0%. Dividends under this Section 3(a)(ii) shall be paid in cash; provided that, until the fifth anniversary of the Initial Funding Date, upon a determination by the Independent Directors, such determination intended to be a “fact” for purposes of Section 151(a) of the DGCL, dividends may be accrued for any Dividend Period prior to such fifth anniversary at the annual rate of 12.5% of the sum of (x) the Liquidation Preference and (y) all accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, whether or not declared, from the Initial Funding Date to the applicable Dividend Payment Date, compounding quarterly, in lieu of paying such dividends in cash currently; provided , however , that immediately following any failure by the Corporation to redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock for cash in a timely manner as required by this Certificate or the Series B-1 Certificate (without giving effect to Section 11(c) or any prohibition on such payment under any applicable law (related to impairment of capital or otherwise) for any reason, dividends shall be paid currently in cash. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be treated as a single series for purposes of declaring and paying dividends such that any dividends paid on shares of either series shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as dividends on the shares of the other series.
     (iii) Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock provided for in Section 3(a)(ii) hereof shall accrue and accumulate, whether or not declared, on a daily basis from the Initial Funding Date, and shall, if declared, be payable quarterly on the First Payment Date, the Second Payment Date, the Third Payment Date and the Fourth Payment Date of each year (unless such day is not a Business Day (as defined below), in which event such dividends shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day) (each such payment date being a “ Dividend Payment Date ” and the period from the Initial Funding Date to the first Dividend Payment Date and each such quarterly period thereafter until a redemption date (but only with respect to any shares redeemed on such redemption date) being a “ Dividend Period ”). As used herein, the term “ Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions are legally authorized to close in the City of New York. The “ First Payment Date ” means the 91st calendar day after the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year. The “ Second Payment Date ” means the 181 st calendar day after the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year. The “ Third Payment Date ” means the 271 st calendar day after the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year. The “ Fourth Payment Date ” means the one-year anniversary of the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year.
     (iv) Each dividend payable pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Section 3(a)(ii) hereof shall be payable to the holders of record of shares of Series B Preferred Stock as they appear on

3


 

the stock records of the Corporation at the close of business on the record date designated by the Board of Directors for such dividends (each, a “ Dividend Payment Record Date ”), which (i) with respect to dividends payable pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) hereof, shall be the same day as the record date for the payment of dividends to the holders of shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Dividend Record Date ”) and, (ii) with respect to dividends payable pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, shall be not more than thirty (30) days nor less than ten (10) days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. Dividends in respect of any past Dividend Periods that are in arrears may be declared and paid at any time to holders of record on the Dividend Payment Record Date therefor.
     (b) During any Stoppage Period (as defined below), (i) no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment, or other distribution declared or made, upon any Junior Securities, nor shall any Junior Securities be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired (other than, subject to Section 9 , a redemption, purchase or other acquisition of shares of Common Stock from employees or directors of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation required by the terms of any bona fide employee or director incentive or benefit plans or arrangements of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation approved by the Board of Directors or the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) for any consideration (nor shall any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of any such Junior Securities) by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (except, subject to Section 9 , by conversion into or exchange for Junior Securities or the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) and (ii) the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly, make any payment on account of any purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of any Parity Securities (other than, subject to Section 9 , for consideration payable solely in Junior Securities). “ Stoppage Period ” means any period (A) beginning at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay any dividend contemplated by Section 3(a) hereof or the Series B-1 Certificate and ending at such time when all such dividends have been paid in full in cash, (B) in respect of which the Corporation elects to accrue dividends under Section 3(a)(ii) hereof or the Series B-1 Certificate, or (C) beginning at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay the redemption price for shares of Series B Preferred Stock that holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed pursuant to Section 11 hereof or the Series B-1 Certificate and ending at such time when the full applicable redemption price, as set forth in Section 11 hereof or the Series B-1 Certificate, for all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have been paid to the holders in cash.
     (c) For the avoidance of doubt, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock that have been redeemed upon payment of the Liquidation Payment Amount (or 101% of the Liquidation amount, as applicable) shall not be entitled to receive any dividend pursuant to this Section 3 payable on or after the redemption date.
      4. Liquidation Preference .
     (a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall, with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, be entitled to be paid in redemption of such

4


 

share out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders a liquidation preference equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) $1,000 per share (the “ Liquidation Preference ”) and (y) an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any (whether or not declared), to the date of payment (such amount, the “ Accumulated Dividend Amount ” and, together with the Liquidation Preference, the “ Liquidation Payment Amount ”) and (ii) the payment such holders would have received had such holders, immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, converted their shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock (pursuant to, and at a conversion rate described in, Section 7 hereof without regard to any limitations contained therein), in each case, before any payment or distribution of any assets of the Corporation shall be made or set apart for holders of any Junior Securities. If the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Payment Amounts payable to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the liquidation preference payable to the holders of any Parity Securities, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any such other Parity Securities ratably in accordance with the Liquidation Payment Amounts and the liquidation preference for the Parity Securities, respectively.
     (b) Neither a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity, nor a merger of any other entity with or into the Corporation, nor a sale or transfer of all or any part of the Corporation’s assets for cash, securities or other property shall by itself be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 4 .
      5. Redemption by the Corporation . Subject to the provisions of Section 7 , following the fifth anniversary of the Initial Funding Date, the Corporation shall have the right to redeem, out of assets lawfully available for the redemption of shares, all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, for an amount in cash per share equal to the Liquidation Payment Amount as of the Corporation Redemption Date (the “ Redemption Price ”), but the Corporation shall have this redemption right only if at the time the Corporation exercises this option, the average Market Price of the Common Stock during a period of thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days ending on the 10th day prior to the date the Corporation exercises this option, exceeds the Redemption Trigger Price. Upon a determination by the Independent Directors, such determination intended to be a “fact” for purposes of Section 151(a) of the DGCL, the Corporation shall be required to exercise its right to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock (pursuant to the terms in the Series B-1 Certificate) at any time that such right is exercisable and assets are then lawfully available to pay the aggregate Redemption Price for all shares outstanding of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock.
      6. Procedures for Redemption by the Corporation .
     (a) In the event of a redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5 , the Corporation shall deliver written notice to each holder (the “ Notice of Redemption ”), by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than fifteen (15) days and no more than twenty (20) days prior to the date on which the holder is to surrender to the Corporation the certificates representing shares to be redeemed (such date, or if such date is not a

5


 

Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter, the “ Corporation Redemption Date ”), provided that the Corporation Redemption Date shall not be later than the 30th day immediately following the date upon which the Corporation exercises its redemption option pursuant to Section 5 . The Notice of Redemption shall specify: (i) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed by the Corporation; (ii) the Corporation Redemption Date; (iii) the Liquidation Payment Amount as of the Corporation Redemption Date; and (iv) instructions on surrendering the holder’s shares for any shares to be redeemed. Any Notice of Redemption mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the holder receives the Notice of Redemption.
     (b) Upon surrender in accordance with the Notice of Redemption of the certificates representing any shares so redeemed, such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the Redemption Price with payment of such Redemption Price being made on the Corporation Redemption Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the holder of the shares redeemed. Such redemption shall be effective on the Corporation Redemption Date, notwithstanding any failure of such holders to deliver such certificates, provided that the Redemption Price for each share of Series B Preferred Stock has either been paid to each holder on or prior to such date or deposited in a bank in a separate trust account for the sole benefit of the holders. Until redemption is effective on the Corporation Redemption Date as aforesaid, shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted pursuant to Section 7 and shall accrue and accumulate dividends pursuant to Section 3 .
      7. Conversion .
     (a)  Right to Convert .
     (i) Subject to the provisions of this Section 7 , each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, at such holder’s option, to convert any or all of such holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the conversion price equal to $2.50, subject to adjustment as described in Section 7(c) (as adjusted from time to time, the “ Conversion Price ”). The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share) shall be determined by dividing the Liquidation Payment Amount in effect at the time of conversion by the Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion; provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Certificate to the contrary, but subject to Section 7(a)(ii) , the Series B Preferred Stock may not be converted into Common Stock under this Section 7 to the extent such conversion would result in a number of shares of Common Stock to be issued that would exceed the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance by the Corporation; provided , however , that in the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the rights contained in this Certificate, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to take all such action as may be necessary to promptly authorize sufficient additional shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of all such rights.

6


 

     (ii) To the extent that a holder of Series B Preferred Stock is restricted from converting such shares into Common Stock under the first proviso to Section 7(a)(i) , such holder may (at the sole election of the holder) convert such shares of Series B Preferred Stock into the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, or fraction thereof, that are then convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock (in a manner described in the Series D Certificate, without regard to any restrictions contained therein) that such holder would have been entitled to receive if the first proviso in Section 7(a)(i) did not apply.
     (iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, prior to the Voting Date, to the extent any conversion by a holder of Series B Preferred Stock would cause any holder of Series B Preferred Stock to be entitled to vote a percentage of the Common Stock which exceeds the Applicable Threshold, such conversion will occur and become effective on the Voting Date.
     (b)  Mechanics of Conversion .
     (i) A holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that elects to exercise its conversion rights pursuant to Section 7(a) shall provide notice to the Corporation as follows: to exercise its conversion right pursuant to Section 7(a) , a holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation (or any transfer agent of the Corporation previously designated by the Corporation to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock for this purpose) with a written notice of election to convert, completed and signed, specifying the number of shares to be converted. Unless the shares issuable upon conversion are to be issued in the same name as the name in which such shares of Series B Preferred Stock are registered, each share surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder thereof or such holder’s duly authorized attorney and an amount sufficient to pay any transfer or similar tax in accordance with Section 7(b)(v) (or evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation that such tax has been or will be timely paid). As promptly as practicable (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) after the surrender by the holder of the certificates representing shares of Series B Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue and shall deliver to such holder or, on the holder’s written order, to the holder’s transferee, a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock (and, if the holder so elects pursuant to Section 7(a)(ii) , Series D Preferred Stock) issuable upon conversion of such shares and a check payable in an amount corresponding to any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock as provided in Section 7(b)(vi) .
     (ii) Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the first Business Day on which the certificates representing shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and such notice received by the Corporation as aforesaid (the “ Conversion Date ”). At such time on the Conversion Date:
     (A) the Person in whose name or names any certificate or certificates representing shares of Common Stock (and, if applicable, Series D Preferred

7


 

Stock) shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby at such time; and
     (B) such shares of Series B Preferred Stock so converted shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of a holder with respect to such shares surrendered for conversion shall immediately terminate except the right to receive the Common Stock (and, if applicable, Series D Preferred Stock) and other amounts payable pursuant to this Section 7 .
All shares of Common Stock (and, if applicable, Series D Preferred Stock) delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock will, upon delivery, be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free from all preemptive rights and free from all taxes, liens, security interests and charges (other than liens or charges created by or imposed upon the holder or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith).
     (iii) Holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the close of business on a Dividend Payment Record Date or Common Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, for a dividend payment for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding Dividend Payment Date or Common Stock Dividend Payment Date, as applicable, notwithstanding the conversion thereof following such Dividend Payment Record Date or Common Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, and prior to such Dividend Payment Date or Common Stock Dividend Payment Date, as applicable. A holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on a Dividend Payment Record Date or a Common Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, whose shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been converted pursuant to Section 7(a) into shares of Common Stock prior to the close of business on such Dividend Payment Record Date, or Common Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, will not be entitled to receive any portion of the dividend payable by the Corporation on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the corresponding Dividend Payment Date or Common Stock Dividend Payment Date, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Certificate, such dividends paid pursuant to this Section 7(b)(iii) shall be considered paid for purposes of determining the Liquidation Payment Amount in Section 7(a)(i) .
     (iv) The Corporation will procure, at its sole expense, the listing of the shares of Common Stock, subject to issuance or notice of issuance, and, to the extent that the Corporation does not have enough authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, subject to the approval by the Corporation’s shareholders and Board of Directors to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, on the principal domestic stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or traded.
     (v) Issuances of certificates representing shares of Common Stock (and, if applicable, Series D Preferred Stock) upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock for any issue or transfer tax (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith) or

8


 

other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Corporation; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock (and, if applicable, Series D Preferred Stock) in a name other than that of the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock to be converted, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issuance or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been, or will be timely, paid.
     (vi) In connection with the conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock, no fractional interests of Common Stock shall be issued, but in lieu thereof, a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional shares shall be paid in an amount equal to such fractional Common Stock interest multiplied by the Market Price per share of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Date. Appropriate fractions of a share of Series D Preferred Stock may be issued in connection with the conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock into Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 7(a)(ii) .
     (vii) The Corporation shall ensure that each share of Common Stock and Series D Preferred Stock issued as a result of conversion of Series B Preferred Stock shall be accompanied by all rights associated generally with each other share of Common Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, outstanding as of the applicable Conversion Date, subject to any applicable restrictions on transfer of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
     (c)  Adjustments to Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price . From and after the date of the Purchase Agreement, the Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:
     (i) Common Stock Issued at Less than Market Value . If the Corporation issues or sells any Common Stock other than Excluded Stock without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Market Price of the Common Stock, as of the day of such issuance or sale, the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price in effect immediately prior to each such issuance or sale will immediately (except as provided below) be reduced to the price determined by multiplying (A) each of the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price, respectively, in effect immediately prior to each such issuance or sale by (B) a fraction of which the numerator shall be the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or sale and (2) the number of additional shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the number of shares of Common Stock so offered would purchase at the Market Price per share of Common Stock on the last Trading Day immediately preceding such issuance or sale, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such issuance or sale. For the purposes of any adjustment of the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price pursuant to this Section 7(c) , the following provisions shall be applicable:

9


 

     (A) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the amount of the consideration received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash proceeds received by the Corporation for such Common Stock before deducting therefrom any underwriting discounts or commissions allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.
     (B) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock (other than upon the conversion of shares of Capital Stock or other securities of the Corporation) for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, including securities acquired in exchange therefor (other than securities by their terms so exchangeable), the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that such fair value as determined by the Board of Directors shall not exceed the aggregate Market Price of the shares of Common Stock being issued as of the date the Board of Directors authorizes the issuance of such shares.
     (C) In the case of the issuance of (x) options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (whether or not at the time exercisable) or (y) securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether or not at the time so convertible or exchangeable) or options, warrants or rights to purchase such convertible or exchangeable securities (whether or not at the time exercisable):
     (1) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options, warrants or rights are issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section 7(c)(i)(A) and (B) ), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options, warrants or rights plus the minimum purchase price provided in such options, warrants or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby;
     (2) the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange for any such convertible or exchangeable securities, or upon the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire such convertible or exchangeable securities and the subsequent conversion or exchange thereof, shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options, warrants or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options, warrants or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the additional consideration (determined in the manner provided in Section 7(c)(i)(A) and (B) ), if any, to be received by the

10


 

Corporation upon the conversion or exchange of such securities, or upon the exercise of any related options, warrants or rights to purchase or acquire such convertible or exchangeable securities and the subsequent conversion or exchange thereof;
     (3) on any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of any such options, warrants or rights or conversion or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities or any change in the consideration to be received by the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, but excluding changes resulting from the anti-dilution provisions thereof (to the extent comparable to the anti-dilution provisions contained herein), the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price as then in effect shall forthwith be readjusted to such Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price as would have been obtained had an adjustment been made upon the issuance of such options, warrants or rights not exercised prior to such change, or of such convertible or exchangeable securities not converted or exchanged prior to such change, upon the basis of such change;
     (4) on the expiration or cancellation of any such options, warrants or rights (without exercise), or the termination of the right to convert or exchange such convertible or exchangeable securities (without exercise), if the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price shall have been adjusted upon the issuance thereof, the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price shall forthwith be readjusted to such Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price as would have been obtained had an adjustment been made upon the issuance of such options, warrants, rights or such convertible or exchangeable securities on the basis of the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise of such options, warrants or rights, or upon the conversion or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities; and
     (5) if the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price shall have been adjusted upon the issuance of any such options, warrants, rights or convertible or exchangeable securities, no further adjustment of such Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof.
     (ii) Stock Splits, Subdivisions, Reclassifications or Combinations . If the Corporation shall (1) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (2) subdivide or reclassify the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares or (3) combine or reclassify the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such

11


 

subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted to the number obtained by multiplying each of the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price, respectively, in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such action, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following such action.
     (iii) Certain Repurchases of Common Stock . In case the Corporation effects a Pro Rata Repurchase of Common Stock, then each of the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price, respectively, shall be reduced to the price determined by multiplying each of the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price, respectively, in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such Pro Rata Repurchase by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered or exchanged shares) at such effective date, multiplied by the Market Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding such effective date, and the denominator of which shall be the sum of (A) the fair market value of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based upon the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of such effective date (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any maximum, being referred to as the “ Purchased Shares ”) and (B) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at such effective date and the Market Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding such effective date, such reduction to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following such effective date.
     (iv) Other Distributions . In case the Corporation shall fix a record date for the making of a dividend or distribution to all holders of shares of its Common Stock (A) of shares of any class or of any Person other than shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, or (B) of evidence of indebtedness of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or (C) of assets (excluding dividends or distributions covered by Section 7(c)(ii) ), or (D) of rights or warrants in respect of any of the foregoing, in each such case the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price, respectively, in effect immediately prior thereto shall be reduced immediately thereafter to the price determined by multiplying (x) the Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price, respectively, in effect immediately prior thereto by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date less the then fair market value (as determined by a firm of independent public accountants or an independent appraiser, in each case, of recognized national standing selected by the Board of Directors and approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, provided that such value shall not for purposes hereof in any event be equal to or greater than the Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date) as of such record date of the shares, assets, evidences of indebtedness, rights or warrants so paid with respect to one share of Common Stock, and the denominator of which shall be the Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so made, the Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price then in effect shall be readjusted, effective as of the

12


 

date when the Board of Directors determines not to distribute such shares, evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights or warrants, as the case may be, to the Conversion Price and Redemption Trigger Price that would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
     (v) Successive Adjustments . Successive adjustments in each of the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price shall be made, without duplication, whenever any event specified in Section 7(c)(i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (vi) or (vii) shall occur.
     (vi) Rounding of Calculation s ; Minimum Adjustments. All calculations under this Section 7(c) shall be made to the nearest one-tenth (1/10th) of a cent. No adjustment in each of the Conversion Price or the Redemption Trigger Price is required if the amount of such adjustment would be less than $0.01; provided , however , that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 7(c)(vi) are not required to be made will be carried forward and given effect in any subsequent adjustment.
     (vii) Adjustment for Unspecified Actions . If the Corporation takes any action affecting the Common Stock, other than action described in this Section 7(c) , which upon a determination by the Independent Directors, such determination intended to be a “fact” for purposes of Section 151(a) of the DGCL, would materially adversely affect the conversion rights of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price and, if so, the Redemption Trigger Price, may be adjusted, to the extent permitted by law, in such manner, if any, and at such time, as such Independent Directors may determine in good faith to be equitable in the circumstances. Failure of the Independent Directors to provide for any such adjustment prior to the effective date of any such action by the Corporation affecting the Common Stock will be evidence that the Independent Directors have determined that it is equitable to make no adjustments in the circumstances.
     (viii) Statement Regarding Adjustments . Whenever either of the Conversion Price or the Redemption Trigger Price shall be adjusted as provided in this Section 7(c) , the Corporation shall forthwith file, at the principal office of the Corporation, a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, and each of the Conversion Price and the Redemption Trigger Price that shall be in effect after such adjustment and the Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the address appearing in the Corporation’s records.
     (ix) Notices . In the event that the Corporation shall give notice or make a public announcement to the holders of Common Stock of any action of the type described in this Section 7(c) (but only if the action of the type described in this Section 7(c) would result in an adjustment in the Conversion Price or the Redemption Trigger Price or a change in the type of securities or property to be delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall, at the time of such notice or announcement, and in the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, at least ten (10) days prior to such record date, give notice to each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in the manner set forth in Section 7(c)(viii) , which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with

13


 

respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth the facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect on the Conversion Price and/or the Redemption Trigger Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon conversion or redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.
     (x) Miscellaneous . Except as provided in Section 7(c) , no adjustment in respect of any dividends or other payments or distributions made to holders of Series B Preferred Stock of securities issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock will be made while the Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding or upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock. In addition, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, no such adjustment will be made for the issuance or conversion of any Securities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
      8. Status of Shares . Unless otherwise approved by the written consent of, or the affirmative vote in favor at a meeting called for that purpose by, holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are at any time redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to Section 5 or converted pursuant to Section 7 hereof and all shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are otherwise reacquired by the Corporation shall (upon compliance with any applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware) have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without designation as to series, subject to reissuance by the Board of Directors as shares of any one or more other series.
      9. Voting Rights .
     (a) Subject to the restrictions contained in this Section 9 , the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock (i) shall be entitled to vote with the holders of the Common Stock on all matters submitted for a vote of holders of Common Stock (voting together with the holders of Common Stock as one class), (ii) from the Initial Funding Date to the day prior to the Voting Date, shall be entitled to a number of votes per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to (such number of votes, the “ Series B Votes Per Share ”) the product of (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of the applicable record date and the number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of the applicable record date, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of the applicable record date, and (y) the number of votes to which shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Series B Preferred Stock would have been entitled if such shares of Common Stock had been outstanding at the time of the applicable record date (without regard to any limitations on conversion contained in this Certificate), provided , however , that the foregoing shall not entitle any holder (or group of holders) of Series B Preferred Stock, together with its Affiliates, to a number of votes per share (on an as-converted in Common Stock basis) more than the Applicable Threshold, (iii) from and after the Voting Date, the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the Series B Votes Per Share, and (iv) shall be entitled to notice of all stockholders’ meetings

14


 

in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation as if they are holders of Common Stock. The holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to vote with the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock to the extent provided in Section 9 and Section 11(a) of the Series B-1 Certificate.
     (b) So long as shares of the Series B Preferred Stock or shares of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting called for that purpose, by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as one class):
     (i) create, authorize or issue any Senior Securities, Parity Securities or any security convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Senior Securities or Parity Securities, except for issuance of Series B Preferred Stock upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series B-1 Certificate;
     (ii) split, reverse split, authorize, subdivide, reclassify or combine the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock; or
     (iii) amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate or any other provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (or any provision of the Corporation’s by-laws) (in each case, by any means, including (without limitation) by merger, consolidation, reclassification, amendment, or otherwise) so as to, or in a manner that would, adversely affect the preferences, rights, privileges, powers or economics of the Series B Preferred Stock; provided that the creation, authorization or issuance of any Junior Securities shall not by itself be deemed to have any such adverse effect;
provided , that no such consent or vote of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such action is to take effect, or when the issuance of any such securities is to be made, as the case may be, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock) pursuant to Section 7 or redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 hereof and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding at the time shall have been converted into Series D Preferred Stock or redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to the Series B-1 Certificate or converted into Series B Preferred Stock and all such Series B Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock). The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share upon all questions presented to such holders pursuant to this Section 9(b) .
     (c) From the Initial Funding Date through the day prior to the Voting Date, and also thereafter at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay the redemption price for shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed pursuant to Section 11 hereof or of the Series B-1 Certificate and ending at such time when the full applicable

15


 

redemption price, as set forth in Section 11 hereof or of the Series B-1 Certificate (in each case, without regard to Section 11(c)), for all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have been paid to the holders in cash, the Corporation shall not, without the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting called for that purpose, by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as one class):
     (i) (A) institute (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to institute) a voluntary case or proceeding in respect of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries under the federal bankruptcy code or any other similar federal, state or foreign law (“Bankruptcy Law”) or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (B) consent to (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to content to) the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries in any involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) file (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to file) a petition in respect of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries seeking reorganization or relief under any Bankruptcy Law, or consent to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar official) of any of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or (D) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;
     (ii) adopt a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution, or otherwise voluntarily liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the Corporation; or
     (iii) increase the number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors above 13 (except as may be required by the Purchase Agreement);
provided , that no such consent or vote of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such action is to take effect, or when the issuance of any such securities is to be made, as the case may be, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock) pursuant to Section 7 or redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 hereof and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding at the time shall have been converted into Series D Preferred Stock or redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to the Series B-1 Certificate or converted into Series B Preferred Stock and all such Series B Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock). The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share upon all questions presented to such holders pursuant to this Section 9(c) .
     (d) From the Initial Funding Date through the day prior to the Voting Date, and also thereafter at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay the redemption price for shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed pursuant to Section 11 hereof or of the Series B-1 Certificate and ending at such time when the full applicable redemption price, as set forth in Section 11 hereof or of the Series B-1 Certificate (in each case,

16


 

without regard to Section 11(c)), for all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have been paid to the holders in cash, the Corporation shall not, without the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting called for that purpose, by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock:
     (i) declare, set aside or pay (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to pay) any dividend or other distribution of any nature on the Common Stock or on any other Junior Securities, except for ordinary cash dividends on Common Stock not in excess of the Corporation’s consolidated current year’s net income if at such time of such ordinary cash dividend (A) all dividends (including, without limitation, accumulated and accrued dividends) payable to holders of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock as of such date (whether or not declared) shall have been paid (including, without limitation, that all such dividends under Section 3(a)(ii) shall have been paid in cash) and (B) all shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, have requested be redeemed pursuant to Section 11 hereof shall have been redeemed for cash at the full applicable redemption price set forth in Section 11 hereof;
     (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any shares of Common Stock or other Junior Securities (other than payments to purchase Junior Securities from employees or directors of the Corporation as required pursuant to any bona fide agreements in effect as of date of the Purchase Agreement and approved by the Board of Directors and in an amount not to exceed $2 million in the aggregate for all such individuals), or pay to or make available for a sinking fund for the purchase, redemption or acquisition of any shares of Common Stock or other Junior Securities;
     (iii) issue any shares of Common Stock or other Junior Securities (or any options, warrants or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock or any other Junior Securities), except (A) issuances to holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and this Certificate or the Series B-1 Certificate, (B) issuances to employees or directors of the Corporation pursuant to bona fide compensation arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, (C) subject to Section 11(b), issuances that constitute consideration for acquisitions by the Corporation of operating companies pursuant to a transaction approved by the Board of Directors, and (D) issuances of Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock) at a net price per share of Common Stock (or per 1/1000 th of a share of Series D Preferred Stock, as adjusted) to the Corporation not less than 90% (after taking into account underwriting, commitment arrangement, financing or similar fees) of the then-current Market Price per share for the Common Stock;
     (iv) incur, suffer to exist or guarantee (or permit any of the Corporation’s Subsidiaries to incur, suffer to exist or guarantee) indebtedness for borrowed money (whether by issuing debt securities, borrowing, or otherwise) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding for the Corporation and its Subsidiaries collectively in excess of $1,100,000,000;

17


 

     (v) make investments in a manner that is in contravention of the Investment Policy (as defined in the Purchase Agreement);
     (vi) effect any direct or indirect acquisition (by purchase, merger or otherwise) by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries of Capital Stock, a business or division, or a material portion of the assets, of any other Person (except acquisitions of investment securities and other assets in the ordinary course of business) for consideration (whether in a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions) in excess of $25 million;
     (vii) make any sale or other disposition (whether pursuant to a sale, lease, securitization, sale-leaseback or other transaction) of (x) any properties or assets of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries with a fair market value in excess of $25 million individually for any series of related transactions, except sales of investment securities in the ordinary course of business, and other sales in the ordinary course of business of assets that individually are immaterial to the Corporation, or (y) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Corporation;
     (viii) hire, terminate or change the compensation of any executive officer except for ordinary raises consistent with past practices (provided that, beginning at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay the redemption price for shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed pursuant to Section 11 hereof or of the Series B-1 Certificate and ending at such time when the full applicable redemption price, as set forth in Section 11 hereof or of the Series B-1 Certificate (in each case, without regard to Section 11(c)), for all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have been paid to the holders in cash, (A) the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall not unreasonably withhold or delay approval of any such hiring or termination and, provided further, (B) if the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not approve the hiring of any such executive officer the Corporation may appoint an existing employee to fill the position until a replacement approved by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock is hired and (C) nothing herein shall prohibit the Corporation from terminating any executive officer for “cause” as defined in such executive officer’s employment agreement with the Corporation);
     (ix) make any new, or renew any existing, loans to any of the money transfer or payment systems agents of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries; or
     (x) adopt an annual budget (provided that if such consent or vote is not obtained, the budget for the Corporation for the immediately prior year shall be utilized as the Corporation’s budget);
provided , that no such consent or vote of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such amendment, alteration or repeal is to take effect, or when the issuance of any such securities is to be made, as the case may be, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock) pursuant to Section 7 or redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with

18


 

Sections 5 and 6 hereof and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding at the time shall have been converted into Series D Preferred Stock or redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to the Series B-1 Certificate or converted into Series B Preferred Stock and all such Series B Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Common Stock.
     (e) The consent or votes required in Section 9(b) , Section 9(c) or Section 9(d) shall be in addition to any approval of stockholders of the Corporation which may be required by law or pursuant to any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, which approval shall be obtained by vote of the stockholders of the Corporation in the manner provided in Section 9(a) .
     (f)  Restrictions on Voting Rights . Except as provided in this Section 9(f), any portion of the Series B Preferred Stock that is held as nonvoting shall be identical in all respects to Series B Preferred Stock that is voting. If, and to the extent that, prior notice and/or approval under the laws relating to money transmission or the sale of checks of any state is required in order for any holder (or group of related holders together with their Affiliates) of record to hold or vote more than the Applicable Threshold of the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that portion of the Series B Preferred Stock that is in excess of the Applicable Threshold shall be nonvoting in all respects. This Section 9(f) shall terminate on the Voting Date.
     (g) The Corporation shall not take or permit to occur any stockholder vote (or action by written consent) on any matter with a record date prior to the Voting Date, except to the extent required by law or by Section 9(b) , (c) or (d) of this Certificate or Section 9(b) of the Series B-1 Certificate. If required by law to have a record date that is earlier than the Voting Date, then the Voting Date shall occur no later than immediately prior to such record date.
     (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate, the Corporation shall be permitted to take the actions contemplated by Section 4.14 of the Purchase Agreement.
      10. Definitions .
     Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meaning indicated.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (and correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession of the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies or management of a Person.
     “ Applicable Threshold ” means the percentage of Common Stock which, as reasonably determined by the Corporation and each of THL, GSMP and GSCP (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), between the Initial Funding Date and the day prior to the Voting Date, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock as of the Initial Funding

19


 

Date (such holders, collectively, “ THL ”) may hold without any further prior notice and/or approval under the laws relating to money transmission or the sale of checks of any state. As of the Initial Funding Date, the Applicable Threshold will be 9.9%, and shall increase prior to the Voting Date to the extent permitted by applicable state regulatory laws.
     “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
     “ Business Combination ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving the Corporation with any Person or (ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of its assets.
     “ Capital Stock ” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or company, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital or capital stock of such Person and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or company, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.
     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Excluded Stock ” means (i) shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation as a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or upon any subdivision or split-up of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock in each case which is subject to the provisions of Section 7(c)(ii) , or upon conversion of shares of Capital Stock (but not the issuance of such Capital Stock which will be subject to the provisions of Section 7(c)(i)(C) ), (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in any bona fide underwritten public offering, (iii) shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of options) and options to purchase Common Stock issued to current or former directors, advisors, employees or consultants of the Corporation pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan or other agreement approved by the Board of Directors or the Corporation’s employee stock purchase plan, (iv) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with acquisitions of assets or securities of another Person (other than issuances to Persons that were Affiliates of the Corporation at the time that the agreement with respect to such issuance was entered into), approved by the Board of Directors, (v) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock.
      “Independent Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

20


 

     “ Initial Funding Date ” means the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
     “ Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Market Price ” means, with respect to a particular security, on any given day, the volume weighted average price or, in case no such reported sales take place on such day, the average of the highest asked and lowest bid prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the applicable security is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, (i) the average of the highest and lowest sale prices for such day reported by the Over-The-Counter-Bulletin-Board (the “ OTCBB ”) or any comparable system then in use or (ii) if such security is so traded, but not so quoted, the average of the highest reported asked and lowest reported bid prices of such security as reported by the OTCBB or any comparable system then in use, or (iii) if such security is not traded on the OTCBB or any comparable system, the average of the highest asked and lowest bid prices as furnished by two members of NASD, Inc., selected from time to time by the Corporation for that purpose. If such security is not listed and traded in a manner that the quotations referred to above are available for the period required hereunder, the Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the fair value per share of such security as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
     “ Person ” means an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).
     “ Pro Rata Repurchase ” means any purchase of shares of Common Stock by the Corporation or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to any tender offer or exchange offer subject to Section 13(e) of the Exchange Act, or pursuant to any other offer available to substantially all holders of Common Stock, whether for cash, shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other securities of the Corporation, evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation or any other Person or any other property (including, without limitation, shares of capital stock, other securities or evidences of indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Corporation), or any combination thereof, effected while any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding; provided , however , that “Pro Rata Repurchase” shall not include any purchase of shares by the Corporation or any Affiliate thereof made in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10b-18 as in effect under the Exchange Act. The “ Effective Date ” of a Pro Rata Repurchase means the date of acceptance of shares for purchase or exchange under any tender or exchange offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase or the date of purchase with respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase that is not a tender or exchange offer.
     “ Purchase Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008 among the Corporation and the purchasers named therein, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

21


 

     “ Redemption Trigger Price ” means $15.00, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7(c) .
     “ Series B-1 Certificate ” means the Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation in the form contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” means the Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
     “ Series D Certificate ” means the Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation in the form contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means the Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
     “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means (i) a corporation, a majority of whose stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time of determination, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any other entity (other than a corporation) in which such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has at least a majority ownership interest.
     “ Trading Day ” means any day that the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., is open for trading.
     “ Voting Date ” means the earlier of (i) such date as all applicable state regulatory approvals for the acquisition by THL of control of the Corporation have been obtained as reasonably determined by the Corporation and THL, or (ii) such other date requested in writing by THL on or after June 15, 2008; provided, however, that if a record date for a stockholder vote (or action by written consent) on any matter is required by law to occur prior to the Voting Date as described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) without giving effect to this proviso, then the Corporation shall provide notice of the record date to THL not less than ten Business Days prior to the record date of such stockholder vote (or action by written consent), and the Voting Date shall occur immediately prior to such record date unless THL notifies the Corporation that the Voting Date shall not occur on such date.
      11. Redemption at the Option of the Holder .
     (a) At any time after the tenth anniversary of the Initial Funding Date, upon the approval by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock voting together as a class, the Corporation shall redeem all, but not less than all, but subject to Section 11(c), of the outstanding shares of Series B

22


 

Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock at a redemption price per share in cash equal to the Liquidation Payment Amount as of the Holder Redemption Date (as defined below), whereupon, subject to Section 11(c) hereof, the Corporation shall effect such redemption, or cause such redemption to be effected, out of assets lawfully available therefor, within 90 days after the holder’s request (such date on which the Corporation makes the full redemption payment in cash to such holders, the “ Holder Redemption Date ”).
     (b)  Change in Control .
     (i) In connection with a Change in Control described in Section 11(b)(iii)(B) or (C) below, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right (exercisable at the holder’s option) to require, by request in writing to the Corporation during the period 60 days prior to and ending 60 days after the consummation of a Change in Control (the date of consummation being referred to as the “ Change in Control Date ”), that the Corporation redeem (or that the acquiring or surviving Person in such Change of Control, if not the Corporation, redeem) such holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a redemption price per share in cash equal to 101% of the Liquidation Payment Amount (as of the date the Corporation makes the full redemption payment in cash to such holders), whereupon (subject to consummation of a Change in Control) the Corporation shall effect such redemption, or cause such redemption to be effected, if the holder’s redemption request was made prior to the Change in Control Date, then on the Change in Control Date, and if the holder’s redemption request was made after the Change in Control Date, then within 20 calendar days of such request.
     (ii) In connection with a Change in Control described in Section 11(b)(iii)(A) , (D) or (E) below, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right (exercisable at the holder’s option), to require, by request in writing to the Corporation within 60 days after the public disclosure of the consummation of a Change in Control, that the Corporation redeem such holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a redemption price per share in cash equal to 101% of the Liquidation Payment Amount (as of the date the Corporation makes the full redemption payment in cash to such holders), whereupon the Corporation shall effect such redemption, or cause such redemption to be effected, within 30 calendar days of such request.
     (iii) As used herein, “ Change in Control ” means the happening of any of the following events:
                    (A) any Person (other than any Investor or any of its Affiliates) acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock ”);
                    (B) consummation of a Business Combination, unless, following such Business Combination, (x) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the Beneficial Owners of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined

23


 

voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a company that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the voting power of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock, and (y) no Person (other than any Investor or its Affiliates) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity;
                    (C) approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;
                    (D) individuals who, as of the Initial Funding Date, constitute the Board of Directors (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, or whose election or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors comprising the incumbent Board of Directors as of such election or nomination, shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; or
                    (E) any event that would not otherwise constitute a Change in Control pursuant to Sections 11(b)(iii)(A), (B), (C) or (D) hereof but would constitute a “change in control” for purposes of the Existing Credit Facilities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or the Second Lien Notes (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
     The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” are used herein as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, but without taking into account any contractual restrictions or limitations on voting or other rights.
     (iv) The Corporation shall deliver written notice to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock, by first class mail, postage prepaid, of any Change in Control as promptly as practicable, together with a reasonably detailed summary of the material terms of such Change in Control.
     (c) If the Corporation (i) shall not have sufficient assets legally available under the DGCL for the redemption of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of Series B Preferred Stock and holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed under Section 11(a) or (b ) of this Certificate or Section 11(a) or (b) of the Series B-1 Certificate (the “ Required Number of Shares ”) or (ii) will be in violation of Specified Contract Terms (as defined below) if it redeems the Required Number of Shares, the Corporation shall: (A) redeem, at the applicable redemption price set forth above in this Section 11 , the maximum number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock it is permitted to redeem (which aggregate redemption price will be an amount equal to the lesser of (y) the amount legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (z) the largest amount that can be used for such redemption not prohibited by Specified Contract

24


 

Terms); (B) subject to Sections 9 and 12(b) - (c) , use its best efforts to promptly take all actions necessary to eliminate any limitation or other impediment on the Corporation’s ability to redeem the Required Number of Shares as soon as practicable (including, without limitation, seeking to refinance all indebtedness under the contracts containing the Specified Contract Terms, seeking to liquidate assets and otherwise seeking to raise sufficient funds legally available for the redemption of the Required Number of Shares without violation of Specified Contract Terms, and seeking a merger or other sale of the Corporation that would provide for the redemption of the Required Number of Shares); and (C) redeem, pro rata among the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock, at the applicable redemption price set forth above in this Section 11 , any and all shares of Series B Preferred Stock not redeemed because of the limitations described in clause (i) or clause (ii) of this paragraph as soon as practicable to the extent it is able to make such redemption out of assets legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and without violation of Specified Contract Terms. The inability of the Corporation to make a redemption payment for any reason shall not relieve the Corporation from its obligation to effect any required redemption when, as and if permitted by law and Specified Contract Terms. As used in this paragraph, “ Specified Contract Terms ” means the covenants of the Corporation contained in (x) the Existing Credit Facilities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) as amended as of the Initial Funding Date in accordance with Section 1.2(c)(iv)(A) of the Purchase Agreement and (y) the Second-Lien Debt (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) documentation in accordance with Section 1.2(c)(iv)(B) of the Purchase Agreement, in each case under clause (x) and (y) as the same shall be in effect on and as of the Initial Funding Date and not including any subsequent amendment, restatement, refinancing, replacement or other modification thereof or any successor contract thereto. In the event the officers or directors of the Corporation do not take the actions required in this Section 11 because they reasonably believe, after consultation with the Corporation’s outside legal counsel, that taking such action would violate their fiduciary duties, then no holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to make any claim against such officers or directors in their individual capacities as a result of their failure to take such actions; provided , that nothing herein shall relieve the Corporation from its obligations owed to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock provided herein and nothing herein shall preclude any holder of Series B Preferred Stock from making claims for monetary damages against the Corporation or seeking injunctions or other equitable remedies to cause the Corporation to fulfill its obligations hereunder.
     (d) Until the full redemption price applicable under Section 11(a) - (b) is paid in cash to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted pursuant to Section 7 and shall accrue and accumulate dividends pursuant to Section 3 ; provided that, any such shares that are converted shall not be entitled to receive any redemption payment.
      12. Certain Other Provisions .
     (a) If any Series B Preferred Stock certificate shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation will issue, in exchange and in substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Series B Preferred Stock certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent amount of Series B Preferred Stock, upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of

25


 

such certificate and, if requested by the Corporation, an indemnity on customary terms for such situations reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.
     (b) Without limiting the provisions of (or the holders’ rights under) Section 9 and Section 11 , the Corporation shall not merge or consolidate with or into, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property to, any other entity, or permit consummation of any other Business Combination, unless the surviving, successor, transferee or lessee entity, as the case may be (if not the Corporation), (i) expressly assumes, as part of the terms of such Business Combination, the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition of this Certificate to be performed and observed by the Corporation and (ii) expressly agrees, as part of the terms of such Business Combination, to exchange, at the holder’s option, shares of Series B Preferred Stock for shares of the surviving entity’s capital stock having terms, preferences, rights (including, without limitation, as to dividends, voting, redemption at the option of the holder, and rights to assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up), privileges and powers substantially similar to the terms preferences, rights (including, without limitation, as to dividends, voting, redemption at the option of the holder, and rights to assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up), privileges and powers under this Certificate, in each case, such that the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are protected against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting any of the foregoing, the Corporation shall cause lawful provision to be made as part of the terms of each Business Combination such that each holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have the right thereafter to exchange such share for, or convert such share into, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon the Business Combination by a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series B Preferred Stock would have been convertible (without regard to any limitations contained in Section 7 ) immediately prior to such Business Combination, and subject to anti-dilution adjustment protections substantially equivalent to those set forth in this Certificate.
     (c) The Corporation shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets, or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Certificate, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment.
     (d) The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
     (e) This Certificate shall become effective upon the filing thereof with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

26


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and acknowledged by its undersigned duly authorized officer this ___day of ___, 2008.
             
    MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
           
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    

27

 

Exhibit 99.3
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES B-1 PARTICIPATING CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Pursuant to Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
     The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL” ), does hereby certify that, pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), by the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has by resolution duly provided for the issuance of and created a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), and in order to fix the designation and amount and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of Preferred Stock, has duly adopted resolutions setting forth such rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of a series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Certificate ”).
     Each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall rank equally in all respects and shall be subject to the following provisions:
      1. Number of Shares and Designation . 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall constitute a series of Preferred Stock designated as Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ”). The number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be increased (to the extent of the Corporation’s authorized and unissued Preferred Stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the filing of a certificate of increase or decrease, as the case may be, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
      2. Rank . The Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall, with respect to payment of dividends, redemption payments and rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (i) rank senior and prior to the Common Stock, the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share, the Series D Preferred Stock and each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or issued in the future, that by its terms ranks junior to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends or rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (all of such equity securities, including the Common Stock, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Junior Securities ”), (ii) rank on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, and each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or issued in the future without violation of this Certificate, that does not by its terms expressly provide that it ranks senior to or

 


 

junior to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends or rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (all of such equity securities, other than Junior Securities, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parity Securities ”), and (iii) rank junior to each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or issued in the future without violation of this Certificate, that by its terms ranks senior to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends or rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (all of such equity securities are collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Securities ”). The respective definitions of Junior Securities, Parity Securities and Senior Securities shall also include any securities, rights or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any of the Junior Securities, Parity Securities or Senior Securities, as the case may be. At the time of the initial issuance of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock there will be no Parity Securities (other than the Series B Preferred Stock) or Senior Securities outstanding.
      3. Dividends .
     (a) The holders of record of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends, dividends on the terms described below:
     (i) Holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate equally and ratably with the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock in all dividends and distributions paid (whether in the form of cash, stock, other assets, or otherwise, and including, without limitation, any dividend or distribution of shares of stock or other equity of any Person other than the Corporation, or evidences of indebtedness, of any Person, including, without limitation, the Corporation or any Subsidiary) on the shares of Series D Preferred Stock as if immediately prior to each Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Record Date (as defined below), shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding were converted into shares of Series D Preferred Stock (in the manner described in Section 7 hereof); provided , however , that the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend or distribution to the extent that an adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be required with respect to such dividend or distribution pursuant to Section 7(c) of the Series B Certificate. Dividends or distributions payable pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i) shall be payable on the same date that such dividends or distributions are payable to holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock (a “ Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Payment Date ”).
     (ii) In addition to any dividends pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) hereof, in respect of each three-month period beginning with the three-month period ending on the 90th day following the Initial Funding Date, the Corporation shall pay, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of assets legally available therefor, a quarterly dividend on each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock at the annual rate per share of 10% of the sum of (x) the Liquidation Preference and (y) all accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, whether or not declared, from the Initial Funding Date to the applicable Dividend Payment Date (as defined below), excluding any dividends accruing during the then-current Dividend Period (such rate, the “ Dividend Rate ”); provided , however , that if at any time the Corporation

2


 

shall have for any reason failed to pay dividends in cash in a timely manner as required by this Certificate or the Series B Certificate or failed to redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock for cash in a timely manner as required by this Certificate or the Series B Certificate, in each case without giving effect to Section 11(c) or any prohibition on such payment under applicable law (related to the impairment of capital or otherwise), then immediately following such failure the percentage set forth above shall be 15.0%. Dividends under this Section 3(a)(ii) shall be paid in cash; provided that, until the fifth anniversary of the Initial Funding Date, upon a determination by the Independent Directors, such determination intended to be a “fact” for purposes of Section 151(a) of the DGCL, dividends may be accrued for any Dividend Period prior to such fifth anniversary at the annual rate of 12.5% of the sum of (x) the Liquidation Preference and (y) all accumulated and unpaid dividends, if any, whether or not declared, from the Initial Funding Date to the applicable Dividend Payment Date, compounding quarterly, in lieu of paying such dividends in cash currently; provided , however , that immediately following any failure by the Corporation to redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock for cash in a timely manner as required by this Certificate or the Series B Certificate (without giving effect to Section 11(c) or any prohibition on such payment under any applicable law (related to impairment of capital or otherwise) for any reason, dividends shall be paid currently in cash. The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be treated as a single series for purposes of declaring and paying dividends such that any dividends paid on shares of either series shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as dividends on the shares of the other series.
     (iii) Dividends on the Series B-1 Preferred Stock provided for in Section 3(a)(ii) hereof shall accrue and accumulate, whether or not declared, on a daily basis from the Initial Funding Date, and shall, if declared, be payable quarterly on the First Payment Date, the Second Payment Date, the Third Payment Date and the Fourth Payment Date of each year (unless such day is not a Business Day (as defined below), in which event such dividends shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day) (each such payment date being a “ Dividend Payment Date ” and the period from the Initial Funding Date to the first Dividend Payment Date and each such quarterly period thereafter until a redemption date (but only with respect to any shares redeemed on such redemption date) being a “ Dividend Period ”). As used herein, the term “ Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions are legally authorized to close in the City of New York. The “ First Payment Date ” means the 91st calendar day after the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year. The “ Second Payment Date ” means the 181 st calendar day after the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year. The “ Third Payment Date ” means the 271 st calendar day after the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year. The “ Fourth Payment Date ” means the one-year anniversary of the Initial Funding Date and each successive anniversary of such date in each successive year.
     (iv) Each dividend payable pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Section 3(a)(ii) hereof shall be payable to the holders of record of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock records of the Corporation at the close of business on the record date designated by the Board of Directors for such dividends (each, a “ Dividend Payment Record Date ”),

3


 

which (i) with respect to dividends payable pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) hereof, shall be the same day as the record date for the payment of dividends to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Record Date ”) and, (ii) with respect to dividends payable pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, shall be not more than thirty (30) days nor less than ten (10) days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. Dividends in respect of any past Dividend Periods that are in arrears may be declared and paid at any time to holders of record on the Dividend Payment Record Date therefor.
     (b) During any Stoppage Period (as defined below), (i) no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment, or other distribution declared or made, upon any Junior Securities, nor shall any Junior Securities be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired (other than, subject to Section 9 , a redemption, purchase or other acquisition of shares of Common Stock from employees or directors of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation required by the terms of any bona fide employee or director incentive or benefit plans or arrangements of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation approved by the Board of Directors or the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) for any consideration (nor shall any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of any such Junior Securities) by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (except, subject to Section 9 , by conversion into or exchange for Junior Securities or the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) and (ii) the Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly, make any payment on account of any purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of any Parity Securities (other than, subject to Section 9 , for consideration payable solely in Junior Securities). “ Stoppage Period ” means any period (A) beginning at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay any dividend contemplated by Section 3(a) hereof or the Series B Certificate and ending at such time when all such dividends have been paid in full in cash, (B) in respect of which the Corporation elects to accrue dividends under Section 3(a)(ii) hereof or the Series B Certificate, or (C) beginning at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay the redemption price for shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed pursuant to Section 11 hereof or the Series B Certificate and ending at such time when the full applicable redemption price, as set forth in Section 11 hereof or the Series B Certificate, for all such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock shall have been paid to the holders in cash.
     (c) For the avoidance of doubt, the shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that have been redeemed upon payment of the Liquidation Payment Amount (or 101% of the Liquidation amount, as applicable) shall not be entitled to receive any dividend pursuant to this Section 3 payable on or after the redemption date.
      4. Liquidation Preference .
     (a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall, with respect to each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, be entitled to be paid in redemption of such share out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders a liquidation preference equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (x) $1,000 per share (the “ Liquidation Preference ”) and (y) an amount equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends, if

4


 

any (whether or not declared), to the date of payment (such amount, the “ Accumulated Dividend Amount ” and, together with the Liquidation Preference, the “ Liquidation Payment Amount ”) and (ii) the payment such holders would have received had such holders, immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, converted their shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock (pursuant to, and at a conversion rate described in, Section 7 hereof without regard to any limitations contained therein), in each case, before any payment or distribution of any assets of the Corporation shall be made or set apart for holders of any Junior Securities. If the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are not sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Payment Amounts payable to the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and the liquidation preference payable to the holders of any Parity Securities, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and any such other Parity Securities ratably in accordance with the Liquidation Payment Amounts and the liquidation preference for the Parity Securities, respectively.
     (b) Neither a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity, nor a merger of any other entity with or into the Corporation, nor a sale or transfer of all or any part of the Corporation’s assets for cash, securities or other property shall by itself be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 4 .
      5. Redemption by the Corporation . Subject to the provisions of Section 7 , following the fifth anniversary of the Initial Funding Date, the Corporation shall have the right to redeem, out of assets lawfully available for the redemption of shares, all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, for an amount in cash per share equal to the Liquidation Payment Amount as of the Corporation Redemption Date (the “ Redemption Price ”), but the Corporation shall have this redemption right only if at the time the Corporation exercises this option, the average Market Price of the Common Stock during a period of thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days ending on the 10th day prior to the date the Corporation exercises this option, exceeds the Redemption Trigger Price (as defined in the Series B Certificate). Upon a determination by the Independent Directors, such determination intended to be a “fact” for purposes of Section 151(a) of the DGCL, the Corporation shall be required to exercise its right to redeem the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock (pursuant to the terms in the Series B Certificate) at any time that such right is exercisable and assets are then lawfully available to pay the aggregate Redemption Price for all shares outstanding of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.
      6. Procedures for Redemption by the Corporation .
     (a) In the event of a redemption of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5 , the Corporation shall deliver written notice to each holder (the “ Notice of Redemption ”), by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than fifteen (15) days and no more than twenty (20) days prior to the date on which the holder is to surrender to the Corporation the certificates representing shares to be redeemed (such date, or if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter, the “ Corporation Redemption Date ”), provided that the Corporation Redemption Date shall not be later than the 30 th day immediately following the date upon which the Corporation exercises its redemption option pursuant to Section 5 . The Notice of Redemption shall specify: (i) the number of shares of Series B-1

5


 

Preferred Stock to be redeemed by the Corporation; (ii) the Corporation Redemption Date; (iii) the Liquidation Payment Amount as of the Corporation Redemption Date; and (iv) instructions on surrendering the holder’s shares for any shares to be redeemed. Any Notice of Redemption mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the holder receives the Notice of Redemption.
     (b) Upon surrender in accordance with the Notice of Redemption of the certificates representing any shares so redeemed, such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the Redemption Price with payment of such Redemption Price being made on the Corporation Redemption Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the holder of the shares redeemed. Such redemption shall be effective on the Corporation Redemption Date, notwithstanding any failure of such holders to deliver such certificates, provided that the Redemption Price for each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock has either been paid to each holder on or prior to such date or deposited in a bank in a separate trust account for the sole benefit of the holders. Until redemption is effective on the Corporation Redemption Date as aforesaid, shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be converted pursuant to Section 7 and shall accrue and accumulate dividends pursuant to Section 3 .
      7. Conversion .
     (a)  Right to Convert .
     (i) Each holder of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, at such holder’s option, to convert any or all of such holder’s shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the conversion price equal to the product of the Conversion Price (as defined in the Series B Certificate) and the Conversion Ratio (as defined in the Series D Certificate) (the “ B-1 Conversion Price ”). The number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock into which each share of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be convertible (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/10,000,000th of a share) shall be determined by dividing the Liquidation Payment Amount in effect at the time of conversion by the B-1 Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion; provided , however , that in the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the rights contained in this Certificate, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to take all such action as may be necessary to promptly authorize sufficient additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock for issuance upon exercise of all such rights.
     (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7(a)(i) , each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, subject to the transfer restrictions contained in the Purchase Agreement, if transferred by the beneficial owner of such share to any person other than an Affiliate of the transferor shall be automatically and irrevocably converted upon transfer and delivery of a Transfer Notice (as defined below) into one share of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B-1 Conversion ”) (which share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have a conversion price with respect to conversion into Common Stock equal to the conversion price then in effect under the Series B Certificate), without any action required by any holder of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, other than notification by the transferor to the Corporation that such

6


 

transferor is no longer the beneficial owner of the shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that were the subject of the transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”). Upon a Series B-1 Conversion, each existing certificate representing shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be a certificate representing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock into which such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock were converted; provided , that a holder of such certificate may elect to surrender the certificate or certificates representing the shares so converted to the Corporation at the office of the Corporation (or any transfer agent of the Corporation previously designated by the Corporation to the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock for this purpose), and the Corporation shall effect the delivery within two (2) Business Days of such surrender of a new certificate or certificates in respect of the Series B Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series B-1 Conversion. The Corporation shall reserve and keep available for issuance such number of its authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall use its best efforts to take all such action as may be necessary to increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock if at any time there shall be insufficient authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock to permit such reservation or to permit the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock. The Corporation covenants that all Series B Preferred Stock that may be issued upon conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall upon issuance be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable. No economic rights of holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock will be foregone or diminished by virtue of a conversion of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 7(a)(ii) .
     (b)  Mechanics of Conversion .
     (i) A holder of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that elects to exercise its conversion rights pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) shall provide notice to the Corporation as follows: to exercise its conversion right pursuant to Section 7(a)(i) , a holder of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock to be converted shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation (or any transfer agent of the Corporation previously designated by the Corporation to the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock for this purpose) with a written notice of election to convert, completed and signed, specifying the number of shares to be converted. Unless the shares issuable upon conversion are to be issued in the same name as the name in which such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock are registered, each share surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder thereof or such holder’s duly authorized attorney and an amount sufficient to pay any transfer or similar tax in accordance with Section 7(b)(iv) (or evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation that such tax has been or will be timely paid). As promptly as practicable (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) after the surrender by the holder of the certificates representing shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue and shall deliver to such holder or, on the holder’s written order, to the holder’s transferee, a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares (including any fractional interests as provided in Section 7(b)(v) ) of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares.

7


 

     (ii) Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the first Business Day on which the certificates representing shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and such notice received by the Corporation as aforesaid (the “ Conversion Date ”). At such time on the Conversion Date:
     (A) the Person in whose name or names any certificate or certificates representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock represented thereby at such time; and
     (B) such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock so converted shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of a holder with respect to such shares surrendered for conversion shall immediately terminate except the right to receive the Series D Preferred Stock and other amounts payable pursuant to this Section 7 .
All shares of Series D Preferred Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock will, upon delivery, be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free from all preemptive rights and free from all taxes, liens, security interests and charges (other than liens or charges created by or imposed upon the holder or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith).
     (iii) Holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock at the close of business on a Dividend Payment Record Date or Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, for a dividend payment for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding Dividend Payment Date or Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Payment Date, as applicable, notwithstanding the conversion thereof following such Dividend Payment Record Date or Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, and prior to such Dividend Payment Date or Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Payment Date, as applicable. A holder of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock on a Dividend Payment Record Date or a Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, whose shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock have been converted pursuant to Section 7(a) into shares of Series D Preferred Stock prior to the close of business on such Dividend Payment Record Date, or Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Record Date, as applicable, will not be entitled to receive any portion of the dividend payable by the Corporation on such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock on the corresponding Dividend Payment Date or Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Payment Date, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Certificate, such dividends paid pursuant to this Section 7(b)(iii) shall be considered paid for purposes of determining the Liquidation Payment Amount in Section 7(a)(i) .
     (iv) Issuances of certificates representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock upon conversion of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to any holder of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock for any issue or transfer tax (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith) or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Corporation; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any

8


 

tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of Series D Preferred Stock in a name other than that of the holder of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock to be converted, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issuance or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been, or will be timely, paid.
     (v) In connection with the conversion of any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, no cash adjustment in respect of such fractional shall be paid, but in lieu thereof the Corporation shall issue fractions of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
     (vi) The Corporation shall ensure that each share of Series D Preferred Stock issued as a result of conversion of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be accompanied by all rights associated generally with each other share of Series D Preferred Stock outstanding as of the applicable Conversion Date, subject to any applicable restrictions on transfer of the shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
      8. Status of Shares . Unless otherwise approved by the written consent of, or the affirmative vote in favor at a meeting called for that purpose by, holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that are at any time redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to Section 5 or converted pursuant to Section 7 hereof and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that are otherwise reacquired by the Corporation shall (upon compliance with any applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware) have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without designation as to series, subject to reissuance by the Board of Directors as shares of any one or more other series.
      9. Voting Rights .
     (a) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 9 and Section 11(a), the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be nonvoting in all respects, provided, however, that so long as shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock or shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the written consent of, or affirmative vote in favor at a meeting called for that purpose by, holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as one class), amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in any manner adverse to the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock; provided further, that (i) the creation, authorization or issuance of any Junior Securities shall not by itself be deemed to have any such adverse effect, and (ii) no such consent or vote of the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such amendment, alteration or repeal is to take effect, or when the issuance of any such securities is to be made, as the case may be, all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding at the time shall have been converted into Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 7 , converted into Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 7 or redeemed by the Corporation in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 hereof and all shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding at the time shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock) or redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to the Series B Certificate. The holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred

9


 

Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share upon all questions presented to such holders pursuant to this Section 9(a) . The holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to vote with the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the extent provided in Section 9(b) , Section 9(c) and Section 11(a) of the Series B Certificate.
     (b) From the Initial Funding Date through the day prior to the Voting Date, and also thereafter at any time that the Corporation shall have failed to pay the redemption price for shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed pursuant to Section 11 hereof or of the Series B Certificate and ending at such time when the full applicable redemption price, as set forth in Section 11 hereof or of the Series B Certificate (in each case, without regard to Section 11(c)), for all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have been paid to the holders in cash, the Corporation shall not, without the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting called for that purpose, by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as one class):
     (i) (A) institute (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to institute) a voluntary case or proceeding in respect of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries under the federal bankruptcy code or any other similar federal, state or foreign law (“Bankruptcy Law”) or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (B) consent to (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to content to) the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries in any involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) file (or permit any of its Subsidiaries to file) a petition in respect of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries seeking reorganization or relief under any Bankruptcy Law, or consent to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar official) of any of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or (D) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;
     (ii) adopt a plan or agreement of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution, or otherwise voluntarily liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the Corporation; or
     (iii) increase the number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors above 13 (except as may be required by the Purchase Agreement);
provided , that no such consent or vote of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such action is to take effect, or when the issuance of any such securities is to be made, as the case may be, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock) or redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to the Series B Certificate, and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding at the time shall have been converted into Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 7 or redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 hereof or converted into Series B Preferred Stock and all such Series B

10


 

Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Common Stock (or Series D Preferred Stock). The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share upon all questions presented to such holders pursuant to this Section 9(b) .
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate, the Corporation shall be permitted to take the actions contemplated by Section 4.14 of the Purchase Agreement.
      10. Definitions .
     Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meaning indicated.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (and correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession of the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies or management of a Person.
     “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
     “ Business Combination ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving the Corporation with any Person or (ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of its assets.
     “ Capital Stock ” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or company, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital or capital stock of such Person and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or company, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.
     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      “Independent Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Initial Funding Date ” means the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
     “ Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

11


 

     “ Market Price ” means, with respect to a particular security, on any given day, the volume weighted average price or, in case no such reported sales take place on such day, the average of the highest asked and lowest bid prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the applicable security is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, (i) the average of the highest and lowest sale prices for such day reported by the Over-The-Counter-Bulletin-Board (the “ OTCBB ”) or any comparable system then in use, or (ii) if such security is so traded, but not so quoted, the average of the highest reported asked and lowest reported bid prices of such security as reported by the OTCBB or any comparable system then in use, or (iii) if such security is not traded on the OTCBB or any comparable system, the average of the highest asked and lowest bid prices as furnished by two members of NASD, Inc., selected from time to time by the Corporation for that purpose. If such security is not listed and traded in a manner that the quotations referred to above are available for the period required hereunder, the Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the fair value per share of such security as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
     “ Person ” means an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).
     “ Purchase Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008 among the Corporation and the purchasers named therein, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     “ Series B Certificate ” means the Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation in the form contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
     “ Series D Certificate ” means the Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation in the form contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
     “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means the Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
     “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means (i) a corporation, a majority of whose stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time of determination, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any other entity (other than a corporation) in which such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has at least a majority ownership interest.
     “ Trading Day ” means any day that the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., is open for trading.

12


 

     “ Voting Date ” means the earlier of (i) such date as all applicable state regulatory approvals for the acquisition of control of the Corporation have been obtained by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock as of the Initial Funding Date (such holders, collectively, “ THL ”) as reasonably determined by the Corporation and THL, or (ii) such other date requested in writing by THL on or after June 15, 2008; provided, however, that if a record date for a stockholder vote (or action by written consent) on any matter is required by law to occur prior to the Voting Date as described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) without giving effect to this proviso, then the Corporation shall provide notice of the record date to THL not less than ten Business Days prior to the record date of such stockholder vote (or action by written consent), and the Voting Date shall occur immediately prior to such record date unless THL notifies the Corporation that the Voting Date shall not occur on such date.
      11. Redemption at the Option of the Holder .
     (a) At any time after the tenth anniversary of the Initial Funding Date, upon the approval by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock voting together as a class, the Corporation shall redeem all, but not less than all, but subject to Section 11(c) , of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock at a redemption price per share in cash equal to the Liquidation Payment Amount as of the Holder Redemption Date (as defined below), whereupon, subject to Section 11(c) hereof, the Corporation shall effect such redemption, or cause such redemption to be effected, out of assets lawfully available therefor, within 90 days after the holder’s request (such date on which the Corporation makes the full redemption payment in cash to such holders, the “ Holder Redemption Date ”).
     (b)  Change in Control .
     (i) In connection with a Change in Control described in Section 11(b)(iii)(B) or (C) below, each holder of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have the right (exercisable at the holder’s option) to require by request in writing to the Corporation during the period 60 days prior to and ending 60 days after the consummation of a Change in Control (the date of consummation being referred to as the “ Change in Control Date ”) that the Corporation redeem (or that the acquiring or surviving Person in such Change of Control, if not the Corporation, redeem) such holder’s shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a redemption price per share in cash equal to 101% of the Liquidation Payment Amount (as of the date the Corporation makes the full redemption payment in cash to such holders), whereupon (subject to consummation of a Change in Control) the Corporation shall effect such redemption, or cause such redemption to be effected, if the holder’s redemption request was made prior to the Change in Control Date, then on the Change in Control Date, and if the holder’s redemption request was made after the Change in Control Date, then within 20 calendar days of such request.
     (ii) In connection with a Change in Control described in Section 11(b)(iii)(A) , (D) or (E) below, each holder of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have the right (exercisable at the holder’s option), to require, by request in writing to the Corporation within 60 days after the public disclosure of the consummation of a Change in Control, that

13


 

the Corporation redeem such holder’s shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available therefor, at a redemption price per share in cash equal to 101% of the Liquidation Payment Amount (as of the date the Corporation makes the full redemption payment in cash to such holders), whereupon the Corporation shall effect such redemption, or cause such redemption to be effected, within 30 calendar days of such request.
     (iii) As used herein, “ Change in Control ” means the happening of any of the following events:
                         (A) any Person (other than any Investor or any of its Affiliates) acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock ”);
                         (B) consummation of a Business Combination, unless, following such Business Combination, (x) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the Beneficial Owners of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a company that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the voting power of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock, and (y) no Person (other than any Investor or its Affiliates) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of such entity;
                         (C) approval by the stockholders of the Corporation of a liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;
                         (D) individuals who, as of the Initial Funding Date, constitute the Board of Directors (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, or whose election or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors comprising the incumbent Board of Directors as of such election or nomination, shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; or
                         (E) any event that would not otherwise constitute a Change in Control pursuant to Sections 11(b)(iii)(A), (B), (C) or (D) hereof but would constitute a “change in control” for purposes of the Existing Credit Facilities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or the Second Lien Notes (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” are used herein as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, but without taking into account any contractual restrictions or limitations on voting or other rights.

14


 

     (iv) The Corporation shall deliver written notice to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock, by first class mail, postage prepaid, of any Change in Control as promptly as practicable, together with a reasonably detailed summary of the material terms of such Change in Control.
     (c) If the Corporation (i) shall not have sufficient assets legally available under the DGCL for the redemption of all shares of Series B Preferred Stock and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that holders of Series B Preferred Stock and holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock have requested be redeemed under Section 11(a) or (b) of this Certificate or Section 11(a) or (b) of the Series B-1 Certificate (the “ Required Number of Shares ”) or (ii) will be in violation of Specified Contract Terms (as defined below) if it redeems the Required Number of Shares, the Corporation shall: (A) redeem, at the applicable redemption price set forth above in this Section 11 , the maximum number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock it is permitted to redeem (which aggregate redemption price will be an amount equal to the lesser of (y) the amount legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and (z) the largest amount that can be used for such redemption not prohibited by Specified Contract Terms); (B) subject to Sections 9 and 12(b)-(c) , use its best efforts to promptly take all actions necessary to eliminate any limitation or other impediment on the Corporation’s ability to redeem the Required Number of Shares as soon as practicable (including, without limitation, seeking to refinance all indebtedness under the contracts containing the Specified Contract Terms, seeking to liquidate assets and otherwise seeking to raise sufficient funds legally available for the redemption of the Required Number of Shares without violation of Specified Contract Terms, and seeking a merger or other sale of the Corporation that would provide for the redemption of the Required Number of Shares), and (C) redeem, pro rata among the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock, at the applicable redemption price set forth above in this Section 11, any and all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock not redeemed because of the limitations described in clause (i) or clause (ii) of this paragraph as soon as practicable to the extent it is able to make such redemption out of assets legally available for the redemption of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and without violation of Specified Contract Terms. The inability of the Corporation to make a redemption payment for any reason shall not relieve the Corporation from its obligation to effect any required redemption when, as and if permitted by law and Specified Contract Terms. As used in this paragraph, “Specified Contract Terms” means the covenants of the Corporation contained in (x) the Existing Credit Facilities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) as amended as of the Initial Funding Date in accordance with Section 1.2(c)(iv)(A) of the Purchase Agreement and (y) the Second-Lien Debt (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) documentation in accordance with Section 1.2(c)(iv)(B) of the Purchase Agreement, in each case under clause (x) and (y) as the same shall be in effect on and as of the Initial Funding Date and not including any subsequent amendment, restatement, refinancing, replacement or other modification thereof or any successor contract thereto. In the event the officers or directors of the Corporation do not take the actions required in this Section 11 because they reasonably believe, after consultation with the Corporation’s outside legal counsel, that taking such action would violate their fiduciary duties, then no holder of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to make any claim against such officers or directors in their individual capacities as a result of their failure to take such actions; provided , that nothing herein shall relieve the Corporation from its obligations owed to the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock provided herein and nothing herein shall preclude any holder of Series B-1 Preferred Stock from

15


 

making claims for monetary damages against the Corporation or seeking injunctions or other equitable remedies to cause the Corporation to fulfill its obligations hereunder.
     (d) Until the full redemption price applicable under Section 11(a)-(b) is paid in cash to the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be converted pursuant to Section 7 and shall accrue and accumulate dividends pursuant to Section 3; provided that, any such shares that are converted shall not be entitled to receive any redemption payment.
      12. Certain Other Provisions .
     (a) If any Series B-1 Preferred Stock certificate shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation will issue, in exchange and in substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Series B-1 Preferred Stock certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent amount of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such certificate and, if requested by the Corporation, an indemnity on customary terms for such situations reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.
     (b) Without limiting the provisions of (or the holders’ rights under) Section 9 and Section 11 , the Corporation shall not merge or consolidate with or into, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property to, any other entity, or permit consummation of any other Business Combination, unless the surviving, successor, transferee or lessee entity, as the case may be (if not the Corporation), (i) expressly assumes, as part of the terms of such Business Combination, the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition of this Certificate to be performed and observed by the Corporation and (ii) expressly agrees, as part of the terms of such Business Combination, to exchange, at the holder’s option, shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock for shares of the surviving entity’s capital stock having terms, preferences, rights (including, without limitation, as to dividends, voting, redemption at the option of the holder, and rights to assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up), privileges and powers substantially similar to the terms preferences, rights (including, without limitation, as to dividends, voting, redemption at the option of the holder, and rights to assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up), privileges and powers under this Certificate, in each case, such that the rights of the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock are protected against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting any of the foregoing, the Corporation shall cause lawful provision to be made as part of the terms of each Business Combination such that each holder of a share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have the right thereafter to exchange such share for, or convert such share into, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon the Business Combination by a holder of a number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock into which such share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock would have been convertible (without regard to any limitations contained in Section 7 ) immediately prior to such Business Combination, and subject to anti-dilution adjustment protections substantially equivalent to those set forth in this Certificate.
     (c) The Corporation shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets, or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Certificate, but will at all

16


 

times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment.
     (d) The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
     (e) This Certificate shall become effective upon the filing thereof with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

17


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and acknowledged by its undersigned duly authorized officer this ___day of ___, 2008.
             
    MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    

18

 

Exhibit 99.4
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS OF
SERIES D PARTICIPATING CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Pursuant to Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
     The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”) of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify that, pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), by the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has by resolution duly provided for the issuance of and created a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), and in order to fix the designation and amount and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of Preferred Stock, has duly adopted resolutions setting forth such rights powers and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of a series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Certificate ”).
     Each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall rank equally in all respects and shall be subject to the following provisions:
      1. Number of Shares and Designation . 200,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall constitute a series of Preferred Stock designated as Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”). The number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock may be increased (to the extent of the Corporation’s authorized and unissued Preferred Stock) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding plus the maximum number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon conversion of all then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms set forth in the Series B Certificate and the Series B-1 Certificate) by further resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the filing of a certificate of increase or decrease, as the case may be, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
      2. Rank . The Series D Preferred Stock shall, with respect to payment of dividends and rights (including as to the distribution of assets) upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (i) except to the extent otherwise provided herein rank on a parity with the Common Stock (the “ Parity Securities ”), and (ii) rank junior to each other class or series of equity securities of the Corporation, whether currently issued or issued in the future without violation of this Certificate, that by its terms ranks senior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends or rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (all of such equity securities are collectively referred to herein as the “ Senior Securities ”). The respective definitions of Parity Securities and Senior Securities shall also include any rights or options exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any of the Parity Securities or Senior Securities, as the case may be.

 


 

      3. Dividends .
     (a) Holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate equally and ratably with the holders of shares of Common Stock in all dividends and distributions paid (whether in the form of cash, stock, other assets or otherwise, and including, without limitation, any dividend or distribution of shares of stock or other equity of any Person other than the Corporation, evidences of indebtedness of any Person including without limitation the Corporation or any Subsidiary) on the shares of Common Stock as if immediately prior to each Common Stock Dividend Record Date (as defined below), shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding were converted into shares of Common Stock (in the manner described in Section 5 without regard to any limitations contained therein); provided , however , that if a stock dividend of additional shares of Common Stock shall be paid to the holders of shares of Common Stock, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be paid in additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock (in the same ratio as such dividend was paid to the Common Stock).
     (b) Each dividend or distribution payable pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof shall be payable to the holders of record of shares of Series D Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock records of the Corporation at the close of business on the same day as the record date for the payment of dividends to the holders of shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Dividend Record Date ”). Dividends or distributions payable pursuant to this Section 3 shall be payable on the same date the such dividends or distributions are payable to holders of share of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Dividend Payment Date ”).
     (c) For the avoidance of doubt, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock that have been redeemed upon payment of the Liquidation Payment Amount shall not be entitled to receive any dividend pursuant to this Section 3 payable on or after the redemption date.
      4. Liquidation Preference .
     (a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall, with respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock, be entitled to be paid in redemption of such share out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders a liquidation preference equal to of the sum of (x) $0.01 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, before any distribution is made to holders of shares of Common Stock and (y) the payment such holders would have received had such holders, immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, converted their shares of Series D Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock (in the manner described in the Section 5 without regard to any limitations contained therein) (the “ Liquidation Preference ”).
     (b) Neither a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity, nor a merger of any other entity with or into the Corporation, nor a sale or transfer of all or any part of the Corporation’s assets for cash, securities or other property shall by itself be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 4 .

-2-


 

      5. Conversion .
     (a)  Right to Convert .
     (i) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5 , each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, at such holder’s option, to convert any or all such holder’s shares of Series D Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, into fully paid and non assessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion shall be determined by multiplying each share of Series D Preferred Stock by 1,000 (the “ Conversion Ratio ”); provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Certificate to the contrary, the Series D Preferred Stock may not be converted into Common Stock under this Section 5 if such conversion would (i) require prior notice and/or approval (in each case that has not yet been received) under the laws relating to money transmission or the sale of checks of any state, or (ii) result in a number of shares of Common Stock to be issued that would exceed the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance by the Corporation; provided , however , that in the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the rights contained in this Certificate, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to take all such action as may be necessary to promptly authorize sufficient additional shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of all such rights.
     (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5(a)(i) , shares of Series D Preferred Stock beneficially owned by holders that own such shares by virtue of having converted their shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock into shares of Series D Preferred Stock (such holders, collectively, “GS”) shall not, under any circumstance, be entitled to convert into Common Stock pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof; provided , however , if GS shall, subject to the transfer restrictions contained in Section 9 hereof, transfer any such shares of Series D Preferred Stock to any other person such that they are no longer beneficially owned by GS or an Affiliate thereof, such transferred shares shall be entitled to exercise the conversion rights set forth in this Section 5 (subject to the limitations contained herein).
     (b)  Mechanics of Conversion .
     (i) A holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock that elects to exercise its conversion rights pursuant to Section 5(a) shall provide notice to the Corporation as follows: to exercise its conversion right pursuant to Section 5(a) , a holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be converted shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation (or any transfer agent of the Corporation previously designated by the Corporation to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock for this purpose) with a written notice of election to convert, completed and signed, specifying the number of shares to be converted. A holder shall also provide to the Corporation confirmation, reasonably acceptable to the Corporation, that the holder has complied with prior notice and approval procedures applicable to such holder under the laws and regulations of all states relating to investments in entities engaged in money transmission or the sale of checks, to the extent required in connection with such

-3-


 

conversion. Unless the shares issuable upon conversion are to be issued in the same name as the name in which such shares of Series D Preferred Stock are registered, each share surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder thereof or such holder’s duly authorized attorney and an amount sufficient to pay any transfer or similar tax in accordance with Section 5(b)(v) (or evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation that such tax has been or will be timely paid). As promptly as practicable, and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the surrender by the holder of the certificates representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue and shall deliver to such holder or, on the holder’s written order, to the holder’s transferee, a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such shares and a check payable in an amount corresponding to any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock as provided in Section 5(b)(vi)) .
     (ii) Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the first Business Day on which the certificates representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and such notice received by the Corporation as aforesaid (the “ Conversion Date ”). At such time on the Conversion Date:
     (A) the Person in whose name or names any certificate or certificates representing shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby at such time; and
     (B) such shares of Series D Preferred Stock so converted shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of a holder with respect to such shares surrendered for conversion shall immediately terminate except the right to receive the Common Stock and other amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 .
All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock will, upon delivery, be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free from all preemptive rights and free from all taxes, liens, security interests and charges (other than liens or charges created by or imposed upon the holder or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith).
     (iii) Holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the close of business on a Common Stock Dividend Record Date shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding Common Stock Dividend Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion thereof following such Common Stock Dividend Record Date and prior to such Dividend Payment Date. A holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock on a Common Stock Dividend Record Date who (or whose transferee) tenders any such shares for conversion into shares of Common Stock prior to the close of business on such Common Stock Dividend Record Date will not be entitled to receive any portion of

-4-


 

the dividend payable by the Corporation on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock on the corresponding Common Stock Dividend Payment Date.
     (iv) The Corporation will procure, at its sole expense, the listing of the shares of Common Stock, subject to issuance or notice of issuance, and, to the extent that the Corporation does not have enough authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, subject to the approval by the Company’s shareholders and Board of Directors to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, on the principal domestic stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or traded.
     (v) Issuances of certificates representing shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to any holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock for any issue or transfer tax (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith) or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Corporation; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the holder of the Series D Preferred Stock to be converted, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issuance or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been, or will be timely, paid.
     (vi) In connection with the conversion of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock into Common Stock, no fractional interests of Common Stock shall be issued, but in lieu thereof, a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional shares shall be paid in an amount equal to such fractional Common Stock interest multiplied by the Market Price per share of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Date.
     (vii) The Corporation shall ensure that each share of Common Stock issued as a result of conversion of Series D Preferred Stock shall be accompanied by all rights associated generally with each other share of Common Stock outstanding as of the applicable Conversion Date, subject to any applicable restrictions on transfer of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
     (c)  Adjustments to Conversion Ratio.
     (i) Stock Splits, Subdivisions, Reclassifications or Combinations . If the Corporation shall (1) subdivide or reclassify the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares or (2) combine or reclassify the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Ratio in effect at the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted to the number obtained by multiplying the Conversion Ratio in effect at the time of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following such action, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such action.

-5-


 

     (ii) Successive Adjustments . Successive adjustments in the Conversion Ratio shall be made, without duplication, whenever any event specified in Section 5(c)(i) or (iv) shall occur.
     (iii) Rounding of Calculations; Minimum Adjustments . All calculations under this Section 5(c) shall be made to the nearest one one-thousandth (1/1000th) of a whole number. No adjustment in the Conversion Ratio is required if the amount of such adjustment would be less than one one-hundredth (1/100 th ); provided , however , that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 5(c)(iii) are not required to be made will be carried forward and given effect in any subsequent adjustment.
     (iv) Adjustment for Unspecified Actions . If the Corporation takes any action affecting the Common Stock, other than action described in this Section 5(c) , which upon a determination by the Independent Directors, such determination intended to be a “fact” for purposes of Section 151(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, would materially adversely affect the conversion rights of the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the Conversion Ratio, may be adjusted, to the extent permitted by law, in such manner, if any, and at such time, as such Independent Directors may determine in good faith to be equitable in the circumstances. Failure of the Independent Directors to provide for any such adjustment prior to the effective date of any such action by the Corporation affecting the Common Stock will be evidence that the Independent Directors have determined that it is equitable to make no adjustments in the circumstances.
     (v) Statement Regarding Adjustments . Whenever the Conversion Ratio shall be adjusted as provided in this Section 5(c) , the Corporation shall forthwith file, at the principal office of the Corporation, a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, and the Conversion Ratio that shall be in effect after such adjustment and the Corporation shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the address appearing in the Corporation’s records.
     (vi) Notices . In the event that the Corporation shall give notice or make a public announcement to the holders of Common Stock of any action of the type described in this Section 5(c) (but only if the action of the type described in this Section 5(c) would result in an adjustment in the Conversion Ratio or a change in the type of securities or property to be delivered upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall, at the time of such notice or announcement, and in the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, at least ten (10) days prior to such record date, give notice to each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, in the manner set forth in this Section 5(c)(vi) , which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth the facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect on the Conversion Ratio and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon conversion or redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.

-6-


 

     (vii) Miscellaneous . Except as provided in Section 5(c) , no adjustment in respect of any dividends or other payments or distributions made to holders of Series D Preferred Stock or securities issuable upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock will be made while the Series D Preferred Stock is outstanding or upon the conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock. In addition, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, no such adjustment will be made for the issuance or conversion of any Securities (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
      6. Business Combinations . In case of any Business Combination or reclassification of the Common Stock (except a reclassification described in Section 5(c)(1) above), the Corporation shall cause lawful provision to be made as part of the terms of such Business Combination or reclassification such that each holder of a share of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have the right thereafter to exchange such share for, or convert such share into, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property, if any, receivable upon the Business Combination or reclassification by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series D Preferred Stock would have been convertible (without regard to any limitations on conversion set forth in Section 5 hereof) immediately prior to the Business Combination or reclassification.
      7. Status of Shares . Unless otherwise approved by the written consent of, or the affirmative vote in favor at a meeting called for that purpose by, holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, all shares of Series D Preferred Stock that are converted pursuant to Section 5 hereof or exchanged pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement and all shares of Series D Preferred Stock that are otherwise reacquired by the Corporation shall (upon compliance with any applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware) have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock, without designation as to series, subject to reissuance by the Board of Directors as shares of Series D Preferred Stock or of any one or more other series.
      8. Voting Rights .
     (a) Subject to the restrictions contained in Section 8(d) , the holders of record of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote with the holders of Common Stock on an as-converted basis on all matters submitted for a vote of holders of Common Stock (voting together with the holders of Common Stock as one class).
     (b) The holders of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of all stockholders’ meetings in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation as if they are holders of Common Stock.
     (c) So long as shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the written consent or affirmative vote at a meeting called for that purpose by holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in any manner adverse to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, provided that no such consent or vote of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such

-7-


 

amendment, alteration or repeal is to take effect, all shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall have been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 .
     (d) Restrictions on Voting Rights. Except as provided in this Section 8(d) , any portion of the Series D Preferred Stock that is held as nonvoting shall be identical in all respects to Series D Preferred Stock is voting.
     (i) If, and to the extent that, prior notice and/or approval under the laws relating to money transmission or the sale of checks of any state is required in order for any holder (or group of related holders) of record to hold or vote more than 9.9%, or such other threshold as may be applicable (the “ Applicable Threshold ”), of the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that portion of the Series D Preferred Stock that is in excess of the Applicable Threshold shall be nonvoting in all respects. This Section 8(d)(i) shall terminate on the Voting Date.
     (ii) Any shares of Series D Preferred Stock beneficially owned by GS shall not, under any circumstance, be entitled to the voting rights contained in Section 8(a) hereof, and shall not be entitled to vote on any matter presented to stockholders for approval; provided , however , if GS shall, subject to applicable transfer restrictions, transfer any such shares of Series D Preferred Stock to any other person such that they are not beneficially owned by GS or an Affiliate thereof, such transferred shares shall, from and after the time of such transfer, be entitled to the voting rights set forth in this Section 8 (subject to the limitations contained herein).
     (e) The consent or votes required in Section 8(c) shall be in addition to any approval of the stockholders of the Corporation which may be required by law or pursuant to any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, which approval shall be obtained by vote of the stockholders of the Corporation in the manner provided in Section 8(a) .
      9. Definitions .
     Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meaning indicated.
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (and correlative terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession of the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies or management of a Person.
Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
Business Combination ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving the Corporation with any Person or (ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of its assets.

-8-


 

Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Independent Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement,
Person ” means an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).
Purchase Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008 among the Corporation and the purchasers named therein, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Series B Certificate ” shall mean that Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation in the form contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
Series B-1 Certificate ” shall mean that Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation in the form contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” means the Series B-1 Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.
Subsidiary ” of a Person means (i) a corporation, a majority of whose stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time of determination, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any other entity (other than a corporation) in which such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has at least a majority ownership interest.
Voting Date ” means the earlier of (i) such date as all applicable state regulatory approvals for the acquisition of control of the Corporation by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock as of the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (such holders, collectively, “ THL ”) have been obtained as reasonably determined by the Corporation and THL, or (ii) June 15, 2008. If a stockholder vote (or action by written consent) on any matter is required by law to occur prior to the Voting Date, then the Voting Date shall occur no later than immediately prior to such record date.
      10. Certain Other Provisions .
     (a) If any Series D Preferred Stock certificate shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation will issue, in exchange and in substitution for and upon cancellation

-9-


 

of the mutilated certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Series D Preferred Stock certificate of like tenor and representing an equivalent amount of Series D Preferred Stock, upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such certificate and, if requested by the Corporation, an indemnity on customary terms for such situations reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.
     (b) The headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.
     (c) This Certificate shall become effective upon the filing thereof with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
      11. No Other Rights.
     The shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not have any relative, participating, optional or other special rights and powers except as set forth herein or as may be required by law.

-10-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and acknowledged by its undersigned duly authorized officer this ___day of ___, 2008.
             
    MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    

-11-

 

Exhibit 99.5
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
By and Among
THE SEVERAL INVESTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO
and
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Dated as of March [ ], 2008

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
 
               
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS     1  
 
  Section 1.1.   Certain Defined Terms     1  
 
  Section 1.2.   Terms Generally     4  
 
               
ARTICLE II   REGISTRATION RIGHTS     4  
 
  Section 2.1.   Demand Registrations     4  
 
  Section 2.2.   Piggyback Registrations     7  
 
  Section 2.3.   Lock-Up Agreements     9  
 
  Section 2.4.   Registration Procedures     9  
 
  Section 2.5.   Rule 144     15  
 
  Section 2.6.   Certain Additional Agreements     15  
 
  Section 2.7.   Indemnification     16  
 
  Section 2.8.   Rule 144; Rule 144A     19  
 
  Section 2.9.   Underwritten Registrations     20  
 
  Section 2.10.   Registration Expenses     20  
 
               
ARTICLE III   MISCELLANEOUS     21  
 
  Section 3.1.   Other Activities; Nature of Holder Obligations     21  
 
  Section 3.2.   Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities     21  
 
  Section 3.3.   Other Registration Rights Agreements     21  
 
  Section 3.4.   Conflicting Agreements     22  
 
  Section 3.5.   Termination     22  
 
  Section 3.6.   Amendment and Waiver     22  
 
  Section 3.7.   Severability     22  
 
  Section 3.8.   Entire Agreement     22  
 
  Section 3.9.   Successors and Assigns     22  
 
  Section 3.10.   Counterparts; Execution by Facsimile Signature     23  
 
  Section 3.11.   Remedies     23  
 
  Section 3.12.   Notices     23  
 
  Section 3.13.   Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction     24  
-i-

 


 

Index of Principal Terms
         
Defined Term   Page(s)
 
       
Action
    1  
Affiliate
    1  
Agreement
    1  
automatic shelf registration statement
    15  
Beneficially Own
    2  
Business Day
    1  
Common Stock
    2  
Company
  Recitals
Company Indemnitees
    18  
Demand Notice
    5  
Demand Registration
    5  
Demand Registration Statement
    5  
Exchange Act
    2  
Governmental Entity
    2  
GS Representative
    2  
Holder Indemnitees
    17  
Holders
    2  
Holders’ Representative
    2  
Holding Period
    2  
indemnified party
    18  
indemnifying party
    18  
Investor
  Recitals
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus
    2  
Law
    2  
Losses
    17  
Other Securities
    2  
Partnership Distribution
    5  
Person
    2  
Piggyback Notice
    8  
Piggyback Registration
    8  
Prospectus
    3  
Purchase Agreement
  Recitals
Registrable Securities
    3  
Registration Statement
    3  
Rule 144
    3  
Rule 144A
    3  
SEC
    3  
Securities Act
    3  
Selling Holder
    4  
Series B Preferred Shares
  Recitals
-ii-

 


 

         
Defined Term   Page(s)
 
       
Series D Preferred Shares
    3  
Subsidiary
    4  
THL Representative
    4  
Transfer
    4  
Transferee
    4  
WKSI
    15  
-iii-

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of March [ ], 2008, by and among MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and the several investors listed on Schedule I hereto (such investors are sometimes referred to individually as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the Investors ”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors have entered into the Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March [ ], 2008 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the Purchase Agreement ), pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of which, among other things, the Company has agreed to sell to the Investors and the Investors have agreed to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series B Participating Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Series B Preferred Shares ”).
     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide to the Investors certain rights as set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1. Certain Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
      Action means any legal, administrative, regulatory or other suit, action, claim, audit, assessment, arbitration or other proceeding, investigation or inquiry.
      Affiliate shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.
      Agreement means this Registration Rights Agreement as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or modified from time to time.
      Beneficial Ownership by a Person of any securities includes ownership by any Person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares (i) voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or (ii) investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition, of such security; and shall otherwise be interpreted in accordance with the term “beneficial ownership” as defined in Rule 13d-3 adopted by the SEC under the Exchange Act. The term Beneficially Own shall have a correlative meaning.

 


 

      Business Day means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to close.
     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.
      Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC from time to time thereunder.
      Governmental Entity shall mean any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, whether federal, state, local or foreign and any applicable industry self-regulatory organization.
      GS Representative means [ ] or any or any other person designated by [ ], in lieu of [ ], as GS Representative.
      Holders means any Investor and any permitted Transferee of Registrable Securities.
      Holders’ Representative means [ ] or any or any other Holder designated by [ ], in lieu of [ ], as the Holders’ Representative.
     “ Holding Period ” means the period from the date of this Agreement until January 1, 2009.
      Issuer Free Writing Prospectus means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of the Registrable Securities.
      Law means any statute, law, code, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity.
      Other Securities means shares of equity securities of the Company other than Registrable Securities.
      Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivisions thereof or any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) comprised of two or more of the foregoing.
      Prospectus means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related thereto, and all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

2


 

      Registrable Securities means (i) all shares of Common Stock acquired by any Investor and its Affiliates on, and from and after, the date of this Agreement, (ii) the Series B Preferred Shares, (iii) Series D Preferred Shares issued upon conversion of Series B Preferred Shares, (iv) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series B Preferred Shares or Series D Preferred Shares, and (v) any securities issued directly or indirectly with respect to such shares described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) because of stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, or similar events. As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such Registration Statement or (ii) such securities shall have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.
      Registration Statement means any registration statement of the Company under the Securities Act which permits the public offering of any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
      Rule 144 means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC.
      Rule 144A means Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any successor rule that may be promulgated by the SEC.
      SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC from time to time thereunder.
      Selling Holder means each Holder of Registrable Securities included in a registration pursuant to Article II.
     “ Series D Preferred Shares ” means the Series D Participating Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.
      Subsidiary of any Person shall mean those corporations and other entities of which such Person owns or controls more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities either directly or through an unbroken chain of entities as to each of which more than 50% of the outstanding equity securities is owned directly or indirectly by its parent; provided, however, that there shall not be included any such entity to the extent that the equity securities of such entity were acquired in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted in good faith or are owned or controlled in a bona fide fiduciary capacity.
      THL Representative means [ ] or any or any other person designated by [ ], in lieu of [ ], as THL Representative.

3


 

      Transfer means, directly or indirectly, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, or to enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition.
      Transferee means any of (i) the transferee of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by any Investor or (ii) the subsequent transferee of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by any Transferee; provided , that no Transferee shall be entitled to any benefits of a Transferee hereunder unless such Transferee executes and delivers to the Company an instrument substantially in the form provided as Exhibit A attached hereto.
     Section 1.2. Terms Generally . The definitions in Section 1.1 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, unless the context expressly provides otherwise. All references herein to Sections, paragraphs, subparagraphs, clauses, Exhibits or Schedules shall be deemed references to Sections, paragraphs, subparagraphs or clauses of, or Exhibits or Schedules to this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise. Unless otherwise expressly defined, terms defined in this Agreement have the same meanings when used in any Exhibit or Schedule hereto. Unless otherwise specified, the words “this Agreement”, “herein”, “hereof”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the Schedules and Exhibits) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The term “or” is not exclusive. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” shall mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if”. Unless expressly stated otherwise, any Law defined or referred to herein means such Law as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by succession of comparable successor Laws and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     Section 2.1. Demand Registrations .
     (a) At any time and from time to time following the last day of the Holding Period, the Holders’ Representative shall have the right by delivering a written notice to the Company (a Demand Notice ) to require the Company to, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, register under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act the number of Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by Holders and requested by such Demand Notice to be so registered (a Demand Registration ); provided , however , that in respect of four out of the five Demand Registrations to which the Holders are entitled under this Agreement, a Demand Notice may only be made if the amount of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Holders’ Representative is reasonably expected to generate aggregate gross proceeds (prior to

4


 

deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses) of at least $50 million. A Demand Notice shall also specify the expected method or methods of disposition of the applicable Registrable Securities, including any distribution to, and resale by, any partners of a Holder (a Partner Distribution ). As promptly as practicable, but no later than 7 Business Days after receipt of a Demand Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such Demand Notice to all Holders of record of Registrable Securities.
     (b) Following receipt of a Demand Notice, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file, as promptly as reasonably practicable, but not later than 30 days after receipt by the Company of such Demand Notice (subject to paragraph (f) of this Section 2.1), a Registration Statement (including, without limitation, on Form S-3 (or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar short-form registration) by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, if so requested and the Company is then eligible to use such a registration and if there is no then-currently effective shelf registration statement on file with the SEC which would cover all the Registrable Securities requested to be registered) (a Demand Registration Statement ) relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by the Holders’ Representative and any other Holder of Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Selling Holder) within 20 days after the receipt of the Demand Notice (or 10 days if, at the request of the Holders’ Representative, the Company states in such written notice or gives telephonic notice to all Holders, with written confirmation to follow promptly thereafter, that such registration will be on a Form S-3), in accordance with the method or methods of disposition of the applicable Registrable Securities elected by such Holders (including a Partner Distribution), and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after the filing thereof. The Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, use its reasonable best efforts to file a Prospectus supplement or one or more post-effective amendments and otherwise take action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder if such disclosure or language was not included in the initial Registration Statement, or revise such disclosure or language if deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder, to effect such Partner Distribution; provided that no language shall be included that the Company’s counsel considers misleading, inaccurate or otherwise inappropriate for inclusion in such document.
     (c) If any of the Registrable Securities registered pursuant to a Demand Registration are to be sold in a firm commitment underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter(s) of such underwritten offering advise the Holders in writing that it is their good faith opinion that the total number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such offering, together with any Other Securities proposed to be included by holders thereof which are entitled to include securities in such Registration Statement, exceeds the total number or dollar amount of such securities that can be sold without having an adverse effect on the amount, price, timing or distribution of the Registrable Securities to be so included together with all such Other Securities, then there shall be included in such offering the number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities and such Other Securities that in the opinion of such managing underwriter(s) can be sold without so adversely affecting such offering, and such number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities shall be allocated for inclusion as follows:

5


 

          (i) first, the Registrable Securities for which inclusion in such demand offering was requested by an Investor or its Affiliates, pro rata (if applicable), based on the number of Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by each such Holder;
          (ii) second, the Registrable Securities for which inclusion in such demand offering was requested by the other Holders, pro rata (if applicable), based on the number of Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by each such Holder; and
          (iii) third, among any holders of Other Securities, pro rata, based on the number of Other Securities Beneficially Owned by each such holder.
     (d) The Holders collectively shall be entitled to request no more than five Demand Registrations on the Company, and in no event shall the Company be required to effect more than one Demand Registration in any nine month period.
     (e) In the event of a Demand Registration, the Company shall be required to maintain the continuous effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement for a period of at least 180 days after the effective date thereof or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement have actually been sold; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 2.1(e) is intended to limit the Company’s obligations to maintain the continuous effectiveness of Short Form Registrations in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1(i).
     (f) The Company shall be entitled to postpone (but not more than once in any six-month period), for a reasonable period of time not in excess of 75 days (and not for periods exceeding, in the aggregate, 100 days during any twelve-month period), the filing or initial effectiveness of a Demand Registration Statement if the Company delivers to the Holders’ Representative a certificate signed by both the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company certifying that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, such registration, offering or use would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect or materially interfere with any bona fide and reasonably imminent material financing of the Company or any reasonably imminent material transaction under consideration by the Company or would require the disclosure of information that has not been, and is not otherwise required to be, disclosed to the public, the premature disclosure of which would materially adversely affect the Company.
     (g) The Holders’ Representative shall have the right to notify the Company that it has determined that the Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Company shall promptly abandon or withdraw such Registration Statement.
     (h) No request for registration will count for the purposes of the limitations in Section 2.1(c) if (A) the Holders’ Representative determines in good faith to withdraw the proposed registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement relating to such request due to marketing conditions or regulatory reasons relating to the Company, (B) the Registration Statement relating to such request is not declared effective within 60 days of the date such Registration Statement is first filed with the SEC (other than by reason of the applicable Holders having refused to proceed or a misrepresentation or an omission by the

6


 

applicable Holders), (C) prior to the sale or distribution of at least 90% of the Registrable Securities included in the applicable registration relating to such request, such registration is adversely affected by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other Governmental Entity or court, or (D) the conditions to closing specified in any underwriting agreement or purchase agreement entered into in connection with the registration relating to such request are not satisfied (other than as a result of a material default or breach thereunder by the one or more Holders). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company will pay all expenses (in accordance with Section 2.9) in connection with any request for registration pursuant to this Agreement regardless of whether or not such request counts toward the limitation set forth above.
     (i) Subject to Section 2.5, in addition to the Demand Registrations provided pursuant to this Section 2.1, at all times following the last day of the Holding Period, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar short-form registration (including pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act) ( Short-Form Registration ) and such Short-Form Registration shall promptly following the last day of the Holding Period be filed by the Company and constitute a shelf registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis of, the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, to permit the distribution of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders. In no event shall the Company be obligated to effect any shelf registration other than pursuant to a Short-Form Registration. Upon filing a Short-Form Registration, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Short-Form Registration effective with the SEC at all times (notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(d)) and to refile such Short-Form Registration upon its expiration, and to cooperate in any shelf take-down by amending or supplementing the prospectus statement related to such Short-Form Registration as may reasonably be requested by the Holders’ Representative or as otherwise required, until the Holders no longer hold Registrable Securities.
     Section 2.2. Piggyback Registrations . (a) If, at any time following the last day of the Holding Period, the Company (other than pursuant to Section 2.1) proposes or is required to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Common Stock or other equity securities, whether or not for sale for its own account (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto, (ii) filed solely in connection with any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan or (iii) pursuant to a Demand Registration in accordance with Section 2.1 hereof), in a manner that would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, then the Company shall give prompt written notice of such proposed filing at least 30 days before the anticipated filing date (the Piggyback Notice ) to the Holders. The Piggyback Notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to include in such registration statement the number of Registrable Securities as they may request (a Piggyback Registration ). Subject to Section 2.2(b) hereof, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received from any Holder written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days following receipt of any Piggyback Notice by such Holder, which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof. The Holders shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of the Registrable

7


 

Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time at least 2 Business Days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to such Piggyback Registration. The Company shall be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for a Piggyback Registration for a period of 180 days after the effective date thereof or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement have actually been sold. There is no limitation on the number of Piggyback Registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 which the Company is obligated to effect. No Piggyback Registration shall count towards registrations required under Section 2.1.
     (b) If any of the securities to be registered pursuant to the registration giving rise to the Holders’ rights under this Section 2.2 are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Holders shall be permitted to include all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration in such offering on the same terms and conditions as any Other Securities included therein; provided , however , that if such offering involves a firm commitment underwritten offering and the managing underwriter(s) of such underwritten offering advise the Company in writing that it is their good faith opinion that the total amount of Registrable Securities requested to be so included, together with all Other Securities that the Company and any other Persons having rights to participate in such registration intend to include in such offering, exceeds the total number or dollar amount of such securities that can be sold without having an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Registrable Securities to be so included together with all Other Securities, then there shall be included in such firm commitment underwritten offering the number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities and such Other Securities that in the opinion of such managing underwriter(s) can be sold without so adversely affecting such offering, and such number of Registrable Securities and Other Securities shall be allocated for inclusion as follows:
          (i) first, all Other Securities being sold by the Company or by any Person (other than a Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand registration;
          (ii) second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Holders, pro rata (if applicable), based on the number of Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by each such Holder; and
          (iii) third, among any other holders of Other Securities requesting such registration, pro rata, based on the number of Other Securities Beneficially Owned by each such holder of Other Securities.
     (c) The Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, use its reasonable best efforts to file any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder if such disclosure or language was not included in the initial registration statement, or revise such disclosure or language if deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder, to effect such Partner Distribution; provided that no language shall be included that the Company’s counsel considers misleading, inaccurate or otherwise inappropriate for inclusion in such document.

8


 

     Section 2.3. Lock-Up Agreements .
     (a) Each Holder agrees, in connection with any underwritten offering made pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Article II in which such Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities, if requested (pursuant to a written notice) by the managing underwriter(s) not to effect any public sale or distribution of any common equity securities of the Company (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such common equity securities) (except as part of such underwritten offering) during the period commencing not earlier than 7 days prior to and continuing for not more than 90 days (or such shorter period as the managing underwriter(s) may permit) after the effective date of the related Registration Statement (or a Prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf” registration) pursuant to which such underwritten offering shall be made; provided , that such Holders shall only be so bound so long as and to the extent that each other stockholder having registration rights with respect to the securities of the Company is similarly bound, and provided further that a request under this Section 2.3(a) shall not be effective more than once in any twelve-month period.
     (b) With respect to each underwritten offering of Registrable Securities covered by a registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution, or to file any registration statement (other than (x) any such registration statement required under Section 2.1 or (y) a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto or (ii) filed solely in connection with any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan) covering any of its equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period commencing not earlier than 7 days prior to and continuing for not more than 90 days (or such shorter period as the managing underwriter(s) may permit) after the effective date of the related registration statement (or a Prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf” registration) pursuant to which such underwritten offering of Registrable Securities shall be made, in each case, as may be requested by the managing underwriter for such offering; provided that a request under this Section 2.3(b) shall not be effective more than once in any twelve-month period.
     Section 2.4. Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Article II, the Company shall effect such registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall cooperate in the sale of the securities and shall, as expeditiously as possible:
     (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or Registration Statements on such form which shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders or the Company in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (including a Partner Distribution), and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and to remain effective as provided herein; provided , however , that before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including documents that would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference), the Company shall furnish or otherwise make available to the Selling Holders, their counsel and the managing underwriter(s), if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be

9


 

filed (including all exhibits thereto), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such counsel, and such other documents reasonably requested by such counsel, including any comment letter from the SEC, and, if requested by such counsel, provide such counsel reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement and each Prospectus included therein and such other opportunities to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, including reasonable access to the Company’s books and records, officers, accountants and other advisors. The Company shall not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including such documents that, upon filing, would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein) with respect to any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2 to which the Holders’ Representative, its counsel, or the managing underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless, in the opinion of the Company, such filing is necessary to comply with applicable Law.
     (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective during the period provided herein and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement, and cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act.
     (c) Notify each Selling Holder and the managing underwriter(s), if any, promptly, and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other Governmental Entity for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement contemplated by Section 2.4(o) below) cease to be true and correct, (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (vi) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related thereto untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, documents or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading, and that in the case of any Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a

10


 

material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (d) Use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction at the reasonably earliest practical date.
     (e) If requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any, or the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement, post-effective amendment or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus such information as the managing underwriter(s), if any, or such Holders may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, such post-effective amendment or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as soon as practicable after the Company has received such request.
     (f) Furnish or make available to each Selling Holder, and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, such number of conformed copies of the Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements (but excluding schedules, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, and all exhibits, unless requested in writing by such Holder, counsel or managing underwriter(s)), and such other documents, as such Holders or such managing underwriter(s) may reasonably request, and upon request a copy of any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence to or received from, the SEC or any other Governmental Entity relating to such offering.
     (g) Deliver to each Selling Holder, and the managing underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related to any such Prospectuses) and each amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons may reasonably request in connection with the distribution of the Registrable Securities; and the Company, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 2.4, hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Selling Holders and the managing underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any such amendment or supplement thereto.
     (h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the Selling Holders, the managing underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any seller or managing underwriter(s) reasonably requests in writing and to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and to take any other action that may be necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified

11


 

or (ii) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
     (i) Cooperate with the Selling Holders and the managing underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written representations from each Selling Holder that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered by such Selling Holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter(s), if any, or the Selling Holders may request at least 2 Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities.
     (j) Use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Entities within the United States, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such Selling Holder’s business, in which case the Company will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals, as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the managing underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.
     (k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 2.4(c)(ii), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (c)(v) or (c)(vi) above, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related thereto, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Selling Holders, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (l) Prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities.
     (m) Provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement.
     (n) Use its reasonable best efforts to cause all shares of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be authorized to be listed on each national securities exchange, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
     (o) Enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings) and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith or by the managing underwriter(s), if any, to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in connection therewith, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration, (i) make such representations and warranties to the Selling Holders and the

12


 

managing underwriter(s), if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in underwritten offerings, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish to the Selling Holders of such Registrable Securities opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter(s), if any, and counsels to the Selling Holders of the Registrable Securities), addressed to each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities and each of the managing underwriter(s), if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such counsel and managing underwriter(s), (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any Subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) who have certified the financial statements included in such Registration Statement, addressed to each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities (unless such accountants shall be prohibited from so addressing such letters by applicable standards of the accounting profession) and each of the managing underwriter(s), if any, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures substantially to the effect set forth in Section 2.7 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section except as otherwise agreed by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith and the managing underwriter(s) and (v) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith, their counsel and the managing underwriter(s), if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.
     (p) Upon execution of a customary confidentiality agreement, make available for inspection by a representative of the Selling Holders, the managing underwriter(s), if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such Selling Holders or managing underwriter(s), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, managing underwriter(s), attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement.
     (q) Cause its officers to use their reasonable best efforts to support the marketing of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement (including, without limitation, by participation in “road shows”) taking into account the Company’s business needs.

13


 

     (r) Otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and any applicable national securities exchange, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not more than 18 months) after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.
     (s) Take all reasonable action to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 2.1 or 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, Prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (t) Use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.
     To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a WKSI ) at the time any Demand Registration request is submitted to the Company, and such Demand Registration request requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an automatic shelf registration statement ) on Form S-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. Subject to Section 2.5 , if the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three years, at the end of the third year the Company shall, upon written request by the Holders’ Representative, refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities, if there are any remaining Registrable Securities covered thereunder. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.
     If the Company files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company agrees that it shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

14


 

     The Company may require each Selling Holder to furnish to the Company in writing such information required in connection with such registration regarding such Selling Holder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing and the Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any Selling Holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
     Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.4(c)(ii), (c)(iii), or (c)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.4(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus; provided , however , that the Company shall extend the time periods under Section 2.1 and Section 2.2 with respect to the length of time that the effectiveness of a Registration Statement must be maintained by the amount of time the Holder is required to discontinue disposition of such securities.
     Section 2.5. Rule 144 . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to file or refile any registration statement pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.1(i) , or refile any automatic shelf registration statement pursuant to Section 2.4(t) , if the Company and the Holders’ Representative shall receive a written opinion from counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Holders’ Representative that the Holders can sell their Registrable Securities freely under Rule 144 without (x) any limitations on the amount of Registrable Securities which may be sold by the Holders or (y) any other requirement imposed by Rule 144 (including, without limitation, the requirement relating to the availability of current public information with respect to the Company).
     Section 2.6. Certain Additional Agreements . If any Registration Statement or comparable statement under state “blue sky” laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require (a) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (b) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company, as advised by counsel, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state “blue sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder; provided , however , that if any Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company and if in such Holder’s sole and exclusive judgment, such Holder is or might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company and presented to the Company in writing, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered

15


 

thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state “blue sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder; provided that with respect to this clause (ii), if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall furnish to the Company an opinion of counsel to such effect, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
     Section 2.7. Indemnification .
     (a)  Indemnification by the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Selling Holder whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus, the officers, directors, partners (limited and general), members, managers, shareholders, accountants, attorneys, agents and employees of each of them, each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) each such Selling Holder and the officers, directors, partners (limited and general), members, managers, shareholders, accountants, attorneys, agents and employees of each such controlling Person, each underwriter (including any Holder that is deemed to be an underwriter pursuant to any SEC comments or policies), if any, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriter (collectively, Holder Indemnitees ), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including, without limitation, costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and any other reasonable fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or Action), judgments, fines, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, Losses ), as incurred, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any applicable Registration Statement or any other offering circular, amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing or other document incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, or the omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any preliminary or final Prospectus, any document incorporated by reference therein or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (iii) any violation by the Company of any Law applicable in connection with any such registration, qualification, or compliance; provided , that the Company will not be liable to a Selling Holder or underwriter, as the case may be, in any such case to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission by such Selling Holder or underwriter, as the case may be, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such Registration Statement (or in any preliminary or final Prospectus contained therein, any document incorporated by reference therein or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related thereto), offering circular, amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Holder or underwriter specifically for inclusion in such document; and provided , further , that the Company will not be liable to any Person who participates as an underwriter in any underwritten offering or sale of Registrable Securities, or to

16


 

any Person who is a selling Holder in any non-underwritten offering or sale of Registrable Securities, or any other Person, if any, who controls such underwriter or selling Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act, under the indemnity agreement in this Section 2.7 with respect to any preliminary Prospectus or the final Prospectus (including any amended or supplemented preliminary or final Prospectus), as the case may be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such underwriter, selling Holder or controlling Person results from the fact that such underwriter or selling Holder sold Registrable Securities to a Person to whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the final Prospectus as then amended or supplemented, whichever is most recent, if the Company has previously furnished copies thereof to such underwriter or selling Holder and such final Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, has corrected any such misstatement or omission. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder Indemnitee or any other Holder and shall survive the transfer of such securities. The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have to each Holder Indemnitee.
     (b)  Indemnification by Selling Holders . In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Selling Holder is participating by registering Registrable Securities, such Selling Holder agrees, severally and not jointly with any other Person, to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Company, the officers and directors of the Company, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, and each underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriter (collectively, Company Indemnitees ), from and against all Losses, as incurred, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement (or in any preliminary or final Prospectus contained therein, any document incorporated by reference therein or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related thereto) or any other offering circular or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing or any other document incident to such registration, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a final or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case solely to the extent that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such Registration Statement (or in any preliminary or final Prospectus contained therein, any document incorporated by reference therein or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus related thereto), offering circular, or any amendment of or supplement to any of the foregoing or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Holder expressly for inclusion in such document. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any of its directors, officers or controlling Persons. The Company may require as a condition to its including Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed hereunder that the holder thereof acknowledge its agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement (including Section 2.7) applicable to it.
     (c)  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . If any Person shall be entitled to indemnity hereunder (an indemnified party ), such indemnified party shall give prompt notice to the party from which such indemnity is sought (the indemnifying party ) of any claim or of

17


 

the commencement of any Action with respect to which such indemnified party seeks indemnification or contribution pursuant hereto; provided , however , that the delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any obligation or liability except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been actually prejudiced by such delay or failure. The indemnifying party shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to an indemnified party promptly after the receipt of written notice from such indemnified party of such claim or Action, to assume, at the indemnifying party’s expense, the defense of any such Action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless: (i) the indemnifying party agrees to pay such fees and expenses; (ii) the indemnifying party fails promptly to assume, or in the event of a conflict of interest cannot assume, the defense of such Action or fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, in which case the indemnified party shall also have the right to employ counsel and to assume the defense of such Action; or (iii) in the indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such Action; provided , further , however , that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such Action or separate but substantially similar or related Actions in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all of the indemnified parties, or for fees and expenses that are not reasonable. Whether or not such defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, such indemnified party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The indemnifying party shall not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by all claimants or plaintiffs to such indemnified party of a release, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.
     (d)  Contribution .
          (i) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.7 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any Losses (other than in accordance with its terms), then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and indemnified party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been taken by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission.
          (ii) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of

18


 

allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.
          (iii) No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
          (iv) The obligation of any Selling Holder obliged to make contribution pursuant to this Section 2.7(d) shall be several and not joint.
     (e)  Additional Provisions .
          (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, an indemnifying party that is a Holder shall not be required to indemnify or contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds from the sale of the Registrable Securities sold by such Holder in the applicable offering exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay pursuant to Section 2.7(b).
          (ii) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, manager, partner or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of securities.
          (iii) The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.7 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or Loss is incurred.
          (iv) To the extent that any of the Selling Holders is, or would be expected to be, deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies or any court of law or otherwise, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in this Section 2.7 shall be applicable to the benefit of the Selling Holders in their role as deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a Selling Holder (so long as the amount for which any other Selling Holder is or becomes responsible does not exceed the amount for which such Selling Holder would be responsible if the Selling Holder were not deemed to be an underwriter of Registrable Securities) and (ii) the Selling Holders and their representatives shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters.
     Section 2.8. Rule 144; Rule 144A . The Company covenants that it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC), and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 or Rule 144A or Regulation S

19


 

under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.
     Section 2.9. Underwritten Registrations . (a) If any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Demand Registration or shelf registration is an underwritten offering, the Holders’ Representative shall have the right to select the investment banker or investment bankers and managers to administer the offering, subject to approval by the Company, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, which investment banker or investment bankers and managers may be an Affiliate of any of the Investors. The Company shall have the right to select the investment banker or investment bankers and managers to administer any incidental or Piggyback Registration.
     (b) No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell the Registrable Securities or Other Securities it desires to have covered by the registration on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form (including pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter, provided that no such person will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such Person has requested the Company to include in any registration), and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, provided that such Person (other than the Company) shall not be required to make any representations or warranties other than those related to title and ownership of shares and as to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a Registration Statement, Prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the managing underwriter(s) by such Person and provided further, that such Person’s (other than the Company’s) liability in respect of such representations and warranties shall not exceed such Person’s net proceeds from the offering.
     Section 2.10. Registration Expenses . The Company shall pay all reasonable documented expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Article II, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses (A) with respect to filings required to be made with the SEC, all applicable securities exchanges and/or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and (B) of compliance with securities or Blue Sky laws including any fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriter(s) in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.4(h)), (ii) printing expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses if the printing of Prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any, or by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement), (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses of the Company, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) expenses of the Company incurred in connection with any road show, and (vi) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants (including, without limitation, the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by this Agreement) and any other Persons, including special experts retained by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay the fees and disbursements of

20


 

one firm of counsel for the Holders in connection with each registration under Article II, but the Company shall not pay any underwriting discounts attributable to sales by Holders of Registrable Securities. In addition, the Company shall bear all of its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit, the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and rating agency fees and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company.
ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 3.1. Other Activities; Nature of Holder Obligations . (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall in any way limit an Investor or any of its Affiliates from engaging in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, principaling, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall not apply to Common Stock or any other equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, acquired by an Investor or any of its Affiliates following the effective date of the first Registration Statement of the Company covering Common Stock (or other equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities) to be sold on behalf of the Company in an underwritten public offering.
     (b)  Nature of Holders’ Obligations . The obligations of each Holder under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Holder, and no Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, shall be deemed to constitute the Holders as a partnership, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     Section 3.2. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.
     Section 3.3. Other Registration Rights Agreements . Until after the third Demand Registration, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with respect to any equity securities that grants or provides holders of such securities with registration rights that have terms more favorable than the registration rights granted to Holders of the Registrable Securities in this Agreement unless similar rights are granted to Holders of Registrable Securities.

21


 

     Section 3.4. Conflicting Agreements . Each party represents and warrants that it has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement that is inconsistent with or conflicts with any provision of this Agreement.
     Section 3.5. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate upon the later of such time as there are no Registrable Securities and the fifteenth anniversary of the Closing, except for the provisions of Sections 2.7, 2.8, 2.10 and this Article III, which shall survive such termination.
     Section 3.6. Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or any Holder unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company, the THL Representative, and the GS Representative; provided that the written consent of the Company and the Investors shall be sufficient in order to effect a modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement which (i) affects only the rights of the Company or the Investors or (ii) does not adversely affect the rights of any party hereto other than the Investors. Any party hereto may waive any right of such party hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by such party and delivered to the other parties. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.
     Section 3.7. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect.
     Section 3.8. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement and the Purchase Agreement, together with the several agreements and other documents and instruments referred to herein or therein or annexed hereto or thereto, embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
     Section 3.9. Successors and Assigns . Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder is assignable in whole or in part by any party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, provided that an Investor may transfer its rights and obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) to any Transferee (and any Transferee may transfer such rights and obligations to any subsequent Transferee) without the prior written consent of the Company. Any such assignment shall be effective upon receipt by the Company of (x) written notice from the transferring Holder stating the name and address of any Transferee and identifying the number of shares of Registrable Securities with respect to which the rights under this Agreement are being transferred and the nature of the rights so transferred and (y) a written agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A hereto from such Transferee to be bound by the applicable terms of this Agreement. Any such transfer shall be without prejudice to Section 3.3. Any action taken by Holders’ Representative shall not become void or ineffective as a result of a subsequent change in the identity of the Holders’ Representative.

22


 

     Section 3.10. Counterparts; Execution by Facsimile Signature . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature(s).
     Section 3.11. Remedies . (a) Each party hereto acknowledges that monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach or threatened breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof. Each party hereto agrees not to oppose the granting of such relief in the event a court determines that such a breach has occurred, and to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy.
     (b) All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power or remedy by such party.
     Section 3.12. Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next Business Day or (iii) one Business Day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the addresses set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as a party may from time to time specify by notice to the other parties hereto:
     If to the Company:
MoneyGram International Inc.
1500 Utica Avenue South, MS 8020
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55416
Fax No.: (952) 591-3859
Attn: Teresa H. Johnson, Esq.
     with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, NY 10019
Attention: David Silk
Fax: (212) 403-2000
     If to any Investor set forth on Schedule I hereto under the heading “THL Investors”, to it:
c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

23


 

     
100 Federal Street, 35th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Fax No.: (617) 227-3514
Attn:
  Thomas M. Hagerty
 
  Seth W. Lawry
 
  Scott L. Jaeckel
     with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
     
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
100 Federal Street, 34th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attn:
  James Westra
 
  Steven Peck
Fax: (617) 772-8333
     If to any Investor set forth on Schedule I hereto under the heading “GS Investors”, to it:
     
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:
  Edward Pallesen
 
  Bradley Gross
Fax: (212) 357-5505
     with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
     
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
Attention:
  Robert Schwenkel
 
  David Shaw
Fax: (212) 859-4000
     Section 3.13. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . (a) This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.
     (b) Each of the parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any Federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (c) agrees that it will not bring any Action relating to this Agreement in any court other than a Federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, New York.
     (c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives trial by jury in any legal Action or proceeding in relation to this Agreement and for any counterclaim therein.

24


 

 

25


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
             
    MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL,
 
      INC.    
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    

26


 

             
    THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND VI, L.P.
 
           
    By:   THL EQUITY ADVISORS VI, LLC,
        its general partner
    By:   THOMAS H. LEE PARTNERS, L.P.,
        its sole member
    By:   THOMAS H. LEE ADVISORS, LLC,
        its general partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
        Name:
        Title: Managing Director
 
           
    THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL FUND VI, L.P.
 
           
    By:   THL EQUITY ADVISORS VI, LLC
        its general partner
    By:   THOMAS H. LEE PARTNERS, L.P.,
        its sole member
    By:   THOMAS H. LEE ADVISORS, LLC,
        its general partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
        Name:
        Title: Managing Director
 
           
    THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL (DT) FUND VI,
        L.P.
 
           
    By:   THL EQUITY ADVISORS VI, LLC
        its general partner
    By:   THOMAS H. LEE PARTNERS, L.P.,
        its sole member
    By:   THOMAS H. LEE ADVISORS, LLC,
        its general partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
        Name:
        Title: Managing Director

27


 

             
    GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND,
        L.P.
    By:   GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C.
        its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
        Name:
        Title:
 
           
    GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI
        OFFSHORE FUND, L.P.
    By:   GSCP VI Offshore Advisors, L.L.C.
        its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
        Name:
        Title:
 
           
    GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI GmbH &
        Co. KG
    By:   GS Advisors VI, L.L.C.
        its Managing Limited Partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
        Name:
        Title:
 
           
    GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI
        PARALLEL, L.P.
    By:   GS Advisors VI, L.L.C.
        its General Partner
 
  By:        
 
           
        Name:
        Title:

28


 

             
    GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
    GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
           
    GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        

29


 

SCHEDULE I
THL Investors:
THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND VI, L.P.
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL FUND VI, L.P.
THOMAS H. LEE PARALLEL (DT) FUND VI, L.P.
GS Investors:
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI OFFSHORE FUND, L.P.
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI GmbH & Co. KG
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.

30


 

[EXHIBIT A]
[Company]
[Address]
Attention: General Counsel
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Reference is made to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [ Date ] (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Agreement. The undersigned ( Transferee ”) hereby: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Agreement; (ii) notifies the Company that, on [ Date ], Transferee acquired from [ insert name of assigning Holder ] (pursuant to a private transfer that was exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act) [ describe the Registrable Securities that were transferred ] (the Transferred Securities ) and an assignment of such transferor’s rights under the Agreement with respect and to the Transferred Securities, and the Transferee has assumed from such transferor the liability of the transferor in respect of any and all obligations under the Agreement related to the Transferred Securities; and (iii) agrees to be bound by all terms of the Agreement with respect to the Transferred Securities applicable to a Holder of such Transferred Securities as if the Transferee was an original signatory to the Agreement. Notices to the Transferee for purposes of the Agreement may be addressed to: [ ], [ ], Attn: [ ], Fax: [ ]. This document shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within that State.
             
    [ Transferee ]
 
           
 
  [By:]        
 
           
    Name:
    [Title:]
cc: [Transferor]

31

 

Exhibit 99.6
EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
by and between
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
EACH OF THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO
and
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.
Dated as of March [__], 2008
Relating to:
$500,000,000
13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes Due 2018

 


 

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March [___], 2008, by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability ( “ GSMP Onshore ”), GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (“ GSMP Offshore ”) and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability
     (“ GSMP Institutional ” and together with GSMP Onshore, GSMP Offshore, the “Initial Purchasers”), who have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below), to purchase the Company’s 13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “ Initial Notes ”).
     This Agreement is made pursuant to the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2008 (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Company, Moneygram International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“ Holdco ”), the Initial Purchasers and THL Credit Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes (including the Initial Purchasers). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. As set forth in Section 3.9 of the Note Purchase Agreement, the execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Initial Notes.
     The parties hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.
DEFINITIONS .
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in, or by reference in, the Note Purchase Agreement. As used herein, the following terms have the meanings specified herein (it being understood that defined terms shall include in the singular number, the plural and in the plural, the singular):
      “Additional Interest” is defined in Section 6 hereof.
      “Additional Interest Payment Date” means March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31.
      “Advice” is defined in Section 7 hereof.
      “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” is defined in Section 4.1 hereof.
      “Broker-Dealer” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
      “Consummate” means that the registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” with respect to the Initial Notes for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that were validly tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer; provided that in no event shall the registered Exchange Offer be deemed Consummated unless and

 


 

until the Exchange Notes are, upon receipt, transferable by the Holders without restriction under the Securities Act and without material restriction under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America.
      “Effectiveness Target Date” is defined in Section 6 hereof.
      “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
      “Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture (as defined below).
      “Exchange Offer” means the registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company shall offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.
      “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” is defined in Section 3.1 hereof.
      “Free Writing Prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
      “Holders” is defined in Section 2.2 hereof.
      “Indemnified Holder” is defined in Section 9.1 hereof.
      “Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of March [_], 2008 among the Company, as issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
      “Initial Purchasers” is defined in the preamble hereto.
      “Initial Notes” is defined in the preamble hereto, but only for so long as such securities constitute Transfer Restricted Securities. All references to the “Exchange Notes” include the related Note Guarantees.
      “NASD” means National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or any successor entity thereof.
      “Non-Eligible Notes” is defined in Section 4.1 hereof.
      “Note Guarantee” means, with respect to the Notes, the related guarantee by the Guarantors.
      “Notes” means the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes.
      “Participating Piggy-Back Holders” is defined in Section 5.2 hereof.
      “Person” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
      “Piggy-Back Maximum Number” is defined in Section 5.3 hereof.
      “Piggy-Back Registration” is defined in Section 5.1 hereof.

-2-


 

      “Piggy-Back Registration Statement” is defined in Section 5.1 hereof.
      “Prospectus” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.
      “Note Purchase Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereto.
      “Record Holder” means, with respect to any Additional Interest Payment Date relating to the Notes on which Additional Interest is to be paid, each Person who is a Holder of Notes on the March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 immediately prior to such date.
      “Registration Default” is defined in Section 6 hereof.
      “Registration Demand” is defined in Section 3.1 hereof.
      “Registration Statement” means any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, Piggy-Back Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.
      “Rule 415” means Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
      “Rule 430A” means Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
      “SEC” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.
      “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
      “Shelf Filing Deadline” is defined in Section 4 hereof.
      “Shelf Registration Statement” is defined in Section 4 hereof.
      “Suspension Period” is defined in Section 7.4 hereof.
      “Trigger Date” is defined in the Indenture.
      “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.
      “Transfer Restricted Securities” means each (i) Initial Note, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement or a Piggy Back Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is eligible for distribution pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, and (ii) Exchange Note issued to a

-3-


 

Broker-Dealer until the date on which such Note has been distributed by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).
      “Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering” means a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
SECTION 2.
SECURITIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     2.1. Transfer Restricted Securities
     The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.
     2.2. Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities
     A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “ Holder ” and collectively, the “ Holders ”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.
SECTION 3.
REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER .
     3.1. At any time on or after the Trigger Date, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities may, by written notice (a “ Registration Demand ”), request that the Company effect a registration under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Thereupon the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC as soon as possible, but in any event no later than one hundred twenty (120) days (excluding any days that occur during a permitted Suspension Period under Section 7.4 hereof) after receipt of such Registration Demand, and thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective, a registration statement (an “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 240 days after the Registration Demand is received, and in connection with the foregoing, shall (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer (unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or SEC policy). The Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Notes held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3.5 below.
     3.2. The Exchange Notes shall be issued under, and entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture.
     3.3. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the later of (x) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes surrendered in exchange therefor, or (y) if the Notes are surrendered for exchange on a date on or after the record date for an interest payment date which is scheduled to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, such interest payment date.

-4-


 

     3.4. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however , that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days (as defined in SEC rules) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Notes and Holdco Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on or prior to 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date for such Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     3.5. The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the SEC may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Notes held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the SEC as a result of a change in policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement.
     3.6. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 7.3 below to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which all Broker-Dealers are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.
     3.7. The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.
SECTION 4.
SHELF REGISTRATION
     4.1. Shelf Registration
     If after the receipt of a Registration Demand (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy, (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer for the Notes is not Consummated within 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for the Notes, or (iii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (“ Non-Eligible Notes ”) notifies the Company prior to the 20 th day following consummation of the Exchange Offer that

-5-


 

(A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company shall
     (x) use commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and which, to the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405) will be an automatic shelf registration statement, as defined in Rule 405 (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”), (in either event, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 90 th day after the date on which the Company determines that it is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as contemplated by clause (i) above, (2) the 90th day after the date 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date if the Exchange Offer for the Notes is not Consummated as contemplated by clause (ii) above and (3) the 90 th day after the date on which the Company receives notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities as contemplated by clause (iii) above (such date being the “ Shelf Filing Deadline ”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities (or, in the case of clause (iii), all Non-Eligible Notes) the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof; and
     (y) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than the 90 th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline.
     The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended (subject to Section 7.4 below) as required by the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the SEC as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k)).
     4.2 Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement .
     No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement, Piggy-Back Registration, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

-6-


 

SECTION 5.
PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION
     5.1. If the Company or any subsidiary of the Company proposes to file on its behalf and/or on behalf of any holders of its debt securities (other than a Holder) a registration statement on any form for the registration of its debt securities (a “ Piggy-Back Registration Statement ”), it will give written notice to all Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities at least twenty (20) days before the initial filing thereof, which notice shall set forth the intended method of disposition of the securities proposed to be registered by the Company or such subsidiary. The notice shall offer to include in such filing the aggregate number of Transfer Restricted Securities as such Holders may request (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).
     5.2. Each Holder desiring to have Transfer Restricted Securities registered under this
     Section 5 (“ Participating Piggy-Back Holders ”) shall advise the Company in writing within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of such offer from the Company, setting forth the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities for which registration is requested. The Company shall thereupon include or cause to be included in such filing the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities for which registration is so requested, subject to paragraph (c) below, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect registration of such Transfer Restricted Securities under the Securities Act.
     5.3. If the Registration relates to an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriter of such proposed public offering advises in writing that, in its opinion, the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities requested to be included in the Registration in addition to the securities being registered by the Company would be greater than the total number of securities which can be sold in such offering without delaying or jeopardizing the price, timing or distribution thereof (the “ Piggy-Back Maximum Number ”), then:
     (i). in the event the Company initiated the Piggy-Back Registration, the Company shall include in such Piggy-Back Registration first , the securities the Company proposes to register and second , the securities of all other selling security holders, including the Participating Piggy-Back Holders, in a principal amount which together with the securities the Company proposes to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number, such amount to be allocated among such selling security holders on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of debt securities of the Company held by each such selling security holder); and
     (ii). in the event any holder of debt securities of the Company other than Transfer Restricted Securities initiated the Piggy-Back Registration, the Company shall include in such Piggy-Back Registration first , the securities such initiating security holder proposes to register, second , the securities of any other selling security holders (including Participating Piggy-Back Holders), in a principal amount which together with the securities the initiating security holder proposes to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number, such principal amount to be allocated among such other selling security holders on a pro rata basis (based on the principal amount of debt securities of the Company held by each such selling security holder) and third , any debt securities the Company proposes to register, in a principal amount which together with the securities the initiating security holder and the other selling security holders propose to register, shall not exceed the Piggy-Back Maximum Number.
     5.4. Subject to Section 6 hereof, nothing in this Section 5 shall create any liability on the part of the Company to the Holders if the Company in its sole discretion should decide not to file a registration statement proposed to be filed pursuant to this Section or to withdraw such registration statement subsequent to its filing and prior to the later of its effectiveness or the release of the Transfer Restricted Securities for public offering by the managing underwriter, in the case of an underwritten public offering,

-7-


 

regardless of any action whatsoever that a Holder may have taken, whether as a result of the issuance by the Company of any notice hereunder or otherwise.
SECTION 6.
ADDITIONAL INTEREST
     If (i) either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement required by Sections 3 and 4 are not filed with the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Effectiveness Target Date”), (iii) unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or SEC policy, the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated (except with respect to Non-Eligible Notes) within 30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iv) any Registration Statement required by Sections 3 and 4 is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose (except as a result of a Suspension Notice for a period not to exceed that permitted by Section 7(d) below) without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective within 30 days after filing (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “ Registration Default ”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum in the aggregate for all Registration Defaults (“ Additional Interest ”). Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any Transfer Restricted Securities (or at such time as any Note ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security), Additional Interest payable with respect to the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will cease; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
     All obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Note shall have been satisfied in full.
     All accrued Additional Interest shall be paid to the Record Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Additional Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Initial Notes.
     The obligation of the Company to pay Additional Interest in the case of any Registration Default shall be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for any such Registration Default.
SECTION 7.
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
     7.1. Exchange Offer Registration Statement
          (a) In connection with each Exchange Offer, the Company shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 7.3 below and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Initial

-8-


 

Notes that such Broker-Dealers acquired for their own account as a result of market making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.
          (b) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and (D) if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer, it has acquired the Exchange Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder will be required to acknowledge and agree that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under SEC policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.
     7.2. Shelf Registration Statement
     In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall comply with all the provisions of Section 7.3 below and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.
     7.3. General Provisions
     In connection with any Registration Statement (except such subsections that specifically apply to only certain Registration Statements) and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Notes by Broker-Dealers), the Company shall:
          (a) except during a Suspension Period and except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3, 4 or 5 of this Agreement (except as otherwise provided herein), as applicable (subject to Section 7.4 below); upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be

-9-


 

stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purposes as soon as practicable thereafter;
          (b) except during a Suspension Period, prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 and 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;
          (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, advise the underwriters, if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, confirm such advice in writing, (1) when the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (2) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, or (3) except during a Suspension Period, of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in such Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in such Registration Statement or the Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein in the circumstances in which they were made not misleading. If at any time the SEC shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;
          (d) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriters, if any, before filing with the SEC, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement) or any Free Writing Prospectus, which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and underwriters in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or

-10-


 

the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement or Free Writing Prospectus, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;
          (e) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriters, if any, make available representatives of the Company for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriters, if any, reasonably may request;
          (f) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness;
          (g) except during a Suspension Period, if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriters, if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriters, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;
          (h) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, furnish to each selling Holder, each Broker-Dealer that holds Notes and each of the underwriters, if any, without charge, at least one copy of such Registration Statement, as first filed with the SEC, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);
          (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, deliver to each selling Holder, each Broker-Dealer that holds Notes and each of the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and any Free Writing Prospectus prepared by the Company and filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

-11-


 

          (j) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, enter into such commercially reasonable agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such customary representations and warranties, and take all such other commercially reasonable actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement as contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Company shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement:
(A)   furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:
  (1)   a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, confirming, as of the date thereof, (i) that no Material Adverse Effect has occurred, (ii) that the representations and warranties made by the Company in the Note Purchase Agreement are true and correct with the same effect as though expressly made on such date, and (iii) the Company has complied with all covenants and agreement on its part to be performed or complied with prior to such date, and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request;
 
  (2)   an opinion, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement of counsel for the Company, covering matters as such Initial Purchasers may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company, the selling Holders’ representatives and the selling Holders’ counsel in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and has considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the Shelf Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and
 
  (3)   in the case of an underwriter, a customary comfort letter, dated as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;

-12-


 

(B)   set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 9 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and
 
(C)   deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to this clause (x), if any.
     If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated in clause (A)(1) above cease to be true and correct, the Company shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriters, if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing;
     (k) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriters may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to (A) register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified, (B) make any changes to its organizational documents or (C) take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to such Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
     (l) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Notes covered by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, Exchange Notes, having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Notes to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchasers of such Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;
     (m) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or Piggy-Back Registration Statement, cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriters, if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such underwriters;
     (n) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (viii) above;
     (o) except during a Suspension Period, if any fact or event contemplated by clause (c)(iii)(C) above shall exist or have occurred, (i) prepare a supplement or post-effective

-13-


 

amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any documents incorporated therein by reference or (ii) file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, neither the Prospectus nor any document incorporated by reference therein will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading;
     (p) provide a CUSIP number for all registered Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the registered Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company;
     (q) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and approved by such governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders selling Transfer Restricted Securities to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities;
     (r) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and
     (s) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.
     Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 7.3(c)(3) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 7.3(o) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended (but not beyond the date on which all Broker-Dealers are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading

-14-


 

activities (in the case of Section 3) or the date when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) (in the case of Section 4)) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 7.3(c)(3) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 7.3(o) hereof or shall have received the Advice. Each Holder further agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that it will not, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Company, use, authorize use of, refer to, participate in the planning for use of, any Free Writing Prospectus in connection with the offer or sale of any Notes.
     7.4. The Company will have the ability to withdraw, delay the filing of or suspend any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed and kept effective pursuant this Agreement (a “ Suspension Period ”), if the Company’s Board of Directors determines, in their reasonable business judgment, upon advice of counsel, that the filing, continued effectiveness or use of such Registration Statement would require the disclosure of confidential information or interfere with any financing, acquisition, reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company. A Suspension Period shall commence on and include the date that the Company gives notice that of the Board of Directors’ determination with respect to such Registration Statement would cause material is no longer effective or the Prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement and continue until holders of such Transfer Restricted Securities either receive the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 7.3 above or are advised in writing by the Company that use of the Prospectus may be resumed. The Company will not be permitted to exercise its rights under this paragraph more than twice in any twelve-month period with respect to the Notes, and any such suspensions with respect to the Notes may not exceed 90 days in the aggregate during any twelve month period. If the Company shall so postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered shall have the right to withdraw the request for registration by giving written notice from the Holders of a majority of the Transfer Restricted Securities that were to be registered to the Company within 45 days after receipt of the notice of postponement or, if earlier, the termination of such Suspension Period (and, in the event of such withdrawal, such request shall not be counted for purposes of determining the number of requests for registration to which the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities are entitled pursuant to this Agreement). If such Registration Statement is withdrawn, upon receipt of any notice of a Suspension Period, the Holders shall forthwith discontinue use of the prospectus contained in such Registration Statement and, if so directed by the Company, such Holders shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.
SECTION 8.
REGISTRATION EXPENSES
     8.1. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the NASD (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offers and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and, subject to Section 8.2 below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the

-15-


 

requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). Additionally, if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement and does not pay the filing fee covering the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Transfer Restricted Securities are to be sold.
     The Company will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company.
     8.2. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Shelf Registration Statement is being prepared. In connection with any Piggy Back Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders, which may be the same counsel as counsel for the Company.
SECTION 9.
INDEMNIFICATION
     9.1. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ controlling person ”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “ Indemnified Holder ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Free Writing Prospectus prepared by the Company and filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (x) are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein or (y) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Free Writing Prospectus used or distributed by any Holder, agent or underwriter without the prior written consent of the Company. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.
     In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company in writing ( provided , that the

-16-


 

failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement). Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.
     9.2. Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers of the Company who sign a Registration Statement, and any person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such person (each a “ Company Indemnified Person ”), to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information (i) relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement or (ii) contained in a Free Writing Prospectus used or distributed by such Holder without the prior written consent of the Company. If any action or proceeding shall be brought against a Company Indemnified Person for which such Company Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities under this paragraph 9.2 (i) such Holder shall have the same rights and duties given to the Company in paragraph 9.1 above and (ii) such Company Indemnified Party shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder in paragraph 9.1 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the liability of any Holder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such Holder upon the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
     9.3. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company or such other Company Indemnified Party, as applicable, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company or such other Company Indemnified Party, as applicable, on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such other

-17-


 

Company Indemnified Party or by the Indemnified Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.2 and the second paragraph of Section 9.1, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.
     The Company and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9.3 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9.3 are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Notes held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the liability of any Holder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such Holder upon the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
SECTION 10.
PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS
     No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
SECTION 11.
SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS
     The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided , that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
SECTION 12.
MISCELLANEOUS
     12.1. Remedies
     The Company hereby agrees that, subject to Section 6 hereof, monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this

-18-


 

Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
     12.2. No Inconsistent Agreements
     The Company will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.
     12.3. Adjustments Affecting the Notes
     The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Notes that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.
     12.4. Amendments and Waivers
     The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to an Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.
     12.5. Notices
     All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
  (i)   if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and
 
  (ii)   if to the Company:
 
      MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., 1550 Utica Avenue South
Suite 100
Minneapolis, MN 55416
Facsimile No.: (952) 591-3865
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

-19-


 

      With a copy to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Citigroup Center
 
      153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022-4611,
Facsimile No.: (212) 446-6600
Attention: Ashley Gregory, Esq.
     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
     Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.
     12.6. Successors and Assigns
     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however , that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder and not in violation of the terms of this Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.
     12.7. Counterparts
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     12.8. Headings
     The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     12.9. Governing Law
     THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
     12.10. Severability
     In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

-20-


 

     12.11. Entire Agreement
     This Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
[Signature Page Follows]

-21-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS
WORLDWIDE, INC.

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  [GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

-22-


 

     The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
         
GSMP V ONSHORE US, LTD.    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
       
 
       
GSMP V OFFSHORE US, LTD.    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
       
 
       
GSMP V INSTITUTIONAL US, LTD.    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
Name:
       
Title:
       

-23-

 

Exhibit 99.7
 
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
13.25% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES DUE 2018
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of March [___], 2008
 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
Trustee
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS                    
         
      Page  
ARTICLE 1
       
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
       
BY REFERENCE
       
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    29  
Section 1.03 Rules of Construction
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE 2
       
THE NOTES
       
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating
    30  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    31  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    32  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    32  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    33  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    33  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    43  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    43  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    43  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    43  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    44  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    44  
Section 2.13 Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes
    44  
Section 2.14 CUSIP Numbers
    45  
 
       
ARTICLE 3
       
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
       
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    45  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
    45  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    46  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    46  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    47  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    47  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    47  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    48  
Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
    49  
 
       
ARTICLE 4
       
COVENANTS
       
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
    50  
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    51  
Section 4.03 Reports
    51  
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
    52  
Section 4.05 Taxes
    52  
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    53  
Section 4.07 Restricted Payments
    53  
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Company Subsidiaries
    57  

 


 

         
      Page  
Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
    58  
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
    63  
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
    65  
Section 4.12 Liens
    66  
Section 4.13 Management Fees and Reimbursement of Expenses of Sponsors
    66  
Section 4.14 Corporate Existence
    66  
Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
    66  
Section 4.16 [Reserved]
    68  
Section 4.17 Payments for Consent
    68  
Section 4.18 Investments in Respect of Payment Services Obligations
    68  
Section 4.19 Lead Sponsor Equity Anti-Layering
    68  
Section 4.20 Business Activities
    69  
Section 4.21 Maintenance of Properties
    69  
Section 4.22 Insurance
    69  
Section 4.23 Books and Records; Inspections
    69  
Section 4.24 Compliance with Laws
    69  
Section 4.25 Additional Note Guarantees
    69  
Section 4.26 Holding Company Covenant
    70  
Section 4.27 Maintenance of Minimum Liquidity Ratio
    70  
Section 4.28 Specified SRI Subsidiary
    70  
 
       
ARTICLE 5
       
SUCCESSORS
       
 
       
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
    70  
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted
    71  
 
       
ARTICLE 6
       
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
       
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    72  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    74  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    75  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    75  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    75  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    75  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
    76  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    76  
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    76  
Section 6.10 Priorities
    77  
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs
    77  
 
       
ARTICLE 7
       
TRUSTEE
       
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    77  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    78  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    79  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    79  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    79  
Section 7.06 Compensation and Indemnity
    80  
Section 7.07 Replacement of Trustee
    80  
Section 7.08 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
    81  
Section 7.09 Eligibility; Disqualification
    81  

ii 


 

         
      Page  
ARTICLE 8
       
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
       
 
       
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    82  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    82  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    82  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    83  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    84  
Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company
    84  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    85  
 
       
ARTICLE 9
       
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
       
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    85  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
    86  
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents
    87  
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    87  
Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
    88  
 
       
ARTICLE 10
       
NOTE GUARANTEES
       
 
       
Section 10.01 Guarantee
    88  
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    89  
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
    89  
Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
    90  
Section 10.05 Releases
    91  
 
       
ARTICLE 11
       
RANKING OF NOTE LIENS
       
 
       
Section 11.01 Agreement for the Benefit of Holders of First Priority Liens
    91  
Section 11.02 Notes, Note Guarantees and other Obligations with respect to the Notes not Subordinated
    91  
Section 11.03 Relative Rights
    91  
 
       
ARTICLE 12
       
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
       
 
       
Section 12.01 Security Documents
    93  
Section 12.02 Collateral Agent
    93  
Section 12.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken
    94  
Section 12.04 Release of Liens
    94  
Section 12.05 Filing, Recording and Opinions
    95  
Section 12.06 Suits to Protect the Collateral
    96  
Section 12.07 Purchaser Protected
    96  
Section 12.08 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
    96  
Section 12.09 Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations
    96  
Section 12.10 Financing Statements
    97  
 
       
ARTICLE 13
       
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
       
 
       
Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    97  

iii 


 

         
      Page  
Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money
    98  
 
       
ARTICLE 14
       
MISCELLANEOUS
       
 
       
Section 14.01 Notices
    99  
Section 14.02 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    100  
Section 14.03 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    100  
Section 14.04 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    101  
Section 14.05 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    101  
Section 14.06 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
    101  
Section 14.07 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    101  
Section 14.08 Successors
    101  
Section 14.09 Severability
    102  
Section 14.10 Counterpart Originals
    102  
Section 14.11 Table of Contents, Headings, etc
    102  
Section 14.12 Force Majeure
    102  
Section 14.13 Patriot Act
    102  
EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit A-1
  FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit A-2
  FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
Exhibit B
  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C
  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D
  FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
Exhibit E
  FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Exhibit F
  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS
     
Schedule 1.1(a)
  Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 1.1(b)
  Existing Liens
Schedule 1.1(c)
  Scheduled Restricted Investments

iv 


 

     INDENTURE dated as of March [___], 2008 among MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors listed on the signatures pages hereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee and collateral agent.
     The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 13.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”):
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions.
     “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
     “ Accounts Receivable ” means net accounts receivable as reflected on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person, without duplication:
     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including without limitation Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset at the time such asset is acquired by such specified Person.
     “ Adjusted EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
     (1) increased (without duplication) to the extent deducted in computing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person by:
          (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (including any tax sharing arrangements); plus
          (b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; plus
          (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period; plus
          (d) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in

1


 

each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the date hereof and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction; plus
          (e) other non-cash charges reducing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; plus
          (f) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person (less the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid to the holders of such minority interests); plus
          (g) non-recurring or unusual losses or expenses (including costs and expenses of litigation included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income); provided that the aggregate amount of all such losses or expenses added back pursuant to this clause (g) for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA for any four-quarter reference period shall not exceed 10.0% of Adjusted EBITDA for that period; provided , further that losses in respect of settlements of, or judgments in respect of, and expenses incurred in connection with, any litigation may be added back without limitation; plus
     (2) to the extent deducted or added in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person increased or decreased by (without duplication), any net loss or gain resulting from currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk); and
     (3) decreased to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income of such Person by, without duplication,
          (a) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period; plus
          (b) non-recurring or unusual gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period; provided , that the aggregate amount of all such gains deducted pursuant to this clause (3)(b) for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA for any four-quarter reference period shall not exceed 10.0% of Adjusted EBITDA for that period.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purpose of this definition, “ control ” means the possession of either (a) the power to vote, or the Beneficial Ownership of, 10% or more of the Voting Stock of such Person or (b) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise; provided , that, in no event shall GSMP and their Subsidiaries and other Persons engaged primarily in the investment of mezzanine securities that directly or indirectly are controlled by, or under common control with, the same investment adviser as GSMP (“ GS Mezzanine Entities ”) by virtue of their affiliation with affiliates other than GS Mezzanine Entities be deemed to control Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries for any purposes under this Indenture (including Section 2.09).
     “ Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
     “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

2


 

     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
     (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (x) the redemption price of such Note at the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under Section 3.07(c) hereof), assuming that, if any portion of the interest on such Note has previously been capitalized, that all required future interest payments due on such Note on each Interest Payment Date through the second anniversary of the Closing Date were made through the capitalization of such interest payments due on each such Interest Payment Date, plus (y) all required interest payments on the Note through the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date and any interest either capitalized or assumed to have been capitalized under clause (x) above), and with such present value computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.
     “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
     “ Article 6 Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided , however , that the impact of the following matters shall be disregarded: (i) changes in general economic, financial market, credit market, regulatory or political conditions (whether resulting from acts of war or terrorism, an escalation of hostilities or otherwise) generally affecting the U.S. economy, foreign economies or the industries in which Holdco or its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) changes in generally accepted accounting principles, (iii) changes in laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Authority, (iv) any change in Holdco’s stock price or trading volume, in and of itself, or any failure, in and of itself, by Holdco to meet revenue or earnings guidance published or otherwise provided to the Initial Purchasers (provided that any fact, condition, circumstance, event, change, development or effect underlying any such failure or change, other than any of the foregoing that is otherwise excluded pursuant to clauses (i) through (viii) hereof, may be taken into account in determining whether an Article 6 Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur), (v) losses resulting from any change in the valuations of Holdco’s portfolio of securities or sales of such securities and any effect resulting from such changes or sales, (vi) actions or omissions of Holdco or the Sponsors taken as required by the Equity Purchase Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Initial Purchasers, (vii) the public announcement, in and of itself, by a third party not affiliated with Holdco of any proposal to acquire the outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the assets of Holdco and (viii) the public announcement of the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (provided that this clause (viii) shall not apply with respect to Sections 1.2(c)(v), 2.2(d), 2.2(h) and 2.2(k) of the Equity Purchase Agreement); provided further , however, that an Article 6 Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed not to include the impact of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in each case only insofar and to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in such clauses do not have a disproportionate effect on Holdco and its Subsidiaries (exclusive of its payments systems business) relative to other participants in the industry.
     “ Asset Sale ” means:
     (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business whether or not consistent with past practice) or other disposition, of property or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); and

3


 

     (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Company Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Company Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof);
whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:
          (a) the disposition of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business, (ii) obsolete or worn out equipment or other tangible personal property or (iii) inventory sales in the ordinary course of business;
          (b) the disposition of portfolio securities for Highly Rated Investments or Cash and Cash Equivalents;
          (c) the disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
          (d) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;
          (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Guarantor to the Company or by the Company or a Guarantor to a Guarantor;
          (f) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Non-Guarantor to the Company or a Company Subsidiary;
          (g) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
          (h) the granting of Liens otherwise permitted by this Indenture;
          (i) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims;
          (j) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
          (k) foreclosures on assets;
          (l) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
          (m) sales of securities pursuant to Repurchase Agreements;
          (n) any transfer to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited of the loan from MoneyGram to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited in the amount of 92,500,000 pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated January 17, 2003 made to effectuate the forgiveness of such loan;
          (o) sales of accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; and

4


 

          (p) any disposition of assets (other than Equity Interests of a Company Subsidiary) in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value not to exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year.
     “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
     “ Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “ Beneficial Ownership ” and “ Beneficially Own ” have a corresponding meaning.
     “ Board of Directors ” means:
     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;
     (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;
     (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and
     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
     “ Business Combination ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving Holdco with any Person or (ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition by Holdco of all or substantially all of its assets.
     “ Business Day ” means any calendar day other than a Legal Holiday.
     “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets on liquidation of, the issuing Person.
     “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars;

5


 

     (2) (a) euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (b) such local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) Government Securities or Highly Rated Investments;
     (4) securities issued by any agency of the United States or government-sponsored enterprise (such as debt securities or mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Banks and other government-sponsored enterprises), which may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within three months or less and rated Aa1 or better by Moody’s and AA+ or better by S&P;
     (5) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, banker’s acceptances with maturities not exceeding 13 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million in the case of a domestic bank and $250.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of a foreign bank;
     (6) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3), (4) and (5) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
     (7) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (6) above;
     (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (10) Scheduled Restricted Investments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those authorized to be held in accordance with clauses (1) and (2); provided that such amounts are converted into any currency authorized to be held in accordance with clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
     “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (1) any Person (other than the Sponsors) acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of Holdco entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock ”);
     (2) the consummation of a Business Combination pursuant to which either (A) the Persons that were the Beneficial Owners of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business

6


 

Combination (including, without limitation, a company that, as a result of such transaction, owns Holdco or all or substantially all of Holdco’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries), or (B) any Person (other than the Sponsors) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;
     (3) the failure by Holdco to directly own 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company;
     (4) the failure by the Company to directly own 100% of the Capital Stock of MoneyGram; or
     (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation of Holdco or the Company.
     “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.
     “ Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Collateral ” means the collateral described in the Security Documents.
     “ Collateral Agent ” means the Trustee in its capacity as Collateral Agent under this Indenture and under the Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity.
     “ Company ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Company Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company.
     “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense (excluding amortization of signing bonuses), including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees, expenses and original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 — “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness); plus

7


 

     (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued.
     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however , that
     (a) to the extent included in Net Income:
     (1) there shall be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income (x) all extraordinary gains and (y) all extraordinary losses;
     (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles or policies during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application in each case in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;
     (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
     (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income or loss for such period of any Subsidiary of such Person will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or in similar distributions has been legally waived or such income has been dividended or distributed to the Company or to a Company Subsidiary without such restriction; provided, however , that for the avoidance of doubt, any restrictions based solely on (i) financial maintenance requirements imposed as a matter of state regulatory requirements or (ii) the types of restrictions set forth in clauses (cc), (dd) and (ee) of the definition of Permitted Liens shall not result in the exclusion of Net Income (loss); and provided, further , that any net loss of any Subsidiary of such Person (including any Guarantor), shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (6);
     (7) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments not relating to the Restricted Investment Portfolio shall be excluded;

8


 

     (8) any Net Income (loss) for such Period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of, or it is realized out of the income generated by, or from the sale or disposition of, any assets included in the Scheduled Restricted Investments;
     (9) any Net Income (loss) for such Period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of any asset included the Restricted Investment Portfolio; provided , however , that subject to clause (8) any Net Income (loss) for such Period will be included to the extent that it is realized out of the sale, disposition or unwinding of any assets included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio;
     (10) any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” or Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141 “Business Combinations,” in each case to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income of such Person will be excluded;
     (11) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any non-cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with Transactions shall be excluded; and
     (12) any non-cash items included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company as a result of an agreement of the Sponsors in respect of any equity participation shall be excluded; and
     (b) to the extent not already included in Net Income, any costs associated with any operational expenses or litigation costs or expenses (including any judgment or settlement) made by any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in respect of which the Company has made a Restricted Payment pursuant to clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.07(b) shall be deducted from Net Income.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only and in order to avoid double counting, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances that constitute Restricted Investments by the company or any Company Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(iii)(C) hereof.
     “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 14.01 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
     “ Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March [___], 2008, by and among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, and the other financial institutions signatory thereto as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.
     “ Credit Facilities ” means, one or more secured debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term

9


 

loans, or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.
     “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
     “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default as defined in Section 6.01.
     “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
     “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
     “ Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, as of the date of receipt of such non-cash consideration, in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration; provided that Designated Non-cash Consideration shall not exceed at any one time outstanding $25.0 million.
     “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, directors, managers, consultants (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries (or their direct or indirect parent) in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
     For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any Disqualified Stock shall be equal to its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than (i) a Foreign Subsidiary or (ii) a Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, but in each case including any Subsidiary that guarantees Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.
     “ EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

10


 

     “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
     “ Equity Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated February 11, 2008, among the Sponsors and Holdco.
     “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date, plus interest accruing thereon set forth on Schedule 1.1(a).
     “ fair market value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer as determined by the senior management (or if the fair market value of any asset or property exceeds $1.0 million, as determined by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors in its sole good faith judgment).
     “ fair value ” shall be defined in accordance with GAAP.
     “ First Priority Liens ” means all Liens that secure the First Priority Lien Obligations.
     “ First Priority Lien Obligations ” means (i) all Obligations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries under the agreements governing Credit Facilities and (ii) all other Obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Hedging Obligations that are secured pursuant to the documentation evidencing Credit Facilities.
     “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Company Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (the “ reference period ”).
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations (and all related financing transactions) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. Additionally, if since the beginning of such reference period any Person that subsequently became a Company Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Company Subsidiary since the beginning of such reference period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such reference period as if such Investment,

11


 

acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (and all related financing transactions) had occurred at the beginning of the reference period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations (including any cost savings associated therewith) shall be made in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Company may designate.
     Any Person that is a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Company Subsidiary at all times during the reference period, and any Person that is not a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Company Subsidiary at any time during the reference period.
     “ Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
     (1) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
     (2) all cash dividend or distribution payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock of any such Person and its Subsidiaries; and
     (3) all cash dividend or distribution payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person.
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is (i) not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes the sole assets of which consist of Equity Interests of entities described in clause (i) of this definition.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the date hereof; provided that if there has been a subsequent change in GAAP, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee on each Calculation Date a reconciliation of the calculation of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or Leverage Ratio, as applicable, pursuant to the Indenture to such calculation in accordance with GAAP in effect as of the Calculation Date.
     “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
     “ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

12


 

     “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.
     “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of the principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of the principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
     “ GSCP ” means GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., and GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.
     “ GSMP ” means GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd.
     “ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.
     “ Guarantors ” means:
     (1) Holdco;
     (2) all existing and subsequently acquired or organized Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries, SPEs and Long Lake Partners LLC); and
     (3) any other Domestic Subsidiary that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture,
and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
     “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap, cap or collar agreements, and other similar

13


 

agreements or arrangements designed primarily to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.
     “ Highly Rated Investments ” means:
     (1) U.S. dollars, euros, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, Pounds Sterling or any national currency of any participating state of the EMU;
     (2) Government Securities with maturities not to exceed 13 months;
     (3) securities (including fixed rate mortgages) issued by any agency of the United States or government-sponsored enterprise (such as debt securities or mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Banks and other government-sponsored enterprises), which may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, rated Aaa by Moody’s and AAA by S&P, in each case with maturities not to exceed 13 months;
     (4) any overnight Repurchase Agreement with any bank or trust company organized under the laws of any state of the United States or any national banking association or any government securities dealer which is listed as reporting to the market statistics division of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York over-collateralized by 102% by any one or more of the securities described in clauses (2) or (3) above;
     (5) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 13 months or less from the date of acquisition, banker’s acceptances with maturities not exceeding 13 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case (i) with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million in the case of a domestic bank and $500.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of a foreign bank and (ii) rated Aa3 or better by Moody’s and AA- or better by S&P; and
     (6) any money market mutual fund registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that invest exclusively in any one or more of the securities described in clauses (2), (3), (4) or (5) above.
     “ Holdco ” means Moneygram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Holdco Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Holdco.
     “ Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
     “ IAI Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors .
     “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, as of any date, any Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $500,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $500,000; provided that a Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company; and provided further that the total assets of Subsidiaries qualifying as Immaterial Subsidiaries shall in no case be greater than $1.0 million in the aggregate.

14


 

     “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
     (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent
     (1) in respect of borrowed money;
     (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or reimbursement obligations in respect of surety bonds, letters of credit and other similar instruments to the extent not collateralized with Cash and Cash Equivalents or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (3) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) or services, except any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business;
     (4) representing obligations under Repurchase Agreements;
     (5) representing any Hedging Obligations; or
     (6) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodation which in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person.
     (b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, and
     (c) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is equal to the lesser of the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien or the value of the property so secured.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: (i) Payment Service Obligations; (ii) ordinary course obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts; (iii) Payment Instruments Funding Amounts; and (iv) for the avoidance of doubt, Equity Interests of Holdco issued pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
     “ Initial Purchasers ” means, collectively, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. and their respective Affiliates.
     “ Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

15


 

     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March [___], 2008, by and among JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Company and the other parties thereto, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, or replaced in connection with any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal or replacement of Credit Facilities.
     “ Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 1 of the Note.
     “ Investments ” means with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the consolidated balance sheet (including the footnotes) of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involved the transfer of cash or other property.
     “ Lead Sponsor ” means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates.
     “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
     “ Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of Total Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that the Company or any Company Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Leverage Ratio is being calculated but on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Leverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period.
     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations (and all related financing transactions) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. Additionally, if since the beginning of such reference period any Person that subsequently became a Company Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Company Subsidiary since the beginning of such reference period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such reference period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (and all related financing transactions) had occurred at the beginning of the reference period.
     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations (including any cost savings associated therewith) shall be made in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being

16


 

given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Company may designate.
     Any Person that is a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Company Subsidiary at all times during the reference period, and any Person that is not a Company Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Company Subsidiary at any time during the reference period.
     “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to give a security interest; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect (a) on the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) that would materially impair the ability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents or (c) that would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Holders under this Indenture or any of the other Financing Documents (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement), taken as a whole.
     “ Minimum Liquidity Ratio ” means the ratio of (a) the fair value of the Restricted Investment Portfolio (other than Scheduled Restricted Investments, which shall be valued at the lower of (x) fair value and (y) the actual par amount of each Scheduled Restricted Investment held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the date of determination multiplied by (A) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-1 on Schedule 1.1(c), 0.98, (B) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-2 on Schedule 1.1(c), 0.049525, and (C) in respect of the Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-3 on Schedule 1.1(c), zero; provided , that any Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-1 on Schedule 1.1(c) shall be valued at fair value after June 30, 2008; and provided further , if any of such Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the headings C-2 and C-3 on Schedule 1.1(c) (the “ Specified SRIs ”) have been sold, the aggregate value of such remaining Specified SRIs shall be the lower of (x) fair value of such remaining Specified SRIs and (y) the aggregate value of all Specified SRIs (determined in accordance with the valuation methodology described above) less the net proceeds received for the Specified SRIs sold (not to be less than zero)) to (b) all Payment Service Obligations.
     “ MoneyGram ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
     “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

17


 

     “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such non-cash consideration, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and, if such costs have not been incurred or invoiced, the Company’s good faith estimates thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on Indebtedness required to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
     “ Non-Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary of Holdco other than the Company or any Guarantor.
     “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
     “ Note Guarantees ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture.
     “ Note Purchase Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2008, among the Company, Holdco, GSMP and THL Credit Partners, L.P.
     “ Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to “principal amount” shall include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.
     “ Obligations ” means any principal (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit whether or not drawn), interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding at the rate, including any applicable post-default rate, specified in the applicable agreement), premium (if any), guarantees of payment, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes.
     “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, the Secretary, any principal executive officer or any principal accounting officer of the Company.
     “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 14.03 hereof.
     “ Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that meets the requirements of Section 14.03 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.
     “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

18


 

     “ Passive Holding Company Condition ” shall be satisfied so long as Holdco or a Holdco Subsidiary (other than the Company and any of its Subsidiaries) does not:
     (1) directly incur any Indebtedness other than Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (2) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed by it (except Permitted Holdco Liens); or
     (3) own any Equity Interests in any Person (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) and own any other material assets (excluding Equity Interests) other than (w) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (x) assets under any stock incentive plans (including related agreements), loan stock purchase programs or incentive compensation plans, (y) pre-paid assets (e.g. deferred financing costs) and (z) deferred tax assets;
provided nothing in this definition shall restrict Holdco from performing its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement and the securities issued thereunder and under the certificates of designation contemplated thereby.
     “ Payment Instruments Funding Amounts ” means amounts advanced to and retained by the Company and its Subsidiaries as advance funding for the payment instruments or obligations arising under an official check agreement or a customer agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.
     “ Payment Service Obligations ” means all liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP for outstanding payment instruments (as classified and defined as Payment Service Obligations in Holdco’s SEC Documents and if Holdco is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Holdco’s most recent audited financial statements).
     “ Permissible Parties ” means any Holder, any prospective Holder and any broker dealer or securities analyst (so long as, in the case of a prospective Holder, broker dealer or securities analyst, such entity certifies to the Company that either it or the party to whom it is providing information is either (i) a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii) a Person to whom sales of the Notes would be permitted under Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (iii) to an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).
     “ Permitted Holdco Indebtedness ” means:
     (1) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdco providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary; provided , however , that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdco or any Holdco Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (1)(A)); and
     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect

19


 

to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdco in connection with such disposition;
     (2) Obligations incurred under this Indenture;
     (3) Indebtedness incurred by Holdco in respect of interest rate Hedging Obligations of Holdco in existence on the Closing Date; and
     (4) Guarantees of other Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors permitted under Section 4.09(a) and Sections 4.09(b)(1), (2) (to the extent existing at the Closing Date), (4), (5), (11), (13) (to the extent the debt so extended, refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or defeased was guaranteed by Holdco in accordance with this Indenture) and (21) of this Indenture.
     “ Permitted Holdco Liens ” means, any Permitted Liens other than clauses (h), (i), (k), (p) and (bb) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
     “ Permitted Investment ” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Company or any Guarantor;
     (2) any Investments in any foreign Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries (other than SPEs) that together with all Investments made pursuant to this clause (2) shall not exceed $75.0 million or, on and after the Sell Down Date, $150.0 million;
     (3) any Investments (including Investments outstanding as of the date hereof) in SPEs provided that the total assets of all SPEs shall not exceed $2.0 billion at any one time outstanding;
     (4) any Investment in Cash or Cash Equivalents;
     (5) any Investment in the Restricted Investment Portfolio made in compliance with Section 4.18;
     (6) any Investment by the Company or any Guarantor in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
          (a) such Person becomes a Guarantor; or
          (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Guarantor;
     (7) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
     (8) any Investment existing on the date hereof (excluding assets held by any SPE) or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the date hereof and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds any such Investment; provided that such replacing, refinancing or refunding Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced,

20


 

refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;
     (9) loans and advances to employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdco, the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries for reasonable and customary business related travel expenses, moving expenses and similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business whether or not consistent with past practice, and payroll advances;
     (10) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Company Subsidiary
          (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of such other Investment or accounts receivable or
          (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Company Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (11) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(11) hereof;
     (12) Investments to the extent the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof;
     (13) any Investments in or repurchases of the Notes;
     (14) receivables owing to the Company or any Company Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
     (15) Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 to the extent it constitutes an Investment;
     (16) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;
     (17) upfront payments, signing bonuses and similar payments paid to agents and guaranties of agent commissions, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; and
     (18) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
     “ Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

21


 

     (a) Liens on assets of the Company or any of the Guarantors securing Credit Facilities pursuant to clause (b)(1) of Section 4.09;
     (b) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation, or deposits to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness for borrowed money) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent;
     (c) to the extent imposed by Law, landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, in each case for sums overdue for a period of not more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding in good faith with an appeal or other proceedings for review;
     (d) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or claims overdue for a period of not more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
     (e) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or securing bonds required by applicable state regulatory licensing requirements or letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments in lieu of such items or to support the issuance thereof issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business, in an amount outstanding not to exceed $25.0 million; provided , however that there shall be no dollar limitation on any such Liens to the extent the bonds were required by applicable state regulatory licensing requirements or any appeal bonds posted in connection with litigation;
     (f) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(4) or (5); provided , that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (b)(4) and (5) are solely on the assets financed, purchased, constructed, improved, acquired or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be, and the proceeds and products thereof and accessions thereto;
     (g) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (h) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary and that such Liens are released within 30 days of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;
     (i) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Company Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Company Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; and provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (j) Liens securing Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(11);

22


 

     (k) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (l) Liens existing on the Closing Date set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) hereto;
     (m) any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien of the type referred to in clauses (a), (f), (g), (i) and (l); provided, however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property and the proceeds and products thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to such clause (a), (f), (g), (i) and (l) and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (n) Liens in favor of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (o) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases that do not materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Holdco, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (p) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits relating to asset sales or acquisition not in the ordinary course in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement not prohibited by this Indenture;
     (q) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (r) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;
     (s) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties;
     (t) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (u) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (v) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (w) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Repurchase Agreements; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such Repurchase Agreements;

23


 

     (x) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (y) set-off rights arising in the ordinary course of business;
     (z) any attachment or judgment Lien against Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or any property of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary, so long as such Lien secures claims not otherwise constituting an Event of Default;
     (aa) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdco, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdco, the Company or any Company Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (bb) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of Company Subsidiaries owing to the Company or another Company Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (cc) restrictive contractual obligations with respect to assets comprising the Payment Instruments Funding Amounts or Payment Service Obligations, provided that such contractual obligations are no more restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Closing Date;
     (dd) ordinary course of business contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts, provided that such contractual obligations are no more restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Closing Date;
     (ee) the deposit or pre-funding of amounts in escrow pursuant to contractual obligations contained in customer agreements securing obligations not exceeding $25.0 million in the aggregate; and
     (ff) other Liens securing obligations not otherwise permitted by this definition not exceeding $100.0 million in the aggregate.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
     “ PIK Interest ” means interest paid in the form of increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.
     “ PIK Payment ” means an interest payment made by increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.
     “ preferred stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or distributions or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any preferred stock shall be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference.

24


 

     “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture.
     “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
     “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means a public offering or private placement of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdco and any direct or indirect parent of Holdco; provided that the net proceeds thereof are contributed by Holdco or such parent to the Company and, in turn, by the Company to the MoneyGram as common equity.
     “ Record Date ” means for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date with respect to the Notes, March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.
     “ reference period ” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
     “ Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement and/or an S-1 Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.
     “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.
     “ Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
     “ Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
     “ Repurchase Agreement ” means an agreement of a Person to purchase Cash and Cash Equivalents arising out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar Cash and Cash Equivalents.
     “ Required Holders ” means at any time the Holders of at least a majority of the amount of Notes then outstanding.
     “ Responsible Officer, ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated

25


 

officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
     “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
     “ Restricted Investment Portfolio ” means assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are restricted by state law, contract or otherwise designated by the Company for the payment of Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Restricted Period ” the period of forty-one (41) consecutive days beginning on and including the day on which Notes were first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S.
     “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency group.
     “ Scheduled Restricted Investments ” means the securities listed on Schedule 1.1(c) hereto.
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ SEC Documents ” means, if Holdco is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Holdco’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act.
     “ Second Priority Liens ” means all Liens that secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees, which Liens are subordinated to the First Priority Liens in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
     “ Security Documents ” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments and related and ancillary agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the Second Priority Liens in the Collateral.
     “ Sell Down Date ” means the 91st day following the date on which the Initial Purchasers cease to constitute the Required Holders.

26


 

     “ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.
     “ Similar Business ” means (a) the global funds transfer and payment services business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (b) any other business described under the heading “ Business ” in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and (c) any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto or any reasonable extension thereof.
     “ SPEs ” means Ferrum Trust, a Delaware business trust, Tsavorite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Hematite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Monazite Trust, a Delaware business trust, and, to the extent the formation thereof is not prohibited by the Indenture, any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company or trust (which is consolidated with the Company for financial statement purposes), in each case formed for the limited organizational purpose of isolating a limited and specified pool of assets with respect to rights and obligations pursuant to Payment Service Obligations, which assets shall consist solely of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) Accounts Receivable and (iii) interest rate Hedging Obligations that relate to Highly Rated Investments and Payment Service Obligations. The Specified SRI Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be an SPE.
     “ Sponsors ” means the Lead Sponsor, GSCP and GSMP.
     “ SRIs SPV ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.28.
     “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:
     (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment or in respect of the proceeds of any collateral to the Notes, and
     (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment or in respect of the proceeds of any collateral to the guarantee of such Guarantor.
     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:
     (a) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and
     (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
     (1) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

27


 

     (2) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity;
     (c) any SPE.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary which is a Guarantor.
     “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ total assets ” of any Person shall mean total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, if any, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the most recent balance sheet of such Person.
     “ Total Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement.
     “ Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
     “ Trustee ” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
     “ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “ Uniform Commercial Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
     “ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
     “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
     “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing

28


 

     (a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by
     (b) the sum of all such payments.
     “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02 Other Definitions.
         
    Defined in
Term   Section
Affiliate Transaction
    4.11  
Asset Sale Offer
    4.10  
Authentication Order
    2.02  
Change of Control Offer
    4.15  
Change of Control Payment
    4.15  
Change of Control Payment Date
    4.15  
Covenant Defeasance
    8.03  
DTC
    2.03  
Event of Default
    6.01  
Excess Proceeds
    4.10  
incur
    4.09  
Legal Defeasance
    8.02  
Offer Amount
    3.09  
Offer Period
    3.09  
Paying Agent
    2.03  
Permitted Debt
    4.09  
Purchase Date
    3.09  
Redemption Date
    3.07  
Registrar
    2.03  
Restricted Payments
    4.07  
Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it; and shall be construed, in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “or” is not exclusive;
     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

29


 

     (6) the word “including” means “including without limitation”;
     (7) any reference to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns;
     (8) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein);
     (9) for purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”;
     (10) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
     (11) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating.
     (a)  General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be initially issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided, however, that payments of PIK Interest shall be made in denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 rounded up to the nearest whole dollar and thus Notes increased by PIK Payments may be in integral multiples other than $1,000.
     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     (b)  Global Notes . Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 or A-2 hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon (and giving effect to any PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note) and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and payment of PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

30


 

     (c)  Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
     (1) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States Beneficial Ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any Beneficial Owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a Beneficial Ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
     (2) an Officer’s Certificate from the Company.
     Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
     (d)  Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.
     At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or electronic image scan signature.
     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
     A Note will not be valid or obligatory for any purpose or entitled to any benefits under this Indenture until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 or A-2 hereto by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated under this Indenture.
     The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more

31


 

Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof and PIK Payments in accordance with the terms of the Notes.
     On any Interest Payment Date on which the Company pays PIK Interest with respect to a Global Note, the Trustee shall increase the principal amount of such Global Note by an amount equal to the interest payable, rounded up to the nearest $1.00, for the relevant interest period on the principal amount of such Global Note as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, to the credit of the Holders on such Record Date, pro rata in accordance with their interests, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such increase.
     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.
     The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar will also facilitate the transfer of the Notes on behalf of the Company in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
     The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
     The Company will require each third-party Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

32


 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.
     The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
     (a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:
     (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;
     (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or
     (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
     Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.
     (b)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a

33


 

beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than to a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S) and other than pursuant to Rule 144A). No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).
     (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:
     (A) both:
     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
     (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or
     (B) both:
     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
     (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;
provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.
     (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

34


 

     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof or, if permitted by the Applicable Procedures item (3) thereof ;
     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (4) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer otherwise complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and:
     (A) such transfer is effected pursuant to any Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (B) the Registrar receives the following:
     (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above.

35


 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
     (c)  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes .
     (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (1) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
     (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and

36


 

the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
     (2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
     (d)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; or
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,
the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global

37


 

Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.
     (2) Definitive Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Definitive Restricted Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (A) such transfer is effected pursuant to any Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (B) the Registrar receives the following:
     (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof,
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Securities Act Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
     (3) Definitive Unrestricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(A), (2)(B) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
     (e)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer

38


 

or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, Opinions of Counsel, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
     (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (2) Definitive Restricted Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Definitive Restricted Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) any such transfer is effected pursuant to any Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (B) the Registrar receives the following:
     (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Restricted Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Restricted Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

39


 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(e)(2), the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate aggregate principal amount to the Person designated by the Holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such Holder.
     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Note pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
     (f)  Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
     (1) Private Placement Legend . Each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”
     (2) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE

40


 

DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (3) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
     “THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.”
     (g)  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
     (h)  General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
     (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
     (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.04 hereof).

41


 

     (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
     (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes, made in accordance with this Section 2.06, will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:
     (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing;
     (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or
     (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
     (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
     (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
     (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronic image scan.
     (9) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
     (10) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

42


 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.
     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Company receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Company’s reasonable requirements are met. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
     Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.
     The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).
     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.
     In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Company has so notified in writing the Trustee are so owned will be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee is not the Company, a Guarantor or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company, a Guarantor or of such other obligor.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.
     Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers

43


 

appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate upon receipt of an Authentication Order definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
     Holders, and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation.
     The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the discretion of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.
     If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
Section 2.13 Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes.
     The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes, including any increase in the principal amount thereof as a result of a PIK Payment, at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be made by the Company and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

44


 

Section 2.14 CUSIP Numbers.
     The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.
     If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth and certifying:
(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;
(2) the Redemption Date;
(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and
(4) the redemption price;
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements. If selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, the Trustee shall select Notes by lot or by such other method the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.
     In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
     The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, except in cases of PIK Interest; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

45


 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.
     Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 13 hereof.
     The notice will identify the Notes (including CUSIP number(s)) to be redeemed and will state:
(1) the Redemption Date;
(2) the appropriate method for calculation of the redemption price, but need not include the redemption price itself; the actual redemption price shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date unless the redemption is pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof, in which case such Officer’s Certificate should be delivered on the Redemption Date;
(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
     At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 35 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
     The Company may provide in the notice of redemption that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
     Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. A

46


 

notice of redemption may not be conditional, except as provided in Section 3.07(d). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
     Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly and in any event within two Business Days, return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
     If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption, whether such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
     Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate of the Company is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.
     (a) At any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or any part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the then outstanding principal amount plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”) and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
     (b) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

47


 

     (c) On or after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or any part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages the then outstanding principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to (but not including) the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on dates indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:
         
Year   Percentage
Fifth anniversary of the Closing Date
    106.625 %
Sixth anniversary of the Closing Date
    104.417 %
Seventh anniversary of the Closing Date
    103.313 %
Eighth anniversary of the Closing Date and thereafter
    100.000 %
Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.
     (d) At any time on or after the Sell Down Date and prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 113.250% of the then outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to (but not including) the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that:
     (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture, as such principal amount shall have been increased through the capitalization of interest (excluding Notes held by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries), remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
     (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Qualified Equity Offering.
     (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. Any optional redemption of Notes must relate to an aggregate principal amount of Notes being redeemed of at least the lesser of (a) $5.0 million and (b) the remaining outstanding principal amount of such Notes.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.
     (a) Except as set forth in Section 3.08(b), the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
     (b) Commencing with the first “accrual period” (as defined for purposes of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and continuing with each subsequent accrual period thereafter, the Company shall pay in cash, on or before the end of such accrual period, an amount equal to the sum of the accrued and unpaid PIK Interest and the accrued and unpaid original issue discount (as defined for the purposes of the Code) (other than PIK Interest), with respect to the Notes if, but only to the extent that, the aggregate amount of the sum of (i) the PIK Interest and (ii) the original issue discount (other than PIK Interest), in each case that has accrued and not been paid in cash from the Closing Date through the end of such accrual period on the Notes, exceeds the product of the “issue price” (as defined

48


 

for purposes of the Code) for the Notes and the “yield to maturity” (as defined for purposes of the Code) on the Notes. Any such payment shall first be allocated to the accrued and unpaid PIK Interest.
Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
     In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below.
     The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
     If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
     Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:
     (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;
     (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
     (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in $2,000 in principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, or if PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 (in each case, in aggregate principal amount);
     (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the

49


 

Offer Period, an electronic image scan or facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
     (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by Holdco so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 in principal amount, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased, or if PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00);
     (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book entry transfer); and
     (10) any other procedures the Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.
     On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate of the Company is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note), in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
     Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.10, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.10, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such compliance.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.
     The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof,

50


 

holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. PIK Interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee is directed no later than three Business Days prior to such date to increase the principal amount of the Notes in an amount equal to the amount of the applicable PIK Interest.
     During any period in which a payment default hereunder or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest on all principal and overdue interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate that is 2% higher than the interest rate on the Notes. During such period, the Company will also pay any post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law. Such interest would be in addition to any additional interest resulting from a payment default hereunder or other Event of Default.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
     The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
Section 4.03 Reports.
     (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, Holdco will furnish to the Trustee and, if Holdco is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, post on a confidential website to which Permissible Parties will be given unconditional access (the “ Confidential Website ”):
     (1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual management report of the Company containing audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the form that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”);
     (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a quarterly management report of the Company containing unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP and in the form that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”); and

51


 

     (3) within 10 Business Days after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all the information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act.
     (b) To the extent not already required by this Section 4.03, the Company will furnish to any Permissible Party, upon its request, information satisfying the requirements of Rule 144A.
     (c) [Reserved]
     (d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).
     (e) The information required to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.03 will be deemed to have been furnished to the Trustee if Holdco has filed such information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available; provided, however that the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any filing under clause (a)(3) of this Section 4.03, and provided further , that unless requested in writing by a Holder, the Trustee shall have no obligations (i) to confirm that filings under clause (a) of this Section 4.03 have been made or (ii) to access any such filings.
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.
     (a) With respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate (the signer for which shall be the principal executive officer, principal accounting officer or principal financial officer of the Company) stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture (including under Section 4.27), and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture (without regard to notice requirements or grace periods) and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
     (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee promptly, and in no case more than four Business Days after, any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05 Taxes.
     The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect

52


 

such payment would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
     The Company covenants (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;
     (3) make any principal or other payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund or maturity, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(9) hereof; or
     (4) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
     (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
     (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test, as applicable, set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
     (iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Sections 4.07(b)(2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7)), is less than the sum of:
     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter following the

53


 

Closing Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
     (B) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash contributed to the common equity capital of the Company following the date hereof (other than by a Company Subsidiary); plus
     (C) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount received in cash by the Company after the date hereof as a result of the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Company Subsidiary) of, or by way of dividend, distribution or loan repayments on, Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries after the date hereof or (y) the initial amount of such Restricted Investments made in compliance with the terms of this Indenture after the date hereof.
     (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
     (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(iii)(B) hereof;
     (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company that is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:
     (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;
     (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

54


 

     (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired.
     (4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent held by any current or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses) of the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their direct or indirect parents pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or similar agreement; provided, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (4) in any four-fiscal quarter period shall not exceed $5.0 million as of the last day of such four-fiscal quarter period;
     (5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Company Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
     (6) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (7) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company to, or the making of loans to, its direct or indirect parent in amounts required for either of their respective direct or indirect parent to actually pay the following:
     (A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;
     (B) foreign, federal, state and local income or franchise taxes, to the extent such income or franchise taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
     (C) general corporate expenses related to third party audit, insurance, legal and similar administrative expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including customary expenses for a public company;
     (D) customary salary, bonus, contributions to pension and 401(k) plans, deferred compensation and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such amounts are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to clause (4) of this Section 4.07(b));
     (E) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Company owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons (including, without limitation, the Sponsors) under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with such Person, or obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including any premiums therefor); provided, however, that any indemnities owing to the Sponsors pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall only be permitted under this clause (E) to the extent such indemnities are as a result of third party claims relating to the Transactions; and provided , further , that no Restricted Payment may be made pursuant to

55


 

this clause (E) to the extent such Restricted Payments are covered by Section 4.07(b)(8)(B);
     (F) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;
     (G) amounts required to be paid by Holdco in connection with clause (4) of the definition of Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (H) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; and
     (I) payments and/or netting of shares under stock option plans to settle option price payments owed by employees and officers of Holdco with respect thereto, and payments to settle such employees’ and officers’ federal, state and income tax liabilities (if any) related to restricted stock units and similar stock based awards thereunder;
     (8) a Restricted Payment with respect to the payment of (A) litigation expenses or any judgment or any settlement of any litigation of any direct or indirect parent of the Company or (B) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Company owing to directors, officers or employees under its charter or by-laws, in respect of a settlement to the extent such payments represent indirect payment obligations of the parent; provided , however , that after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (8) (x) the Company would be in compliance with Sections 4.18 and 4.27 and (y) the excess of Cash and Cash Equivalents (that are not included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio) of the Company and its Subsidiaries plus the Restricted Investment Portfolio (using the valuation methodology set forth in the definition of Minimum Liquidity Ratio) over Payment Service Obligations would be an amount of no less than $75.0 million;
     (9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million; or
     (10) the declaration of (so long as the payment with respect of such declaration is made within 30 days of such declaration) or the payment of any dividend or distribution with the cash proceeds of the sale or other disposition by the Specified SRI Subsidiary of, or any payment of principal of, Specified SRIs (“ Specified SRI Sales ”) in excess of $34.0 million (the “ Excess SRI Proceeds ”); provided , however , that the payment of such dividend or distribution shall be paid concurrently with the distribution of such Excess SRI Proceeds by the Specified SRI Subsidiary and shall be subject to the following conditions: (i)(A) the first $50.0 million of Excess SRI Proceeds shall have previously been used to permanently prepay term loans outstanding under the Credit Facilities, (B) the next $62.5 million of Excess SRI Proceeds may be used to fund dividends or distributions in accordance with this clause (10), (C) any Excess SRI Proceeds that exceed the amount paid under the foregoing subclauses (A) and (B) may be used (x) 50% to permanently prepay term loans outstanding under the Credit Facilities and (y) 50% to fund dividends and distributions under this clause (10), (D) all of the Specified SRIs shall have been transferred to the SRIs SPV in compliance with Section 4.28, and (E) such dividend or distribution shall have been received by the Company directly from the SRIs SPV; (ii) after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (10), the Company would be in compliance with Sections 4.18 and 4.27 and (iii) after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (10), the excess of Cash and Cash Equivalents (that are not included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio) of the Company and its Subsidiaries plus the Restricted

56


 

Investment Portfolio (using the valuation methodology set forth in the definition of Minimum Liquidity Ratio) over Payment Service Obligations shall not be less than $75.0 million;
provided, however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clause (b) (other than clauses (b)(7)(A), (b)(7)(B), (b)(7)(C), (b)(7)(D), (b)(7)(E) or (b)(7)(I)), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Company Subsidiaries.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Company Subsidiary to:
     (1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Company Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any Company Subsidiary; or
     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any Company Subsidiary.
     (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the date hereof including, without limitation, pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date hereof) and their related documentation and Hedging Obligations;
     (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
     (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
     (4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order or similar restriction;
     (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
     (6) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Company Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into relating to the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of that Company Subsidiary;
     (7) secured debt otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

57


 

     (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or portfolio securities or net worth imposed by customers under contracts or Governmental Authorities entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (9) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-lease back agreements and other similar agreements;
     (10) customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (11) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Company Subsidiary that restricts dividends, distributions, loans or advances by that Company Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries or sales of their respective assets pending the sale or other disposition;
     (12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 4.08(a)(1) through (a)(3) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (b)(1) through (b)(11) above; provided , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
     (13) Liens permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof; and
     (14) restrictions and conditions imposed by the terms of the documentation governing any Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Company Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, which Indebtedness or preferred stock is permitted by Section 4.09.
Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, including in connection with any consolidation or merger, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ”), with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however , that after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company may incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock and any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Non-Guarantor (in respect of all Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount of Indebtedness and preferred stock outstanding not to exceed at any time $10.0 million) may incur Indebtedness or issue shares of preferred stock, (x) prior to the Sell Down Date, if at any time the Leverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been less than 3.50 to 1.00, and (y) on or after the Sell Down Date, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, in each case determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

58


 

     (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not apply to any of the following items (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):
     (1) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities, the guarantee by the Guarantors of the Company’s obligations thereunder and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $600.0 million less  the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales or Specified SRI Sales applied by the Company since the date hereof to repay any such Indebtedness under Credit Facilities, and in the case of revolving facilities, that effect a corresponding reduction in commitments thereunder;
     (2) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees issued on the date hereof;
     (3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under Credit Facilities);
     (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor the proceeds of which are applied to finance the development, construction, purchase, lease, repairs, additions or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed $10.0 million;
     (5) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the Company or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or a Guarantor or merged into the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
     (A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant Disqualified Stock or preferred stock to the Leverage Ratio test or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test, as applicable, set forth in Section 4.09(a), or
     (B) the Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in Section 4.09(a), as applicable, is no more than (or no less than, as applicable) such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; provided , that until the Sell Down Date, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock outstanding at any one time pursuant to this clause (5)(B) shall not exceed $75.0 million;
     (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Company Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

59


 

     (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Company Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Company Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Company Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (7)(A)); and
     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;
     (8) (A) Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Company to a Guarantor or (B) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note; provided , further , that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (8);
     (9) (A) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75.0 million of the Company or of a Subsidiary Guarantor owing to a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) that is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor on terms satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and (B) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75.0 million of a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) owing to the Company or to a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or preferred stock (except to the Company or another Company Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (9);
     (10) shares of preferred stock of a Company Subsidiary issued to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to the Company or another Company Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock that was not permitted by this clause (10);
     (11) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of interest rate and/or currency Hedging Obligations of the Company and any Guarantor not entered into for speculative purposes or having the effect of a borrowing;
     (12) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Company Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;
     (13) the incurrence by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that serves to extend, refund, refinance, renew, replace or

60


 

defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clause (b)(3) above, this clause (13) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums, fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) other than in respect of Credit Facilities, has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being refunded or refinanced; 
     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or such Note Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii)  Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively; and
     (C) shall not include:
     (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Company Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Company; or
     (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Company Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Guarantor;
     (14) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (15) the incurrence by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance or self-insurance obligations in the ordinary course of business;
     (16) Indebtedness that may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guarantees, performance, surety, statutory, appeal, bid, payment (other than payment of Indebtedness), reclamation, statutory obligations, bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations (including any bonds or letters of credit issued with respect thereto and all guarantee, reimbursement and indemnity agreements entered into in connection therewith) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) Obligations incurred in connection with any management or director deferred compensation plan;
     (18) Indebtedness in respect of (A) employee credit card programs and (B) netting services, cash pooling arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any such arrangements, the total amount of

61


 

all deposits subject to such arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts subject to such arrangement;
     (19) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (19), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $100.0 million;
     (20) Overnight Repurchase Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
     (21) Repurchase Agreements with maturities of less than 30 days (and excluding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(20)) which at any one time outstanding do not exceed $100.0 million.
     (c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary shall incur or have outstanding any Indebtedness to the SPEs.
     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
     (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under Credit Facilities on the Closing Date will be treated as incurred on the Closing Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and
     (b) at the time of incurrence or reclassification, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) or (b) hereof.
     Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
     For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

62


 

     The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
     The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:
     (a) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;
     (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and
     (c) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person that is otherwise non-recourse to the specified Person, the lesser of:
     (1) the fair market value of such assets at the date of determination; and
     (2) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.
Section 4.10 Asset Sales.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
     (1) the Company or such Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
     (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash and Cash Equivalents (in respect of the Company and the Guarantors, other than as provided in clause 2(b) of the definition of Cash and Cash Equivalents) or Designated Non-cash Consideration; provided that the amount of:
     (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party on behalf of the transferee) and for which the Company or such Subsidiary has been validly released by all creditors in writing;
     (B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 90 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and
     (C) any assets of the kind referred to in Section 4.10(b)(2) or (b)(4) below,
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.10 and for no other purpose.
     (b) Within 365 days after any of the Company’s or any Company Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Subsidiary may, at its option, reinvest, enter into a

63


 

binding commitment to reinvest within 180 days from the date of the expiration of the 365-day period (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”), or may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:
     (1) to repay Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than Obligations owed to the Company or a Company Subsidiary and, in the case of Indebtedness under revolving credit facilities or other similar Indebtedness, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto;
     (2) to acquire all or substantially all the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Similar Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Similar Business is or becomes a Company Subsidiary;
     (3) to make a capital expenditure; or
     (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Similar Business.
     (c) Any Acceptable Commitment that is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so applied shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds if the Company or such Company Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment prior to the later of (1) six months after the date of such cancellation or termination or (2) the end of the initial 365-day period.
     (d) Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in paragraph (b) above will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds. ” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and all holders of any other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or required prepayments or redemptions of such Indebtedness with the proceeds of sales of assets) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of this Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 15 Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 3.09 of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as needed so that no Notes of an unauthorized denomination will be purchased in part) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
     (e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Company or the applicable Company Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

64


 

     (f) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.
     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Company Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Company Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution adopted by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
     (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) above:
     (1) transactions between or among Holdco, the Company and/or any Company Subsidiary;
     (2) payments, grants or transfers permitted by Section 4.13 hereof;
     (3) reasonable and customary indemnities provided on behalf of officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Company Subsidiary;
     (4) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;
     (5) any transaction or series of transactions involving consideration of less than $1.0 million;
     (6) the payment to an Affiliate by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of reasonable charges for travel in the ordinary course of business by any officer, director, manager, employee, agent, consultant, Affiliate or advisor of the Company or any Company Subsidiary;
     (7) the declaration and payment of any Restricted Payments by the Company to its direct or indirect parent companies in accordance with Section 4.07 hereof (other than pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(9)); and

65


 

     (8) as otherwise permitted herein, payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent or any of its Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees which, in each case, are approved by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith that are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.
Section 4.12 Liens.
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien, except Permitted Liens.
Section 4.13 Management Fees and Reimbursement of Expenses of Sponsors.
     The Company will not pay any management fees to the Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates. The Company may reimburse the Sponsors or their Affiliates for expenses in accordance with the provisions of the Equity Purchase Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.
Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.
     Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:
     (1) either its corporate existence or a limited liability company existence, and, with respect to each of the Company Subsidiaries, any corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other existence, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary (for the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.14 shall not prevent the Company and its Subsidiaries from converting their corporate existence into limited liability companies); and
     (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
     If the Company amends its organizational documents to effectuate a name change, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee within 30 days of such name change.
Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; or if PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within

66


 

30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:
     (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes properly tendered will be accepted for payment;
     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered will continue to accrue interest;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, facsimile transmission, electronic image scan or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased;
     (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided, however, that if PIK Interest is paid, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00; and
     (8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.15, that a Holder must follow.
     The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance.
     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

67


 

     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.
     The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case within five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will notify the Holders of the Notes of the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
     (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
Section 4.16 [Reserved]
Section 4.17 Payments for Consent.
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of Notes in consideration for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is concurrently offered to be paid or is concurrently paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Section 4.18 Investments in Respect of Payment Services Obligations.
     The Company shall at all times ensure that the Restricted Investment Portfolio shall consist solely of (i) Highly Rated Investments, (ii) Accounts Receivable, (iii) Scheduled Restricted Investments and (iv) interest rate Hedging Obligations that relate to Highly Rated Investments and Payment Service Obligations, in each case not subject to any Liens other than Liens set forth in clauses (v), (x), (y), (aa), (cc), (dd) and (ee) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
Section 4.19 Lead Sponsor Equity Anti-Layering.
     (a) All present or future Indebtedness of the Company or Guarantors issued to or acquired by the Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates shall not be subject to amortization or repayment prior to 6 months after the maturity of the Notes and be subordinated to the Notes pursuant to a subordination agreement reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers (which shall prohibit any enforcement action on such Indebtedness so long as the Notes are outstanding) and (b) no present or future Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor may

68


 

be issued to or acquired by the Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates; provided, that this Section 4.19 shall not apply from and after the Sell Down Date.
Section 4.20 Business Activities.
     The Company will not, and will not permit any Company Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Similar Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Section 4.21 Maintenance of Properties.
     The Company will, and will cause each of the Company Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all tangible properties necessary in the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof.
Section 4.22 Insurance.
     The Company will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the material assets, properties and businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses of similar sizes, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons.
Section 4.23 Books and Records; Inspections.
     The Company will, and will cause each of Subsidiaries to, keep adequate books of record and accounts to allow preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of any exercise of any of the inspection rights set forth in Section 4.3 of the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 4.24 Compliance with Laws.
     The Company will comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including all environmental laws), noncompliance with which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.25 Additional Note Guarantees.
     On or after the date of this Indenture, any newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary or SPE) will become a Guarantor and guarantee the Company’s Obligations in respect of the Notes and execute a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit E hereto and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 15 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created or incurred.

69


 

Section 4.26 Holding Company Covenant .
     Holdco and each Holdco Subsidiary (other than the Company and any of its Subsidiaries) shall not engage in any activity or suffer to have any condition outstanding that would violate the Passive Holding Company Condition.
Section 4.27 Maintenance of Minimum Liquidity Ratio.
     The Company and its Subsidiaries shall maintain at all times on a consolidated basis a Minimum Liquidity Ratio of 1.00 to 1.00.
Section 4.28 Specified SRI Subsidiary.
     The Company shall (i) within 30 days of the Closing Date, cause to be formed and duly incorporated a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company (the “ Specified SRI Subsidiary ”), for the limited organizational purpose of holding and disposing of the Specified SRIs and distributing the proceeds thereof in accordance with this Indenture, and not engaging in any other activity, (ii) within 30 days of the Closing Date, transfer to the Specified SRI Subsidiary all of the Specified SRIs, (iii) not permit the Specified SRI Subsidiary to engage in any other activities or own or acquire any other assets or investments other than Specified SRIs and cash received from the sale thereof and (iv) not sell or transfer any Specified SRIs except to third parties for cash consideration.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.
     The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
     (1) either:
     (A) the Company is the surviving company; or
     (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;
     (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

70


 

     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test, as applicable, set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or (B) the Leverage Ratio or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, would be no more than (or no less than, as applicable) such ratio immediately prior to the transaction (it being understood that any incremental Indebtedness of the Successor Company must independently be permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09);
     (5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above or is being released as part of the transaction, in which case Section 10.04(1)(b) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the provisions described in this paragraph.
     The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company under this Indenture and the Notes. Any Company Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or to another Company Subsidiary. In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person, other than the sublease by the Company of its offices to one or more Persons.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transactions will be permitted without compliance with this Section 5.01.
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.
     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however , that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

71


 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default.
     Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:
     (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes issued under this Indenture;
     (2) default for five Business Days or more in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
     (3) (A) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Sections 4.15 or 5.01 hereof or (B) failure by the Company or any Company Subsidiary for 45 days (30 days in respect of Section 4.27) after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the actual knowledge of the Company of such failure, to comply with any of its other agreements under this Indenture or the Notes to the extent such failure does not otherwise constitute a Default under clause (1), (2) or (3)(A) above;
     (4) (A) the failure by the Company or any Company Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes within any applicable grace period after final maturity or acceleration by the holders thereof because of a default or (B) a default occurs with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Company Subsidiary that is subordinated to the Notes, which default permits the holder or holders thereof (or any trustee or agent on their behalf) to accelerate such Indebtedness (giving effect to any applicable grace period), and, in the case of (A) or (B) the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated or in default at the time exceeds $15.0 million;
     (5) final judgments against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final;
     (6) either the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
     (A) commences a voluntary case,
     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
     (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
     (E) has acknowledged in writing that it is generally not paying its debts as they become due;
     (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

72


 

     (A) is for relief against either of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
     (B) appoints a custodian of either of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
     (C) orders the liquidation of either of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
     (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Note Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related indenture or the release of any such Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;
     (9) for more than 45 days after receipt by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of written notice given by the Trustee (acting at the written direction of the Required Holders) or actual knowledge of the Company thereof, the representations and warranties of Holdco or the Company contained in the Note Purchase Agreement, shall be untrue in any respect on and as of the date such representations and warranties were made (without regard to any qualification of “materiality,” “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” contained therein), except where the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be true (a) did not have or would not have been reasonably expected to have or has not had an Article 6 Material Adverse Effect, (b) would not materially impair the ability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under this Indenture, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Documents, and (c) would not materially impair the rights and remedies of the Initial Purchasers under this Indenture, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Documents, taken as a whole; or
     (10) at any time, (i) any Security Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof and the Intercreditor Agreement or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, (ii) Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any material portion of Collateral purported to be covered by the Security Documents with the priority required by the relevant Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case for any reason other than the failure of Collateral Agent to take any action within its control, or (iii) Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Security Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document to which it is a party.

73


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.01, (i) any failure of any representation and warranty of the Company contained in the Note Purchase Agreement to be true, (ii) any falsity of any certificate or information required to be delivered under the Note Purchase Agreement, or (iii) any default under Section 6.01(3) (other than such a breach arising out of a breach of Section 4.27 after the Closing Date) of this Indenture, the Note Purchase Agreement or any Security Document, that, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, arises, directly or indirectly, out of the restatement of the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries heretofore delivered or of Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be delivered to the Trustee under this Indenture (such financial statements so restated, the “ Restated Financial Statements ”) as a result of (x) the historical valuation, accounting and/or processes related to the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, in each case for fiscal periods ended prior to the Closing Date or (y) the February 11, 2008 SEC non-public inquiry to Holdco, shall in no event constitute a Default or an Event of Default under this Indenture; provided , however , that (A) the Company furnishes to the Trustee the Restated Financial Statements promptly after the public filing thereof; (B) in the event of a breach described in clause (iii) of this paragraph consisting of any failure to deliver financial statements required by Section 4.03(a)(1) or (2) to be delivered for periods ending after the earliest period for which financial statements are being restated (the “ Subsequent Financial Statements ”), (x) the Company furnishes to the Trustee the Subsequent Financial Statements not later than the earlier of (1) the public filing thereof and (2) the date that is 45 days, in the case of any delivery of financial statements for the first three fiscal quarters of any fiscal year, or 60 days, in the case of financial statements for any fiscal year ended after the public filing of the Restated Financial Statements for the earliest period as to which a restatement has occurred, (y) during such period for which the Subsequent Financial Statements or related audit report, if applicable, required by Section 4.03(a)(1) or (2) were not available (which period shall in no event extend beyond the dates set forth in clause (x) above), the Company furnishes to the Trustee, in lieu thereof, internal unaudited annual financial statements and internal unaudited quarterly financial statements within the time periods set forth in Section 4.03(a)(1) and (2) respectively which are prepared on a consistent basis as internal unaudited financial statements prepared by Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Company and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, which shall be certified by a principal financial officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and operations at such date and the consolidated results of operations for the period then ended but in all respects subject to the effect of adjustments for any pending restatement and the failure of such items to so present, in all material respects, such consolidated financial condition and operations and such consolidated results of operations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture or the Note Purchase Agreement, and (z) within one year of the date an audit report would be due under Section 4.03(a)(1) with respect to Subsequent Financial Statements for any fiscal year, the Company delivers to the Trustee an audit report as required by Section 4.03(a)(1) with respect to the applicable Subsequent Financial Statements (which audit report may include a qualification relating to any pending restatement described above and which qualified report shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture or the Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 6.02 Acceleration.
     In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Company Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Company Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee acting at the written direction of the Required Holders or the Required Holders may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice to the Company and the Trustee, specifying the Event of Default.
     Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

74


 

     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.
     Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however , that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority.
     Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.
     A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

75


 

     (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
     A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.
     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
     The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

76


 

Section 6.10 Priorities.
     If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
      First : to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
      Second : to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
      Third : to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.
     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.

77


 

However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.
     (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
     (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as set forth herein or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.
     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct of any agent appointed with due care other than willful misconduct.
     (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it reasonably believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer thereof.

78


 

     (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
     (g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
     (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
     (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
     (i) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
     (k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.
     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.09 hereof.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
     The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
     If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes and to the First Priority Representative (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or

79


 

interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.
Section 7.06 Compensation and Indemnity.
     (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all [reasonable and] documented disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable and documented compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
     (b) The Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, damages, claims, costs, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by a Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. Holdco will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
     (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Section 7.07 Replacement of Trustee.
     (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07.
     (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the

80


 

then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company with 60 days prior notice in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof;
     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
     (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
     (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
     (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.08 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
     If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.09 Eligibility; Disqualification.
     There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and (a) that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million or (b) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank holding company having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million, in each case as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

81


 

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
     The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.05 hereof;
     (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) this Article 8.
If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), (7) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary) and (8) of Section 6.01. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.
     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22, 4.23, 4.24, 4.25, 4.26 and 4.27 hereof and clauses (4), (5) and (6) of Section 5.01 and the penultimate paragraph of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions

82


 

set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(5), 6.01(6) (solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary), and 6.01(7) through 6.01(9) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:
     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity date for payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
     (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions:
     (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
     (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal

83


 

income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of a Lien to secure the deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which Holdco or any Guarantor is bound;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is bound; and
     (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
     Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
     Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company.
     Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to

84


 

look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement.
     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
     Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, from and after the Sell Down Date, and, with respect to clauses (3), (7) and (9), at any time, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 hereof;
     (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders;
     (5) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;
     (6) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof;
     (7) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (8) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of the Holders of the Notes in any respect; or
     (9) to make any change reasonably necessary to cause the Indenture to conform to the TIA.
     Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the

85


 

Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
     Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Sections 2.08, 2.09 and 2.13 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.
     Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. As long as the Initial Purchasers do not constitute the Required Holders, it shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) reduce or increase the principal amount of Notes other than pursuant to the payment of PIK Interest;
     (2) change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

86


 

     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders);
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes;
     (7) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or
     (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal of, or interest on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes.
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
     Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
     As long as the Initial Purchasers do not constitute the Required Holders, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
     The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

87


 

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
     The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a notation of Guarantee, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E hereto.
ARTICLE 10
NOTE GUARANTEES
Section 10.01 Guarantee.
     (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:
     (1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
     (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
     Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
     (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

88


 

     (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.
     (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
     Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.
     To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.
     Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.
     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.
     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

89


 

     In the event that the Company creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.25 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.25 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.
Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
     Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
                 
 
    (1 )   (a)   such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
 
               
 
          (b)   the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
               
 
          (c)   immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
               
 
          (d)   the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.
     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
     Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clause 2 above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

90


 

Section 10.05 Releases.
     The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
     (a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Company Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof;
     (b) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Company Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof;
     (c) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 13 hereof; or
     (d) upon the contemporaneous release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
     Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.
ARTICLE 11
RANKING OF NOTE LIENS
Section 11.01 Agreement for the Benefit of Holders of First Priority Liens.
     The Trustee and the Collateral Agent agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 11.02 Notes, Note Guarantees and other Obligations with respect to the Notes not Subordinated.
     The provisions of this Article 11 are intended solely to set forth the relative ranking, as Liens, of the Second Priority Liens as against the First Priority Liens. The Notes and Note Guarantees are senior unsubordinated obligations of the Company and Guarantors, respectively. Neither the Notes, the Note Guarantees and other Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes nor the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy for the payment or collection thereof (other than the exercise of rights and remedies of a secured party, which are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) are intended to be, or will ever be by reason of the provisions of this Article 11, in any respect subordinated, deferred, postponed, restricted or prejudiced, (except as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement).
Section 11.03 Relative Rights.
     The Intercreditor Agreement defines the relative rights, as lienholders, of holders of Second Priority Liens and holders of First Priority Liens. Nothing in this Article 11 will:

91


 

     (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms or to perform any other obligation of the Company or any other obligor under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents;
     (b) restrict the right of any Holder to sue for payments that are then due and owing, in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (c) prevent the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder from exercising against the Company or any other obligor any of its other available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default (other than its rights as a secured party, which are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement); or
     (d) restrict the right of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder:
     (1) to file and prosecute a petition seeking an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case as to the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise to commence, or seek relief commencing, any insolvency or liquidation proceeding involuntarily against the Company or any Guarantor;
     (2) to make, support or oppose any request for an order for dismissal, abstention or conversion in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding;
     (3) to make, support or oppose, in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, any request for an order extending or terminating any period during which the debtor (or any other Person) has the exclusive right to propose a plan of reorganization or other dispositive restructuring or liquidation plan therein;
     (4) to seek the creation of, or appointment to, any official committee representing creditors (or certain of the creditors) in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings and, if appointed, to serve and act as a member of such committee without being in any respect restricted by any of the obligations under this Article 11;
     (5) to seek or object to the appointment of any professional person to serve in any capacity in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or to support or object to any request for compensation made by any professional person or others therein;
     (6) to make, support or oppose any request for order appointing a trustee or examiner in any insolvency or liquidation proceedings; or
     (7) otherwise to make, support or oppose any request for relief in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding that it is permitted by law to make, support or oppose:
          (a) if it were a holder of unsecured claims; or
          (b) as to any matter relating to any plan of reorganization or other restructuring or liquidation plan or as to any matter relating to the administration of the estate or the disposition of the case or proceeding;
(in each case except as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement).

92


 

ARTICLE 12
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
Section 12.01 Security Documents.
     The payment of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether on an Interest Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise and whether by the Company pursuant to the Notes or by any Guarantor pursuant to its Note Guarantees, the payment of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents are secured as provided in the Security Documents which the Collateral Agent, Company and the Guarantors have entered into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture and will be secured by Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 12.02 Collateral Agent.
     (a) The Collateral Agent is authorized and empowered to appoint one or more co-Collateral Agents as it deems necessary or appropriate, provided, however, that no collateral agent hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other collateral agent hereunder.
     (b) Subject to Section 7.01, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Second Priority Lien, or for any defect or deficiency as to any such matters, or for any failure to demand, collect, foreclose or realize upon or otherwise enforce any of the Second Priority Liens or Security Documents or any delay in doing so.
     (c) The Collateral Agent will be subject to such directions as may be given it by the Trustee from time to time (as required or permitted by this Indenture). Except as directed by the Trustee as required or permitted by this Indenture and any other representatives, the Collateral Agent will not be obligated:
     (1) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person;
     (2) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Second Priority Lien; or
     (3) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Second Priority Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.
     (d) The Collateral Agent will be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the enforcement of the Second Priority Liens or Security Documents.
     (e) In acting as Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon and enforce each and all of the rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and benefits of the Trustee under Article 7 hereof.
     (f) At all times when the Trustee is not itself the Collateral Agent, the Company will deliver to the Trustee copies of all Security Documents delivered to the Collateral Agent and copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.

93


 

Section 12.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken.
     (a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes and empowers the Trustee to direct the Collateral Agent to enter into, and the the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, the Intercreditor Agreement, and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes as set forth in the Security Documents to which it is a party and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.
     (b) The Collateral Agent and the Trustee are authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02, Article 11 and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may, at the written direction of the Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:
     (1) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the Second Priority Liens;
     (2) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party; or
     (3) collect and receive payment of any and all Notes Obligations.
     Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to protect or enforce the Second Priority Liens or the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.
Section 12.04 Release of Liens.
     (a) Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 12.04 and to Section 12.05 hereof, Collateral may be released from the Second Priority Lien created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or as provided hereby. Upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to a release of assets included in the Collateral from the Second Priority Liens securing the Notes,

94


 

and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent) shall release the same from such Second Priority Liens at the Company’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances:
     (1) to enable the Company or any Guarantor to consummate the disposition of such property or assets to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.10;
     (2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor; or
     (3) as described under Article 9.
     Upon receipt of such Officer’s Certificate and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company and otherwise in accordance with Section 12.05 hereof, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent) shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (b) Except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, no Collateral may be released from the Second Priority Lien created by the Security Documents unless the Officer’s Certificate required by this Section 12.04, dated not more than 10 days prior to the date of the application for such release, has been delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent).
     (c) At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee (if not then the Collateral Agent) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 12.05 Filing, Recording and Opinions.
     (a) The Company will comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the TIA and except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Company or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Company is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to TIA §314(b)(2), the Company will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each June 30.
     Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 12.04 hereof will be deemed not to impair the Second Priority Liens under the Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the TIA, shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Section 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and Opinion of Counsel.
     (b) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Collateral Agent and if the Company has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Section 12.04, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA § 314(d) in connection with such

95


 

release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 12.04, will, upon request, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent setting forth such determination.
Section 12.06 Suits to Protect the Collateral
     Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent acting at the written direction of the Required Holders shall have the authority to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Collateral Agent is directed in writing by the Required Holders to pursue to preserve or protect its interest and the interests of the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral (including suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if `the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Second Priority Liens or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of the Notes).
Section 12.07 Purchaser Protected.
     In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 12 to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.
Section 12.08 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
     In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 12 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 12; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.
Section 12.09 Release Upon Termination of the Company’s Obligations.
     In the event (i) that the Company delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that all the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents have been satisfied and discharged by the payment in full of the Company’s non-contingent obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents, and all such obligations have been so satisfied, or (ii) a legal defeasance of this Indenture occurs under Article 8, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral, and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee, and the Collateral Agent and/or the Trustee at the written instruction and expense of the Company shall do or cause to be done all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is practicable.

96


 

Section 12.10 Financing Statements.
     The Company, at the expense of the Company, shall (1) cause this Indenture, the Security Documents, and any additional security instrument filed with the Collateral Agent as additional security for the Notes, each amendment and supplement to any such instrument, and a memorandum, financing statement or continuation statement with respect to such instruments, amendments, or supplements to be filed, registered and recorded and to be refiled, reregistered and rerecorded in such manner and in such places as may be required by any present or future law in order to fully protect, preserve and perfect the lien of this Indenture and to protect, preserve and perfect the rights and security of the Holders and the rights of the Collateral Agent under the this Indenture and the Security Documents and (2) perform or cause to be performed from time to time any other act as required by law, and execute and file or cause to be executed and filed any and all instruments of further assurance (including financing statements with respect to any of such instruments) that may be necessary for such protection. The Company, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall, when so requested by one another, execute all such instruments, memoranda, or statements necessary to maintain, protect, perfect or preserve the interests assigned to the Collateral Agent under this Indenture. Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Indenture and the execution and delivery of the Notes and every five years (or such other time period provided by any applicable Law) thereafter, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Agent, at the expense of the Company, an opinion of counsel either stating that in the opinion of such counsel such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, rerecording and refiling of financing or continuation statements as is necessary to maintain the effectiveness and the perfection of the lien of this Indenture, and reciting the details of such action, or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain the effectiveness or perfection of such lien; and in each case, such opinion shall state what future action is necessary to maintain the effectiveness and perfection of such Lien.
     The Company covenants that it will do, execute, acknowledge, and deliver, or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged, and delivered, such indentures supplemental hereto and such further acts, instruments and transfers as the Trustee may reasonably require for the better assigning, pledging and confirming unto the Collateral Agent of the Collateral.
ARTICLE 13
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.
     This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
     (1) either:
          (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
          (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable or redeemable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will

97


 

be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
          (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of a Lien to secure the deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
          (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Paying Agent and the authentication agent, all sums payable by them under this Indenture; and
          (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01(1)(b) hereof, the provisions of Sections 13.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 13.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.06 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money.
     Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

98


 

ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 14.01 Notices.
     Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:
MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc.,
1550 Utica Avenue South
Suite 100
Minneapolis, MN 55416
Facsimile No.: (952) 591-3865
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
Citigroup Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY 10022-4611,
Facsimile No.: (212) 446-6600
Attention: Ashley Gregory, Esq.
If to the Trustee:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
Trust & Securities Services
60 Wall Street, MS2710
New York, NY 10005
Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
Trust & Securities Services
25 DeForest Avenue, MS SUM01-0105
Summit, NJ 07901
Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team
If to the Collateral Agent:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
Trust & Securities Services
60 Wall Street, MS2710
New York, NY 10005
Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team

99


 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
c/o Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
Trust & Securities Services
25 DeForest Avenue, MS SUM01-0105
Summit, NJ 07901
Facsimile No.: (732) 578-4635
Attention: Deal Manager — Corporates Team
     The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
     Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
     If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
     If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 14.02 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 14.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 14.03 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:
     (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

100


 

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is reasonably necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
Section 14.04 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 14.05 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any Guarantor, any Company Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in their capacities as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
Section 14.06 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.
     THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
     EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 14.07 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
     This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 14.08 Successors.
     All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

101


 

Section 14.09 Severability.
     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 14.10 Counterpart Originals.
     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Section 14.11 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
     The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 14.12 Force Majeure.
     In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 14.13 Patriot Act
     The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas with such information as it may request in order for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
[Signatures on following page]

102


 

SIGNATURES
Dated as of March [__], 2008
         
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  MONEYGRAM INVESTMENTS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  FSMC, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 


 

EXHIBIT F
         
         
  PROPERTYBRIDGE, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  MONEYGRAM OF NEW YORK LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Trustee
by: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Collateral Agent
by: Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

 

Exhibit 99.8
 
 
$600,000,000
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF MARCH ___, 2008
AMONG
MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.,
THE LENDERS,
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
 
 
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
AS LEAD ARRANGER AND SOLE BOOK RUNNER

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
 
           
ARTICLE I
  DEFINITIONS     1  
Section 1.1
  Definitions     1  
Section 1.2
  Terms Generally     35  
Section 1.3
  Rounding     35  
Section 1.4
  Times of Day     35  
Section 1.5
  Timing of Payment or Performance     35  
Section 1.6
  Accounting     35  
Section 1.7
  Pro Forma Calculations     36  
 
           
ARTICLE II
  THE CREDITS     37  
Section 2.1
  Term Loans     37  
Section 2.2
  Term Loan Repayment     37  
Section 2.3
  Revolving Credit Commitments     38  
Section 2.4
  Other Required Payments     38  
Section 2.5
  Ratable Loans     38  
Section 2.6
  Types of Advances     38  
Section 2.7
  Swing Line Loans     38  
Section 2.8
  Commitment Fee; Reductions and Increases in Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment     40  
Section 2.9
  Minimum Amount of Each Advance     42  
Section 2.10
  Optional and Mandatory Principal Payments     42  
Section 2.11
  Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances     44  
Section 2.12
  Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances     45  
Section 2.13
  Changes in Interest Rate, etc.     45  
Section 2.14
  Rates Applicable After Default     46  
Section 2.15
  Method of Payment     46  
Section 2.16
  Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness     46  
Section 2.17
  Telephonic Notices     47  
Section 2.18
  Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis     47  
Section 2.19
  Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Revolving Credit Commitment Reductions     47  
Section 2.20
  Lending Installations     48  
Section 2.21
  Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent     48  
Section 2.22
  Letters of Credit     48  
Section 2.23
  Replacement of Lender     53  
Section 2.24
  Pro Rata Treatment; Intercreditor Agreements     54  
 
           
ARTICLE III
  YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES     56  
Section 3.1
  Yield Protection     56  
Section 3.2
  Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations     57  
Section 3.3
  Availability of Types of Advances     57  
Section 3.4
  Funding Indemnification     58  
Section 3.5
  Taxes     58  
Section 3.6
  Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity     61  

i


 

             
        Page  
 
           
ARTICLE IV
  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT     61  
Section 4.1
  Effectiveness and Closing Conditions     61  
Section 4.2
  Each Subsequent Credit Extension     65  
 
           
ARTICLE V
  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     65  
Section 5.1
  Existence and Standing     65  
Section 5.2
  Authorization and Validity     65  
Section 5.3
  No Conflict; Government Consent     66  
Section 5.4
  Financial Statements     67  
Section 5.5
  Material Adverse Change     67  
Section 5.6
  Taxes     67  
Section 5.7
  Litigation     67  
Section 5.8
  Subsidiaries; Capitalization     67  
Section 5.9
  ERISA; Labor Matters     67  
Section 5.10
  Accuracy of Information     68  
Section 5.11
  Regulation U     69  
Section 5.12
  Compliance With Laws     69  
Section 5.13
  Ownership of Properties     69  
Section 5.14
  Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions     69  
Section 5.15
  Environmental Matters     69  
Section 5.16
  Investment Company Act     69  
Section 5.17
  Solvency     69  
Section 5.18
  Intellectual Property     70  
Section 5.19
  Collateral     70  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
  COVENANTS     71  
Section 6.1
  Financial Reporting     71  
Section 6.2
  Use of Proceeds     73  
Section 6.3
  Notice of Default     73  
Section 6.4
  Conduct of Business     73  
Section 6.5
  Taxes     73  
Section 6.6
  Insurance     73  
Section 6.7
  Compliance with Laws     74  
Section 6.8
  Maintenance of Properties     74  
Section 6.9
  Inspection     74  
Section 6.10
  Restricted Payments     74  
Section 6.11
  Indebtedness     78  
Section 6.12
  Merger     82  
Section 6.13
  Sale of Assets     84  
Section 6.14
  Investments and Acquisitions     85  
Section 6.15
  Liens     88  
Section 6.16
  Affiliates     91  
Section 6.17
  Amendments to Agreements; Prepayments of Second Lien Debt     92  
Section 6.18
  Inconsistent Agreements     93  
Section 6.19
  Financial Covenants     94  
Section 6.20
  Minimum Liquidity Ratio     96  
Section 6.21
  Subsidiary Guarantees     96  

ii


 

             
        Page  
 
           
Section 6.22
  Collateral     97  
Section 6.23
  Holdco Covenant     97  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
  DEFAULTS     98  
Section 7.1
  Representation or Warranty     98  
Section 7.2
  Non-Payment     98  
Section 7.3
  Specific Defaults     98  
Section 7.4
  Other Defaults     98  
Section 7.5
  Cross-Default     98  
Section 7.6
  Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings     98  
Section 7.7
  Involuntary Proceedings     99  
Section 7.8
  Judgments     99  
Section 7.9
  Unfunded Liabilities; Reportable Event     99  
Section 7.10
  Change in Control     99  
Section 7.11
  Withdrawal Liability     99  
Section 7.12
  Guaranty     99  
Section 7.13
  Collateral Documents     99  
Section 7.14
  Events Not Constituting Default     99  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII
  ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES     101  
Section 8.1
  Acceleration     101  
Section 8.2
  Amendments     101  
Section 8.3
  Replacement Loans     102  
Section 8.4
  Errors     103  
Section 8.5
  Preservation of Rights     103  
 
           
ARTICLE IX
  GENERAL PROVISIONS     104  
Section 9.1
  Survival of Representations     104  
Section 9.2
  Governmental Regulation     104  
Section 9.3
  Headings     104  
Section 9.4
  Entire Agreement     104  
Section 9.5
  Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement     104  
Section 9.6
  Expenses; Indemnification     104  
Section 9.7
  Severability of Provisions     105  
Section 9.8
  Nonliability of Lenders     105  
Section 9.9
  Confidentiality     106  
Section 9.10
  Nonreliance     107  
Section 9.11
  Disclosure     107  
Section 9.12
  USA PATRIOT Act     107  
Section 9.13
  Amendment and Restatement; Prior Defaults     107  
 
           
ARTICLE X
  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT     108  
Section 10.1
  Appointment; Nature of Relationship     108  
Section 10.2
  Powers     108  
Section 10.3
  General Immunity     108  
Section 10.4
  No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc     108  
Section 10.5
  Action on Instructions of Lenders     109  

iii


 

             
        Page  
 
           
Section 10.6
  Employment of Administrative Agents and Counsel     109  
Section 10.7
  Reliance on Documents; Counsel     109  
Section 10.8
  Administrative Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification     109  
Section 10.9
  Notice of Default     110  
Section 10.10
  Rights as a Lender     110  
Section 10.11
  Lender Credit Decision     110  
Section 10.12
  Successor Administrative Agent     111  
Section 10.13
  Administrative Agent and Arranger Fees     111  
Section 10.14
  Delegation to Affiliates     112  
Section 10.15
  Co-Documentation Agents, Co-Syndication Agents, etc     112  
Section 10.16
  Appointment of Collateral Agent     112  
Section 10.17
  Certain Releases of Collateral and Guarantors     112  
Section 10.18
  Intercreditor Agreement     112  
 
           
ARTICLE XI
  SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS     113  
Section 11.1
  Setoff     113  
Section 11.2
  Ratable Payments     113  
 
           
ARTICLE XII
  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS     113  
Section 12.1
  Successors and Assigns     113  
Section 12.2
  Dissemination of Information     118  
Section 12.3
  Tax Treatment     118  
 
           
ARTICLE XIII
  NOTICES     118  
Section 13.1
  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication     118  
 
           
ARTICLE XIV
  COUNTERPARTS; INTEGRATION; EFFECTIVENESS; ELECTRONIC EXECUTION     120  
Section 14.1
  Counterparts; Effectiveness     120  
Section 14.2
  Electronic Execution of Assignments     120  
 
           
ARTICLE XV
  CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL     120  
Section 15.1
  CHOICE OF LAW     120  
Section 15.2
  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION     120  
Section 15.3
  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL     121  

iv


 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
         
Schedules
Commitment Schedule
       
Schedule 1
    Scheduled Restricted Investments (Section 1.1)/Specified Securities (Section 1.1)
Schedule 2.22
    Outstanding Letters of Credit (Section 2.22)
Schedule 5.8
    Subsidiaries (Section 5.8)
Schedule 5.13
    Ownership of Properties (Section 5.13)
Schedule 6.11
    Existing Indebtedness (Section 6.11)
Schedule 6.13
    Investment Writedowns (Section 6.13)
Schedule 6.14(viii)
    Existing Investments (Section 6.14(viii))
Schedule 6.14(xx)
    Certain Acquisitions (Section 6.14(xx))
Schedule 6.15
    Existing Liens (Section 6.15)
Schedule 6.16
    Existing Affiliate Transactions (Section 6.16)
 
       
Exhibits
Exhibit A
    Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B-1
    Form of Term A Note
Exhibit B-2
    Form of Term B Note
Exhibit C
    Form of Swing Line Note
Exhibit D
    Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit E
    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F
    Form of Intercreditor Agreement

v


 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March ___, 2008, is among MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdco ”), MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as LC Issuer, as the Swing Line Lender, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.
R E C I T A L S
     A. Holdco, the Administrative Agent and the financial institutions so designated on the Commitment Schedule (the “ Existing Lenders ”) are party to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2005 (as previously amended, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”).
     B. Holdco, the Administrative Agent and the Existing Lenders wish to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth below to extend the Facility Termination Date, to add a new tranche of term loans, and to make the other changes evidenced hereby.
     C. MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc. wishes to become a party to this Agreement as the “Borrower” hereunder and to accept and assume all of the rights and the obligations of the “Borrower”. Each financial institution so designated on the Commitment Schedule wishes to become a Lender party to this Agreement and to accept and assume all the rights and obligations of a “Lender” with a Term B Loan.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements made herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Holdco, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby agree, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, that the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
     “ Accounts Receivable ” means net accounts receivable as reflected on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any firm, corporation or limited liability company, or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (ii) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than

1


 

securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage or voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.
     “ Act ” is defined in Section 9.12.
     “ Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB in its capacity as administrative agent of the Lenders pursuant to Article X, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Article X.
     “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Advance ” means an advance of funds hereunder, (i) made by the applicable Lenders on the same Borrowing Date, or (ii) converted or continued by the applicable Lenders on the same date of conversion or continuation, consisting, in either case, of the aggregate amount of the several Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, for the same Interest Period. The term “Advance” shall include Swing Line Loans unless otherwise expressly provided.
     “ Affected Lender ” is defined in Section 2.23.
     “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or more of any class of voting securities (or other ownership interests) of the controlled Person or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise; provided , that, in no event shall any of GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd., GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd. and GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd. (“ GSMP ”) and their Subsidiaries and other Persons engaged primarily in the investment of mezzanine securities that directly or indirectly are controlled by, or under common control with, the same investment adviser as GSMP (collectively, “ GS Mezzanine Entities ”) or THL Credit Partners, L.P. or its Affiliates (collectively, the “ THL Credit Entities ”), solely in the capacity of such GS Mezzanine Entity or THL Credit Entity as a holder of Second Lien Indebtedness, be deemed to control Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries for any purposes under this Credit Agreement.
     “ Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure of all the Lenders.
     “ Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment ” means the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders, as reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of the date hereof is $250,000,000.
     “ Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment ” means the aggregate of the Term B Loan Commitments of all the Lenders. The Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment is $250,000,000.

2


 

     “ Agreement ” means this credit agreement, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.
     “ Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate of interest per annum equal to the higher of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the sum of the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2% per annum. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
     “ Applicable Margin ” means (i) with respect to any Revolving Credit Advance which is a Floating Rate Advance and any portion of the Term A Loan which bears interest at the Floating Rate, 2.50% per annum, (ii) with respect to any portion of the Term B Loan which bears interest at the Floating Rate, 4.00% per annum, (iii) with respect to any Revolving Credit Advance which is a Eurodollar Advance and any portion of the Term A Loan which bears interest at the Eurodollar Rate, 3.50% per annum, (iv) with respect to any portion of the Term B Loan which bears interest at the Eurodollar Rate, 5.00% per annum and (v) with respect to any Swing Line Loan, 2.50% per annum.
     “ Approved Fund ” is defined in Section 12.1(ii).
     “ Arranger ” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and its successors, in its capacities as Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner.
     “ Assignee ” is defined in Section 12.1(ii)(A).
     “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.1) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit D or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
     “ Authorized Officer ” means any of the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Controller of the Borrower, acting singly.
     “ Basket Amount ” means, at any time, the sum of:
     (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the first fiscal quarter following the Effective Date to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at such time or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit (it being understood that gains from the sale or other disposition of Specified Securities are disregarded in the computation of Consolidated Net Income); plus
     (ii) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash contributed to the common equity capital of the Borrower following the Effective Date (other than by a Borrower Subsidiary); plus

3


 

     (iii) to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount received in cash by the Borrower after the Effective Date as a result of the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary) of, or by way of dividend, distribution or loan repayments on, Investments made pursuant to Section 6.14(xiv) by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the Effective Date or (y) the initial amount of such Investments made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement after the Effective Date.
     “ Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficial Ownership” and “Beneficially Own” have a corresponding meaning.
     “ Borrower ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns.
     “ Borrower Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
     “ Borrowing Date ” means a date on which a Credit Extension is made hereunder.
     “ Borrowing Notice ” is defined in Section 2.11.
     “ Business Combination ” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving Holdco with any Person or (ii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition by Holdco of all or substantially all of its assets.
     “ Business Day ” means (i) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate selection of Eurodollar Advances, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in Chicago and New York City for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities, interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system and dealings in United States dollars are carried on in the London interbank market and (ii) for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in Chicago and New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and interbank wire transfers can be made on the Fedwire system.
     “ Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person other than a corporation and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). The Purchase Agreement Equity shall be Capital Stock, whether or not classified as indebtedness for purposes of GAAP.
     “ Capitalized Lease ” of a Person means any lease of Property by such Person as lessee which would be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

4


 

     “ Capitalized Lease Obligations ” of a Person means the amount of the obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases which would be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (i) U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars;
     (ii) (x) euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (y) such local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
     (iii) Government Securities;
     (iv) securities issued by any agency of the United States or government-sponsored enterprise (such as debt securities or mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Banks and other government-sponsored enterprises), which may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within three months or less and rated Aa1 or better by Moody’s and AA+ or better by S&P;
     (v) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, banker’s acceptances with maturities not exceeding 13 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 in the case of a domestic bank and $250,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of a foreign bank;
     (vi) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above;
     (vii) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of creation thereof;
     (viii) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above;
     (ix) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and
     (x) Scheduled Restricted Investments.
     “ Change ” is defined in Section 3.2.
     “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

5


 

     (i) any Person (other than the Sponsors) acquires Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of Holdco entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (including any securities of Holdco held by the Sponsors that may have voting power after the Voting Date (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement)) (“ Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock ”);
     (ii) the consummation of a Business Combination pursuant to which either (A) the Persons that were the Beneficial Owners of the Outstanding Corporation Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a company that, as a result of such transaction, owns Holdco or all or substantially all of Holdco’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries), or (B) any Person (other than the Sponsors) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;
     (iii) the failure by Holdco to directly own 100% of the Capital Stock of the Borrower;
     (iv) the failure by the Borrower to own 100% of the Capital Stock of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation; or
     (v) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation of Holdco or the Borrower.
     “ Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Advance, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Advance, are Revolving Loans, Term A Loans, Term B Loans or Swing Line Loans.
     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.
     “ Collateral ” means all property with respect to which any security interests have been granted (or purported to be granted) to the Collateral Agent pursuant to any Collateral Document.
     “ Collateral Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in the capacity of collateral agent for the Lenders and the other Secured Parties named in the Collateral Documents.
     “ Collateral Documents ” means each security agreement, pledge agreement, mortgage and other document or instrument pursuant to which security is granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Obligations, including without limitation that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement, Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement, Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement and Amended and

6


 

Restated Patent Security Agreement, in each case dated as of the date hereof and made between the Borrower, Holdco and one or more other Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent.
     “ Commitment ” means a Revolving Credit Commitment or Term B Loan Commitment.
     “ Commitment Schedule ” means the Schedule attached hereto identified as such.
     “ Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis.
     “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
     (i) increased (without duplication) to the extent deducted in computing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period by:
     (A) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains of such Person and its Subsidiaries (including any tax sharing arrangements); plus
     (B) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person (including costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense); plus
     (C) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person; plus
     (D) any fees and expenses incurred, or any amortization thereof regardless of how characterized by GAAP, in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, asset sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the date hereof and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred as a result of any such transaction; plus
     (E) other non-cash charges reducing the Consolidated Net Income of such Person, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; plus
     (F) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person (less the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid to the holders of such minority interests); plus
     (G) non-recurring or unusual losses or expenses (including costs and expenses of litigation included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income) and severance, legal settlement,

7


 

relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves deducted, including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions, costs related to the closure, opening and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, spin-off costs, transition costs associated with transferring operations offshore and other transition costs, signing, retention and completion bonuses, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing and amortization of signing bonuses; plus
     (H) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets in connection with a Receivables Transaction;
     (ii) to the extent deducted or added in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, increased or decreased by (without duplication) any non-cash net loss or gain resulting from currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any non-cash net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk); and
     (iii) decreased (without duplication) to the extent included in computing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period by:
     (A) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period; plus
     (B) non-recurring or unusual gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries.
     “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (i) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including (A) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees, expenses and original issue discount resulting from the issuance of indebtedness at less than par, (B) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (C) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Rate Management Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 — “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Rate Management Activities”), (D) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (E) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Rate Management Obligations with respect to Indebtedness); plus
     (ii) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued.

8


 

     For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of clarity, no obligations in respect of Purchase Agreement Equity, whether or not classified as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, shall constitute interest expense.
     “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such period; provided , however , that:
     (i) to the extent included in Net Income for such period and without duplication:
     (A) there shall be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income (x) all extraordinary gains and (y) all extraordinary losses;
     (B) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles or policies during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application in each case in accordance with GAAP;
     (C) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
     (D) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded;
     (E) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary thereof or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
     (F) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 6.10(viii), the Net Income or loss for such period of any Subsidiary of such Person will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or such income has been dividended or distributed to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries without such restriction (in which case the amount of such dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) to the

9


 

referent Person in respect of such period shall be included in Net Income); provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, any restrictions based solely on (1) financial maintenance requirements imposed as a matter of state regulatory requirements or (2) the type of restriction set forth in Section 6.15 (xvii) or excluded from the definition of Liens pursuant to clause (ii) or (iv) of the definition thereof shall not result in the exclusion of Net Income (loss); and provided , further , that any net loss of any Subsidiary of such Person shall not be excluded pursuant to this clause (F);
     (G) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Rate Management Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
     (H) any Net Income (loss) for such period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of, or it is realized out of the income (or loss) generated by, or from the sale or disposition of, any assets included in the Scheduled Restricted Investments;
     (I) any Net Income (loss) for such period will be excluded to the extent it relates to the impairment or appreciation of, or it is realized out of the income (or loss) generated by, or from the sale or disposition of, any Specified Security or any asset included in the Restricted Investment Portfolio;
     (J) any impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” or Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141 “Business Combinations” will be excluded;
     (K) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any non-cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Capital Stock by management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in connection with Transactions shall be excluded; and
     (L) any non-cash items included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower as a result of an agreement of the Sponsors in respect of any equity participation shall be excluded; and
     (ii) to the extent not already deducted from Net Income for such period, any costs associated with any operational expenses or litigation costs or expenses (including any judgment or settlement) made by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in respect of which the Borrower has made a Restricted Payment pursuant to Sections 6.10(iv) or (v) shall be deducted from Net Income.

10


 

     For purposes of clarity, any impact in respect of Purchase Agreement Equity, whether or not classified as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 6.10 only and in order to avoid double counting, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Investments from the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances that constitute Investments by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such amounts increase clause (iii) of the definition of Basket Amount.
     “ Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness ” means, at any time, the sum of indebtedness for borrowed money that is secured by Liens and Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case of any Person and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time. For purposes of clarity, (i) the Second Lien Indebtedness shall constitute Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness and (ii) no obligations in respect of Purchase Agreement Equity, whether or not classified as indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, shall constitute Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness.
     “ Contingent Obligation ” is defined in the definition of Indebtedness.
     “ Contract ” is defined in Section 5.3
     “ Controlled Group ” means all members of a controlled group of corporations or other business entities and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
     “ Conversion/Continuation Notice ” is defined in Section 2.12.
     “ Credit Extension ” means the making of an Advance or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit.
     “ Credit Extension Date ” means the Borrowing Date for an Advance or the date of the issuance, amendment (to the extent it increases the amount available for draw thereunder), renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit.
     “ D&T Deliverables ” means the Satisfactory Audit Opinion and Deloitte & Touche LLP’s consent to file the Satisfactory Audit Opinion in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
     “ Default ” means an event described in Article VII.
     “ Disgorged Recovery ” means the portion, if any, of any payment or other distribution received by a Lender in satisfaction of Obligations of a Loan Party to such Lender, that is required in any Insolvency Proceedings or otherwise to be disgorged, turned over or otherwise paid to such Loan Party, such Loan Party’s estate or creditors of such Loan Party, whether

11


 

because the transfer of such payment or other property is avoided or otherwise, including, without limitation, because it was determined to be a fraudulent or preferential transfer.
     “ Disqualified Institutions ” means those banks, financial institutions and other Persons that are competitors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates of such competitors and are identified as such to the Administrative Agent on the date hereof and additional competitors or Affiliates thereof identified to the Administrative Agent from time to time; provided that if such identified Person is a commercial bank, the global funds transfer or payment services activities of which are merely incidental to its primary business (an “ Incidental Competitor ”) and which is not an Affiliate of a competitor of the Borrower (other than an Incidental Competitor), the inclusion of such Person as a Disqualified Institution shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
     “ Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale) in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the Facility Termination Date; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdco or its Subsidiaries (or their direct or indirect parent) or by any such plan to such employees, directors, managers, consultants (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses), such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdco or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. For purposes hereof, the amount (or principal amount) of any Disqualified Stock shall be equal to its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference.
     “ Dollars ” means lawful currency of the United States of America.
     “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is (i) organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes the sole assets of which are Capital Stock of Subsidiaries that are not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
     “ Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.1 have been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 8.2) and the Term B Loan is funded, which is the date hereof.
     “ Effective Date MAE ” means any circumstance, event, change, development or effect that, (a) is material and adverse to the financial position, results of operations, business, assets or liabilities of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) would materially impair the ability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) would materially impair the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole, or (d) would materially impair the ability of Holdco to perform its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement or

12


 

otherwise materially threaten or materially impede the consummation of the Purchase (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement) and the other transactions contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement; provided , however , that the impact of the following matters shall be disregarded: (i) changes in general economic, financial market, credit market, regulatory or political conditions (whether resulting from acts of war or terrorism, an escalation of hostilities or otherwise) generally affecting the U.S. economy, foreign economies or the industries in which Holdco or its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) changes in generally accepted accounting principles, (iii) changes in laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by any Governmental Entities (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), (iv) any change in Holdco’s stock price or trading volume, in and of itself, or any failure, in and of itself, by Holdco to meet revenue or earnings guidance published or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders ( provided that any fact, condition, circumstance, event, change, development or effect underlying any such failure or change, other than any of the foregoing that is otherwise excluded pursuant to clauses (i) through (viii) hereof, may be taken into account in determining whether an Effective Date MAE has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur), (v) losses resulting from any change in the valuations of Holdco’s portfolio of securities or sales of such securities and any effect resulting from such changes or sales, (vi) actions or omissions of Holdco or the Sponsors taken as required by the Equity Purchase Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (vii) public announcement, in and of itself, by a third party not affiliated with Holdco of any proposal to acquire the outstanding securities or all or substantially all of the assets of Holdco and (viii) the public announcement of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby (provided that this clause (viii) shall not apply with respect to Sections 1.2(c)(v), 2.2(d), 2.2(h) and 2.2(k) of the Equity Purchase Agreement); provided further , however , that Effective Date MAE shall be deemed not to include the impact of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), in each case only insofar and to the extent that such circumstances, events, changes, developments or effects described in such clauses do not have a disproportionate effect on Holdco and its Subsidiaries (exclusive of its payments systems business) relative to other participants in the industry.
     “ EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
     “ Environmental Laws ” means any Laws relating to pollution, the environment or natural resources.
     “ Equity Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Purchase Agreement, dated as of March ___, 2008, among Holdco, the several “Investors” named therein, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any applicable rule or regulation issued thereunder.
     “ Eurodollar Advance ” means an Advance which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.14, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or on any successor or substitute page of such

13


 

service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Base Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Advance for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
     “ Eurodollar Loan ” means a Loan which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.14, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Eurodollar Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Advance for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the Eurodollar Base Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) and (y) 2.5% per annum.
     “ Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any fiscal year of Holdco, the excess, if any, of:
     (i) the sum, without duplication, for such period of:
     (A) Consolidated EBITDA (it being understood, for avoidance of doubt, that any Specified Equity Contribution shall not increase Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of this definition);
     (B) foreign currency translation gains received in cash related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net cash gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk), to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (C) net cash gains resulting in such period from Rate Management Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective pronouncements and interpretations, to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, including pursuant to clause (ii) of EBITDA;
     (D) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring cash gains (other than gains on asset sales in the ordinary course of business, including Portfolio Securities), to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA; and
     (E) to the extent not otherwise included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, cash gains from any sale or disposition outside the ordinary course of business (excluding gains from Prepayment Events to the extent an amount equal

14


 

to the Net Proceeds therefrom was applied to the prepayment of Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(ii));
minus
     (ii) the sum, without duplication, for such period of:
     (A) the amount of any taxes, including taxes based on income, profits or capital, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes (to the extent added in calculating Consolidated EBITDA), and including penalties and interest on any of the foregoing, in each case, payable in cash by Holdco and its Subsidiaries (to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA), including payments made pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or arrangements among Holdco, its Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent of Holdco (so long as such tax sharing payments are attributable to the operations of Holdco and its Subsidiaries);
     (B) Consolidated Interest Expense, including costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (to the extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), to the extent payable in cash and not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (C) foreign currency translation losses paid in cash related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net cash loss resulting from hedge agreements for currency risk), to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (D) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to this clause (D) or clause (P) below in respect of a prior fiscal year, capital expenditures of Holdco and its Subsidiaries made in cash prior to the date the applicable Excess Cash Flow prepayment is required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10(iii);
     (E) repayments of long-term Indebtedness (including (i) payments of the principal component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) the repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.10 (but excluding prepayments of Loans deducted pursuant to clause (B) of Section 2.10(iii)), (iii) the repayment of indebtedness with respect to any Receivables Transaction and (iv) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalties paid in connection with any such repayments of Indebtedness, made by Holdco and its Subsidiaries, but only to the extent that, in each case, such repayments (x) by their terms cannot be reborrowed or redrawn and (y) are not financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness)) and increases in Consolidated Net Income due to a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or condemnation or similar proceeding) but not in excess of the amount of such increase;

15


 

     (F) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to this clause (F) or clause (P) below in respect of a prior fiscal year, the amount of Investments permitted by Section 6.14 (other than Investments in (x) Cash Equivalents and (y) Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries) made by Holdco and its Subsidiaries in cash prior to the date the applicable Excess Cash Flow prepayment is required to be made pursuant to Section 2.10(iii);
     (G) letter of credit fees paid in cash, to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (H) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring cash charges, to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA;
     (I) cash fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment, asset sale, the issuance or repayment of any Indebtedness, issuance of Capital Stock, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the date hereof and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any cash charges or cash non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction or other early extinguishment of Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement (in each case, whether or not consummated);
     (J) cash charges or losses added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (F), (G) and (H) and to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (i) (B), (G), (H), (I), (J) or clause (ii);
     (K) the amount of Restricted Payments made by Holdco to the extent permitted by clause (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (ix) or (x) of Section 6.10;
     (L) cash expenditures in respect of Rate Management Obligations (including net cash losses resulting in such period from Rate Management Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective pronouncements and interpretations), to the extent not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, including pursuant to clause (ii) or Consolidated EBITDA;
     (M) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income, cash losses from any sale or disposition outside the ordinary course of business;
     (N) cash payments by Holdco and its Subsidiaries in respect of long-term liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of Holdco and its Subsidiaries;
     (O) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by Holdco and its Subsidiaries in cash (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed and signing bonus expenditures;

16


 

     (P) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in respect of a prior fiscal year, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdco and its Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such fiscal year relating to Investments permitted by Section 6.14 (other than Investments in (x) Cash Equivalents and (y) Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries) or capital expenditures to be consummated or made plus cash restructuring expenses to be incurred, in each case, during the period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdco following the end of such fiscal year; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount actually utilized to finance such capital expenditures or Investments during such period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters;
     (Q) interest which is accrued and paid in kind or as an addition to the outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Indebtedness in lieu of the payment of interest in cash; and
     (R) to the extent added to Consolidated Net Income, Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds.
     “ Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds ” means, in the case of Specified Securities listed under “C-2” on Schedule 1, the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary from the sale or other disposition of, or any payment of principal of, or return on investment in respect of, such Specified Securities listed under “C-2” after February 29, 2008 over $34,000,000 and, in the case of Specified Securities listed under “C-3” on Schedule 1, the Net Proceeds received by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary from the sale or other disposition of, or any payment of principal of, or return on investment in respect of, such Specified Securities listed under “C-3” after February 29, 2008.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Excluded Taxes ” means, in the case of each Lender, LC Issuer or applicable Lending Installation and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net income, and franchise taxes and branch profits taxes imposed on it, by (i) the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender, LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent is incorporated or organized or (ii) the jurisdiction in which the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s or LC Issuer’s principal executive office or such Lender’s or LC Issuer’s applicable Lending Installation is located.
     “ Existing Credit Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals hereto.
     “ Existing Lenders ” is defined in the Recitals hereto.
     “ Facility Termination Date ” means the earlier of (i) March ___, 2013 and (ii) with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitment only, any earlier date on which the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment is reduced to zero or otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

17


 

     “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
     “ Final 10-K ” shall mean Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, in a form identical to a form that shall have been provided to each of the Lenders and the Investors not less than one day prior to the Effective Date, which shall be in a form acceptable to each of the Lenders and the Investors in its respective sole judgment and discretion, in compliance with all applicable rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, excluding any rules related to filing deadlines, which such Final 10-K does not disclose or identify any material weakness in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect Holdco’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data.
     “ Financial Condition ” means, for any date, (i) prior to the Sell Down Date, the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Indenture) for the Borrower’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date would be less than 3.50 to 1.00, and (ii) on or after the Sell Down Date, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Indenture) for the Borrower’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date would be at least 2.00 to 1.00, in each case determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds of any Indebtedness incurred on such date, as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
     “ Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, the controller, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer or any other officer with responsibilities customarily performed by such officers.
     “ Floating Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate for such day, in each case changing when and as the Alternate Base Rate changes.
     “ Floating Rate Advance ” means an Advance which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11, bears interest at the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Floating Rate Loan ” means a Loan which, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.14, bears interest at the Floating Rate plus the Applicable Margin.
     “ Foreign Plan ” is defined in Section 5.9(iv).
     “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

18


 

     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States.
     “ Government Securities ” means securities that are:
     (i)  direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
     (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of the principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of the principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
     “ Governmental Entity ” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, any regulatory agency, commission, court, body, entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.
     “ Guarantors ” means Holdco, MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, FSMC, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, MoneyGram Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, PropertyBridge, Inc., a Delaware corporation, MoneyGram of New York LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, any Person which becomes a Guarantor pursuant to the last sentence of Section 6.21, and each other Wholly-Owned Subsidiary which, after the date hereof, becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, and its successors and assigns, other than an SPE.
     “ Guaranty ” means that certain Amended and Restated Guaranty dated as of the date hereof executed by each Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Secured Parties, as it may be amended or modified (including by joinder agreement) and in effect from time to time.
     “ Hazardous Materials ” means (i) petroleum and petroleum by-products, asbestos that is friable, radioactive materials, medical or infectious wastes or polychlorinated biphenyls and (ii) any other material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by Environmental Law because of its hazardous, toxic or deleterious properties or characteristics.
     “ Holdco ” means MoneyGram International, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the parent corporation of the Borrower.

19


 

     “ Holdco Patents ” means all patents and patent applications currently owned by Holdco and its Subsidiaries that are material to the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted.
     “ Indebtedness ” of a Person means, without duplication, such Person’s (i) obligations for borrowed money, (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (iii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Indebtedness of another Person whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (iv) obligations (or, without double counting, reimbursement obligations in respect thereof) which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other similar instruments to the extent not collateralized with Cash and Cash Equivalents or banker’s acceptances, (v) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (vi) letters of credit or similar instruments which are issued upon the application of such Person or upon which such Person is an account party to the extent not collateralized with Cash and Cash Equivalents or banker’s acceptances, (vii) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation (each, a “ Contingent Obligation ”) by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, (viii) Rate Management Obligations, (ix) Receivables Transaction Attributed Indebtedness and (x) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodation which in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person. For the purposes hereof, the amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. In respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of the fair market value of such assets at the date of determination and the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person secured by such asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: (i) obligations under Repurchase Agreements, (ii) Payment Services Obligations, (iii) obligations to repay Payment Instruments Funding Amounts, (iv) Rate Management Obligations (to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes), (v) Purchase Agreement Equity, (vi) ordinary course contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts and (vii) Receivables Transactions Attributed Indebtedness so long as the aggregate outstanding amount thereof at the time of determination is not in excess of $300,000,000 (but any excess amount thereof over $300,000,000 shall constitute Indebtedness).
     “ Indenture ” means that certain Indenture, to be dated as of and effective as of the Effective Date, among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, in the form attached as an exhibit to the Note Purchase Agreement or as amended after the Effective Date from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.
     “ Infringe ” means, in relation to Intellectual Property, infringing upon, misappropriating or violating the rights of any third party.

20


 

     “ Insolvency Proceedings ” means, with respect to any Person, any case or proceeding with respect to such Person under U.S. federal bankruptcy laws or any other state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or other similar laws, or the appointment, whether at common law, in equity or otherwise, of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or the like for all or any material portion of the property of such Person.
     “ Intellectual Property ” means the following and all rights pertaining thereto: (i) patents, patent applications, provisional patent applications and statutory invention registrations (including all utility models and other patent rights under the Laws of all countries), (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, service names, corporate names, domain names and other brand identifiers, registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iii) copyrights, databases, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iv) confidential and proprietary information, trade secrets, and know-how and (v) all similar rights, however denominated, throughout the world.
     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, to be dated as of and effective as of the Effective Date, among the Collateral Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee and Collateral Agent for the Second Priority Secured Parties (as defined therein), the Borrower, Holdco and the other Guarantors in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto.
     “ Interest Period ” means, with respect to a Eurodollar Advance, a period of one, two, three or six months (or, if available to all relevant Lenders, nine or twelve months or a period shorter than one month) commencing on a Business Day selected by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement. Such Interest Period shall end on the day which corresponds numerically to such date one, two, three or six months (or other applicable period) thereafter, provided , however , that if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such next, second, third or sixth (or other corresponding) succeeding month, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such next, second, third or sixth (or other corresponding) succeeding month. If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, provided , however , that if said next succeeding Business Day falls in a new calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day.
     “ Investment ” of a Person means all investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of any loan, advance (other than commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), extension of credit (other than accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business on terms customary in the trade), contribution of capital by such Person or Capital Stock, bonds, mutual funds, notes, debentures or other securities of such other Person.
     “ Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in its individual capacity, and its successors.

21


 

     “ Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, code, order, injunction, arbitration award, writ, decree, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity.
     “ LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the LC Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit which has not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower.
     “ LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total LC Exposure at such time.
     “ LC Fee ” is defined in Section 2.22(xi).
     “ LC Issuer ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and each other Lender that agrees in writing with the Borrower to issue Letters of Credit (provided that notice of such agreement is given to the Administrative Agent), in each case, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.22(ix). Each LC Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such LC Issuer, in which case the term “LC Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. With respect to any Letter of Credit, “LC Issuer” shall mean the issuer thereof.
     “ Lenders ” means the lending institutions listed on the signature pages of this Agreement, any Person which becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 2.8(iii) and their respective successors and assigns. Unless otherwise specified, the term “Lenders” includes a Lender in its capacity as the Swing Line Lender.
     “ Lending Installation ” means, with respect to a Lender or the Administrative Agent, the office, branch, subsidiary or affiliate of such Lender or the Administrative Agent listed on the signature pages hereof or on a Schedule or otherwise selected by such Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.20.
     “ Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement (including any Outstanding Letter of Credit).
     “ Letter of Credit Application ” means a letter of credit application or agreement entered into or submitted by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.22(ii).
     “ Lien ” means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance or preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement). For the purposes hereof, none of the following shall be deemed to be Liens: (i) setoff rights or statutory liens arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) restrictive contractual obligations with respect to assets comprising the Payment Instruments Funding Amounts or Payment Service Obligations, provided that such contractual obligations are no more restrictive in nature than those in effect on the Effective Date, (iii) Liens purported to be created under Repurchase Agreements, provided that such Liens

22


 

do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such Repurchase Agreements, (iv) ordinary course of business contractual obligations with clearing banks relative to clearing accounts or (v) operating leases.
     “ Loan ” means a Revolving Loan, a Term A Loan, Term B Loan or a Swing Line Loan.
     “ Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, any amendment hereto, any Letter of Credit Application, any Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.16, the Guaranty and the Collateral Documents.
     “ Loan Parties ” means the Borrower, Holdco and each of the other Guarantors that is a party to a Loan Document.
     “ Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, condition or circumstance that has occurred since the Effective Date that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, financial condition, results of operations or assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents or (iii) the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole (other than, in each case, as related to: (A) the valuation of the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries and (B) any shareholder or derivative litigation arising as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby and/or the disclosure of or failure to disclose information related to the valuation of the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries).
     “ Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Domestic Subsidiary (other than an SPE) which either (i) has 5% or more of the assets (valued at the greater of book or fair market value) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis as of the fiscal quarter end next preceding the date of determination, (ii) is responsible for 5% or more of Consolidated Net Income for the four quarter period ending on the fiscal quarter end next preceding the date of determination or (iii) has been designated as a Material Domestic Subsidiary by the Borrower.
     “ Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness and/or Rate Management Obligations in an outstanding principal or net payment amount of $15,000,000 or more in the aggregate (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than U.S. dollars).
     “ Material Indebtedness Agreement ” means any agreement under which any Material Indebtedness was created or is governed or which provides for the incurrence of Indebtedness in an amount which would constitute Material Indebtedness (whether or not an amount of Indebtedness constituting Material Indebtedness is outstanding thereunder).
     “ Minimum Liquidity Ratio ” means the ratio of (i) the fair value of the Restricted Investment Portfolio (other than Scheduled Restricted Investments, which shall be valued at the lower of (x) fair value and (y) the amounts set forth adjacent to such Scheduled Restricted Investments in Schedule 1; provided , that any Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-1 on Schedule 1 shall be valued at fair value on and after June 30, 2008 and provided further, if any of such Scheduled Restricted Investments set forth under the heading C-2 on Schedule 1 (the “ Specified SRIs ”) have been sold, the aggregate value of such remaining Specified SRIs shall be the lower of (x) fair value of such remaining Specified SRIs and (y)

23


 

aggregate value of all Specified SRIs set forth on Schedule 1 less the net proceeds received for the Specified SRIs sold (not to be less than zero)) to (ii) all Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
     “ Multiemployer Plan ” is defined in Section 5.9(iii).
     “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.
     “ Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to any event, (i) the cash proceeds received in respect of such event, including (A) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment or earn-out, but excluding any reasonable interest payments), but only as and when received, (B) in the case of a casualty, cash insurance proceeds, and (C) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, cash condemnation awards and similar payments received in connection therewith, minus (ii) the sum of direct costs relating to such event and the sale or disposition of such non-cash proceeds, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and, if such costs have not been incurred or invoiced, the Borrower’s good faith estimates thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on Indebtedness required to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Borrower as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Borrower after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
     “ Non-Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary of Holdco other than the Borrower or any Guarantor.
     “ Non-U.S. Lender ” is defined in Section 3.5(iv).
     “ Note ” means any one or more of a Revolving Credit Note, Term A Note, Term B Note or Swing Line Note.
     “ Note Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March ___, 2008, among Holdco, the Borrower, GSMP V Onshore US, Ltd. an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, GSMP V Offshore US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, GSMP V Institutional US, Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, and THL Credit Partners, L.P., as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Obligations ” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all reimbursement obligations with respect to LC Disbursements, all accrued and unpaid

24


 

fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties to the Lenders or to any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents.
     “ Other Taxes ” is defined in Section 3.5(ii).
     “ Outstanding Letters of Credit ” is defined in Section 2.22(xii).
     “ Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to any Lender at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of its Revolving Loans outstanding at such time, plus (ii) an amount equal to its LC Exposure at such time, plus (iii) an amount equal to its Swing Line Exposure at such time.
     “ Participants ” is defined in Section 12.1(iii)(A).
     “ Passive Holding Company Condition ” shall be satisfied so long as Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower and any of the Borrower Subsidiaries) does not:
     (i) directly incur any Indebtedness other than Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed by it (except Permitted Holdco Liens); or
     (iii) own any Capital Stock in any Person (other than the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries) and own any other material assets (excluding Capital Stock) other than (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (B) assets under any stock incentive plans (including related agreements), loan stock purchase programs or incentive compensation plans, (C) pre-paid assets (e.g. deferred financing costs) and (D) deferred tax assets;
provided nothing in this definition shall restrict Holdco from performing its obligations under the Equity Purchase Agreement and the securities issued thereunder and under the certificates of designation contemplated thereby.
     “ Payment Date ” means the last day of each calendar year quarter.
     “ Payment Instruments Funding Amounts ” means amounts advanced to and retained by Holdco and its Subsidiaries as advance funding for the payment instruments or obligations arising under an official check agreement or a customer agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.
     “ Payment Service Obligations ” means all liabilities of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP for outstanding payment instruments (as classified and defined as Payment Service Obligations in Holdco’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act, and if Holdco is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Holdco’s most recent audited financial statements).
     “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

25


 

     “ Permits ” means all permits, licenses, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities.
     “ Permitted Holdco Indebtedness ” means:
     (i) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdco providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)); and
     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdco in connection with such disposition;
     (ii) obligations incurred under the Loan Documents or the Second Lien Documents;
     (iii) Indebtedness incurred by Holdco in respect of interest rate hedging obligations of Holdco in existence on the Effective Date; and
     (iv) guarantees of (x) other Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors permitted under Sections 6.11(i), (iii) (to the extent existing at the Effective Date), (iv), (v), (x) (to the extent the debt so extended, refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or defeased was guaranteed by Holdco in accordance with this Agreement), (xvii) or (xviii) and (y) Rate Management Obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors permitted under this Agreement.
     “ Permitted Holdco Liens ” means, any Permitted Liens other than Liens incurred pursuant to clauses (x), (xi), (xx), (xxiii) or (xxv) of Section 6.15.
     “ Permitted Liens ” means Liens permitted by Section 6.15.
     “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or instrumentality thereof.
     “ Plan ” means an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code as to which Holdco or any member of the Controlled Group may have any liability.

26


 

     “ Portfolio Securities ” means, collectively, portfolio securities (i) designated as “trading investments” on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements, (ii) designated as “available for sale investments” on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements or (iii) otherwise designated as investments on Holdco’s consolidated financial statements, in each case valued at fair value in accordance with GAAP.
     “ Prepayment Event ” means:
     (i) any sale, transfer or other disposition pursuant to Section 6.13(x) or (xxi) other than dispositions resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding (1) $5,000,000 in the case of any single transaction or series of related transactions or (2) $10,000,000 for all such transactions during any fiscal year of Holdco; or
     (ii) the incurrence by Holdco, the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary after the Effective Date of any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.11 or any Permitted Holdco Indebtedness.
     “ Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.
     “ Property ” of a Person means any and all property, whether real, personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned, leased or operated by such Person.
     “ Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to a Lender, a portion equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment (or, if the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment has expired or been terminated, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof and any subsequent repayments of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and reductions in such Lender’s participation exposure relative to Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans) and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (or, if the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment has expired or been terminated, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment immediately prior to such expiration or termination, giving effect to any subsequent repayments of the Revolving Loans and reductions in the aggregate participation exposure relative to Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans).
     “ Purchase Agreement Equity ” means Capital Stock of Holdco issued to the Sponsors pursuant to the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement, including any Capital Stock into which such equity is converted or any additional Capital Stock issued after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the certificates of designation referred to in, and attached as exhibits to, the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Rate Management Counterparties ” means Lenders and their Affiliates (or Persons which were Lenders or their Affiliates at the time the applicable Rate Management Transaction was entered into) which have entered into Rate Management Transactions with Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries.

27


 

     “ Rate Management Obligations ” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (i) any and all Rate Management Transactions, and (ii) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Rate Management Transactions.
     “ Rate Management Transaction ” means any transaction (including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries which is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, forward transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether linked to one or more interest rates, foreign currencies, commodity prices, equity prices or other financial measures.
     “ Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to which the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Person accounts or notes receivable and rights related thereto.
     “ Receivables Transaction Attributed Indebtedness ” means, at any time, the amount of obligations outstanding at such time under the legal documents entered into as part of any Receivables Transaction that would be characterized as principal if such Receivables Transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a purchase.
     “ Refinanced Commitment ”, “ Refinanced Term A Loans ” and “ Refinanced Term B Loans ” are each defined in Section 8.3.
     “ Refinancing Indebtedness ” is defined in Section 6.11(x).
     “ Register ” is defined in Section 12.1(ii)(D).
     “ Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
     “ Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to the extension of credit by banks for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stocks applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
     “ Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

28


 

     “ Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, emitting, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing or migrating into or through the environment in derogation of Environmental Law.
     “ Rentals ” of a Person means the aggregate fixed amounts payable by such Person under any Operating Lease.
     “ Replacement Commitments ”, “ Replacement Term A Loans ” and “ Replacement Term B Loans ” are each defined in Section 8.3.
     “ Reportable Event ” means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations issued under such section, with respect to a Single Employer Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC has by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event, provided , however , that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be a Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any such waiver of the notice requirement in accordance with either Section 4043(a) of ERISA or Section 412(d) of the Code.
     “ Repurchase Agreement ” means an agreement of a Person to purchase securities arising out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities.
     “ Required B Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the Term B Balance at such time, but if there shall be more than one Lender with a Term B Balance, not less than two Lenders.
     “ Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (i) the Term A Balance at such time plus (ii) the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or, after the Effective Date, the Term B Balance at such time plus (iii) the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure and the unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
     “ Required Specified Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (i) the Term A Balance at such time plus (ii) the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure and the unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
     “ Restricted Investment Portfolio ” means assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries which are restricted by state law, contract or otherwise designated by the Borrower for the payment of Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Restricted Payment ” means (i) any dividend or distribution in respect of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or Holdco, (ii) any redemption, repurchase, acquisition or other retirement of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or Holdco and (iii) any principal or other payment on, or any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or other retirement of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.11(xix)) in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund or maturity.

29


 

     “ Revolving Credit Advance ” means an Advance made by the Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 2.3, including any Advance previously made by the Revolving Lenders to Holdco pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Existing Credit Agreement.
     “ Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, for each Revolving Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not exceeding the amount set forth opposite its name under the heading “Revolving Credit Commitment” on the Commitment Schedule, as such amount may be increased or reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     “ Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of a Lender in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Revolving Lender ” means a Lender having a Revolving Credit Commitment.
     “ Revolving Loan ” means, with respect to a Revolving Lender, such Lender’s loans made pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and all “Revolving Loans” of such Lender outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date.
     “ S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.
     “ Satisfactory Audit Opinion ” means either combined or separate unqualified reports on the audit of Holdco, and its Subsidiaries, financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 as illustrated within paragraphs 87 and 88 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Bylaws and Rules, Auditing Standard No. 5, “An Audit of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting That Is Integrated with An Audit of Financial Statements,” prepared in accordance with GAAP (neither the Deloitte & Touche LLP financial statement opinion as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 nor to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements attached to the audited financial statements, nor Items 1 through 15 of Holdco’s December 31, 2007 Annual report on Form 10-K, shall include any reference to Holdco’s ability to operate as a going concern).
     “ Scheduled Restricted Investments ” means the securities listed on Schedule 1 hereto.
     “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Second Lien Documents ” means the Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the notes issued thereunder and all documents delivered in connection therewith.
     “ Second Lien Indebtedness ” means the senior second lien indebtedness incurred by the Borrower pursuant to the Indenture.
     “ Secured Parties ” means the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Rate Management Counterparties.

30


 

     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     “ Sell Down Date ” means the “Sell Down Date” as defined in the Indenture.
     “ Senior Secured Debt Ratio ” means, at any time, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the then most-recently ended four fiscal quarters.
     “ Separation Agreements ” means one or more of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Interim Services Agreement and the Employee Benefit Agreement each dated as of June 30, 2004 and entered into between Holdco and Viad.
     “ Similar Business ” means (i) the global funds transfer and payment services business conducted by Holdco and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any other business described under the heading “Business” in Holdco’s Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and (iii) any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto or any reasonable extension thereof.
     “ Single Employer Plan ” means a Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) maintained by Holdco or any member of the Controlled Group for employees of Holdco or any member of the Controlled Group.
     “ Specified Equity Contribution ” is defined in Section 6.19.2.
     “ Specified Securities ” means the securities set forth on Schedule 1 listed under “C-2” and “C-3”.
     “ SPEs ” means Ferrum Trust, a Delaware business trust, Tsavorite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Hematite Trust, a Delaware business trust, Monazite Trust, a Delaware business trust, and, to the extent the formation thereof is not prohibited hereunder, any Wholly-Owed Subsidiary of the Borrower or trust (which is consolidated with the Borrower for financial statement purposes), in each case formed for the limited organizational purpose of isolating and transferring a limited and specified pool of assets and related rights and obligations with respect to Payment Service Obligations, which assets shall consist solely of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) Portfolio Securities (including, for purposes of clarity, Scheduled Restricted Investments), (iii) Accounts Receivable, (iv) Rate Management Obligations (with respect to interest rate hedging) that relate to Portfolio Securities and Payment Service Obligations.
     “ Sponsor Capital ” is defined in Section 4.1(xvi).
     “ Sponsors ” means the affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P., Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Goldman Sachs Mezzanine Partners.
     “ Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental

31


 

reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Eurodollar Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
     “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment or in respect of the proceeds of any collateral to the Obligations (other than the Second Lien Indebtedness).
     “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means:
     (i) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof;
     (ii) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:
     (A) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
     (B) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity; and
     (iii) with respect to Holdco, the Borrower and any Borrower Subsidiary which owns such SPE, any SPE.
Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.
     “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Guarantor other than Holdco.
     “ Substantial Portion ” means, with respect to the Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, Property which represents more than 10% of the consolidated assets (excluding Portfolio Securities) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as would be shown in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the beginning of the twelve-month period ending with the month in which such determination is made (or if financial statements

32


 

have not been delivered hereunder for that month which begins the twelve-month period, then the financial statements delivered hereunder for the quarter ending immediately prior to that month).
     “ Swing Line Borrowing Notice ” is defined in Section 2.7(ii).
     “ Swing Line Commitment ” means, with respect to the Swing Line Lender, its commitment to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.7 in an aggregate outstanding amount at no time exceeding its Swing Line Commitment amount specified on the Commitment Schedule.
     “ Swing Line Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding at such time. The Swing Line Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total Swing Line Exposure at such time.
     “ Swing Line Lender ” means JPMCB.
     “ Swing Line Loan ” means a Loan made available to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.7.
     “ Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of the Swing Line Lender in the principal amount of its Swing Line Commitment, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and any and all liabilities with respect to the foregoing, but excluding Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.
     “ Term A Balance ” means, at any time, the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term A Loans.
     “ Term A Loan ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s “Term Loan” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) outstanding as of the Effective Date and, with respect to all Lenders, the aggregate of all such term loans. The aggregate amount of the Term A Loans of all Lenders as of the date hereof is $100,000,000.
     “ Term A Note ” means a promissory note, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of a Lender in the amount of such Lender’s Term A Loan, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Term B Balance ” means, at any time, the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loans.
     “ Term B Loan ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s pro-rata portion of any term Advance made by the Lenders on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1(ii) and, with respect to all Lenders, the aggregate of all such pro-rata portions.

33


 

     “ Term B Loan Commitment ” means, for each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(ii) in an amount not exceeding the amount set forth opposite its name under the heading “Term B Loan Commitment” on the Commitment Schedule.
     “ Term B Note ” means a promissory note, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, with appropriate insertions, and payable to the order of a Lender in the amount of such Lender’s Term B Loan, including any amendment, modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.
     “ Term Loan ” means each of the Term A Loan and the Term B Loan.
     “ Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Second Lien Documents and the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     “ Transferee ” is defined in Section 12.2.
     “ Travelers ” means Travelers Express Company, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
     “ Type ” means, with respect to any Advance, its nature as a Floating Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Advance and with respect to any Loan, its nature as a Floating Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
     “ Unfunded Liabilities ” means the amount (if any) by which the present value of all vested and unvested accrued benefits under all Single Employer Plans exceeds the fair market value of all such Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plans based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87.
     “ Unmatured Default ” means an event which but for the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Default.
     “ Viad ” means Viad Corp, a Delaware corporation.
     “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
     (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by
     (ii) the sum of all such payments.
     “ Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’

34


 

qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
     Section 1.2 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
     Section 1.3 Rounding . The calculation of any financial ratios under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-down if there is no nearest number).
     Section 1.4 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
     Section 1.5 Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that with respect to any payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Loans, if such extension would cause any such payment to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.
     Section 1.6 Accounting . Except as provided to the contrary herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP, except that any calculation or determination which is to be made on a consolidated basis shall be made for the Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries, including those Subsidiaries, if any, which are unconsolidated on the Borrower’s audited financial statements. If at any time any change in GAAP or application thereof would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the

35


 

Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or the application thereof (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders), provided that, until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP or application thereof prior to such change therein and the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders reconciliation statements showing the difference in such calculation, together with the delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements required hereunder.
     Section 1.7 Pro Forma Calculations . For purposes of determining compliance with any ratio set forth herein, such ratio shall be calculated in each case on a pro forma basis as follows:
     (i) In the event that the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which such ratio is being calculated but on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of such ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then such ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period.
     (ii) For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations that have been made by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary during the reference period or subsequent to the reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers and consolidations (and all related financing transactions) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. Additionally, if since the beginning of such reference period any Person that subsequently became a Borrower Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary since the beginning of such reference period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then such ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such reference period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (and all related financing transactions) had occurred at the beginning of the reference period.
     (iii) For purposes of the calculations referred to herein, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations (including any cost savings associated therewith) shall be made in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. In addition, any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower, to reflect any operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies projected in good faith to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions); provided that (x) such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) with respect to operational changes (not resulting from an acquisition), such actions are taken or committed to be taken no later than 24 months after the Effective Date and (z) the aggregate amount of projected

36


 

operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies in respect of operational changes (not resulting from an acquisition) included in any pro forma calculation shall not exceed $20,000,000 for any four consecutive fiscal quarter period unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent.
     (iv) If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Rate Management Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the reference period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Borrower may designate.
     (v) Any Person that is a Borrower Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Borrower Subsidiary at all times during the reference period, and any Person that is not a Borrower Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Borrower Subsidiary at any time during the reference period.
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
     Section 2.1 Term Loans .
     (i) Each Existing Lender has made a Term A Loan to Holdco in the aggregate amount set forth opposite its name on the Commitment Schedule. As of the Effective Date each such term loan shall be continued as a Term A Loan hereunder and the Borrower accepts, assumes and agrees to perform all obligations as the borrower and primary obligor in respect thereof. No amount of the Term A Loan which is repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may be reborrowed hereunder.
     (ii) Each Lender severally (and not jointly) agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower on the Effective Date in the amount of its respective Term B Loan Commitment. No amount of the Term B Loan which is repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may be reborrowed hereunder. Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Effective Date, each Lender shall make available funds equal to its Term B Loan Commitment in immediately available funds in Chicago to the Administrative Agent at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII.
     Section 2.2 Term Loan Repayment . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the principal amount of the Term A Loan shall be paid in full by the Borrower on the Facility

37


 

Termination Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the principal amount of the Term B Loan shall be paid in full by the Borrower as follows:
     (i) on each Payment Date from and including June 30, 2008 to and including December 31, 2012, the Borrower shall make an aggregate payment of $625,000; and
     (ii) on the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower shall pay the entire remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term B Loan.
     Section 2.3 Revolving Credit Commitments . From and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date, each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to (i) make or continue Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time and (ii) participate in Letters of Credit issued upon the request of the Borrower, provided that, after giving effect to the making of each such Loan and the issuance of each such Letter of Credit, such Lender’s Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment and the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment. As of the Effective Date each revolving loan made under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be continued as a Revolving Loan hereunder and the Borrower accepts, assumes and agrees to perform all obligations as the borrower and primary obligor in respect thereof. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Loans, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Facility Termination Date. The Revolving Credit Commitments to extend credit hereunder shall expire on the Facility Termination Date.
     Section 2.4 Other Required Payments . All outstanding Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, unreimbursed LC Disbursements and all other unpaid Obligations shall be paid in full by the Borrower on the Facility Termination Date.
     Section 2.5 Ratable Loans . Each Revolving Credit Advance hereunder shall consist of Revolving Loans made from the several Revolving Lenders ratably according to their Pro Rata Shares.
     Section 2.6 Types of Advances . The Advances may be Floating Rate Advances or Eurodollar Advances, or a combination thereof, selected by the Borrower in accordance with Sections 2.11 and 2.12, or Swing Line Loans selected by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.7.
     Section 2.7 Swing Line Loans .
     (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrower from time to time from and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swing Line Loans exceeding $25,000,000, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Lender’s outstanding Swing Line Loans exceeding its Swing Line Commitment, or (iii) the sum of the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that

38


 

the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to make a Swing Line Loan to refinance an outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swing Line Loans. The Borrower will repay in full each Swing Line Loan on or before the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the Borrowing Date for such Swing Line Loan.
     (ii) To request a Swing Line Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or electronic mail (to such electronic mail addresses as the Administrative Agent shall specify) (in each case confirmed by telecopy), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swing Line Loan. Each such notice (a “ Swing Line Borrowing Notice ”) shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swing Line Loan, which shall be an amount not less than $1,000,000. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swing Line Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swing Line Lender shall make each Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to a general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swing Line Lender or wire transfer to an account designated by the Borrower (or, in the case of a Swing Line Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.22(v), by remittance to the LC Issuer) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swing Line Loan.
     (iii) The Swing Line Lender may (and shall on the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the Borrowing Date of each Swing Line Loan made by it that is then still outstanding) by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of its Swing Line Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swing Line Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swing Line Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swing Line Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this paragraph is unconditional, continuing, irrevocable and absolute and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, (a) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or any other Person, (b) the occurrence or continuance, prior to or after the funding of any Swing Line Loan, of a Default or Unmatured Default, (c) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or (d) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.11 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Sections 2.11 and 2.21 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the

39


 

Swing Line Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swing Line Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph. Any amounts received by the Swing Line Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swing Line Loan after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swing Line Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swing Line Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swing Line Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.
     Section 2.8 Commitment Fee; Reductions and Increases in Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment .
     (i) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the rate of .50% per annum on the daily amount of the difference between the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender and the Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Swing Line Exposure) of such Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Credit Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
     (ii) The Borrower may permanently reduce the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment in whole, or in part ratably among the Revolving Lenders in minimum amounts of $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, upon at least three Business Days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall specify the amount of any such reduction, provided , however , that the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment may not be reduced below the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure and further provided that a notice of a reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. All accrued commitment fees shall be payable on the effective date of any termination of the obligations of the Lenders to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not voluntarily reduce the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment unless at the time of such reduction the Term B Balance is zero.

40


 

     (iii) The Borrower may, at its option, on up to three occasions, seek to increase the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and/or the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or aggregate Term A Loans by up to an aggregate amount of $50,000,000 in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 and in integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, which notice shall specify the amount of any such increase and whether such increase is in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment, the Term A Loans or a combination of any thereof and shall be delivered at a time when no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Term B Loan shall be permitted to be borrowed pursuant to this clause (iii) if, after giving effect thereto, the Term B Balance would exceed $250,000,000. The Borrower may, after giving such notice, offer the increase (which may be declined by any Lender in its sole discretion) in the Commitments or Term A Loans on either a ratable basis to the Lenders or on a non pro-rata basis to one or more Lenders and/or to other Lenders or entities reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. No increase in the Commitments or Term A Loans shall become effective until the existing or new Lenders extending such incremental Revolving Credit Commitment, Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a document in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which each such existing Lender states the amount of its Commitment or Loan increase, each such new Lender becomes a party hereto, states its Commitment or Loan amount and agrees to assume and accept the obligations and rights of a Lender hereunder and the Borrower accepts such incremental Commitments or Loans. In the event of an increase in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to this Section, the Revolving Lenders (new or existing) shall accept an assignment from the existing Revolving Lenders, and the existing Revolving Lenders shall make an assignment to the new or existing Revolving Lender accepting a new or increased Revolving Credit Commitment, of an interest in each then outstanding Revolving Credit Advance, Swing Line Loan, Letter of Credit and LC Disbursement such that, after giving effect thereto, all Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit and LC Disbursements are held ratably by the Revolving Lenders in proportion to their respective Revolving Credit Commitments. Assignments pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be made in exchange for the principal amount assigned plus accrued and unpaid interest and shall not be subject to the assignment fee set forth in Section 12.1(ii)(B)(3). The Borrower shall make any payments under Section 3.4 resulting from such assignments. In the event of an increase in the Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans pursuant to this Section, each Lender accepting a portion of such increased Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans shall, on the effective date of the increase in such Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans, make a loan to the Borrower (which shall be deemed to be, as applicable, a “Term A Loan” or a “Term B Loan” hereunder for all purposes hereof, including Section 2.24) in the amount of its portion of such increase. Any such increase of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, Aggregate Term B Loan Commitment or Term A Loans shall be subject to receipt by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower of such supplemental opinions, resolutions, certificates and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

41


 

     Section 2.9 Minimum Amount of Each Advance . Each Eurodollar Advance (other than an Advance to repay Swing Line Loans) shall be in the minimum amount of $5,000,000 (and in multiples of $1,000,000 if in excess thereof), and each Floating Rate Advance (other than a Swing Line Loan) shall be in the minimum amount of $5,000,000 (and in multiples of $1,000,000 if in excess thereof), provided , however , that any Revolving Credit Advance which is a Floating Rate Advance may be in the amount of the unused Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment.
     Section 2.10 Optional and Mandatory Principal Payments .
     (i) The Borrower may from time to time pay, without penalty or premium, all outstanding Floating Rate Advances (other than Swing Line Loans), or, in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Floating Rate Advances (other than Swing Line Loans) upon one Business Day’s prior notice to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower may at any time pay, without penalty or premium, all outstanding Swing Line Loans, or, in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and increments of $500,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Swing Line Loans, with notice to the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender by 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of repayment. The Borrower may from time to time pay, subject to the payment of any funding indemnification amounts required by Section 3.4 but without penalty or premium, all outstanding Eurodollar Advances, or, in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Eurodollar Advances upon three Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent. All voluntary principal payments in respect of the Term B Loan shall be applied to the principal installments thereof in such order as the Borrower may elect, or if not so specified on or prior to the date of such optional prepayment, in the direct order of maturity. All mandatory principal payments in respect of the Term B Loan shall be applied to the principal installments thereof under Section 2.2 in the direct order of maturity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not voluntarily prepay the Term A Loan unless at the time of such prepayment the Term B Balance is zero.
     (ii) In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received, prepay the Term B Loan until paid in full; provided that in the case of any such event described in clause (i) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” if the Borrower or any Subsidiary applies (or commits to apply) the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof) within fifteen months after receipt of such Net Proceeds to pay all or a portion of the purchase price in connection with an Acquisition permitted hereunder of a Similar Business or to acquire, restore, replace, rebuild, develop, maintain or upgrade real property, equipment or other capital assets useful or to be used in the business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (and, in each case, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received a certificate of its Financial Officer stating its intention to do so and certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing), then, so long as no Default has occurred and is

42


 

continuing at the time of the giving of such notice and at the time of the proposed reinvestment, no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of the Net Proceeds in respect of such event (or the portion of such Net Proceeds specified in such certificate, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so applied (or committed to be so applied) by the end of such fifteen month period, (or if committed to be so applied within such fifteen month period, have not been so applied within 180 days after such fifteen month period has expired). The Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent any such evidence reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to any commitment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to apply Net Proceeds in accordance with this Section 2.10(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any Business Day there exist “Net Proceeds” (as defined in the Indenture) which (assuming no investment or application thereof is made within the following five Business Days) would constitute “Excess Proceeds” (as defined in the Indenture) in an amount in excess of $25,000,000 on such fifth following Business Day, then prior to such fifth following Business Day the Borrower shall prepay the Term B Loan until paid in full in an aggregate amount equal to such “Excess Proceeds” amount in excess of $25,000,000. Upon making such prepayment, the Borrower shall be relieved of any further obligation under this Section 2.10(ii) to make any prepayment with respect to such Net Proceeds.
     (iii) Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, the Borrower shall prepay the Term B Loan in an aggregate amount equal to the Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year multiplied by 50%. Each prepayment pursuant to this clause shall be made on or before the date that is five Business Days after the date on which annual financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i) with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no prepayment shall be required by this clause with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower as to which the Senior Secured Debt Ratio is less than 3.0 to 1.0 as of the end of such fiscal year and (B) the amount required to be prepaid pursuant to this clause with respect to any fiscal year shall be reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of (1) voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans which were accompanied by corresponding permanent reductions in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, (2) all optional prepayments of the Term A Loan or Term B Loan, (3) mandatory prepayments of the Term B Loan, in each case only to the extent that such prepayments, expenditures or investments (x) were made by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries after the start of the applicable fiscal year and prior to the due date for (or, if earlier, the actual payment date of) the prepayment under this clause with respect to such fiscal year and (y) have not resulted in a reduction of Excess Cash Flow or prepayments pursuant to this clause with respect to any prior fiscal year and (C) no prepayment shall be required with respect to the portion of Excess Cash Flow attributable to a Subsidiary that is required to maintain a minimum net worth or similar requirement under applicable law, rule or regulation or by order, decree or power of any Governmental Entity, to the extent (and only to the extent) that the payment of cash by such Subsidiary to the Borrower in respect of such portion of Excess Cash Flow (by way of dividend, intercompany loan or otherwise) would result in such Subsidiary’s failure to comply with such requirement.

43


 

     (iv) In the event and on each occasion that the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary desires to make any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 6.10(xi), the Borrower shall prepay the Term B Loan with any Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds (but only up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate after the Effective Date), such prepayment to be made prior to any such Restricted Payment under Section 6.10(xi).
     (v) In the event and on each occasion that the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary makes any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 6.10(xi) in an amount which, when aggregated with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.10(xi) after the Effective Date, is greater than $62,500,000, the Borrower shall, on the date such Restricted Payment is made, prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the amount of such Restricted Payment or, if less, the portion thereof which resulted in such aggregate Restricted Payment amount exceeding $62,500,000, which prepayment shall be applied to the Term B Loan until paid in full and thereafter applied to the Term A Loan.
     (vi) In the event of any voluntary or mandatory prepayment (other than pursuant to Section 2.10(iv)) of the Term B Loan, on the date of prepayment the Borrower shall pay the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Term B Loan a prepayment premium in an amount equal to (A) 2% of the principal amount prepaid in the case of a prepayment on or prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, (B) 1% in the case of a prepayment after the first anniversary of the Effective Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date and (C) 0% thereafter.
     Section 2.11 Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances . The Borrower shall select the Type of Advance and, in the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period applicable thereto from time to time. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (a “ Borrowing Notice ”) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Borrowing Date of each Floating Rate Advance (other than a Swing Line Loan) and three Business Days before the Borrowing Date for each Eurodollar Advance. Each such notice shall specify:
     (i) the Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, of such Advance,
     (ii) the aggregate amount of such Advance,
     (iii) the Type of Advance selected, and
     (iv) in the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period applicable thereto.
Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on each Borrowing Date, each Lender shall make available its Revolving Loan or Revolving Loans in funds immediately available in Chicago to the Administrative Agent at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII. The Administrative Agent will make the funds so received from the Lenders available to the Borrower in an account designated in writing by the Borrower.

44


 

     Section 2.12 Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances . Floating Rate Advances (other than Swing Line Loans) shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such Floating Rate Advances are converted into Eurodollar Advances pursuant to this Section 2.12 or are repaid in accordance with Section 2.10. Each Eurodollar Advance shall continue as a Eurodollar Advance until the end of the then applicable Interest Period therefor, at which time such Eurodollar Advance shall be automatically converted into a Floating Rate Advance unless (x) such Eurodollar Advance is or was repaid in accordance with Section 2.10 or (y) the Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent a Conversion/Continuation Notice (as defined below) requesting that, at the end of such Interest Period, such Eurodollar Advance continue as a Eurodollar Advance for the same or another Interest Period. Subject to the terms of Section 2.9, the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or any part of a Floating Rate Advance (other than Swing Line Loans) into a Eurodollar Advance. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (a “ Conversion/Continuation Notice ”) of each conversion of a Floating Rate Advance into a Eurodollar Advance or continuation of a Eurodollar Advance not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, at least three Business Days prior to the date of the requested conversion or continuation, specifying:
     (i) the requested date, which shall be a Business Day, of such conversion or continuation,
     (ii) the aggregate amount and Type of the Advance which is to be converted or continued, and
     (iii) the amount of such Advance which is to be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance and the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
     Section 2.13 Changes in Interest Rate, etc . Each Floating Rate Advance (other than Swing Line Loans) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and including the date such Advance is made or is automatically converted from a Eurodollar Advance into a Floating Rate Advance pursuant to Section 2.12, to but excluding the date it is paid or is converted into a Eurodollar Advance pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof, at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate for such day. Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from and including the day such Swing Line Loan is made to but excluding the date it is paid hereof, at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate for such day. Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of any Advance maintained as a Floating Rate Advance will take effect simultaneously with each change in the Alternate Base Rate. Each Eurodollar Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from and including the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to (but not including) the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent as applicable to such Eurodollar Advance based upon the Borrower’s selections under Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof. No Interest Period may end after the Facility Termination Date. Interest on Loans outstanding on the Effective Date shall be calculated (x) for periods up to and including the Effective Date at the rates set forth on the Pricing Schedule in the Existing Credit Agreement and (y) for periods after the Effective Date at the rates set forth in this Agreement.

45


 

     Section 2.14 Rates Applicable After Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13, during the continuance of a Default, the Required Lenders may, at their option, by notice to the Borrower (which notice may be revoked at the option of the Required Lenders notwithstanding any provision of Section 8.2 requiring unanimous consent of the Lenders to changes in interest rates), declare that no Advance may be made as, converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance. During the continuance of a Default under Section 7.2, unless waived by the Required Lenders or until such defaulted amount shall have been paid in full, (i) each overdue Eurodollar Advance shall bear interest for the remainder of the applicable Interest Period at the rate otherwise applicable to such Interest Period plus 2% per annum and (ii) each overdue Floating Rate Advance and all overdue fees and other overdue amounts payable hereunder shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Floating Rate in effect from time to time plus 2% per annum, in each case without any election or action on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
     Section 2.15 Method of Payment . All payments of the Obligations hereunder shall be made, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s address specified pursuant to Article XIII, or at any other Lending Installation of the Administrative Agent specified in writing by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, by noon (local time) on the date when due and shall (except with respect to repayments of Swing Line Loans and except in the case of reimbursement obligations with respect to LC Disbursements for which the LC Issuer has not been fully indemnified by the Lenders, or as otherwise specifically required hereunder) be applied ratably by the Administrative Agent among the applicable Lenders. Each payment delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Lender shall be delivered promptly by the Administrative Agent to such Lender in the same type of funds that the Administrative Agent received at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII or at any Lending Installation specified in a notice received by the Administrative Agent from such Lender. Each reference to the Administrative Agent in this Section 2.15 shall also be deemed to refer, and shall apply equally, to the LC Issuer, in the case of payments required to be made by the Borrower to the LC Issuer pursuant to Section 2.22(v).
     Section 2.16 Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness . (i) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.
     (i) The Administrative Agent shall also maintain the Register as set forth in Section 12.1(ii)(D).
     (ii) The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations therein recorded absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations in accordance with their terms.

46


 

     (iii) Any Lender may request that its Loans be evidenced by a promissory note in substantially the form of a Revolving Credit Note, a Term A Note, a Term B Note or a Swing Line Note, in each case as applicable. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender such Note payable to the order of such Lender. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (prior to any assignment pursuant to Section 12.1) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein, except to the extent that any such Lender subsequently returns any such Note for cancellation and requests that such Loans once again be evidenced as described in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.
     Section 2.17 Telephonic Notices . The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to extend, convert or continue Advances, effect selections of Types of Advances and to transfer funds based on telephonic notices made by any person or persons the Administrative Agent or any Lender in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrower, it being understood that the foregoing authorization is specifically intended to allow Borrowing Notices and Conversion/Continuation Notices to be given telephonically. The Borrower agrees to deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent a written confirmation, if such confirmation is requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, of each telephonic notice signed by an Authorized Officer. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the action taken by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the records of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall govern absent manifest error.
     Section 2.18 Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis . Interest accrued on each Floating Rate Advance shall be payable on each Payment Date, commencing with the first such date to occur after the date hereof, on any date on which the Floating Rate Advance is prepaid, whether due to acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity. Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance shall be payable on the last day of its applicable Interest Period, on any date on which the Eurodollar Advance is prepaid, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity. Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance having an Interest Period longer than three months shall also be payable on the last day of each three-month interval during such Interest Period. Interest on Eurodollar Advances, commitment fees and LC Fees shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year. Interest on Floating Rate Advances shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 365/366-day year. Interest shall be payable for the day an Advance is made but not for the day of any payment on the amount paid if payment is received prior to noon, New York City time, at the place of payment. If any payment of principal of or interest on an Advance or other amount hereunder shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of a principal payment, such extension of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.
     Section 2.19 Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Revolving Credit Commitment Reductions . Promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the contents of each Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment reduction notice, Borrowing Notice, Swing Line Borrowing Notice, Conversion/Continuation Notice, and repayment notice received by it hereunder. Promptly after notice from the LC Issuer, the Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the contents of each request for issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder. The Administrative Agent will notify each Lender of the interest rate

47


 

applicable to each Eurodollar Advance promptly upon determination of such interest rate and will give each Lender prompt notice of each change in the Alternate Base Rate.
     Section 2.20 Lending Installations . Each Lender may book its Loans and its participation in any LC Exposure and the LC Issuer may book the Letters of Credit at any Lending Installation selected by such Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, and may change its Lending Installation from time to time. All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Lending Installation and the Loans, Letters of Credit, participations in LC Exposure and any Notes issued hereunder shall be deemed held by each Lender or the LC Issuer, as the case may be, for the benefit of any such Lending Installation. Each Lender and the LC Issuer may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in accordance with Article XIII, designate replacement or additional Lending Installations through which Loans will be made by it or Letters of Credit will be issued by it and for whose account Loan payments or payments with respect to Letters of Credit are to be made.
     Section 2.21 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent . Unless the Borrower or a Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Administrative Agent prior to the date on which it is scheduled to make payment to the Administrative Agent of (i) in the case of a Lender, the proceeds of a Loan or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, a payment of principal, interest or fees to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, that it does not intend to make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such payment has been made. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the amount of such payment available to the intended recipient in reliance upon such assumption. If such Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, has not in fact made such payment to the Administrative Agent, the recipient of such payment shall, on demand by the Administrative Agent, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so made available together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was so made available by the Administrative Agent until the date the Administrative Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of payment by a Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day for the first three days and, thereafter, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan or (y) in the case of payment by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan.
     Section 2.22 Letters of Credit .
     (i) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable LC Issuer, at any time and from time to time from and including the Effective Date and prior to the Facility Termination Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Letter of Credit Application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the LC Issuer relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
     (ii) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall mail, hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved

48


 

by the LC Issuer) to the LC Issuer and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (iii) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the LC Issuer, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the LC Issuer’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (x) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $100,000,000 and (y) the Aggregate Outstanding Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment.
     (iii) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (x) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and (y) the Facility Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one year period may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one year periods but in no event shall the date of such Letters of Credit extend beyond the period in clause (y) hereof.
     (iv) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the LC Issuer or the Lenders, the LC Issuer hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the LC Issuer, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the LC Issuer, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each LC Disbursement made by the LC Issuer and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (v) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
     (v) Reimbursement . If the LC Issuer shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day next following the date notice of such drawing is given to the Borrower (any such notice received after 1:00 p.m.,

49


 

New York City time, shall be deemed received by the Borrower on the next Business Day); provided that, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.7 or 2.11 that such payment be financed with a Revolving Credit Advance which is a Floating Rate Advance or Swing Line Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Credit Advance or Swing Line Loan. If the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Pro Rata Share of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.11 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Sections 2.11 and 2.21 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the LC Issuer the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the LC Issuer or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the LC Issuer, then to such Lenders and the LC Issuer as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the LC Issuer for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of a Revolving Credit Advance or a Swing Line Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.
     (vi) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (v) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (A) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (B) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (C) payment by the LC Issuer under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (D) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the LC Issuer, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the LC Issuer; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the LC Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are

50


 

hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the LC Issuer’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, in each case on the part of the LC Issuer, the LC Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the LC Issuer may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
     (vii) Disbursement Procedures . The LC Issuer shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The LC Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the LC Issuer has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the LC Issuer and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
     (viii) Interim Interest . If the LC Issuer shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made (or, if notice of such LC Disbursement is given later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of such LC Disbursement, then from and including the next Business Day) to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the Floating Rate; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement within five Business Days of the date when due pursuant to paragraph (v) of this Section, then the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date when due to and including the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the Floating Rate plus 2% per annum. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the LC Issuer with respect to the applicable Letter of Credit, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (v) of this Section to reimburse such LC Issuer shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
     (ix) Replacement of the LC Issuer . An LC Issuer may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the successor LC Issuer. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an LC Issuer. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced LC Issuer pursuant to paragraph (xi) of this Section. From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (x) the successor LC Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of an LC Issuer under

51


 

this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (y) references herein to the term “LC Issuer” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous LC Issuer, or to such successor and all previous LC Issuers, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an LC Issuer hereunder, the replaced LC Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an LC Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
     (x) Cash Collateralization . If any Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph (which notice shall be delivered no earlier than the earlier of the fifth Business Day of such Default continuing and the date of any acceleration of the Obligations with respect to such Default), the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Default with respect to the Borrower described in Section 7.6 or 7.7. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the LC Issuer for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of a Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Defaults have been cured or waived.
     (xi) Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay (A) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee (the “ LC Fee ”) with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans on the face amount of such Letters of Credit during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (B) to each LC Issuer a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate per

52


 

annum separately agreed upon (but no more than 0.125% per annum) between the Borrower and such LC Issuer on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such LC Issuer (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such LC Issuer’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. LC Fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the LC Issuers pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 30 days after demand. All LC Fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
     (xii) Outstanding Letters of Credit . The letters of credit set forth on Schedule 2.22 hereto (the “ Outstanding Letters of Credit ”) were issued or deemed issued pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and remain outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. The Borrower, the LC Issuer and each of the Revolving Lenders hereby agree with respect to the Outstanding Letters of Credit that effective upon the Effective Date (A) such Outstanding Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued under and governed in all respects by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (B) each Lender shall participate in each Outstanding Letter of Credit in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the face amount of such Outstanding Letter of Credit.
     Section 2.23 Replacement of Lender . If (i) the Borrower is required pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.5 to make any additional payment to any Lender, (ii) any Lender’s obligation to make or continue, or to convert Floating Rate Advances into, Eurodollar Advances shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.3, (iii) any Lender shall default in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, (iv) any Lender shall become insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (v) any Lender shall fail to consent to a departure or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents or fail to agree to any amendment thereto, which waiver, consent or amendment requires the consent of all Lenders or of all Lenders directly affected thereby and has been consented to by the Required Lenders (any Lender described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) being an “ Affected Lender ”), the Borrower may (a) elect to replace such Affected Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have such right only if (A) concurrently with such replacement, (1) another bank or other entity (other than a Disqualified Institution) which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and other Obligations due to the Affected Lender pursuant to an assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit D and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Affected Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of Section 12.1 applicable to assignments, and (2) the Borrower shall pay to such

53


 

Affected Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (x) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Affected Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Affected Lender under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5, and (y) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 3.4 had the Loans or other Obligations of such Affected Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender, (B) in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, such additional payments continue to be required or such suspension is still effective and will be reduced or negated by such assignment and (C) in the case of clause (iv) above, the applicable Assignee shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents or (b) terminate all Commitments of such Affected Lender and repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Lender as of such termination date (including any amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.4 as a result of such repayment).
     Section 2.24 Pro Rata Treatment; Intercreditor Agreements .
     (i) Except as provided below in this Section 2.24 and as required under Section 2.7, 2.10, 2.13, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5 or 11.2, each Advance, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Advance, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.8 and the LC Fee, each reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitment and each conversion of any Advance to or continuation of any Advance as an Advance of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their respective applicable outstanding Loans).
     (ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any payment or other distribution (whether from proceeds of Collateral or any other source, whether in the form of cash, securities or otherwise, and whether made by any Loan Party or in connection with any exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender) made or applied in respect of any of the Obligations (a) following any acceleration of the Obligations, (b) during the existence of a Default under Section 7.2 or (c) during or in connection with Insolvency Proceedings involving any Loan Party (or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization in connection therewith), shall be made or applied, as the case may be, in the following order of priority (with higher priority Obligations to be paid in full prior to any payment or other distribution in respect of lower priority Obligations): (i) first , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the LC Issuer in its capacity as such and the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such (ratably among the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Collateral Agent in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause first payable to them); (ii) second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) payable to the Lenders, including attorney fees (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause second payable to them); (iii) third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including any default interest) on the Term B

54


 

Loans and any Replacement Term B Loans (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause third payable to them), including interest accruing after the filing or commencement of any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, whether or not any claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is or would be allowed, allowable or otherwise enforceable in any such Insolvency Proceedings; (iv) fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Term B Loans and any Replacement Term B Loans (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause fourth held by them); (v) fifth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid fees or interest (including any default interest) on or relating to the Revolving Loans, Term A Loans, Swing Line Loans and LC Exposure (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause fifth payable to them), including interest accruing after the filing or commencement of Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party, whether or not any claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is or would be allowed, allowable or otherwise enforceable in any such Insolvency Proceedings; (vi) sixth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Revolving Loans, Term A Loans, Swing Line Loans and LC Exposure (including any termination payments and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon) (ratably among such Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause sixth held by them) and amounts constituting Rate Management Obligations (but only to the extent such Rate Management Obligations are secured by the Collateral and the source of the applicable payment is Collateral proceeds); (vii) seventh on or after (A) the Facility Termination Date, (B) the occurrence of any Default with respect to any Loan Party described in Section 7.6 or 7.7 or (C) the declaration by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders that the Loans are due and payable pursuant to Article VII, to pay an amount to the Administrative Agent for the account of the LC Issuer equal to one hundred one percent (101%) of the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of any unpaid LC Disbursements to be held as cash collateral; (viii) eighth, to payment of any other Obligations due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower, ratably; and (ix) last , in the case of proceeds of Collateral, the balance, if any, thereof, after all of the Obligations (including, without limitation, all Obligations in respect of LC Exposure but excluding any contingent obligations) have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Lender agrees that the provisions of this Section 2.24 (including, without limitation, the priority of the Obligations as set forth herein) constitute an intercreditor agreement among them for value received that is independent of any value received from the Loan Parties, and that such agreement shall be enforceable as against each Lender, including, without limitation, in any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any Loan Party (including without limitation with respect to interests and costs regardless of whether or not such interest or costs are allowed as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceedings or enforceable or recoverable against the Loan Party or its bankruptcy estate), to the same extent that such agreement is enforceable under applicable non-bankruptcy law (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 510(a) of the U.S. federal Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of applicable insolvency law), and that, if any Lender receives any payment or distribution in respect of any Obligation (including, without limitation, in

55


 

connection with any Insolvency Proceedings or any plan of liquidation, distribution or reorganization therein) to which such Lender is not entitled in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Section 2.24, such amount shall be held in trust by such Lender for the benefit of the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution hereunder, and promptly shall be turned over by such Lender to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Person or Persons entitled to such payment or distribution in accordance with this Section 2.24.
     (iii) In the event there is any Disgorged Recovery in respect of any Lender’s Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Swing Line Loans or LC Exposure in any Insolvency Proceedings of any Loan Party, such Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Swing Line Loans and LC Exposure shall be deemed to be outstanding as if such Disgorged Recovery had never been received by such Lender, and each Lender agrees that the intercreditor agreements and priorities set forth in this Section 2.24 shall be enforced in accordance with their terms in respect of such Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Swing Line Loans or LC Exposure, including, without limitation, for purposes of the allocation of payments and distributions made or applied in respect of the Obligations (whether from proceeds of Collateral or otherwise), as well as for purposes of determining whether such other Lender must turn over all or any portion of any payment or other distribution received by such other Lender (whether before or after occurrence of such Disgorged Recovery) to the Administrative Agent for redistribution in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2.24(ii).
ARTICLE III
YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES
     Section 3.1 Yield Protection . If, after the date of this Agreement (or, in the case of any assignee, after the date it became a party to this Agreement), the adoption of any law or any governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender or applicable Lending Installation or any LC Issuer with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:
     (i) imposes or increases or deems applicable any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation (other than reserves and assessments taken into account in determining the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances), or
     (ii) imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or any LC Issuer of making, funding or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans, or of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or reduces any amount receivable by any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation in connection with its Eurodollar Loans, Letters of Credit or participations therein, or

56


 

requires any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation or any LC Issuer to make any payment calculated by reference to the amount of Eurodollar Loans, Letters of Credit or participations therein held or interest or LC Fees received by it, in each case by an amount deemed material by such Lender or such LC Issuer as the case may be,
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or applicable Lending Installation or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans or Commitment or of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit or to reduce the return received by such Lender or applicable Lending Installation or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, in connection with such Eurodollar Loans, Commitment, Letters of Credit or participations therein, then, within 30 days of written demand by such Lender or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, the Borrower shall pay such Lender or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduction in amount received. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.1 shall not apply to any tax-related matters.
     Section 3.2 Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations . If a Lender or an LC Issuer determines the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender, any Lending Installation of such Lender or such LC Issuer, or any corporation controlling such Lender or such LC Issuer is increased as a result of a Change, then, within 30 days of written demand by such Lender or such LC Issuer, the Borrower shall pay such Lender or such LC Issuer the amount necessary to compensate for any shortfall in the rate of return on the portion of such increased capital which such Lender or such LC Issuer determines is attributable to this Agreement, its Outstanding Credit Exposure or its Commitment to make Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit, as the case may be, hereunder (after taking into account such Lender’s or such LC Issuer’s policies as to capital adequacy). “ Change ” means (i) any change after the date of this Agreement in the Risk-Based Capital Guidelines, or (ii) any adoption of or change in any other law, governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline, interpretation, or directive (whether or not having the force of law) after the date of this Agreement which affects the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by any Lender or any LC Issuer or any Lending Installation or any corporation controlling any Lender or any LC Issuer. “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines” means (i) the risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the United States on the date of this Agreement, including transition rules, and (ii) the corresponding capital regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities outside the United States implementing the July 1988 report of the Basel Committee on Banking Regulation and Supervisory Practices Entitled “International Convergence of Capital Measurements and Capital Standards,” including transition rules, and any amendments to such regulations adopted prior to the date of this Agreement.
     Section 3.3 Availability of Types of Advances . If any Lender determines that maintenance of its Eurodollar Loans at a suitable Lending Installation would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive, whether or not having the force of law, or if the Required Lenders determine that (i) deposits of a type and maturity appropriate to match fund Eurodollar Advances are not available or (ii) the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances does not accurately reflect the cost of making or maintaining Eurodollar Advances, then the Administrative Agent shall suspend the availability of Eurodollar Advances and require any

57


 

affected Eurodollar Advances to be repaid or converted to Floating Rate Advances, subject to the payment of any funding indemnification amounts required by Section 3.4.
     Section 3.4 Funding Indemnification . If any payment of a Eurodollar Advance occurs on a date which is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period, whether because of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise, or a Eurodollar Advance is not made on the date specified by the Borrower for any reason other than default by the Lenders, the Borrower will indemnify each Lender for any loss or cost incurred by it resulting therefrom, including, without limitation, any loss or cost in liquidating or employing deposits acquired to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Advance.
     Section 3.5 Taxes .
     (i) All payments by the Borrower to or for the account of any Lender, any LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Note or Letter of Credit Application shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all Taxes. If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender, any LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent, (A) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.5) such Lender, such LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (B) the Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings, (C) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law and (D) the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof within 30 days after such payment is made.
     (ii) In addition, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or under any Loan Document or from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any Loan Document (“ Other Taxes ”).
     (iii) The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, such LC Issuer and each Lender for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on amounts payable under this Section 3.5) paid by the Administrative Agent, such LC Issuer or such Lender as a result of its Commitment, any Loans made by it hereunder, or otherwise in connection with its participation in this Agreement and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Payments due under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days of the date the Administrative Agent, such LC Issuer or such Lender makes written demand therefor pursuant to Section 3.6.
     (iv) Each Lender and LC Issuer that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, a state thereof or the District of Columbia (each a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) agrees that it will, on or before the date that it becomes party to this Agreement,

58


 

(A) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, certifying in either case that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, and (B) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a United States Internal Revenue Form W-8 and certify that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax. Each Non-U.S. Lender further undertakes to deliver to each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (x) renewals or additional copies of such form (or any successor form) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (y) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent forms so delivered by it, such additional forms or amendments thereto. All forms or amendments described in the preceding sentence shall certify that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, unless an event (including without limitation any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Non-U.S. Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form or amendment with respect to it and such Non-U.S. Lender advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.
     (v) Each Lender and LC Issuer that is incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, a state thereof or the District of Columbia (each a “U.S. Lender”) agrees that it will, on or before the date that it becomes a party to this Agreement, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, certifying that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax. Each U.S. Lender further undertakes to deliver to each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (x) renewals or additional copies of such form (or any successor form) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (y) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent forms so delivered by it, such additional forms or amendments thereto. All forms or amendments described in the preceding sentence shall certify that such U.S. Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes, unless an event (including without limitation any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such U.S. Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form or amendment with respect to it and such U.S. Lender advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.
     (vi) For any period during which a Lender or LC Issuer has failed to provide the Borrower with an appropriate form pursuant to clause (iv) or (v) of this Section 3.5 (unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, occurring

59


 

subsequent to the date on which a form originally was required to be provided), such Lender or LC Issuer shall not be entitled to indemnification or gross-up under this Section 3.5 with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided that, should a Lender or LC Issuer that is otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of withholding tax become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required under clause (iv) or (v) of this Section 3.5, the Borrower shall take such steps at such Lender’s or LC Issuer’s expense as such Lender or LC Issuer shall reasonably request to assist such Lender or LC Issuer to recover such Taxes.
     (vii) Any Lender or LC Issuer that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement or any Note pursuant to the law of any relevant jurisdiction or any treaty shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.
     (viii) If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental authority of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered or properly completed, because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered its exemption from withholding ineffective, or for any other reason), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax, withholding therefor, or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this subsection, together with all costs and expenses related thereto (including attorneys fees and time charges of attorneys for the Administrative Agent, which attorneys may be employees of the Administrative Agent). The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 3.5(vii) shall survive the payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
     (ix) If a Lender or LC Issuer determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.5, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.5 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or LC Issuer and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Entity with respect to such refund), provided that (i) the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or LC Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Entity) to the Lender or LC Issuer in the event the Lender or LC Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Entity and (ii) nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or LC Issuer to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or LC Issuer to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any

60


 

Lender or LC Issuer to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.
     Section 3.6 Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity . To the extent reasonably possible, each Lender shall designate an alternate Lending Installation to reduce any liability of the Borrower to such Lender under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.5 or to avoid the unavailability of Eurodollar Advances under Section 3.3, so long as such designation is not, in the commercially reasonable judgment of such Lender, materially disadvantageous to such Lender. Each Lender shall deliver a written statement of such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) as to the amount due, if any, under Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5. Such written statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculations upon which such Lender determined such amount and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error. Determination of amounts payable under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 in connection with a Eurodollar Loan shall be calculated as though each Lender funded its Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity corresponding to the deposit used as a reference in determining the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Loan, whether in fact that is the case or not. Unless otherwise provided herein, the amount specified in the written statement of any Lender shall be payable on demand after receipt by the Borrower of such written statement. The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Lender pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 for any amounts paid or losses incurred by such Lender as to which such Lender has not made demand hereunder within 120 days after the date such Lender has actual knowledge of such amounts or losses and their applicability to the lending transactions contemplated hereby. The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 shall survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
     Section 4.1 Effectiveness and Closing Conditions . The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement embodied herein shall not become effective (in which case the Existing Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect) and the Lenders shall not be required to make the Term B Loan hereunder unless and until the following conditions precedent (other than clause (xi)) have been satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof) and, in the case of clause (xi), the Term B Loan proceeds shall be funded simultaneously with the satisfaction of such condition:
     (i) Each Loan Party, each Existing Lender, each Lender with a Term B Loan Commitment, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall each have executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.
     (ii) All shareholder, governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the financing and other transactions contemplated hereby and the continuing operations of Holdco and its Subsidiaries shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect and all waiting periods applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby shall have expired or been terminated, in each case, to the extent required to be delivered under the Equity Purchase Agreement.

61


 

     (iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received (x) satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of Holdco for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available and (y) satisfactory unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Holdco for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (x) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available.
     (iv) Liens creating a first (subject only to Permitted Liens) priority security interest in the Collateral shall have been perfected or documents required to perfect such security interest shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent or arrangements have been made with respect thereto satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (v) The Administrative Agent shall have received such corporate records, officer’s certificates and other instruments as are customary for transactions of this type or as it may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (vi) The Collateral Agent, the Trustee and Collateral Agent for the holders of the Second Lien Indebtedness and the other parties thereto shall have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement.
     (vii) The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that adequate bank clearing arrangements of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. are in effect on the Effective Date.
     (viii) The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that adequate contractual arrangements pursuant to which surety bonds are made available to support the businesses of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries are in effect.
     (ix) The Lenders shall be satisfied with the investment policy adopted by the board of directors of Holdco with respect to the portfolio investments of its Subsidiaries and with the rate hedging and foreign exchange arrangements and outstanding amounts thereof of Holdco and its Subsidiaries.
     (x) Except as Previously Disclosed (as defined in the Equity Purchase Agreement), since September 30, 2007, no change or event shall have occurred and no circumstances shall exist which have had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, an Effective Date MAE. With respect to matters which have been Previously Disclosed, in determining whether this condition is satisfied, any circumstance, event or condition occurring after the date of the Equity Purchase Agreement shall be taken into account, including any deterioration, worsening or adverse consequence of such Previously Disclosed matters occurring after the date of the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     (xi) Holco’s receipt from Deloitte & Touche LLP of the D&T Deliverables, which shall be delivered if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall have been placed into an escrow account pursuant to an escrow

62


 

agreement reasonably acceptable to each of the Investors, Holdco, Deloitte & Touche LLP, the parties hereto and the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Effective Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, or (ii) if the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall not have been placed into an escrow account with irrevocable instructions to be released to Holdco on the Effective Date upon Holdco’s receipt of the D&T Deliverables, then Holdco shall have committed to the Investors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders on the Effective Date that, after both Holdco and Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have verified that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been credited to the bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement, Holdco will receive from Deloitte & Touche LLP the D&T Deliverables and (B) Holdco’s financial printer Bowne shall have notified the Investors and the Administrative Agent (on the Effective Date) that Holdco has delivered the Final 10-K to Bowne with the irrevocable instruction that Bowne file the Final 10-K on behalf of Holdco, and that Bowne is prepared to file and will file the Final 10-K with the SEC, in each case, immediately upon notification from Holdco that the amounts set forth on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement have been successfully credited to Holdco bank account set forth across from such amount on Schedule F to the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     (xii) On the Effective Date (A) all representations and warranties in the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the representation in Section 5.5(i) as to the absence of an Effective Date MAE) are true and correct in all material respects after giving effect to the substantially contemporaneous consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on the Effective Date, (B) after giving effect to the Credit Extensions and other substantially contemporaneous transactions consummated on the Effective Date, no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing, and (C) the Administrative Agent shall have received a satisfactory certificate to such effect dated the Effective Date and signed by the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of Holdco and the Borrower.
     (xiii) On the Effective Date, any waiver period under the Existing Credit Agreement shall no longer exist and each waived Default or Unmatured Default shall have been permanently waived.
     (xiv) The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented, on or before the Effective Date.
     (xv) After giving effect to the making and application of the proceeds of the Effective Date transactions contemplated hereby, there shall exist unused Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of at least $100,000,000 and Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment shall be $250,000,000.
     (xvi) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that substantially contemporaneously with the funding of the Term B

63


 

Loans, (i) Holdco shall have received gross cash proceeds of at least $760,000,000 from the issuance by Holdco of common and preferred stock (the “ Sponsor Capital ”) to the Sponsors on the terms and conditions set forth in the Equity Purchase Agreement and (ii) the Borrower shall have received gross cash proceeds of at least $500,000,000 from the incurrence by the Borrower of the Second Lien Indebtedness, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, and in each case as such amounts may be reduced in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement.
     (xvii) That certain $150,000,000 364-day Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2007, as amended, by and among Holdco, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto shall have been terminated and on the Effective Date there shall be no amounts outstanding thereunder.
     (xviii) Substantially contemporaneously with the funding of the Term B Loan, (A) the proceeds to Holdco of the issuance of the Sponsor Capital (net of (1) transactional fees and expenses and (2) a reserve for general corporate purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000) shall be contributed by Holdco to the common equity of the Borrower (such contribution being a material inducement to the Borrower to accept and assume existing obligations of Holdco as contemplated hereby) and (B) such contributed amount, together with an amount equal to the proceeds to the Borrower of the incurrence of the Second Lien Indebtedness (net of (1) transactional fees and expenses, (2) a reserve for general corporate purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000 and (3) a repayment of $100,000,000 of the Revolving Loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility) shall be contributed by the Borrower to the common equity of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc.
     (xix) Neither Deloitte & Touche LLP nor any other accounting firm shall have issued to Holdco any opinion regarding the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 which is not a Satisfactory Audit Opinion.
     (xx) Any Notes requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.16 shall have been issued by the Borrower payable to the order of each such requesting Lender.
     (xxi) The Administrative Agent shall have received such legal opinions as are customary for transactions of this type or as it may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     (xxii) Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. shall have confirmed in writing to Holdco (A) that the Money Services Agreement by and among MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (as amended through that certain Amendment 3 to Money Services Agreement dated as of February 11, 2008 but not amended by any subsequent amendments other than, if necessary, to make effective the extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31, 2013) will be in full force and effect after the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (which shall include an effective extension of the term of the Money Services Agreement through January 31,

64


 

2013) and (B) that the Equity Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby do not give Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. the right to terminate the Money Services Agreement.
     Section 4.2 Each Subsequent Credit Extension . The Lenders shall not be required to make any Credit Extension (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.7 with respect to Revolving Loans for the purpose of repaying Swing Line Loans) after the Effective Date unless on the applicable Credit Extension Date:
     (i) There exists no Default or Unmatured Default; provided , however , that solely for purposes of this Section 4.2(i), no Default or Unmatured Default under Section 7.1 shall be deemed to exist with respect to the material falsity of any representation or warranty made on the Effective Date unless the same evidenced or had a Material Adverse Effect.
     (ii) The representations and warranties contained in Article V are true and correct as of such Credit Extension Date in all material respects except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct on and as of such earlier date.
     Each Borrowing Notice, Swing Line Borrowing Notice, or request for issuance of a Letter of Credit, as the case may be, with respect to each such Credit Extension shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions contained in Sections 4.2(i) and (ii) have been satisfied.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     The Borrower and Holdco represent and warrant to the Lenders that:
     Section 5.1 Existence and Standing . Each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company duly and properly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and validly existing, duly qualified or licensed to do business and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and has all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted in each case (other than as to the valid existence of the Borrower), except where, individually or in the aggregate, the failure to exist, qualify, be licensed or be in good standing or have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.2 Authorization and Validity . Each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries has the power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution and delivery by each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by proper corporate or other organizational proceedings, and the Loan

65


 

Documents to which each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries enforceable against each of the Borrower, Holdco and its Material Domestic Subsidiaries in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles. Except for the shareholder approval set forth in Section 4.1(g) of the Equity Purchase Agreement, no stockholder vote of the Borrower, Holdco or any Subsidiary is required to authorize, approve or consummate any of the Transactions.
     Section 5.3 No Conflict; Government Consent . Neither the execution and delivery by any Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated, nor compliance with the provisions thereof will violate (i) any applicable law, rule, regulation, ruling, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries or any Property of such Person or (ii) Holdco’s or any Material Domestic Subsidiary’s articles or certificate of incorporation, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, articles or certificate of organization, by-laws, or operating or other management agreement, or substantially equivalent governing document, as the case may be, or (iii) the provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, deed of trust, license, lease indenture, instrument, agreement or other obligation (each a “ Contract ”) to which Holdco or any Subsidiary is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its Property, is bound, or conflict with, result in a breach of any provision thereof or constitute a default thereunder (or result in an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder), or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or (except for the Liens created by the Loan Documents and the Second Lien Documents, Permitted Liens and Permitted Holdco Liens) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien in, of or on the Property of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such note, bond, mortgage, deed of trust, license, lease indenture, instrument, agreement or other obligation, except with respect to clauses (i) or (iii), to the extent, individually or in the aggregate, that such violation, conflict, breach, default or creation or imposition of any lien could not reasonably be expect to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No order, consent, adjudication, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, or other action in respect of any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, which has not been obtained by Holdco or any of its Material Domestic Subsidiaries, is required to be obtained by Holdco or any Material Domestic Subsidiary in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the borrowings under this Agreement, the payment and performance by the Borrower of the Obligations or the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

66


 

     Section 5.4 Financial Statements . The consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries heretofore delivered to the Lenders as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and as of and for the fiscal quarter and portion of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the date such statements were prepared and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and operations of Holdco and its Subsidiaries at such date and the consolidated results of their operations for the period then ended.
     Section 5.5 Material Adverse Change . (i) As of the Effective Date, there exists no event or circumstance which constitutes or could reasonably be expected to result in an Effective Date MAE, and (ii) since the Effective Date, there has been no event or circumstance which constitutes or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.6 Taxes . Holdco and its Subsidiaries have filed or caused to be filed all United States federal tax returns and all other material tax returns and reports required to be filed and have paid or caused to be paid all taxes due pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by such Persons, except such taxes, if any, which are not overdue by more than 30 days or which (i) are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the non-payment of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The United States federal income tax returns of MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. and its Subsidiaries have been audited by the Internal Revenue Service (or the statute of limitations applicable to audits of such tax returns has run) through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. As of the Effective Date, neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into any “listed transaction” as defined under Section 1.6011-4(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.
     Section 5.7 Litigation . There is no litigation, arbitration, governmental investigation, proceeding or inquiry pending or, to the knowledge of any of their senior officers, threatened against or affecting Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any order, judgment or decree that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.8 Subsidiaries; Capitalization . Schedule 5.8 contains an accurate list of all Subsidiaries of Holdco and identifies all Material Domestic Subsidiaries all as of the date of this Agreement, setting forth their respective jurisdictions of organization and the percentage of their respective Capital Stock or other ownership interests owned by Holdco, the Borrower or other Subsidiaries. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock or other ownership interests of such Subsidiaries have been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such ownership interests) duly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Holdco, the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.
     Section 5.9 ERISA; Labor Matters .
     (i) The Unfunded Liabilities of all Single Employer Plans do not in the aggregate exceed $125,000,000. No Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any

67


 

Single Employer Plan, neither Holdco, any of its Subsidiaries nor any other member of the Controlled Group has withdrawn from any Multiemployer Plan or initiated steps to do so, and no steps have been taken to reorganize or terminate any Single Employer Plan.
     (ii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries has made all required contributions to each Plan in accordance with its terms; (B) there is not now, nor do any circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to any requirement for the posting of security with respect to a Plan or the imposition of any material liability or material lien on the assets of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries under ERISA or the Code in respect of any Plan, and no liability (other than for premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation) under Title IV of ERISA or under Sections 412 or 4971 of the Code has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries; and (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco or Borrower, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course), lawsuits or arbitrations which have been asserted or instituted against the Plans or the assets of any of the trusts under any of the Plans.
     (iii) None of Holdco, any of its Subsidiaries or any other person or entity under common control with Holdco within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participates in, or is required to contribute to, any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”).
     (iv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States (a “ Foreign Plan ”), (A) each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities; and (B) all Foreign Plans that are required to be funded are funded in accordance with applicable Laws, and with respect to all other Foreign Plans, adequate reserves therefore have been established on the accounting statements of Holdco or its applicable Subsidiary.
     Section 5.10 Accuracy of Information .
     (i) As of the Effective Date, no information, exhibit or report (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) furnished by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender (other than projections and other forward looking information and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) in connection with the negotiation of, or compliance with, the Loan Documents contained any material misstatement of fact or omitted to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.
     (ii) As of the Effective Date, any projections and other financial estimates and forecasts furnished by Holdco to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender on or prior to the Effective Date in connection with the negotiation of, or compliance with, this Agreement were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by Holdco to be

68


 

reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.
     Section 5.11 Regulation U . Margin stock (as defined in Regulation U) constitutes less than 25% of the value of those assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries which are subject to any limitation on sale, pledge, or other restriction hereunder.
     Section 5.12 Compliance With Laws . Holdco and its Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable Laws of any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the conduct of their respective businesses or the ownership of their respective Property, except for any failure to comply with any of the foregoing which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 5.13 Ownership of Properties . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13, Holdco and its Subsidiaries have good and indefeasible title to or valid leasehold interests in, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, to all of the Property and assets reflected in Holdco’s most recent consolidated financial statements provided to the Administrative Agent as owned by Holdco and its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.14 Plan Assets; Prohibited Transactions . Neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries is an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 of an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which is subject to Title I of ERISA or any plan (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code), and neither the execution of this Agreement nor the making of the Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder gives rise to a prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
     Section 5.15 Environmental Matters . Except for those matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of Holdco and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written communication alleging that Holdco is in violation of, or has any liability under, any Environmental Law, (b) each of Holdco and its Subsidiaries validly possesses and is in compliance with all Permits required under Environmental Laws to conduct its business as presently conducted, and all such Permits are valid and in good standing, (c) there are no claims relating to Environmental Laws pending or, to the knowledge of Holdco or the Borrower, threatened against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries and (d) none of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries has Released any Hazardous Materials in a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any claim relating to Environmental Laws against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries.
     Section 5.16 Investment Company Act . Neither Holdco nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     Section 5.17 Solvency . On the Effective Date, after giving effect to any Credit Extensions made on such date, proceeds of the notes issued pursuant to the Second Lien

69


 

Documents, the proceeds of the equity issued in accordance with the Equity Purchase Agreement, the sale of securities contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement and the other Transactions, and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the foregoing, (A) the fair value of the assets of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (B) the present fair saleable value of the Property of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (C) Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (D) Holdco and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted after the Effective Date.
     Section 5.18 Intellectual Property . As of the date hereof:
     (i) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower, Holdco and its Subsidiaries own, free of all encumbrances except Permitted Liens, or have the valid right to use all the Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and (B) to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower the conduct of the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not Infringe any Intellectual Property rights of any third party. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no claim or demand has been given in writing to Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries to the effect that the conduct of the business of Holdco or such Subsidiary Infringes upon the Intellectual Property rights of any third party to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower, no third parties are infringing the Intellectual Property rights of Holdco or the Borrower.
     (ii) To the knowledge of Holdco and the Borrower, all material registered trademarks and registered service marks, trademark and service mark applications and all Holdco Patents have been duly registered or application filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or applicable foreign governmental authority. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) none of the Holdco Patents have been adjudged to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part and (B) there are no actual or, to the knowledge of Holdco or the Borrower, threatened opposition proceedings, cancellation proceedings, interference proceedings or other similar action challenging the validity or ownership of any Holdco Patents.
     Section 5.19 Collateral . As of the Effective Date, the Collateral Documents will be effective to create (to the extent described therein), in favor of and for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency,

70


 

fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). When the actions specified in each Collateral Document have been duly taken, the security interests granted pursuant thereto shall constitute (to the extent described therein) a perfected security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in all right, title and interest of each pledgor party thereto in the Collateral described therein with respect to such pledgor if and to the extent perfection can be achieved by taking such actions.
ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS
     During the term of this Agreement, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:
     Section 6.1 Financial Reporting . Borrower will maintain, for itself and each Subsidiary, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the Borrower will furnish to the Lenders the following:
     (i) within 90 days after the close of Holdco’s fiscal year (in the case of the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2007) and the Borrower’s fiscal year in the case of each fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2008, an audit report certified by Deloitte & Touche USA LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (which in each case shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit), prepared in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated and consolidating basis (consolidating statements need not be certified by such accountants) for Holdco and its Subsidiaries (in the case of fiscal year 2007 only) and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (in the case of each subsequent fiscal year), including balance sheets as of the end of such period, related profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements, and a statement of cash flows on a consolidated and consolidating basis, accompanied by any final management letter prepared by said accountants to Holdco or the Borrower, as applicable; provided, however, that such audit report with respect to Holdco’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2007 shall be furnished as soon as practicable, but in any event on or before the date required pursuant to this clause for delivery of the audited financial statements for the Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2008;
     (ii) within 45 days after the close of the first three quarterly periods of each of the Borrower’s fiscal years, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, consolidated and consolidating unaudited balance sheets as at the close of each such period, consolidated and consolidating profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and a consolidated and consolidating statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, and a balance sheet as at the close of such period and such profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and statement of cash flows for the Borrower individually, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as in each case fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial

71


 

condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (or the Borrower individually, as applicable) (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and to be prepared in reasonable detail;
     (iii) so long as corresponding financial statements are required to be delivered under the Note Purchase Agreement or the Indenture, within 30 days after the end of each of the first two months of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a company-prepared consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and related company-prepared statements of income in a form customarily prepared by management for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such monthly period, certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and to be prepared in reasonable detail;
     (iv) together with the financial statements required under Sections 6.1(i) and (ii), a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit E signed by a Financial Officer showing the calculations necessary to determine compliance with this Agreement (including Sections 6.19.1, 6.19.2 and 6.20) and stating that no Default or Unmatured Default exists, or if any Default or Unmatured Default exists, stating the nature and status thereof;
     (v) within 60 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008), a budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year in the form approved by the board of directors of the Borrower;
     (vi) within 270 days after the close of each fiscal year, a statement of the Unfunded Liabilities of each Single Employer Plan, certified as correct by an actuary enrolled under ERISA;
     (vii) within 10 Business Days after the Borrower knows that any Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Single Employer Plan, a statement, signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower describing said Reportable Event and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
     (viii) promptly upon the filing thereof, electronic notice to the Administrative Agent of the filing of all proxy statements, registration statements and periodic and current reports on forms 10K, 10Q and 8K which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries files with the SEC;
     (ix) as soon as possible and in any event on the later of (i) 30 days following the occurrence of the following events or (ii) the first date required for delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii) after the occurrence of the following events, written notice of the creation, establishment or acquisition of any Subsidiary or the issuance by or to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Capital Stock; and

72


 

     (x) such other information (including non-financial information) as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
     Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on an IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or such reports shall be available on the website of the SEC at http://www.sec.gov or on the website of Holdco at http://www.moneygram.com and the Borrower has given notice that such reports are so available. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. If any information which is required to be furnished to the Lenders under this Section 6.1 is required by law or regulation to be filed by Holdco or the Borrower with a government body on an earlier date (other than the December 31, 2007 financial statements and any filings required by the SEC for the fiscal year then ended), then the information required hereunder shall be furnished to the Lenders at such earlier date.
     Section 6.2 Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for general corporate purposes and acquisitions permitted hereunder. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, use any of the proceeds of the Advances to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U).
     Section 6.3 Notice of Default . The Borrower will give prompt notice in writing to the Lenders of the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default, the occurrence of any “Default” or “Event of Default” under the Second Lien Documents and of any other development, financial or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.4 Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each Borrower Subsidiary to, carry on and conduct its business in the financial or payment services industry or the support thereof and do all things necessary to remain duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing as a domestic corporation, partnership or limited liability company in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as the case may be, and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except as permitted by Sections 6.12 and 6.13 or where the failure to maintain such authority could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.5 Taxes . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, timely file complete and correct United States federal and applicable foreign, state and local tax returns required by law (after giving effect to extensions thereof) and pay when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies upon it or its income, profits or Property, except (i) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP or (ii) those which the failure to pay or discharge could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.6 Insurance . Holdco will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance on all its Property as may customarily be

73


 

carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses of similar sizes, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. The Borrower will furnish to any Lender upon request full information as to the insurance carried (but no more often than once per year absent a Default).
     Section 6.7 Compliance with Laws . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.8 Maintenance of Properties . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all things necessary to maintain, preserve, protect and keep its Property in good repair, working order and condition (other than wear and tear occurring in the ordinary course of business, routine obsolescence and casualty or condemnation), and from time to time make or cause to be made, all necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, in each case, except to the extent such non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 6.9 Inspection . Holdco will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep adequate books of record and accounts to allow preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and permit the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, by their respective representatives and agents, to inspect any of the Property, books and financial records of Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries, to examine and make copies of the books of accounts and other financial records of Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Holdco and each of its Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, their respective officers at such reasonable times and intervals as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may designate. The costs of such inspections shall be for the account of the Borrower, except in the case of (i) a Lender inspection in the absence of the occurrence and continuation of a Default, which shall be done at such Lender’s expense, or (ii) any Administrative Agent inspections in excess of one inspection during any 12-month period in the absence of the occurrence and continuation of a Default, each of which shall be done at Administrative Agent’s expense.
     Section 6.10 Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, declare or pay any Restricted Payments except that, so long as (other than with respect to clauses (iv)(A), (B), (C), (D), (E) and (I) below) no Default or Unmatured Default then exists or would result therefrom, the following shall be permitted:
     (i) the payment by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of dividends payable in its own Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (ii) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the

74


 

Borrower; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (ii) of the definition of Basket Amount;
     (iii) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
     (iv) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Borrower, or the making of loans by the Borrower, to its direct or indirect parent, in amounts required for either of their respective direct or indirect parent to actually pay the following:
     (A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;
     (B) foreign, federal, state and local income or franchise taxes, to the extent such income or franchise taxes are attributable to the income of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries;
     (C) general corporate expenses related to third party audit, insurance legal and similar administrative expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, including customary expenses for a public holding company;
     (D) customary salary, bonus, contributions to pension and 401(k) plans, deferred compensation and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to the extent such amounts are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to clause (vii) of this Section 6.10);
     (E) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons (including, without limitation, the Sponsors) under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with such Person, or obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including any premiums therefor); provided, however, that any indemnities owing to the Sponsors pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement shall only be permitted under this clause (E) to the extent such indemnities are as a result of third party claims relating to the Transactions; and provided, further, that no Restricted Payment may be made pursuant to this clause (E) to the extent such Restricted Payments are covered by clause (v)(B) below;
     (F) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions;
     (G) amounts required to be paid by Holdco in connection with clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted Holdco Indebtedness;
     (H) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or

75


 

exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; and
     (I) amounts paid to Borrower by or withheld by Borrower from Borrower employees’ and officers’ compensation to the minimum extent necessary to settle Borrower employees’ and officers’ (1) federal, state and income tax liabilities (if any) related to restricted stock units and similar stock based awards under Holdco’s stock incentive plan or (2) option price payments owed by employees and officers with respect thereto, and Holdco shall apply such amounts to make required federal, state and income tax payments or to settle option price payments owed by Borrower employees and officers with respect thereto;
     (v) a Restricted Payment with respect to the payment of (A) any litigation expenses, judgments or settlement of any litigation of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or (B) indemnification obligations of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower owing to directors, officers or employees under its charter or by-laws, in respect of a settlement to the extent such payments represent indirect payment obligations of the parent; provided , however , that after giving effect to each Restricted Payment under this clause (v) the Borrower would be in pro forma compliance with Sections 6.19.1 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the ratio specified in such Section were at such time in effect and required to be no less than 1.50 to 1.0), 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the Senior Secured Debt Ratio were at such time in effect and required to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0) and 6.20;
     (vi) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Borrower, as the case may be, that is incurred in compliance with Section 6.11 so long as:
     (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
     (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;
     (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

76


 

     (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;
     (vii) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower held by any current or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any Borrower Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower (or their respective estates, heirs, beneficiaries, transferees, spouses or former spouses) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or similar agreement; provided, that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (vii) in any four-fiscal quarter period shall not exceed $5,000,000 as of the last day of such four-fiscal quarter period;
     (viii) a Restricted Payment by the Borrower or the Borrower Subsidiaries which together with (A) the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v)(A), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi) of this Section 6.10), (B) the aggregate amount of all Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.14(xiv) after the date hereof and (C) the aggregate amount of all payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.17(ii)(C) after the date hereof, is less than the Basket Amount at such time;
     (ix) other Restricted Payments which, when aggregated with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (ix) after the date hereof and all payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.17(ii)(D) after the date hereof, do not exceed $25,000,000;
     (x) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of preferred stock of any Borrower Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 6.11; and
     (xi) so long as the Term B Balance is at such time no greater than $200,000,000, Restricted Payments which, when aggregated with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (xi) after the date hereof, do not exceed the sum of (A) the lesser of (1) the aggregate Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds received by the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary after February 29, 2008 minus $50,000,000 and (2) $62,500,000 plus (B) 50% of the difference (if greater than zero) of (1) the aggregate Excess Specified Security Sale Proceeds received by the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary after February 29, 2008 minus (2) $112,500,000.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the making of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as applicable, will not be prohibited if, at the date of declaration or notice such payment or redemption would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement.

77


 

     In addition, Holdco will not make any Restricted Payment in excess of the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments received by Holdco from the Borrower in accordance with this Section 6.10 after the Effective Date, (B) the aggregate amount of capital contributions or proceeds from issuances of Capital Stock (valued in each case at fair market value at the time received in case of non-cash contributions) received by Holdco after the Effective Date and (C) the aggregate amount of interest or gains of Holdco on investments by Holdco of such Restricted Payments, contributions or proceeds permitted by the Passive Holding Company Condition; provided , however , that Holdco may also make Restricted Payments of the types permitted by the Borrower pursuant to Sections 6.10(i), (ii) and (iii).
     Section 6.11 Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to issue preferred stock (other than shares of preferred stock of a Borrower Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor), except:
     (i) Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents;
     (ii) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and described in all material respects in Schedule 6.11;
     (iii) Indebtedness arising under the Second Lien Documents not exceeding (A) $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (or, if less, the initial aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness on the Effective Date) minus (B) the aggregate amount of all principal repayments of such Indebtedness after the Effective Date;
     (iv) after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and provided the Financial Condition is satisfied at such time, the Borrower may incur Indebtedness and any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Non-Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (in respect of all Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount of Indebtedness outstanding not to exceed at any time $10,000,000);
     (v) Indebtedness or preferred stock of (A) the Borrower or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition permitted hereunder or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or a Guarantor or merged into the Borrower or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with the Senior Secured Debt Ratio set forth in Section 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, the Senior Secured Debt Ratio shall not exceed 7.0 to 1.0);
     (vi) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

78


 

     (vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Borrower Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Borrower Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that:
     (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (vii)(A)); and
     (B) the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;
     (viii) (A) Indebtedness of the Borrower to a Guarantor or (B) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any such Indebtedness is made pursuant to an intercompany note; provided, further, that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (viii);
     (ix) the guarantee by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;
     (x) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance of preferred stock that serves to extend, refund, refinance, renew, replace or defease any Indebtedness or preferred stock incurred or issued as permitted under clause (ii) or (iv) above, this clause (x) or any Indebtedness or preferred stock incurred or issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness or preferred stock (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness or preferred stock being refunded or refinanced;

79


 

     (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded; or (ii) preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be preferred stock;
     (C) shall not include:
     (1) Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Borrower Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Borrower; or
     (2) Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Borrower Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Guarantor; and
     (D) is in a principal amount not in excess of the principal amount of Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced (including additional Indebtedness incurred to pay premiums, fees and expenses in connection therewith);
     (xi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
     (xii) the incurrence by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with health or other types of social security benefits, unemployment or other insurance or self-insurance obligations in the ordinary course of business;
     (xiii) Indebtedness that may be deemed to exist pursuant to any performance, completion or similar guarantees, performance, surety, statutory, appeal, bid, payment (other than payment of Indebtedness) or reclamation bonds, statutory obligations or similar obligations (including any bonds or letters of credit issued with respect thereto and all guarantee, reimbursement and indemnity agreements entered into in connection therewith) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (xiv) obligations incurred in connection with any management or director deferred compensation plan;
     (xv) Indebtedness in respect of (A) employee credit card programs and (B) netting services, cash pooling arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that, with respect to any such arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to such arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts subject to such arrangement;
     (xvi) overnight Repurchase Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business;

80


 

     (xvii) Repurchase Agreements with maturities of less than 30 days (and excluding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (xvi) above) which at any one time outstanding do not exceed $100,000,000;
     (xviii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and preferred stock incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the proceeds of which are applied to finance the development, construction, purchase, lease, repairs, additions or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii) and including all Indebtedness and preferred stock incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii), does not exceed $10,000,000;
     (xix) (A) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75,000,000 of the Borrower or of a Subsidiary Guarantor owing to a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor and (B) Indebtedness or preferred stock in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $75,000,000 of a Non-Guarantor (other than an SPE) owing to the Borrower or to a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or preferred stock (except to the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness that was not permitted by this clause (xix); and
     (xx) Indebtedness or preferred stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness or preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $100,000,000.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Borrower nor any Borrower Subsidiary shall incur or have outstanding any Indebtedness to the SPEs.
     For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.11: (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness or preferred stock described in clauses (i) through (xx) above, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness or preferred stock in one of the above clauses; and (ii) at the time of incurrence or reclassification, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness or preferred stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness or preferred stock described in clauses (i) through (xx) above.
     Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.11.

81


 

     For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.
     The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
     Section 6.12 Merger .
     (i) The Borrower will not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the properties or assets of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
     (A) either:
     (1) the Borrower is the surviving company; or
     (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);
     (B) the Successor Company, if other than the Borrower, expressly assumes all the Obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
     (C) immediately before and after such transaction, no Default or Unmatured Default exists;
     (D) the Successor Company would be in pro forma compliance, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, with Sections 6.19.1 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the ratio specified in such Section were at such time in effect and required to be no less than 1.50 to

82


 

1.0) and 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the Senior Secured Debt Ratio were at such time in effect and required to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0);
     (E) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (ii) below applies, shall have confirmed that its Obligations under the applicable Loan Documents to which it is a party remain outstanding pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
     (F) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this clause (i).
     The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Borrower under this Agreement and each other Loan Document.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to clause (ii) below), any Borrower Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Borrower Subsidiary.
     (ii) No Guarantor will, and the Borrower will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
     (A) (1) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”); and
(2) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Loan Documents pursuant to documents in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
(3) immediately before and after such transaction, no Default or Unmatured Default exists; or
     (B) such transaction is made in compliance with Section 6.13 (without regard to Section 6.13(xi)) or constitutes an Investment permitted by Section 6.14.
     The Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for such Guarantor under the Guaranty and each other Loan Document.

83


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary Guarantor.
     Section 6.13 Sale of Assets . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of its Property to any other Person, except:
     (i) the disposition of (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business, (B) obsolete or worn out equipment or other tangible personal property or (C) inventory sales in the ordinary course of business;
     (ii) transfers of property subject to casualty, condemnation or similar events (including in lieu thereof) upon receipt of the Net Proceeds in respect thereof;
     (iii) (x) the disposition of Portfolio Securities (other than Specified Securities) for Cash and Cash Equivalents or securities contained in the Restricted Investment Portfolio and (y) the disposition of Portfolio Securities on or before the Effective Date contemplated by the Equity Purchase Agreement;
     (iv) the making of any Restricted Payment or Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 6.10 or 6.14, as applicable;
     (v) the unwinding of any Rate Management Transaction;
     (vi) any transfer to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited of the loan from MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited in the amount of 92,500,000 pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated January 17, 2003 made to effectuate the forgiveness of such loan;
     (vii) sales of securities pursuant to Repurchase Agreements;
     (viii) sales, transfers or other dispositions of its Property to an SPE made in compliance with Section 6.14(v);
     (ix) transfers from a Subsidiary to the Borrower, from the Borrower to any Guarantor, from a Guarantor to any other Guarantor or from a Non-Guarantor to the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary;
     (x) sales or dispositions of the official check business or FSMC, Inc. (or any successor) by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries;
     (xi) the disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 6.12;
     (xii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

84


 

     (xiii) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims;
     (xiv) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
     (xv) foreclosures on assets;
     (xvi) sales of assets pursuant to any financing transaction otherwise permitted by this Agreement with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary after the Effective Date, including sale and leaseback transactions;
     (xvii) the granting of Liens otherwise permitted by this Agreement;
     (xviii) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;
     (xix) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the business of Holdco and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
     (xx) sales of accounts or notes receivable, or participations therein, and related assets as part of a Receivables Transaction permitted hereunder which does not give rise to Indebtedness;
     (xxi) leases, sales or other dispositions of its Property that, together with all other Property of the Borrower and Borrower Subsidiaries previously leased, sold or disposed of as permitted by this clause (xxi) during the twelve-month period ending with the month in which any such lease, sale or other disposition occurs, do not constitute a Substantial Portion of the Property of the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries;
     (xxii) the abandonment of the Investments described on Schedule 6.13; and
     (xxiii) the sale or other disposition of Specified Securities so long as the Net Proceeds thereof are applied in accordance with this Agreement.
For purposes of this Section 6.13, Property of a Borrower Subsidiary shall be deemed to include Capital Stock (other than preferred stock) of such Borrower Subsidiary issued or sold to any Person other than (x) a Loan Party, (y) in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (z) any Capital Stock issued to an equity holder other than the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary to maintain its pro rata ownership.
     Section 6.14 Investments and Acquisitions . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, make any Acquisition of any Person or make any Investment in any Person, except:

85


 

     (i) Acquisitions of (or all or substantially all of the assets of) entities engaged in a Similar Business, so long as (A) the acquired entity (x) becomes a Guarantor in compliance with Section 6.21 and complies with the requirement in Section 6.22 to pledge its assets as Collateral or (y) is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Guarantor; (B) after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower shall be in compliance with, and, on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would be in compliance therewith for the previous four fiscal quarters, its covenants in Sections 6.19.1 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the ratio specified in such Section were at such time in effect and required to be no less than 1.50 to 1.0) and 6.19.2 (or, prior to March 31, 2009, as if the Senior Secured Debt Ratio were at such time in effect and required to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0); (C) for any Acquisition with aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer setting forth the calculations demonstrating such compliance and (D) both before and after giving effect to such acquisition no Default or Unmatured Default exists;
     (ii) any Investment arising out of the forgiveness of the loan from MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. to MoneyGram International Holdings Limited in the amount of 92,500,000 Euros pursuant to the Loan Agreement dated January 17, 2003;
     (iii) any Investment in the Borrower or any Guarantor;
     (iv) any Investments in any Non-Guarantor (other than any SPE) that together with all Investments made pursuant to this clause (iv) after the date hereof shall not exceed $150,000,000;
     (v) any Investments (including Investments outstanding as of the date hereof) in SPEs provided that the total assets of all SPEs shall not exceed $2,000,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
     (vi) any Investment in Cash or Cash Equivalents;
     (vii) any Investment in the Restricted Investment Portfolio;
     (viii) any Investment existing on the date hereof (excluding assets held by any SPE) or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the date hereof which, in either case, is set forth in all material respects on Schedule 6.14(viii), and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds any such Investment; provided that such replacing, refinancing or refunding Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;
     (ix) loans and advances to employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdco, the Borrower or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries for reasonable and customary business related travel expenses, moving expenses and similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business whether or not consistent with past practice, and payroll advances;

86


 

     (x) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary:
     (A) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or
     (B) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (xi) Investments to the extent the payment for which consists of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower;
     (xii) Indebtedness (including Subordinated Indebtedness) permitted under Section 6.11 or any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 6.10, in each case to the extent it constitutes an Investment;
     (xiii) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;
     (xiv) any Investment by the Borrower or the Borrower Subsidiaries which together with (A) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the date hereof pursuant to Section 6.10 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Sections 6.10 (ii), (iii), (iv), (v)(A), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi)), (B) the aggregate amount of all other Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (xiv) after the date hereof and (C) the aggregate amount of all payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.17(ii)(C) after the date hereof, is less than the Basket Amount at such time;
     (xv) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an asset sale made pursuant to Section 6.13;
     (xvi) Rate Management Obligations permitted hereunder;
     (xvii) receivables owing to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
     (xviii) Investments in the Second Lien Indebtedness to the extent not prohibited by Section 6.17(ii);

87


 

     (xix) upfront payments, signing bonuses and similar payments paid to agents and guaranties of agent commissions, in each case in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
     (xx) Acquisitions, for aggregate consideration not to exceed $28,000,000 in the aggregate, on terms substantially consistent with the terms set forth on Schedule 6.14(xx); and
     (xxi) additional Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments previously made pursuant to this clause (xxi) not to exceed $25,000,000 (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
     Section 6.15 Liens . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on the Property of the Borrower or any of the Borrower Subsidiaries, except:
     (i) second-priority Liens securing obligations under the Second Lien Documents;
     (ii) Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents (which Liens shall equally and ratably secure Rate Management Obligations owing to Rate Management Counterparties);
     (iii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges, claims or levies not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties for nonpayment, or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
     (iv) Liens imposed by law, such as landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations not more than 30 days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding in good faith with an appeal or other proceeding for review so long as no such Lien secures claims constituting a Default under Section 7.8;
     (v) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation;
     (vi) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties;
     (vii) Liens in existence on the Effective Date and identified in all material respects on Schedule 6.15 hereto;

88


 

     (viii) ordinary course pledges or deposits to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness for borrowed money) or leases to which such Person is a party or deposits as security for contested taxes, import duties or the payment of rent;
     (ix) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or securing bonds required by applicable state regulatory licensing requirements or letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments in lieu of such items or to support the issuance thereof issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
     (x) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary and that such Liens are released within 30 days of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;
     (xi) Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Borrower Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; and provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary;
     (xii) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases entered into in the ordinary course of business that do not materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Holdco, the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (xiii) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (xiv) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
     (xv) Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (B) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (C) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (xvi) any attachment or judgment Lien against Holdco, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, or any property of Holdco, the Borrower or any Borrower

89


 

Subsidiary, so long as such Lien secures claims not constituting a Default under Section 7.8;
     (xvii) the deposit or pre-funding of amounts in escrow pursuant to contractual obligations contained in customer agreements securing obligations not exceeding $50,000,000 in the aggregate;
     (xviii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.11(v)(B) or (xviii); provided , that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.11(v)(B) or (xviii) are solely on the assets financed, purchased, constructed, improved or acquired or assets of the acquired entity as the case may be, and the proceeds and products thereof and accessions thereto;
     (xix) Liens securing Rate Management Obligations not exceeding $50,000,000 outstanding at any time;
     (xx) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (xxi) any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien of the type referred to in clause (i), (ii), (vii), (x), (xi) or (xviii); provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property and the proceeds and products thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to such clause (i), (ii), (vii), (x), (xi) or (xviii) and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
     (xxii) Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (xxiii) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits relating to asset sales or acquisitions not in the ordinary course in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement not prohibited by this Agreement;
     (xxiv) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;
     (xxv) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Borrower Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 6.11;

90


 

     (xxvi) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (xxvii) Liens securing not in excess of $300,000,000 of Receivables Transaction Attributed Indebtedness; and
     (xxviii) other Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.15 securing obligations not at any time exceeding $100,000,000 in the aggregate.
     Section 6.16 Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Borrower, except:
     (i) on terms not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Borrower Subsidiary as the Borrower or such Borrower Subsidiary would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction, and in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5,000,000 the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a resolution adopted by the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower approving such transaction and set forth in an officer’s certificate certifying that such transaction complies with this clause (i);
     (ii) the forgiveness of Indebtedness referred to in Section 6.14(ii);
     (iii) reimbursement of the Sponsors or their Affiliates for expenses in accordance with the provisions of the Equity Purchase Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and payment of fees and indemnification obligations payable to the Sponsors or their Affiliates in connection with the consummation of the Transactions pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement or Note Purchase Agreement, each as in effect on the date hereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Holdco nor the Borrower will, nor will they permit any Subsidiary to, pay any management fees to the Sponsors or their Affiliates;
     (iv) reasonable and customary fees, expenses and indemnities provided in the ordinary course of business to officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary;
     (v) customary tax sharing arrangements among Holdco and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (vi) transactions among Holdco and its Subsidiaries not expressly prohibited under this Agreement;
     (vii) any transaction or series of transactions involving consideration of less than $1,000,000;

91


 

     (viii) transactions in existence as of the Effective Date set forth in all material respects on Schedule 6.16;
     (ix) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees of the Borrower, employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or employees of any Borrower Subsidiary and employment agreements, severance agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees which, in each case are approved by the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith that are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;
     (x) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;
     (xi) the payment of reasonable charges for travel in the ordinary course of business by any officer, director, manager, employee, agent, consultant, Affiliate or advisor of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary;
     (xii) any Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.10 (other than pursuant to Section 6.10(viii)); and
     (xiii) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Transaction permitted by this Agreement.
     Section 6.17 Amendments to Agreements; Prepayments of Second Lien Debt .
     (i) Holdco will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend or terminate the Separation Agreements, the Equity Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the certificates of designation with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock or the Series D Preferred Stock, in each case as defined in, and attached as an exhibit to, the Equity Purchase Agreement, the organizational documents of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or any documents with respect to Subordinated Debt which is Material Indebtedness, in each case in any manner which could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.
     (ii) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, make any optional prepayments of the Second Lien Indebtedness other than (A) any optional prepayment made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, any Refinancing Indebtedness; (B) any optional prepayment made out of the proceeds of sales of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and/or any contributions received by them; (C) prepayments in an amount which, together with (1) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries after the date hereof (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v)(A), (vi), (vii), (x) and (xi) of Section 6.10), (2) the aggregate amount of all Investments made by the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.14(xiv) after the date hereof and (3) the aggregate amount of all other payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to this Section 6.17(ii)(C) after the date hereof, is less than the Basket Amount at such time; (D) prepayments in an amount which, when

92


 

aggregated with all Restricted Payments made after the date hereof pursuant to Section 6.10(ix) and all other payments of Second Lien Indebtedness made pursuant to this Section 6.17(ii)(D) after the date hereof, does not exceed $25,000,000; or (E) any conversion of the Second Lien Indebtedness into Capital Stock. For purposes hereof, any voluntary purchase, defeasance or acquisition of Second Lien Indebtedness shall constitute a voluntary prepayment thereof.
     Section 6.18 Inconsistent Agreements . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Borrower Subsidiary to, enter into any indenture, agreement, instrument (or amendment thereto) or other arrangement which directly or indirectly prohibits or restrains, or has the effect of prohibiting or restraining (x) the incurrence or repayment of the Obligations or the ability of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to create or suffer to exist Liens on such Person’s Property securing the Obligations or (y) the ability of any Borrower Subsidiary to (1) pay dividends or make other distributions on its capital or (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to, or make loans or advances to, or sell, lease or transfer any of its Property to, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, except that the following are permitted:
     (i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions contained in any Loan Document, any Second Lien Document (including any related Rate Management Transaction and its related documentation) or otherwise in effect on the Effective Date;
     (ii) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on disposition of the property so acquired;
     (iii) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order or similar restriction;
     (iv) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
     (v) contracts for the sale of assets, including, without limitation, customary restrictions with respect to a Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into relating to the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of that Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to a transaction otherwise permitted by this Agreement;
     (vi) restrictions imposed by the terms of secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 6.11 and 6.15 hereof that, in the case of a Loan Party, relate to the assets securing such Indebtedness;
     (vii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or portfolio securities or net worth imposed by customers or Governmental Entities under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

93


 

     (viii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-lease back agreements and other similar agreements;
     (ix) customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (x) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Borrower Subsidiary that restricts dividends, distributions, loans or advances by such Borrower Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;
     (xi) Permitted Liens;
     (xii) restrictions and conditions contained in documentation governing any Receivables Transaction permitted by this Agreement, which restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets that are the subject of such Receivables Transaction or otherwise customary for such facilities.
     (xiii) restrictions and conditions on the creation or existence of Liens imposed by the terms of the documentation governing any Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Non-Guarantor, which Indebtedness or preferred stock is permitted by Section 6.11;
     (xiv) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 6.14 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
     (xv) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in the lead-in to this Section 6.18 imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xiv) above; provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
     Section 6.19 Financial Covenants .
     6.19.1 Interest Coverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the ratio, determined as of the end of each of the Borrower’s fiscal quarters for the then most-recently ended four fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2009, of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period to (ii) the sum of (x) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period paid or payable in cash less (y) (to the extent less than or equal to Consolidated Interest Expense) interest income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period attributable to Cash and Cash Equivalents (and not to Portfolio Securities) to be less than the applicable ratio set forth below for such fiscal quarter:

94


 

     
    Interest Coverage
Fiscal Quarter Ending   Ratio
March 31, 2009
  1.50:1.00
June 30, 2009
September 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2009
  1.50:1.00
March 31, 2010
June 30, 2010
September 30, 2010
   
December 31, 2010
  1.75:1.00
March 31, 2011
June 30, 2011
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2011
  1.75:1.00
March 31, 2012
June 30, 2012
September 30, 2012
   
December 31, 2012 and thereafter
  2.00:1.00
     6.19.2 Senior Secured Debt Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the Senior Secured Debt Ratio, determined as of the end of each of its fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2009, to be greater than the applicable ratio set forth below for such fiscal quarter:
     
    Senior Secured
Fiscal Quarter Ending   Debt Ratio
March 31, 2009
  6.50:1.00
June 30, 2009
September 30, 2009
   
December 31, 2009
  6.00:1.00
March 31, 2010
June 30, 2010
September 30, 2010
   
December 31, 2010
  5.50:1.00
March 31, 2011
June 30, 2011
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2011
  5.00:1.00
March 31, 2012
June 30, 2012
September 30, 2012
   
December 31, 2012 and thereafter
  4.50:1.00

95


 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.19, if (i) the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of Section 6.19.1 or 6.19.2 as of the end of any fiscal quarter and (ii) at any time during such fiscal quarter or thereafter until the date that is 20 days after the date the Borrower is required to deliver financial statements with respect to such period pursuant to Section 6.1, the Borrower receives a cash contribution to its equity capital in exchange for common shares of its Capital Stock and gives written notice to the Administrative Agent that such cash contribution has been received and is a Specified Equity Contribution (any amount so identified, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”), then the amount of such Specified Equity Contribution will be deemed to be an increase to Consolidated EBITDA solely for the purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.19.1 and 6.19.2 at the end of such fiscal quarter (and for purposes of determining compliance with future periods that include such fiscal quarter) (but such Specified Equity Contribution shall not be included for purposes of determining the Basket Amount or other purposes hereunder); provided that (1) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be a period of at least two fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made and (2) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with Sections 6.19.1 and 6.19.2. If after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations the Borrower shall be in compliance with the requirements of Sections 6.19.1 and 6.19.2, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of such covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable Default in respect of such covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for this purposes of this Agreement. From the date on which the Borrower gives the Administrative Agent written notice of a Specified Equity Contribution with respect to a fiscal period until the 20 th day after financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 for such fiscal period, none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Secured Party shall exercise any rights or remedies with respect to a breach of Section 6.19.1 or 6.19.2 with respect to such fiscal period, but any such breach shall not be deemed waived for purposes of Section 4.2 until such Specified Equity Contribution is received by the Borrower.
     Section 6.20 Minimum Liquidity Ratio . The Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries shall maintain at all times on a consolidated basis a Minimum Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00.
     Section 6.21 Subsidiary Guarantees . On or before the later of (i) 30 days following the occurrence of the following events or (ii) the first date required for delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(i) or (ii) after the occurrence of the following events (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree), the Borrower shall cause an Authorized Officer of a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that has become a Material Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a guaranty of the Obligations pursuant to a guaranty substantially similar to the Guaranty (or a joinder agreement under the Guaranty), all pursuant to documentation (including related certificates, opinions) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent at which time any Authorized Officer becomes aware that a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary has become a Material Domestic Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, substantially contemporaneously with any Subsidiary becoming a “Guarantor” (as defined in the Indenture), the Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder pursuant to documentation as described above.

96


 

     Section 6.22 Collateral . Effective upon any Subsidiary becoming a Guarantor after the date hereof, the Borrower shall cause such Guarantor within fifteen Business Days after becoming a Guarantor (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree) to grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a first (subject to Permitted Liens) priority security interest in all assets (including real property and the Capital Stock of its Subsidiaries) of such Guarantor pursuant to documentation (including related certificates and opinions) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Guarantors to, at the expense of the Borrower, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time such schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps relating to the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, (i) neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor shall be obligated hereby to grant a security interest in any asset if the granting of such security interest would result in the violation of any applicable law or regulation, (ii) the Collateral shall not include a security interest in any asset if the granting of such security interest would be prohibited by enforceable anti-assignment provisions of contracts or applicable law (after giving effect to relevant provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code), (iii) fee-owned real property having an individual fair market value of less than $2,500,000 or aggregate fair market value of less than $10,000,000 shall be excluded from the Collateral, (iv) the Collateral shall not include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable or Portfolio Securities, or deposit or security accounts (except to the extent that the foregoing are proceeds of Collateral; provided, that in no event shall any control agreements be required) containing any of the foregoing, other assets requiring perfection through control agreements, letter-of-credit rights, leasehold real property, motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (other than any corporate aircraft), interests in certain joint ventures and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries which cannot be pledged without the consent of one or more third parties and obligations the interest on which is wholly exempt from the taxes imposed by subtitle A of the Code, (v) the pledge of the Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries shall be limited to 65% of the Capital Stock of material first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries, (vi) the Administrative Agent shall have the discretion to exclude from the Collateral immaterial assets, assets as to which it and the Borrower determine that the cost of obtaining such security interest would outweigh the benefit to the Lenders and other assets in which it may determine that the taking of a security interest would not be advisable, and (vii) no foreign law security or pledge agreements shall be required.
     Section 6.23 Holdco Covenant . Holdco shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries) to, engage in any activity or suffer to have any condition outstanding that would violate the Passive Holding Company Condition.
ARTICLE VII
DEFAULTS
     The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a Default:

97


 

     Section 7.1 Representation or Warranty . Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdco, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under or in connection with any Loan Document, any Credit Extension, or any certificate or information required to be delivered under any Loan Document shall be materially false on the date as of which made.
     Section 7.2 Non-Payment . Nonpayment of principal of any Loan when due, nonpayment of any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement within five Business Days after the same becomes due and the Borrower has received written notice of such fact, or nonpayment of interest upon any Loan or of any commitment fee, LC Fee or other obligations under any of the Loan Documents within five Business Days after the same becomes due.
     Section 7.3 Specific Defaults . The breach by any Loan Party of any of the terms or provisions of Section 6.3, Sections 6.10 through and including 6.19.
     Section 7.4 Other Defaults . The breach by any Loan Party (other than a breach which constitutes a Default under Section 7.2 or 7.3 of this Article VII) of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which is not remedied within thirty days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower.
     Section 7.5 Cross-Default . Failure of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries to pay when due any Material Indebtedness; or the default by Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries in the performance (beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any, and provided that such default has not been cured or waived) of any term, provision or condition contained in any Material Indebtedness Agreement, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder(s) of such Material Indebtedness or the lender(s) under any Material Indebtedness Agreement to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any Material Indebtedness of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid or repurchased (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the stated maturity thereof.
     Section 7.6 Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings . Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) have an order for relief entered with respect to it under the Federal or state bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iii) apply for, seek, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any Substantial Portion of its Property, (iv) institute any proceeding seeking an order for relief under the Federal or state bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or fail to file an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations of any such proceeding filed against it, (v) take any corporate or partnership action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing actions set forth in this Section 7.6, (vi) fail to contest in good faith any appointment or proceeding described in Section 7.7 or (vii) not pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due.

98


 

     Section 7.7 Involuntary Proceedings . Without the application, approval or consent of Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries, a receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official shall be appointed for Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries or any Substantial Portion of its Property, or a proceeding described in Section 7.6(iv) shall be instituted against Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries and such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 consecutive days.
     Section 7.8 Judgments . Holdco or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail within 30 days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $15,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in currencies other than Dollars) in the aggregate.
     Section 7.9 Unfunded Liabilities; Reportable Event . The Unfunded Liabilities of all Single Employer Plans shall exceed in the aggregate $125,000,000 or any Reportable Event shall occur in connection with any Single Employer Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 7.10 Change in Control . Any Change in Control shall occur.
     Section 7.11 Withdrawal Liability . Holdco or any other member of the Controlled Group shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred withdrawal liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount which, when aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans by Holdco or any other member of the Controlled Group as withdrawal liability (determined as of the date of such notification) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     Section 7.12 Guaranty . The Guaranty shall fail to remain in full force or effect (other than by reason of a release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof) or any Guarantor shall assert in writing the invalidity or unenforceability of the Guaranty, or any Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under any guaranty of the Obligations to which it is a party, or shall give notice to such effect.
     Section 7.13 Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof), or shall cease to give the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the Liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby, except to the extent such failure results from any act or omission of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
     Section 7.14 Events Not Constituting Default . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.4, (i) any breach of any representation and warranty made hereunder or under or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) any falsity of any certificate or information required to be delivered under any Loan Document or (iii) any breach under Section 7.4 (other than such a breach arising out of a breach of Section 6.20 after the Effective Date) of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, arises, directly or indirectly, out of the restatement of the consolidated financial statements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries heretofore delivered or of Holdco and its Subsidiaries

99


 

or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be delivered to the Lenders under this Agreement (such financial statements so restated, the “ Restated Financial Statements ”) as a result of (x) the historical valuation, accounting and/or processes, in each case for fiscal periods ended prior to the Effective Date, related to the investment portfolio of Holdco and its Subsidiaries or (y) the February 11, 2008 SEC non-public inquiry to Holdco shall in no event constitute a Default or Unmatured Default under this Agreement; provided , however , that (A) the Borrower furnishes to the Lenders the Restated Financial Statements promptly after the public filing thereof (and in the case of Restated Financial Statements of the Borrower, promptly after public filing of the corresponding restated financial statements of Holdco) and (B) in the event of a breach described in clause (iii) of this Section 7.14 consisting of any failure to deliver financial statements required by Section 6.1(i) or (ii) to be delivered for periods ending after the earliest period for which financial statements are being restated (the “ Subsequent Financial Statements ”), (1) the Borrower furnishes to the Lenders the Subsequent Financial Statements as to which such a breach exists not later than the earlier of (x) the public filing of the corresponding financial statements of Holdco and (y) the date that is 45 days, in the case of any delivery of financial statements for the first three fiscal quarters of any fiscal year, or 60 days, in the case of financial statements for any fiscal year, after the public filing of any Restated Financial Statements (and in the case of Restated Financial Statements of the Borrower, promptly after public filing of the corresponding restated financial statements of Holdco), (2) during such period for which the Subsequent Financial Statements or related audit report, if applicable, required by Section 6.1(i) or (ii) were not available (which period shall in no event extend beyond the dates set forth in clause (1) above), the Borrower furnishes to the Lenders, in lieu thereof, internal unaudited annual financial statements and internal unaudited quarterly financial statements within the time periods set forth in Section 6.1(i) and (ii) respectively which are prepared on a consistent basis as internal unaudited financial statements prepared by Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, which shall be certified by a Financial Officer as (subject to the effect of adjustments for any pending restatement, normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) fairly presenting, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and operations at such date and the consolidated results of operations for the period then ended, in each case of Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as applicable (it being understood that neither (x) the fact that such certification is subject to such adjustments for any pending restatement nor (y) any failure, as a result of such adjustments for any pending restatement, of such internal unaudited financial statements to fairly present, in all material respects, such consolidated financial condition and operations and consolidated results of operations shall constitute a Default or Unmatured Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document), and (3) within one year of the date an audit report would be due under Section 6.1(i) with respect to Subsequent Financial Statements for any fiscal year, the Borrower delivers to the Lenders an audit report as required by Section 6.1(i) with respect to the applicable Subsequent Financial Statements (which audit report may include a qualification relating to any pending restatement described above and which qualified report shall not constitute a Default or Unmatured Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document). Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, in no event will any Subsequent Financial Statements be delivered to the Lenders hereunder later than corresponding financial statements are delivered to the noteholders under the Note Purchase Agreement.

100


 

ARTICLE VIII
ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES
     Section 8.1 Acceleration . If any Default described in Section 7.6 or 7.7 occurs with respect to the Borrower, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate and the Obligations shall immediately become due and payable without any election or action on the part of the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender. If any other Default occurs, the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) may terminate or suspend the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder and the obligation and power of the LC Issuer to issue Letters of Credit, or declare the Obligations to be due and payable, or both, whereupon the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which the Borrower hereby expressly waives.
     Section 8.2 Amendments . Subject to the provisions of this Section 8.2 and Sections 8.3 and 8.4 below, the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent in writing of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower may enter into agreements supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding or modifying any provisions to the Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the Borrower hereunder or waiving any Default or Unmatured Default hereunder; provided , however, that no such supplemental agreement shall, without the consent of all of the Lenders adversely affected thereby (or in the case of subsections 8.2(ii), (iv), (v) and (vi), all of the Lenders):
     (i) Extend the final maturity of any Loan, or extend the expiry date of any Letter of Credit to a date after the Facility Termination Date or forgive all or any portion of the principal amount thereof or any LC Disbursements, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees hereunder or LC Disbursements (it being understood that the waiver of default interest pursuant to Section 2.14 shall only require the consent of Required Lenders), or amend Section 2.24(ii).
     (ii) Reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders.
     (iii) Increase any Commitment of any Lender hereunder (it being understood that any change to or waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Unmatured Defaults or of a mandatory prepayment shall not constitute an increase or extension of the Commitments of any Lender).
     (iv) Permit the Borrower to assign its rights under this Agreement (it being understood that any modification to Section 6.12 or 6.13 shall only require approval of the Required Lenders).
     (v) Amend this Section 8.2 or Section 11.2 (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.8(iii)) may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Commitments and

101


 

extensions of credit thereunder on the Effective Date and this Section 8.2 may be amended by the Required Lenders to reflect such extensions of credit.
     (vi) Release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guaranty, except, in either case, as contemplated by Section 10.17.
Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything herein or in Section 2.8(iii) to the contrary: (A) any amendment having the effect of permitting the aggregate amount of Term B Loans allowed or incurred pursuant to Section 2.8(iii) after the date hereof to exceed $50,000,000 or permitting the Term B Balance at any time to exceed $250,000,000 shall require the consent of the Required Specified Lenders and the Required B Lenders; and (B) the consent of the Required B Lenders shall be required with respect to any amendment that (1) extends the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Term B Loan, (2) alters the amount or application of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10 in a manner adverse to the interests of Lenders with Term B Loans or (3) has the effect of providing Collateral to the Revolving Lenders or Lenders with Term A Loans on a basis inconsistent with Section 2.24(ii).
No amendment of any provision of this Agreement relating to the Administrative Agent shall be effective without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, and no amendment of any provision relating to the LC Issuer shall be effective without the written consent of the LC Issuer. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement relating to the Swing Line Lender or any Swing Line Loan made by such Swing Line Lender shall be effective without the written consent of the Swing Line Lender. The Administrative Agent may waive payment of the fee required under Section 12.1(ii)(B)(3) without obtaining the consent of any other party to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the execution and delivery of all documentation required by Section 2.8(iii) to be delivered in connection with an increase to the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the new or existing Lenders whose Commitments have been affected may and shall enter into an amendment hereof (which shall be binding on all parties hereto) solely for the purpose of reflecting any new Lenders and their new Revolving Credit Commitments and any increase in the Revolving Credit Commitment of any existing Lender.
     Section 8.3 Replacement Loans . In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans to permit the refinancing of all of the outstanding Term A Loans (the “ Refinanced Term A Loans ”) or all of the outstanding Term B Loans (the “ Refinanced Term B Loans ”) or the replacement of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment (the “ Refinanced Commitment ”) with one or more replacement term loan tranches hereunder which shall be Loans hereunder (“ Replacement Term A Loans ” or the “ Replacement Term B Loans ”, as applicable) or one or more new revolving commitments (the “ Replacement Commitments ”); provided , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term A Loans and Replacement Term B Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term A Loans and Refinanced Term B Loans, respectively, (ii) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term A Loans and Replacement Term B Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term A Loans and Refinanced Term B Loans,

102


 

respectively, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term A Loans and Replacement Term B Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term A Loans and Refinanced Term B Loans, respectively, at the time of such refinancing, (iv) the aggregate amount of the Replacement Commitment shall not exceed the Refinanced Commitment, (v) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Commitment shall not exceed the Applicable Margin for the Refinanced Commitment, (vi) the borrower of such Replacement Term A Loans, Replacement Term B Loans or Replacement Commitment shall be the Borrower and (vii) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term A Loans, Replacement Term B Loans or Replacement Commitments shall be substantially identical to, or not materially more favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term A Loans, Replacement Term B Loans or Replacement Commitments than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term A Loans, Refinanced Term B Loans or Refinanced Commitments, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term A Loans or Term B Loans, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.
     Section 8.4 Errors . Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.2, if following the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have agreed in their sole and absolute discretion that there is an ambiguity, inconsistency, manifest error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Documents if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within ten Business Days following receipt of notice thereof (it being understood that the Administrative Agent has no obligation to agree to any such amendment).
     Section 8.5 Preservation of Rights . No delay or omission of the Lenders, the LC Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise any right under the Loan Documents shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein, and a Credit Extension notwithstanding the existence of a Default or the inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to such Credit Extension shall not constitute any waiver or acquiescence. Any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, and no waiver, amendment or other variation of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Loan Documents whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Lenders required pursuant to Section 8.2 or as otherwise provided in Section 8.3 or 8.4, and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth. All remedies contained in the Loan Documents or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available to the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders until the Obligations have been paid in full.

103


 

ARTICLE IX
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 9.1 Survival of Representations . All representations and warranties of the Borrower and Holdco contained in this Agreement shall survive the making of the Credit Extensions herein contemplated.
     Section 9.2 Governmental Regulation . Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to the Borrower in violation of any limitation or prohibition provided by any applicable statute or regulation.
     Section 9.3 Headings . Section headings in the Loan Documents are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the provisions of the Loan Documents.
     Section 9.4 Entire Agreement . The Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders and supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders relating to the subject matter thereof other than those contained in the fee letter described in Section 10.13 which shall survive and remain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement.
     Section 9.5 Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement . The respective obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint and no Lender shall be the partner or agent of any other (except to the extent to which the Administrative Agent is authorized to act as such). The failure of any Lender to perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from any of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, provided , however, that the parties hereto expressly agree that the Arranger shall enjoy the benefits of the provisions of Sections 9.6, 9.8 and 10.11 to the extent specifically set forth therein and shall have the right to enforce such provisions on its own behalf and in its own name to the same extent as if it were a party to this Agreement.
     Section 9.6 Expenses; Indemnification .
     (i) The Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Arranger for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (limited to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) paid or incurred by such parties in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, syndication, distribution (including, without limitation, via the internet), review, amendment (proposed or actual), modification, and administration of the Loan Documents. The Borrower also agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (limited with respect to legal

104


 

expenses to the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all such Persons, and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Collateral Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender in connection with the collection and enforcement of the Loan Documents.
     (ii) The Borrower hereby further agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, each Lender, their respective affiliates, and each of their directors, officers and employees against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and expenses (limited to the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to the indemnified Persons taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction) which any of them may pay or incur arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or the direct or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds of any Credit Extension hereunder except to the extent that they are determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or breach of the Loan Documents by, the indemnified party (or their Related Parties) or any dispute solely among the indemnified persons (or their Related Parties) and not involving Holdco, the Borrower, the Sponsors or their Affiliates. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 9.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
     Section 9.7 Severability of Provisions . Any provision in any Loan Document that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared to be severable.
     Section 9.8 Nonliability of Lenders . The relationship between the Borrower on the one hand and the Lenders, the LC Issuer and the Administrative Agent on the other hand shall be solely that of borrower and lender. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary responsibilities to the Borrower. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility to the Borrower to review or inform the Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase of the Borrower’s business or operations. The Borrower agrees that neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have liability to the Borrower (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses suffered by the Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by the Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, unless it is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or breach of the Loan Documents by, the party from which recovery is sought or any dispute solely between or among the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer and/or any Lender and not involving Holdco, the Borrower, the Sponsors or their respective Affiliates. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the LC Issuer nor any Lender shall have any liability with respect to, and the Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue for, any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages suffered by the Borrower in connection with,

105


 

arising out of, or in any way related to the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.
     Section 9.9 Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to hold any Information (as defined below) which it may receive from the Borrower in connection with this Agreement in confidence, except for disclosure (i) to its Affiliates and to the Administrative Agent and any other Lender and their respective Affiliates for use solely in connection with the performance of their respective obligations hereunder contemplated hereby, (ii) to legal counsel, accountants, and other professional advisors to such Lender or to a Transferee, (iii) to regulatory officials, (iv) to any Person as required by law, regulation, or legal process, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the Loan Documents or the enforcement of rights thereunder, (vi) to its direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements or to legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors to such counterparties, (vii) permitted by Section 12.2, and (viii) to rating agencies if requested or required by such agencies in connection with a rating relating to the Advances hereunder. Without limiting Section 9.4, the Borrower agrees that the terms of this Section 9.9 shall set forth the entire agreement between the Borrower and each Lender (including the Administrative Agent) with respect to any Information previously or hereafter received by such Lender in connection with this Agreement, and this Section 9.9 shall supersede any and all prior confidentiality agreements entered into by such Lender with respect to such Information. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from Holdco, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their agents or representatives relating to Holdco, the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their agents or other representatives or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdco or the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
           EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION 9.9 FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING HOLDCO AND ITS AFFILIATES, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
           ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT HOLDCO AND ITS AFFILIATES, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR

106


 

RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.
     Section 9.10 Nonreliance . Each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying on or looking to any margin stock (as defined in Regulation U) for the repayment of the Credit Extensions provided for herein.
     Section 9.11 Disclosure . The Borrower and each Lender hereby acknowledge and agree that JPMCB and/or its Affiliates from time to time may hold investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with the Borrower and its Affiliates.
     Section 9.12 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.
     Section 9.13 Amendment and Restatement; Prior Defaults .
     (i) On the Effective Date the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended, restated and superseded in its entirety hereby. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (i) this Agreement, any Notes delivered pursuant to Section 2.16 and the other Loan Documents executed and delivered in connection herewith do not constitute a novation, payment and reborrowing, or termination of the “Obligations” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement as in effect prior to the Effective Date and (ii) such “Obligations” are in all respects continuing with only the terms thereof being modified (and, as applicable, the primary obligor being changed) as provided in this Agreement. Except in so far as the terms thereof are expressly modified hereby, nothing herein or in any Loan Document shall release any Loan Party from any payment obligation in respect of the Obligations under any Loan Document (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement). All indemnification obligations of the Borrower pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement are continued hereunder.
     (ii) The parties agree that as of the Effective Date the “Waiver Period” under the Existing Credit Agreement shall terminate and all previously waived Defaults and Unmatured Defaults thereunder shall be permanently waived; provided that such prior or permanent waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any Default or Unmatured Default arising under this Agreement after the Effective Date.

107


 

ARTICLE X
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
     Section 10.1 Appointment; Nature of Relationship . JPMCB is hereby appointed by each of the Lenders and the LC Issuer as its contractual representative (herein referred to as the “ Administrative Agent ”) hereunder and under each other Loan Document, and each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the contractual representative of such Lender with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent agrees to act as such contractual representative upon the express conditions contained in this Article X. Notwithstanding the use of the defined term “Administrative Agent,” it is expressly understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall not have any fiduciary responsibilities to any Lender by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and that the Administrative Agent is merely acting as the contractual representative of the Lenders with only those duties as are expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In its capacity as the Lenders’ contractual representative, the Administrative Agent (i) does not hereby assume any fiduciary duties to any of the Lenders, (ii) is a “representative” of the Lenders within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and (iii) is acting as an independent contractor, the rights and duties of which are limited to those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents together with such rights and powers as are reasonably incident thereto. Each of the Lenders hereby agrees to assert no claim against the Administrative Agent on any agency theory or any other theory of liability for breach of fiduciary duty, all of which claims each Lender hereby waives.
     Section 10.2 Powers . The Administrative Agent shall have and may exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent shall have no implied duties to the Lenders, or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by the Loan Documents to be taken by the Administrative Agent.
     Section 10.3 General Immunity . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to the Borrower, the Lenders or any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith except to the extent such action or inaction is determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Person.
     Section 10.4 No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify (a) any statement, warranty or representation made in connection with any Loan Document or any borrowing hereunder; (b) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of any obligor under any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any agreement by an obligor to furnish information directly to each Lender; (c) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article IV, except receipt of items required to be delivered solely to the Administrative Agent; (d) the existence or possible existence of any Default or Unmatured Default; (e) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness,

108


 

sufficiency or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection therewith; (f) the value, sufficiency, creation, perfection or priority of any Lien in any collateral security; or (g) the financial condition of the Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Obligations or of any of the Borrower’s or any such guarantor’s respective Subsidiaries. Except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
     Section 10.5 Action on Instructions of Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and under any other Loan Document in accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders. The Lenders hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Required Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Loan Document unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
     Section 10.6 Employment of Administrative Agents and Counsel . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties as Administrative Agent hereunder and under any other Loan Document by or through employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the Lenders, except as to money or securities received by it or its authorized agents, for the default or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning the contractual arrangement between the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and all matters pertaining to the Administrative Agent’s duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.
     Section 10.7 Reliance on Documents; Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex, electronic mail message, statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and, in respect to legal matters, upon the opinion of counsel selected by the Administrative Agent, which counsel may be employees of the Administrative Agent. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender or the Administrative Agent unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the applicable date specifying its objection thereto.
     Section 10.8 Administrative Agent’s Reimbursement and Indemnification . The Lenders agree to reimburse and indemnify the Administrative Agent ratably in proportion to their respective Commitments (or, if the Commitments have been terminated, in proportion to their Commitments immediately prior to such termination) (i) for any amounts not reimbursed by the Borrower for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to reimbursement by the Borrower

109


 

under the Loan Documents, (ii) for any other expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and enforcement of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, for any expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with any dispute between the Administrative Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the Lenders) and (iii) for any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any other document delivered in connection therewith or the transactions contemplated thereby (including, without limitation, for any such amounts incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in connection with any dispute between the Administrative Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the Lenders), or the enforcement of any of the terms of the Loan Documents or of any such other documents, provided that (i) no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent any of the foregoing is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent and (ii) any indemnification required pursuant to Section 3.5(vii) shall, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10.8, be paid by the relevant Lender in accordance with the provisions thereof. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 10.8 shall survive payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.
     Section 10.9 Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement describing such Default or Unmatured Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders.
     Section 10.10 Rights as a Lender . In the event the Administrative Agent is a Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any other Loan Document with respect to its Commitment and its Loans as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, at any time when the Administrative Agent is a Lender, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of trust, debt, equity or other transaction, in addition to those contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person. The Administrative Agent, in its individual capacity, is not obligated to remain a Lender.
     Section 10.11 Lender Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender and based on the financial statements prepared by the Borrower and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arranger or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem

110


 

appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
     Section 10.12 Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent or, if no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed, sixty days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intention to resign. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders (with the consent of the Borrower unless at the applicable time a Default under Section 7.2, 7.6 (in respect of bankruptcy only) or 7.7 (in respect of bankruptcy only) shall have occurred and be continuing) shall have the right to appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Administrative Agent, other than a Disqualified Institution. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders within forty-five days after the resigning Administrative Agent’s giving notice of its intention to resign, then the resigning Administrative Agent may appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Administrative Agent, other than a Disqualified Institution (with the consent of the Borrower unless at the applicable time a Default under Section 7.2, 7.6 (in respect of bankruptcy only) or 7.7 (in respect of bankruptcy only) shall have occurred and be continuing). Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the Administrative Agent may at any time (with the consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld but without the consent of any Lender) appoint any of its Affiliates which is a commercial bank as a successor Administrative Agent hereunder. If the Administrative Agent has resigned and no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed, the Lenders may perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder and the Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the Obligations to the applicable Lender and for all other purposes shall deal directly with the Lenders. No successor Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be appointed hereunder until such successor Administrative Agent has accepted the appointment. Any such successor Administrative Agent shall be a commercial bank having capital and retained earnings of at least $250,000,000 and shall not be a Disqualified Institution. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning Administrative Agent. Upon the effectiveness of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the resigning Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents. After the effectiveness of the resignation of an Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue in effect for the benefit of such Administrative Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. In the event that there is a successor to the Administrative Agent by merger, or the Administrative Agent assigns its duties and obligations to an Affiliate pursuant to this Section 10.12, then the term “Prime Rate” as used in this Agreement shall mean the prime rate, base rate or other analogous rate of the new Administrative Agent.
     Section 10.13 Administrative Agent and Arranger Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent and the Arranger, for their respective accounts, the fees agreed to by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger pursuant to that certain fee letter agreement dated February 14, 2008, or as otherwise agreed from time to time.

111


 

     Section 10.14 Delegation to Affiliates . The Borrower and the Lenders agree that the Administrative Agent may delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates. Any such Affiliate (and such Affiliate’s directors, officers, agents and employees) which performs duties in connection with this Agreement shall be entitled to the same benefits of the indemnification, waiver and other protective provisions to which the Administrative Agent is entitled under Articles IX and X.
     Section 10.15 Co-Documentation Agents, Co-Syndication Agents, etc . No Lender identified in this Agreement as a “Co-Documentation Agent” or a “Co-Syndication Agent” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to such Lenders as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent in Section 10.11 mutatis mutandis .
     Section 10.16 Appointment of Collateral Agent . Each of the Lenders and the LC Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or of the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Such authorization shall include the authority to enter into the Collateral Documents (including amendments thereof to facilitate the securing of Rate Management Obligations) on such terms as it deems appropriate. All provisions of this Article X relating to the Administrative Agent (and all indemnities of the Administrative Agent by the Borrower and all provisions relating to reimbursement of expenses of the Administrative Agent by the Borrower) shall be equally applicable to the Collateral Agent mutatis mutandis .
     Section 10.17 Certain Releases of Collateral and Guarantors . Without limiting the foregoing, (i) if any of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents is sold in a transaction permitted hereunder (other than to a Loan Party), such Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Collateral Documents and the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing and (ii) if any Guarantor is sold in a transaction permitted hereby, the Administrative Agent is authorized to release such Guarantor from the Guaranty upon consummation of such sale.
     Section 10.18 Intercreditor Agreement . Each Lender hereby authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as attorney-in-fact on behalf of such Lender and agrees that in consideration of the benefits of the security being provided to such Lender in accordance with the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and by acceptance of those benefits, each Lender (including any Lender which becomes such by assignment pursuant to Section 12.1 after the date hereof) shall be bound by the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and shall comply (and shall cause any Affiliate thereof which is the holder of any First Priority Obligations (as defined therein) to comply) with such terms and provisions.

112


 

ARTICLE XI
SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS
     Section 11.1 Setoff . If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the Obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender or Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such Obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 11.1 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
     Section 11.2 Ratable Payments . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swing Line Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swing Line Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swing Line Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swing Line Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any Assignee or Participant.
ARTICLE XII
BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
     Section 12.1 Successors and Assigns .
     (i) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the LC Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (A) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (B) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.1. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied,

113


 

shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the LC Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (solely to the extent provided in paragraph (iii) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(ii) (A) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (ii)(B) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees other than any Disqualified Institution (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:
     (1) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if a Default under Section 7.2, 7.6 (in respect of bankruptcy only) or 7.7 (in respect of bankruptcy only) has occurred and is continuing, any other Assignee;
     (2) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of (x) any Revolving Credit Commitment to an Assignee that is a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment or the Borrower or any of its Affiliates and (y) all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or the Borrower or any of its Affiliates; and
     (3) the LC Issuer, provided that no consent of the LC Issuer shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan.
     (B) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
     (1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 in the case of a Revolving Credit Commitment or, in the case of a Term Loan, $1,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent;
     (2) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to

114


 

prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;
     (3) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and
     (4) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about Holdco and its Affiliates, the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.
     For the purposes of this Section 12.1(ii), the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:
Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (1) a Lender, (2) an Affiliate of a Lender or (3) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
     (C) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (ii)(E) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder (except in the case of an assignment to the Borrower) shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5 and 9.6). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.1 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (iii) of this Section 12.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Assignment and Assumption, all Commitments, Loans, and all other rights assigned to the Borrower pursuant to this Section 12.1 shall be deemed canceled for all purposes under this Agreement, including without limitation with respect to Section 8.2 and Section 6.19, and, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, neither the

115


 

Borrower nor any Affiliate of the Borrower which is a Lender shall be entitled to receive information delivered to the Lenders or attend meetings of the Lenders.
     (D) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements and any interest thereon owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuers and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any LC Issuer and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
     (E) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder, the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (ii)(B)(3) of this Section 12.1 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (ii) of this Section 12.1, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the Assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.21, 2.22(v), 10.8 or 11.2, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(iii) (A) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities other than a Disqualified Institution (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (1) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (2) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (3) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuer and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that (x) such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that any

116


 

such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant (other than a Participant which is the Borrower), agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 8.2(i) that affects such Participant, and (y) in the case of a Participant which is the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower, the selling Lender shall not (without the consent of the Administrative Agent), and shall not be obligated to, provide such Participant with information such Participant would not be entitled to receive in accordance with Section 12.1(ii)(C) were such participation an assignment. Subject to paragraph (iii)(B) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (ii) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.1 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 11.2 as though it were a Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells a participation to the Borrower, all Commitments, Loans and all other rights subject to such participation to the Borrower shall be deemed canceled for all purposes under this Agreement, including without limitation with respect to Section 8.2 and Section 6.19, but, in the case of a participation of any Revolving Credit Commitment, such cancellation shall be subject to the making of cash collateralization arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable LC Issuer and the Swing Line Lender with respect to Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans outstanding at the time of such participation which are subject to such participation.
     (B) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.5 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 3.5(iv) or (v), as applicable, as though it were a Lender.
     (C) Each Lender having sold a participation in its rights or Obligations under this Agreement, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of such Participants and the rights, interests or obligations of such Participants in any Obligation, in any Commitment and in any right to receive any payments hereunder.
     (iv) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

117


 

     Section 12.2 Dissemination of Information . The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, actual or proposed assignee of an interest in the Obligations or Loan Documents (each a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning the creditworthiness of Holdco and its Subsidiaries, including without limitation any information contained in any financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof; provided that each Transferee and prospective Transferee agrees to be bound by Section 9.9 of this Agreement.
     Section 12.3 Tax Treatment . If any interest in any Loan Document is transferred to any Transferee, the transferor Lender shall cause such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, to comply with the provisions of Section 3.5(iv) or (v), as applicable.
ARTICLE XIII
NOTICES
     Section 13.1 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .
     (i) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows:
     (A) if to the Borrower, to it at c/o MoneyGram International, Inc., 1550 Utica Avenue South, MS 2010, Minneapolis, MN 55416-5312, Attention of: Teresa H. Johnson (Facsimile Number (952) 591-3859);
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Mr. Scott Jaeckel
Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
100 Federal Street, 35th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(Fax No. (617) 227-3514)
Email: sjaeckel@thlee.com
and
Angela L. Fontana, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
200 Crescent Court, Suite 300
Dallas, Texas 75201-6950
(Fax No. (214) 746-7777)
Email: angela.fontana@weil.com
     (B) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 S. Dearborn Street, Floor 7, Chicago, IL 60603-2003, Mail Code: IL1-

118


 

0010, Attention of: Claudia A. Kech (Facsimile Number (312) 385-7096), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 111 East Wisconsin Avenue, Floor 16, Milwaukee, WI 53202-4815, Mail Code: WI1-2042, Attention of: Brian L. Grossman (Facsimile Number (414) 977-6777);
     (C) if to the LC Issuer, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 S. Dearborn Street, Floor 7, Chicago, IL 60603-2003, Mail Code: IL1-0010, Attention of: Claudia A. Kech (Facsimile Number (312) 385-7096);
     (D) if to a Lender, to it at its address or telecopier number set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire provided to the Administrative Agent.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (ii) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (ii).
     (ii) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent or as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication and, in the case of notice of Default or Unmatured Default, shall permit notification only by Intralinks or a similar website. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its respective discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it or as it otherwise determines, provided that such determination or approval may be limited to particular notices or communications.
     Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

119


 

     (iii) Change of Address, Etc . Any party hereto may change its address or telecopier number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
ARTICLE XIV
COUNTERPARTS; INTEGRATION; EFFECTIVENESS; ELECTRONIC EXECUTION
     Section 14.1 Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Except as provided in Article IV, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
     Section 14.2 Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any assignment and assumption agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or any other state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
ARTICLE XV
CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
     Section 15.1 CHOICE OF LAW . THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A CONTRARY EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.
     Section 15.2 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS

120


 

AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT, THE LC ISSUER OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY THE BORROWER AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY LENDER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK.
     Section 15.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT, EACH LC ISSUER AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.
[ signature pages follow ]

121


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
    MONEYGRAM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
         
    MONEYGRAM PAYMENT SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Its:    
 
       
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
    individually, as Administrative Agent,
    Collateral Agent, LC Issuer and Swing Line
    Lender
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
  Its:    
 
       
Signature Page to MoneyGram Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement